HOME EQUITY SECURITIZATION CORP
424B3, 1998-06-25
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: GETTY REALTY CORP /MD/, 11-K, 1998-06-25
Next: I TECH HOLDINGS INC, 10SB12G/A, 1998-06-25



                                                                       

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 9, 1998)

                                  $175,000,000
                                  (APPROXIMATE)
                 FIRST GREENSBORO HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1998-1
                                     ISSUER
                        ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1
                        $72,650,000 6.53% CLASS A-1 NOTES
                       $102,350,000 6.55% CLASS A-2 NOTES
                       FIRST GREENSBORO HOME EQUITY, INC.
                           SPONSOR AND MASTER SERVICER
                        HOME EQUITY SECURITIZATION CORP.
                                    DEPOSITOR
                                   -----------

         The First  Greensboro Home Equity Loan Trust 1998-1 (the "Issuer") will
be formed  pursuant to a deposit trust  agreement to be dated as of June 1, 1998
(the  "Trust  Agreement")   between  Home  Equity   Securitization   Corp.  (the
"Depositor") and Wilmington Trust Company,  a Delaware banking  corporation,  as
owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee").  The Issuer is hereby offering  $72,650,000
(approximate)  original  principal  amount of its Class A-1 Asset Backed  Notes,
Series 1998-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes") and $102,350,000 original principal amount
of its Class A-2 Asset Backed  Notes,  Series  1998-1 (the "Class A-2 Notes" and
together  with the Class  A-1  Notes,  the  "Notes").  The Notes  will be issued
pursuant to an indenture,  dated as of June 1, 1998 (the  "Indenture"),  between
the Issuer and The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, as indenture  trustee (the "Indenture
Trustee"), and will be secured by a trust estate (the "Trust Estate") consisting
primarily of (i) two separate pools of nonconforming,  fixed rate and adjustable
rate home equity  loans  secured by first and second lien  mortgages or deeds of
trust primarily on one- to four-family  residential properties (the "Home Equity
Loans") and (ii) the Issuer's  rights under the Loan Transfer  Agreement and the
Servicing  Agreement  (each as  defined  herein).  The  Issuer  also will  issue
instruments  evidencing the residual interest in the Trust Estate (the "Residual
Interest"). Only the Notes are offered hereby.

         Simultaneously  with the issuance of the Notes, the Sponsor will obtain
from Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Note Insurer") a financial guaranty
insurance policy relating to the Notes (the "Insurance  Policy") in favor of the
Indenture  Trustee and the  Noteholders.  The Insurance  Policy will require the
Note Insurer to make certain Insured Payments (as defined herein) on the Notes.

                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
                                                            
                                   [FSA LOGO]

         FOR A DISCUSSION OF  SIGNIFICANT  MATTERS  AFFECTING  INVESTMENT IN THE
NOTES, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE S-21 HEREIN, "CERTAIN PREPAYMENT AND
YIELD CONSIDERATIONS" BEGINNING ON PAGE S-71 HEREIN AND "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING
ON PAGE 17 IN THE PROSPECTUS.

                        --------------------------------

         THE ASSETS PLEDGED TO SECURE THE NOTES AND PAYMENTS UNDER THE INSURANCE
POLICY  ARE THE SOLE  SOURCE OF  PAYMENTS  ON THE  NOTES.  THE  NOTES  REPRESENT
NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR, THE DEPOSITOR,  THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER, THE
INDENTURE  TRUSTEE,  THE  OWNER  TRUSTEE,  THE  NOTE  INSURER  OR ANY  OF  THEIR
AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED  HEREIN.  NEITHER THE NOTES NOR THE HOME EQUITY
LOANS  ARE OR  WILL  BE  INSURED  OR  GUARANTEED  BY ANY  GOVERNMENT  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY.
                        -------------------------------

         THESE   SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                        -------------------------------

         The Notes will be purchased by First Union Capital Markets,  a division
of Wheat First Securities,  Inc. (the "Underwriter") from the Issuer and will be
offered  by the  Underwriter  from  time  to time to the  public  in  negotiated
transactions  or otherwise  at varying  prices to be  determined  at the time of
sale.  Proceeds to the Issuer from the sale of the Class A-1 Notes are  expected
to be  approximately  $72,432,050,  and proceeds  from the sale of the Class A-2
Notes are expected to be approximately $102,042,950,  in each case, plus accrued
interest  (based  upon the  original  principal  amount  of the  Notes set forth
above),  before the deduction of expenses  payable by the Issuer estimated to be
approximately $300,000.

         The Notes are offered subject to prior sale,  when, as, and if accepted
by the  Underwriter and subject to the  Underwriter's  right to reject orders in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the Notes will be made through
the Same-Day  Funds  Settlement  System of The Depository  Trust Company,  Cedel
Bank, S.A. and the Euroclear System on or about June 26, 1998. The Notes will be
offered in Europe and the United States of America.

                           FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS

             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS JUNE 22, 1998

<PAGE>
                                                
(CONTINUED FROM FRONT COVER)

         The Home Equity  Loans will be divided  into two groups.  The Class A-1
Notes will be principally  secured by one group ("Group I") of Home Equity Loans
(the  "Group I Home Equity  Loans") and the Class A-2 Notes will be  principally
secured by the other group ("Group II") of Home Equity Loans (the "Group II Home
Equity  Loans").  Payments  on the Class A-1 Notes will be made  generally  from
Available  Funds for Group I, and  payments  on the Class A-2 Notes will be made
generally from  Available  Funds for Group II. Group I and Group II are referred
to together  herein as the "Home  Equity Loan  Groups" or the  "Groups" and each
singularly, a "Home Equity Loan Group" or a "Group." As of the Cut-Off Date, the
aggregate  outstanding Principal Balance (as defined herein) of the Group I Home
Equity Loans transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date (the "Group I Initial
Home Equity Loans") was $72,650,717.11 (the "Group I Initial Aggregate Principal
Balance").  As of the Cut-Off Date, the aggregate  outstanding Principal Balance
of the Group II Home Equity Loans, transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date
(the "Group II Initial  Home Equity  Loans") was  $75,332,394.79  (the "Group II
Initial Aggregate Principal Balance"). The Group I Initial Home Equity Loans and
the Group II Initial  Home Equity Loans are  collectively  referred to herein as
the "Initial Home Equity Loans." The Group I Initial Aggregate Principal Balance
and the Group II Initial Aggregate  Principal Balance are collectively  referred
to herein as the "Initial Aggregate Principal Balance"). Approximately 94.62% of
the Group I Initial  Home Equity  Loans by Group I Initial  Aggregate  Principal
Balance are secured by first liens and the remainder are secured by second liens
and  approximately  95.98% by Group I Initial  Aggregate  Principal  Balance are
fixed  rate  Home  Equity  Loans  and  approximately  4.02% by  Group I  Initial
Aggregate Principal Balance are adjustable rate Home Equity Loans. Approximately
92.07% of the Group II Initial Home Equity  Loans by Group II Initial  Aggregate
Principal  Balance are secured by first liens and the  remainder  are secured by
second liens and approximately  95.17% by Group II Initial  Aggregate  Principal
Balance are fixed rate Home Equity Loans and 4.83% by Group II Initial Aggregate
Principal Balance are adjustable rate Home Equity Loans.  Additional Home Equity
Loans (the "Subsequent Home Equity Loans") may be transferred to the Issuer from
time to time after the  Closing  Date  during the  Funding  Period from funds on
deposit in the pre-funding account (the "Pre-Funding Account").  Such Subsequent
Home Equity  Loans shall be allocated  solely to Group II. As used  herein,  the
term "Aggregate Principal Balance" means the aggregate of the Principal Balances
of the  Home  Equity  Loans  in  Group  I,  Group  II or the  Trust  Estate,  as
applicable,  at the related  date of  determination.  On the Closing Date a cash
amount of  approximately  $27,017,605.21,  from the  proceeds of the sale of the
Class A-2 Notes will be deposited with the Indenture  Trustee in the Pre-Funding
Account. On the Closing Date, cash in an amount satisfactory to the Note Insurer
will be deposited with the Indenture Trustee in the capitalized interest account
(the "Capitalized Interest Account").

         The Home Equity Loans were or will be  originated  or acquired by First
Greensboro Home Equity, Inc. (the "Sponsor" and "Master Servicer"),  sold by the
Sponsor to First Greensboro  Capital  Corporation (the "Seller") in the ordinary
course of the Sponsor's  business and  contributed by the Seller in the ordinary
course of its business to First Owner's Trust,  Inc., a limited purpose,  wholly
owned subsidiary of the Seller (the "Transferor"). The Transferor will cause the
Initial Home Equity Loans to be conveyed to the Depositor as of the Cut-Off Date
pursuant  to a Loan Sale  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1998 (the  "Loan  Sale
Agreement"), between the Sponsor, the Transferor, an affiliate of the Transferor
and the Depositor.  The Depositor will convey such interests to the Issuer as of
the Cut-Off Date pursuant to a Loan Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998
(the "Loan Transfer Agreement"). The Issuer will then pledge all of its interest
in the Home Equity Loans, without recourse, to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
the Indenture as collateral  for the Notes.  It is  anticipated  that all of the
Home Equity Loans will be serviced by the Master Servicer.

         The  Home  Equity  Loans  have  been  or  will  be   originated   using
underwriting  standards that are less stringent than the underwriting  standards
applied by The Federal National Mortgage  Association ("FNMA") or by The Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC").  SEE "Risk Factors--As a Result of the
Underwriting  Standards,  Home Equity  Loans Are Likely to  Experience  Rates of
Delinquency,  Foreclosure and Bankruptcy That Are Higher Than Those  Experienced
by Home Equity Loans Underwritten in a More Traditional Manner" herein.

         Principal and interest on the related Notes will be payable on the 25th
day of each month or, if such day is not a  Business  Day,  the next  succeeding
Business Day, beginning in July 1998 (each, a "Payment Date").

         The Notes will constitute  non-recourse  obligations of the Issuer. The
Sponsor   will  have   limited   obligations   arising  in  respect  of  certain
representations and warranties it makes in connection with the conveyance of the
Home

                                      S-2

<PAGE>

Equity Loans to the Depositor  pursuant to the Loan Sale Agreement.  The Sponsor
will act as  servicer of the Home Equity  Loans (in such  capacity,  the "Master
Servicer")  and, in such  capacity,  will have  limited  obligations  that arise
pursuant  to  certain  representations  and  warranties  and to its  contractual
servicing obligations under the servicing agreement (the "Servicing  Agreement")
to be entered into among the Master Servicer,  the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee
and Calmco,  Inc., as Master Backup  Servicer  (the "Master  Backup  Servicer"),
including  the  obligation  to advance  delinquent  payments  of  principal  and
interest on the Home Equity Loans to the extent provided herein.

         The Notes will be  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guaranteed  as to
timely payment of interest due to Noteholders and as to ultimate  payment of the
Note Balance,  in each case pursuant to the terms of the Insurance Policy issued
by the Note Insurer. SEE "The Note Insurer" herein.

         The stated  maturity  date for the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes is the
Payment Date occurring in December 2029 (the "Stated Maturity Date)".

         The yield to  maturity  on the  Class  A-1 and Class A-2 Notes  will be
affected by, among other things, the rate of payment of principal  (including by
reason of prepayments,  defaults and  liquidations)  of the Home Equity Loans in
Group I and Group II respectively and the timing and receipt of such payments as
described  herein  and in the  Prospectus.  SEE "Risk  Factors--Prepayments  and
Repurchases May Adversely Affect The Yield To Maturity of the Securities" in the
Prospectus  and "Risk  Factors--Payments  of Excess Cash May Affect The Yield To
Maturity of the Notes" and "Certain Prepayment and Yield Considerations" herein.

         Each Class of Notes may be redeemed,  in whole but not in part,  at the
option of the Master  Servicer or, if not  exercised,  at the option of the Note
Insurer,  on or after the first  Payment Date on which the  Aggregate  Principal
Balance of the Home Equity  Loans in the  related  Group is less than 10% of the
Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Home  Equity  Loans in such Group as of the
applicable Cut-Off Date. SEE "Description of the Notes--Redemption of the Notes"
herein.

         No election  will be made to treat the Issuer,  the Trust Estate or the
arrangement by which the Notes are issued as a "real estate mortgage  investment
conduit" (a "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.

         There is currently no secondary  market for either Class of Notes.  The
Underwriter  intends to make a secondary market for each Class of Notes, but has
no  obligation to do so. There can be no assurance  that a secondary  market for
either Class of Notes will develop or, if one does develop, that it will provide
investors with a satisfactory level of liquidity or that it will continue.

         It is a condition  to the  issuance of each Class of Notes that they be
rated "Aaa" by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

         Reference  is made to the  Index  of  Principal  Terms  herein  for the
location in this Prospectus Supplement of the definitions of certain capitalized
terms used herein, and reference is also made to the Index of Principal Terms in
the Prospectus for the location in the Prospectus of the  definitions of certain
capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein.

                           -------------------------

         UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  NOTES,  WHETHER  OR NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RELATED
PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  OBLIGATION  OF  DEALERS  ACTING  AS
UNDERWRITERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WITH RESPECT TO
THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

         THE NOTES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  CONSTITUTE A SEPARATE
SERIES OF SECURITIES  BEING OFFERED BY THE DEPOSITOR  PURSUANT TO ITS PROSPECTUS
DATED  JUNE 9,  1998,  OF WHICH THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  IS A PART AND THAT
ACCOMPANIES  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  THE  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  IMPORTANT
INFORMATION  REGARDING THE OFFERING OF THE NOTES THAT IS NOT  CONTAINED  HEREIN,
AND  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ 

                                      S-3

<PAGE>

THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IN FULL.  SALES OF THE NOTES MAY
NOT BE  CONSUMMATED  UNLESS THE  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTOR  HAS  RECEIVED  BOTH THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

         To the extent  statements  contained herein do not relate to historical
or current information,  this Prospectus  Supplement may be deemed to consist of
forward  looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that may
adversely  affect  the  payments  to be made on, or the yield of,  each Class of
Notes,  which risks and  uncertainties  are discussed  under "Risk  Factors" and
"Certain  Prepayment and Yield  Considerations"  herein.  As a  consequence,  no
assurance can be given as to the actual payments on, or the yield of, each Class
of Notes.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Depositor  has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  with  respect  to  the  Notes  offered  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus
Supplement. This Prospectus Supplement and the related Prospectus,  which form a
part of the Registration  Statement,  omit certain information contained in such
Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.
The  Registration  Statement can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference
Room at the  Commission  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. and the
Commission's  regional office at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York, 10048 and Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of such  materials  can be obtained at
prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450
Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.,  20549.  In addition,  the  Commission
maintains  a site on the World Wide Web  containing  reports,  proxy  materials,
information statements and other items. The address is http://www.sec.gov.

                           --------------------------

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         Unless  and until  Definitive  Notes are  issued,  periodic  and annual
unaudited reports containing  information  concerning the Home Equity Loans will
be prepared by the Master Servicer and sent on behalf of the Issuer only to Cede
& Company  ("Cede"),  as nominee of The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC") and
registered  holders of the Notes (as defined  herein).  See  "Description of the
Securities -- Reports to  Securityholders"  in the accompanying  Prospectus (the
"Prospectus"). Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  The Depositor will
cause to be filed with the  Commission  such  periodic  reports as are  required
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and
the rules  and  regulations  thereunder  and as are  otherwise  agreed to by the
Commission.  Copies of such  periodic  reports may be  obtained  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.

                                      S-4

<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

         THIS  SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE DETAILED
INFORMATION   APPEARING   ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE
ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS.  CAPITALIZED TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
AND NOT DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH IN THE PROSPECTUS.  SEE
"INDEX OF PRINCIPAL  TERMS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND IN THE PROSPECTUS
FOR THE LOCATION OF THE DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN CAPITALIZED TERMS.


SECURITIES OFFERED .........  $72,650,000(approximate)  6.53%  Class  A-1  Asset
                              Backed  Notes,   Series  1998-1  (the  "Class  A-1
                              Notes") and $102,350,000 (approximate) 6.55% Class
                              A-2 Asset Backed  Notes Series  1998-2 (the "Class
                              A-2 Notes," together with the Class A-1 Notes, the
                              "Notes")).   The  Notes   represent   non-recourse
                              obligations of the Issuer.  Proceeds of the assets
                              in  the  Trust  Estate  and  payments   under  the
                              Insurance Policy, if any, will be the only sources
                              of  payments on the related  Notes.  The  original
                              principal  amount  of  the  related  Notes  may be
                              increased  or decreased by up to 5% on the Closing
                              Date,   depending   upon  the  Home  Equity  Loans
                              actually acquired by the Issuer and pledged to the
                              Indenture Trustee.

ISSUER .....................  First  Greensboro Home Equity Loan Trust 1998-1, a
                              Delaware    business    trust   (the    "Issuer"),
                              established by the Depositor pursuant to a deposit
                              trust  agreement,  dated as of June 1,  1998  (the
                              "Trust Agreement"),  between the Depositor and the
                              Owner   Trustee.   After  the  Closing  Date,  the
                              Residual   Interest   representing   all   of  the
                              beneficial  ownership  interest in the Issuer will
                              be  held  by  the  Transferor,   or  an  affiliate
                              thereof.  The  Issuer  does  not  have,  nor is it
                              expected  in the future to have,  any  significant
                              assets,  other  than the  assets  included  in the
                              Trust Estate. SEE "The Issuer" herein.

SPONSOR AND
MASTER SERVICER.............  First  Greensboro  Home  Equity,   Inc.,  a  North
                              Carolina  corporation  (the  "Sponsor" and "Master
                              Servicer").  The Home Equity  Loans were,  or will
                              be,  originated or acquired by the Sponsor through
                              its  network  of  retail  branches,   brokers  and
                              correspondents. The Sponsor will convey, as of the
                              related  Cut-Off  Date its  interest  in each Home
                              Equity Loan to the Seller in the  ordinary  course
                              of the Sponsor's business. The Sponsor's principal
                              executive   offices  are  located  at  4830  Koger
                              Boulevard, Greensboro, North Carolina 27407.

SELLER......................  First Greensboro Capital Corporation,  a Tennessee
                              corporation (the "Seller").  The Home Equity Loans
                              were acquired by the Seller from the Sponsor.  The
                              Seller will convey, as of the related Cut-Off Date
                              its  interest  in  each  Home  Equity  Loan to the
                              Transferor in the ordinary  course of the Seller's
                              business.

TRANSFEROR..................  First   Owner's    Trust,    Inc.,   a   Tennessee
                              corporation,  a limited  purpose and  wholly-owned
                              subsidiary  of the  Seller.  The  Transferor  will
                              cause the Home Equity  Loans to be conveyed to the
                              Depositor.

DEPOSITOR...................  Home Equity Securitization Corp., a North Carolina
                              corporation (the "Depositor").  The Depositor will
                              acquire the

                                      S-5

<PAGE>

                              Home Equity Loans from the Transferor and sell the
                              Home  Equity   Loans  to  the  Issuer.   SEE  "The
                              Depositor" in the Prospectus.

MASTER BACKUP SERVICER......  Calmco,  Inc. (the "Master  Backup  Servicer"),  a
                              Delaware corporation. The Master Backup Servicer's
                              principal  executive  offices  are  located at 301
                              Congress Avenue,  Suite 200,  Austin,  Texas 78701
                              and its telephone number is (512) 344-3633.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.......  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  a New  York  banking
                              corporation,  as indenture trustee (the "Indenture
                              Trustee").  The Indenture  Trustee shall receive a
                              fee (the "Indenture Trustee Fee"), payable monthly
                              on each  Payment Date at one twelfth of 0.0125% of
                              the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Home Equity
                              Loans in the related  Group as of the first day of
                              the related Remittance Period.  Upon a termination
                              of the Master Servicer and Backup Master Servicer,
                              the  Indenture   Trustee  shall  be  obligated  to
                              succeed to the  obligations of the Master Servicer
                              or to appoint an eligible successor servicer.

OWNER TRUSTEE...............  Wilmington  Trust  Company,   a  Delaware  banking
                              corporation, acting not in its individual capacity
                              but solely as owner trustee (the "Owner  Trustee")
                              under the Trust Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall
                              receive  a  fee  (the  "Owner   Trustee  Fee")  as
                              provided under the Trust Agreement.

CUT-OFF DATE................  With respect to (i) each Initial Home Equity Loan,
                              June  1,  1998  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  each
                              Subsequent  Home Equity Loan, the later of (x) the
                              first  day of the month in which  such  Subsequent
                              Home  Equity  Loan was  transferred  to the Issuer
                              (each such date, a "Subsequent Transfer Date") and
                              (y)  the  date of  origination  if any  such  Home
                              Equity  Loan is  originated  in the  month  of the
                              related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date (the  "Cut-Off
                              Date").

CLOSING DATE................  On or about June 26, 1998.

ADMINISTRATIVE FEE AMOUNT...  With  respect to each Group and any Payment  Date,
                              the sum of the related  Servicing  Fee,  Indenture
                              Trustee  Fee,  Owner  Trustee Fee and Note Insurer
                              Premium  (as each is defined  herein)  relating to
                              such   Payment  Date  (the   "Administrative   Fee
                              Amount").

REMITTANCE PERIOD...........  With  respect  to  each  Class  of  Notes  and any
                              Payment  Date,  the  calendar  month   immediately
                              preceding  the month in which  such  Payment  Date
                              occurs (the "Remittance Period").

MONTHLY REMITTANCE DATE.....  With  respect  to  each  Class  of  Notes  and any
                              Payment  Date,  the 18th day of the month in which
                              such Payment Date occurs,  or if such day is not a
                              Business Day, then the preceding Business Day (the
                              "Monthly Remittance Date").

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES....  The Notes  represent  non-recourse  obligations of
                              the  Issuer  and  will be  issued  pursuant  to an
                              indenture  to be  dated  as of 

                                      S-6

<PAGE>

                              June  1,  1998  (the  "Indenture"),  entered  into
                              between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.  The
                              assets included in the trust estate created by the
                              Indenture  (the  "Trust  Estate")  and  pledged to
                              secure the  Notes,  payments  under the  Insurance
                              Policy,  if  any,  will  be the  only  sources  of
                              payments on the Notes. The Notes will be issued in
                              a two classes  (each,  a  "Class").  The Class A-1
                              Notes will be  secured by the Group I Home  Equity
                              Loans and the Class A-2 Notes  will be  secured by
                              the  Group II Home  Equity  Loans.  Each  Class of
                              Notes will also be secured to a limited extent, as
                              further  described herein, by funds available from
                              Excess Cash from the other  Group or from  certain
                              reserve accounts.  Payments on the Class A-1 Notes
                              will be made generally  from  Available  Funds for
                              Group I and  payments  on the Class A-2 Notes will
                              be made generally  from Available  Funds for Group
                              II.

                              The assets of the Trust Estate will consist of (i)
                              two  Groups of  nonconforming  home  equity  loans
                              transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date (the
                              "Initial   Home   Equity    Loans"),    additional
                              nonconforming, fixed rate and adjustable rate home
                              equity loans,  if any,  transferred  to the Issuer
                              and  allocated  to Group  II  during  the  Funding
                              Period   ("Subsequent  Home  Equity  Loans,"  and,
                              together with the Initial Home Equity  Loans,  the
                              "Home  Equity  Loans");   (ii)  all  interest  and
                              principal  due under the  respective  Home  Equity
                              Loans on or after the related Cut-Off Date;  (iii)
                              security interests in the properties securing such
                              Home Equity Loans (the "Properties"); (iv) amounts
                              on  deposit  in  the  Note  Account,   Pre-Funding
                              Account and Capitalized  Interest Account; (v) the
                              Issuer's rights under the Loan Transfer  Agreement
                              and the  Servicing  Agreement;  and  (vi)  certain
                              other property.

DENOMINATIONS AND
REGISTRATION................  Each   Class   of   Notes   will  be   issued   in
                              denominations  of not less than $25,000  principal
                              amount  and in  integral  multiples  of  $1,000 in
                              excess thereof.  No person  acquiring a beneficial
                              ownership interest in any Note (any such person, a
                              "Beneficial  Owner")  will be  entitled to receive
                              such Note in fully  registered,  certificated form
                              (a  "Definitive  Note"),  except under the limited
                              circumstances     described    herein.    Instead,
                              Beneficial  Owners will hold their  Notes  through
                              The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC"),  in  the
                              United  States,  or Cedel  Bank,  societe  anonyme
                              ("Cedel") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in
                              Europe,  each of which will  effect  payments  and
                              transfers  in  respect  of the  Notes  by means of
                              electronic record keeping services, acting through
                              certain  participating  organizations.   Transfers
                              within DTC,  Cedel or  Euroclear,  as the case may
                              be, will be in accordance with the usual rules and
                              operating  procedures of the relevant  system.  So
                              long as the  Notes  are in book  entry  form,  the
                              Notes will be  represented  by one or more  global
                              certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co.,
                              as  nominee of DTC,  or  Citibank  N.A.  or Morgan
                              Guaranty  Trust Company of New York,  the relevant
                              depositaries of Cedel and Euroclear, respectively,
                              and each a  participating  member of DTC. This may
                              result in certain delays in receipt of payments by
                              an investor and may restrict

                                      S-7

<PAGE>

                              an  investor's  ability to pledge  its Notes.  SEE
                              "Risk Factors--Book-Entry  Registration May Reduce
                              the  Liquidity of the Notes" and  "Description  of
                              the Notes--Book-Entry  Registration and Definitive
                              Notes"   herein,   "ANNEX  A:  Global   Clearance,
                              Settlement  and  Tax   Documentation   Procedures"
                              hereto and "Description of the Securities--Form of
                              the  Securities"  in the  Prospectus.  Unless  and
                              until   Definitive   Notes  are   issued,   it  is
                              anticipated  that  the only  "Noteholder"  will be
                              Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Beneficial  Owners
                              will not be  Noteholders  as that  term is used in
                              the  Indenture   and  the   Servicing   Agreement.
                              Beneficial  Owners are permitted to exercise their
                              rights  only   indirectly   through  DTC  and  its
                              Participants (including Cedel and Euroclear).

PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

   A.  General..............  Payments on the Notes will be made on the 25th day
                              of each  month,  or if such day is not a  Business
                              Day, on the next succeeding  Business Day (each, a
                              "Payment  Date"),  commencing  July, 1998, to each
                              Noteholder  of record as of the last  Business Day
                              preceding  such  Payment  Date or, with respect to
                              Definitive  Notes,  as of the last Business Day of
                              the  month  preceding  the  month  in  which  such
                              Payment Date occurs (the "Record Date").

                              A  "Business  Day" is any  day  other  than  (i) a
                              Saturday   or  Sunday  or  (ii)  a  day  on  which
                              commercial  banking  institutions in New York, New
                              York,  Greensboro,  North Carolina,  Austin, Texas
                              (if  the  Backup  Master   Servicer   becomes  the
                              successor Master  Servicer),  or the city in which
                              the  corporate   trust  office  of  the  Indenture
                              Trustee is located are  authorized or obligated by
                              law,  regulation,  executive order or governmental
                              decree to be closed.

                              On each Payment  Date,  payments of principal  and
                              interest  will be made  to  Noteholders  as of the
                              immediately preceding Record Date out of Available
                              Funds for the related Group and such Payment Date,
                              together  with any  payments  received  under  the
                              Insurance  Policy.  The "Available  Funds" for any
                              Payment  Date and for each  Group  will  generally
                              consist of the aggregate of the following amounts:

                                 (i) the sum of,  for the Home  Equity  Loans in
                                     the  related   Group,   (a)  all  scheduled
                                     payments of principal and interest received
                                     with  respect to such Home Equity Loans and
                                     due during the related  Remittance  Period,
                                     (b) all unscheduled  principal  payments or
                                     recoveries   on  such  Home  Equity  Loans,
                                     including  Prepayments,  Insurance Proceeds
                                     and  Net  Liquidation   Proceeds   received
                                     during the  related  Remittance  Period and
                                     (c)  with  respect  to  Group  II,  amounts
                                     deposited  in the  Note  Account  from  the
                                     Capitalized   Interest   Account   and  the
                                     Pre-Funding  Account,   minus  (w)  amounts
                                     received with respect to payments due prior
                                     to the  applicable  Cut-Off  Date,  (x) the
                                     related Administra-

                                      S-8

<PAGE>

                                     tive Fee  Amount  payable  with  respect to
                                     such Payment Date,  and (y)  reimbursements
                                     for certain  Servicing  Advances  made with
                                     respect  to  such  Home  Equity   Loans  as
                                     described herein (other than those included
                                     in Liquidation  expenses already reimbursed
                                     from related Liquidation Proceeds); and

                                (ii) the  amount  of any  Compensating  Interest
                                     Payments and any  Delinquency  Advances (as
                                     hereinafter  defined)  made  by the  Master
                                     Servicer  with respect to Home Equity Loans
                                     in the related Group for such Payment Date,
                                     any amounts  deposited  in the related Note
                                     Account  in  respect  of  the   repurchase,
                                     release,  removal or  substitution  of Home
                                     Equity  Loans in the related  Group  during
                                     the  related  Remittance  Period or amounts
                                     deposited  in the related  Note  Account in
                                     connection   with  the  redemption  of  the
                                     related  Class of Notes,  all as more fully
                                     described   under   "Description   of   the
                                     Notes-Payments on the Notes" herein.

   B.  Note Interest Rate...  The "Class A-1 Note  Interest  Rate" for the Class
                              A-1 Notes and for each  Interest  Period  prior to
                              the Initial  Redemption  Date (as defined  herein)
                              will be a per annum rate equal to 6.53%,  and, for
                              each Interest Period thereafter,  a per annum rate
                              equal to 7.03%. The "Class A-2 Note Interest Rate"
                              for the  Class  A-2  Notes  and for each  Interest
                              Period  prior to the Initial  Redemption  Date (as
                              defined  herein) will be a per annum rate equal to
                              6.55%, and, for each Interest Period thereafter, a
                              per annum rate equal to 7.05%. SEE "Description of
                              the  Notes--Payments  on the  Notes"  herein.  The
                              Class  A-1 Note  Interest  Rate and the  Class A-2
                              Note Interest Rate are together referred to herein
                              as the "Note Interest Rate."

                              The  "Interest  Period" in respect of any  Payment
                              Date  will  be  the  calendar  month   immediately
                              preceding  the  month in which  the  Payment  Date
                              occurs.  All calculations of interest on the Notes
                              will be  computed  on the  basis  of a year of 360
                              days and twelve 30 day months.

   C.  Payments 
       of Interest..........  On each Payment Date,  each Class of Notes will be
                              entitled   to  payments  in  respect  of  interest
                              accrued during the related  Interest Period ("Note
                              Interest")  at the related Note  Interest  Rate on
                              the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the
                              related Class of Notes (the "Note  Balance") as of
                              the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to
                              the  payment,  if any, in  reduction  of principal
                              made on the Notes on such preceding Payment Date).
                              SEE  "Description  of the  Notes--Payments  on the
                              Notes" herein.

                              If, with  respect to any Payment  Date,  funds are
                              not  available  from  Available  Funds for a Group
                              (or, to the limited extent provided  herein,  from
                              Excess Cash from the other  Group or from  certain
                              reserve  accounts)  to pay the full amount of Note
                              Interest  due on the related  Class of Notes,  the
                              deficiency   will  be  covered  by  payments  made
                              pursuant to the Insurance 
 
                                      S-9

<PAGE>

                              Policy  for  such  Payment  Date.  SEE  "The  Note
                              Insurance Policy" herein.

   D.  Payments of
       Principal............  On each Payment Date,  each Class of Notes will be
                              entitled   to  related   Monthly   Principal   (as
                              hereinafter  defined) in  reduction of the related
                              Note Balance.  Monthly  Principal  with respect to
                              any  Payment  Date  and each  Class of Notes  will
                              generally   consist  of  the   aggregate   of  all
                              scheduled  payments  of  principal  received  with
                              respect to the Home  Equity  Loans in the  related
                              Group and due during the related Remittance Period
                              and  all  other  amounts  collected,  received  or
                              otherwise recovered in respect of principal on the
                              Home Equity  Loans in the related  Group during or
                              in respect of the related Remittance Period.  Such
                              amount will be  decreased to take into account any
                              related  Overcollateralization   Reduction  Amount
                              with  respect  to  the  related  Payment  Date  as
                              described herein.

   E.  Payments of 
       Excess Cash .........  "Excess  Cash" for each Class on any Payment  Date
                              will be equal to  Available  Funds for the related
                              Group on such Payment Date,  reduced by the sum of
                              (i) any  amounts  payable to the Note  Insurer for
                              Insured  Payments  with respect to such Class paid
                              on prior Payment Dates and not yet  reimbursed and
                              for any  unpaid  Note  Insurer  Premiums  for such
                              Group for prior  Payment  Dates (in each case with
                              interest  thereon  at the  Late  Payment  Rate set
                              forth  in the  Insurance  Agreement)  (and  to the
                              extent  not  covered  by  Available  Funds for the
                              other  Group,  such  amounts  with  respect to the
                              other  Group),  (ii)  the  Note  Interest  for the
                              related  Class and Payment Date (and to the extent
                              not  covered  by  Available  Funds  for the  other
                              Group,  such  amounts  with  respect  to the other
                              Group),   (iii)  the  Monthly  Principal  for  the
                              related  Class  and  Payment  Date and  (iv)  with
                              respect  to Class A-2 and the first  Payment  Date
                              following  the  end of  the  Funding  Period,  all
                              amounts  remaining in the  Pre-Funding  Account to
                              the extent not used to  purchase  Subsequent  Home
                              Equity  Loans for the  related  Group  during such
                              Funding Period.

                              On each  Payment  Date with  respect  to which the
                              Overcollateralization  Amount for a Class of Notes
                              is    less    than    the     related     Required
                              Overcollateralization   Amount  for  such  Payment
                              Date,  Excess Cash derived from Available Funds in
                              respect of the related Group, if any, will be paid
                              on the related  Notes in  reduction of the related
                              Note Balance,  up to the amount  necessary for the
                              related  Overcollateralization Amount to equal the
                              applicable Required  Overcollateralization Amount.
                              Any Excess Cash  remaining with respect to a Class
                              after  making  required  payments  on the  related
                              Notes  (including any payments as described in the
                              preceding sentence) and to the Note Insurer on any
                              Payment Date as  described  herein will be used to
                              fund certain  shortfalls with respect to the other
                              Class  of  Notes  and  to  fund  certain   reserve
                              accounts;   and,   thereafter,   released  to  the
                              holder(s) of the Residual Interest on such Payment
                              Date, free from the lien of the Indenture Trustee,
                              and such amounts will not be available to make any
                              of the  payments  referred to in clauses  (i)-(iv)
                              above on any subsequent Payment Date.

                                      S-10

<PAGE>

   F.  Overcollateral-
       ization Feature......  Credit  enhancement  with respect to each Class of
                              Notes    will    be    provided    in    part   by
                              overcollateralization resulting from the Aggregate
                              Principal Balances of the Home Equity Loans in the
                              related  Group  as of the end of  each  Remittance
                              Period  exceeding the related Note Balance for the
                              related  Payment  Date (after  taking into account
                              the related  Monthly  Principal and related Excess
                              Cash to be paid on such  Payment Date in reduction
                              of  the  related  Note  Balance).   The  Indenture
                              requires  that this  Overcollateralization  Amount
                              for  a  Class  be  increased  to,  and  thereafter
                              maintained     at,    the     related     Required
                              Overcollateralization  Amount.  This  increase and
                              subsequent   maintenance   is   intended   to   be
                              accomplished by the application of related monthly
                              Excess  Cash to  accelerate  the  pay  down of the
                              related   Note    Balance    until   the   related
                              Overcollateralization  Amount  reaches the related
                              Required Overcollateralization Amount.

                              The Indenture generally provides that the Required
                              Overcollateralization  Amount  for each Class may,
                              over  time,  decrease  or  increase,   subject  to
                              certain  floors,   caps  and  triggers   including
                              triggers   that   allow   the   related   Required
                              Overcollateralization  Amount to decrease or "step
                              down" based on the  performance of the Home Equity
                              Loans in the related Group with respect to certain
                              delinquency rate tests specified in the Indenture.
                              In  addition,  Excess  Cash  for a  Group  will be
                              applied to the payment in  reduction  of principal
                              of the  related  Class of Notes  during the period
                              that the related  Home Equity  Loans are unable to
                              meet certain tests specified in the Indenture. Any
                              increase   in  a  Required   Overcollateralization
                              Amount may result in an  accelerated  amortization
                              of  the   related   Notes   until  such   Required
                              Overcollateralization  Amount is reached,  and any
                              decrease   in  a  Required   Overcollateralization
                              Amount will result in a  decelerated  amortization
                              of  the   related   Notes   until  such   Required
                              Overcollateralization   Amount  is  reached.   SEE
                              "Description  of the  Notes--Overcollateralization
                              Feature" herein.

                              The "Overcollateralization  Amount" for each Class
                              of Notes on any Payment  Date will be equal to the
                              amount by which the Aggregate Principal Balance of
                              the Home Equity  Loans in the related  Group as of
                              the end of the  related  Remittance  Period  plus,
                              with respect to the Class A-2 Notes, any amount on
                              deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time
                              disregarding  any  Pre-Funding   Account  Earnings
                              exceed the related  Note  Balance for such Payment
                              Date after taking into account payments of Monthly
                              Principal   made   on   such   Class   of   Notes.
                              "Pre-Funding   Account  Earnings"  means  for  any
                              Payment  Date in the  Funding  Period,  the actual
                              investment  earnings  earned  during the  previous
                              calendar  month  on  amounts  on  deposit  in  the
                              Pre-Funding Account as calculated by the Indenture
                              Trustee.   The   "Required   Overcollateralization
                              Amount"  for each  Class  of Notes on any  Payment
                              Date will be equal to the amount specified as such
                              in  the  Indenture.   The   "Overcollateralization
                              Surplus"  for each  Class of Notes on any  Payment
                              Date  will be the  amount,  if any,  by which  the
                              related  

                                      S-11

<PAGE>

                              Overcollateralization  Amount on such Payment Date
                              exceeds    the    then     applicable     Required
                              Overcollateralization          Amount.         The
                              "Overcollateralization  Deficit" for each Class of
                              Notes on any Payment  Date will be the amount,  if
                              any,  by which the  related  Note  Balance on such
                              Payment  Date  (after   taking  into  account  the
                              related  Monthly  Principal and the related Excess
                              Cash to be paid on such  Payment Date in reduction
                              of the related  Note  Balance)  exceeds the sum of
                              (i) the  Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Home
                              Equity  Loans in the  related  Group at the end of
                              the related Remittance Period,  (ii) any amount on
                              deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time
                              disregarding any Pre-Funding Account Earnings, and
                              (iii)  the  Overcollateralization  Amount  for the
                              other Class.

   G.  Insurance Policy.....  Financial   Security  Assurance  Inc.  (the  "Note
                              Insurer")   will  issue  a  certificate   guaranty
                              insurance policy (the "Insurance Policy") pursuant
                              to which it will  irrevocably and  unconditionally
                              guarantee  payment on each  Payment  Date and with
                              respect  to each  Class of Notes to the  Indenture
                              Trustee for the benefit of the  Noteholders  of an
                              amount equal to the related Note  Interest and any
                              Overcollateralization  Deficit  for  such  Payment
                              Date.  The amount of the actual  payment,  if any,
                              made by the Note Insurer to the Noteholders  under
                              the Insurance Policy on each Payment Date and with
                              respect  to each  Class  of  Notes  (the  "Insured
                              Payment") is the sum (without  duplication) of (i)
                              any  shortfall  in the amount  required to pay the
                              related  Overcollateralization  Deficit  for  such
                              Payment   Date  from  a  source   other  than  the
                              Insurance Policy, (ii) any shortfall in the amount
                              required to pay the related Note Interest for such
                              Payment   Date  from  a  source   other  than  the
                              Insurance  Policy,  (iii)  any  shortfall  in  the
                              amount  required to pay the Preference  Amount for
                              such  Payment  Date and such  Class  from a source
                              other  than the  Insurance  Policy and (iv) on the
                              Stated  Maturity Date, the  outstanding  Principal
                              Balance on each Class of Notes.  The effect of the
                              Insurance Policy is to guaranty the timely payment
                              of interest  on, and the  ultimate  payment of the
                              principal   amount   of  each   Class  of   Notes.
                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Note Insurer is
                              permitted at its sole option, but is not required,
                              to  pay  any   losses  in   connection   with  the
                              liquidation  of any  related  Home  Equity Loan in
                              accordance with the Insurance Policy.

                              A "Preference  Amount" means any amount previously
                              distributed  to a Noteholder  recovered  from such
                              Noteholder  as a voidable  preference by a trustee
                              in  bankruptcy   pursuant  to  the  United  States
                              Bankruptcy   Code  in  accordance  with  a  final,
                              nonappealable  order of a court  having  competent
                              jurisdiction.

                              Except  upon  the  occurrence  of a  Note  Insurer
                              Default,  the Note Insurer shall have the right to
                              exercise  certain  rights of the  Noteholders,  as
                              specified in the Indenture, without any consent of
                              such Noteholders.  The Noteholders  themselves may
                              exercise  their  rights under the  Indenture  only
                              with  the  prior  written   consent  of  the  Note
                              Insurer,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the
                              Indenture.   In   addition,   to  the   extent  of

                                      S-12

<PAGE>

                              unreimbursed  payments under the Insurance Policy,
                              the Note Insurer will be  subrogated to the rights
                              of the Noteholders on which such Insured  Payments
                              were made. In connection with each Insured Payment
                              on   a   Note,   the   Indenture    Trustee,    as
                              attorney-in-fact  for the holder thereof,  will be
                              required to assign to the Note  Insurer the rights
                              of such  Noteholder  with  respect to the  related
                              Note to the extent of such Insured Payment.  "Note
                              Insurer Default" is defined under the Indenture as
                              (x) the  failure  by the  Note  Insurer  to make a
                              required payment under the Insurance Policy or (y)
                              the  bankruptcy or insolvency of the Note Insurer.
                              SEE "The Note Insurance Policy" herein.

                              The Note Insurer is a New York monoline  insurance
                              company   engaged  in  the   business  of  writing
                              financial  guaranty   insurance,   principally  in
                              respect  of  securities  offered in  domestic  and
                              foreign markets.  The Note Insurer's claims paying
                              ability  is  rated  "Aaa"  by  Moody's   Investors
                              Services,  Inc.  ("Moody's)  and  "AAA" by each of
                              Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,  a division of
                              The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,   Inc.  ("Standard  &
                              Poor's"), Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch"), Japan Rating
                              and  Investment  Information,  Inc. and Standard &
                              Poor's   (Australia)   Pty.  Ltd.  SEE  "The  Note
                              Insurer" herein.

   H.  Stated 
       Maturity Date .......  The Stated  Maturity  Date for the Class A-1 Notes
                              is December 25, 2029. The Stated Maturity Date for
                              the Class  A-2 Notes is  December  25,  2029.  The
                              Stated Maturity Dates for each Class of Notes have
                              been  determined  by  adding 18 months to the last
                              Payment Date scheduled for the Initial Home Equity
                              Loan of the related  Group with the latest  stated
                              maturity date. It is  anticipated  that the actual
                              final  Payment  Date for each  Class of Notes will
                              occur   significantly   earlier  than  the  Stated
                              Maturity Date.  SEE "Certain  Prepayment and Yield
                              Considerations" herein.

DELINQUENCY ADVANCES
 AND COMPENSATING INTEREST..  The Master  Servicer shall be required to remit to
                              the  Indenture  Trustee  for  deposit  to the Note
                              Account out of the Master Servicer's own funds any
                              delinquent  payment of  interest  with  respect to
                              each  delinquent  Home  Equity Loan in the related
                              Group,  which payment was not received on or prior
                              to the related Monthly Remittance Date and was not
                              theretofore   advanced  by  the  Master  Servicer,
                              unless the Master Servicer has determined,  in its
                              reasonable  business  judgment,  that such advance
                              would  not be  recoverable.  Such  amounts  of the
                              Master  Servicer's  own  funds  so  deposited  are
                              "Delinquency  Advances." Such Delinquency Advances
                              are  reimbursable  to  the  Master  Servicer,   as
                              provided in the Servicing Agreement. To the extent
                              that  the  Master  Servicer  previously  has  made
                              Delinquency Advances with respect to a Home Equity
                              Loan in the related Group that the Master Servicer
                              subsequently determines to be nonrecoverable,  the
                              Master Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement
                              from  the  Trust.  SEE "The  Servicing  Agreement"
                              herein.

                                      S-13

<PAGE>

                              If a full or partial  prepayment  of a Home Equity
                              Loan  occurs  during  any  calendar   month,   any
                              difference between the interest collected from the
                              Mortgagor in connection  with such  prepayment and
                              the full month's  interest at the Coupon Rate that
                              would be due on the related due date for such Home
                              Equity Loan (such  difference,  the  "Compensating
                              Interest"),  (but not in excess  of the  aggregate
                              Servicing Fee for the related Remittance  Period),
                              will be required to be deposited to the  Principal
                              and Interest  Account (or if such difference is an
                              excess,  the Master  Servicer  shall  retain  such
                              excess) on the next succeeding  Monthly Remittance
                              Date by the Master  Servicer and shall be included
                              in  the  Monthly  Remittance  Amount  to  be  made
                              available  to the  Indenture  Trustee  on the next
                              succeeding Monthly Remittance Date.

SERVICING ADVANCES..........  The Master  Servicer  will be  required to pay all
                              "out of pocket" costs and expenses incurred in the
                              performance   of   its   servicing    obligations,
                              including, but not limited to, (i) expenditures in
                              connection  with a  foreclosed  Home  Equity  Loan
                              prior  to  the  liquidation  thereof,   including,
                              without  limitation,  expenditures for real estate
                              property   taxes,   hazard   insurance   premiums,
                              property      restoration     or      preservation
                              ("Preservation  Expenses"),  (ii)  the cost of any
                              enforcement  or  judicial  proceedings,  including
                              foreclosures  and (iii) the cost of the management
                              and   liquidation   of   Property    acquired   in
                              satisfaction of the related  Mortgage,  unless the
                              Master Servicer has determined,  in its reasonable
                              business judgment,  that such advance would not be
                              recoverable.   Such   costs  and   expenses   will
                              constitute   "Servicing   Advances."   The  Master
                              Servicer may recover a Servicing  Advance from the
                              Trust as provided  under the Servicing  Agreement.
                              SEE "The Servicing Agreement" herein.

MONTHLY SERVICING FEE.......  With respect to each Group,  each Master  Servicer
                              will retain a fee (the  "Servicing  Fee") equal to
                              0.50% per annum,  payable  monthly at  one-twelfth
                              the annual rate of the then outstanding  Principal
                              Balance of each Home  Equity  Loan in the  related
                              Group  serviced  as  of  the  first  day  of  each
                              Remittance  Period.  The Master Servicer will also
                              be able to retain late fees,  prepayment  charges,
                              and   certain   other   amounts   and  charges  as
                              additional  servicing  compensation.   The  Master
                              Servicer   will   compensate   the  Backup  Master
                              Servicer out of the related Servicing Fee.

THE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

     A.  General............  The Initial Home Equity Loans to be transferred by
                              the  Depositor  on the Closing Day will consist of
                              the  Group I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans and the
                              Group II  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans.  As of the
                              Cut-off  Date,  the  Group  I  Home  Equity  Loans
                              consisted  of  1,177  Home  Equity  Loans  with an
                              Aggregate      Principal      Balance     totaling
                              $72,650,717.11  (the  "Initial  Group I  Aggregate
                              Principal Balance") of which 1,140 were fixed rate
                              home  equity  loans  and 37  adjustable  rate home
                              equity loans. As of the Cut-Off Date, the Group II
                              Home Equity  Loans  consisted of 1,127 Home Equity
                              Loans with an Aggregate Principal Balance totaling
                              $75,332,394.79  (the  

                                      S-14

<PAGE>

                              "Initial Group II Aggregate Principal Balance") of
                              which 1,092 were fixed rate home equity  loans and
                              35 adjustable rate home equity loans.

                              The Initial Home Equity Loans are secured by first
                              and  second  lien  mortgages  or  deeds  of  trust
                              primarily  on   one-to-four   family   residential
                              properties  located in 22  states,  in the case of
                              Group I, and 27 states in the case of Group II.

                              As used  herein,  the  term  "Aggregate  Principal
                              Balance"  means  the  aggregate  of the  Principal
                              Balances  of the  Home  Equity  Loans  in Group I,
                              Group II or the Trust Estate,  as  applicable,  at
                              the  related  date of  determination.  None of the
                              Initial  Home  Equity  Loans are  insured  by pool
                              mortgage  insurance  policies or primary  mortgage
                              insurance policies;  however,  certain payments of
                              interest and principal due to the  Noteholders are
                              insured by the Note  Insurer  pursuant to the Note
                              Insurance Policy.  SEE "The Note Insurance Policy"
                              herein.

   B.  Group I Initial 
       Home Equity Loans....  As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Principal
                              Balance of the Group I Initial  Home Equity  Loans
                              was $61,725.33.  The minimum and maximum Principal
                              Balances of the Group I Initial  Home Equity Loans
                              as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date  were   $6,964.18   and
                              $225,024.51,  respectively. As of the Cutoff Date,
                              the  interest  rates (the  "Coupon  Rates") of the
                              Group I Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  ranged  from
                              7.70% to 17.99%;  the weighted average Coupon Rate
                              of the  Group I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  was
                              approximately   10.29%;   the   weighted   average
                              Combined   Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  the  Group  I
                              Initial  Home  Equity   Loans  was   approximately
                              80.24%;  the weighted  average  remaining  term to
                              maturity of the Group I Initial  Home Equity Loans
                              was  approximately  279 months;  and the remaining
                              terms to  maturity  of the  Group I  Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans ranged from 59 months to 360 months.
                              As of the Cut-Off  Date,  approximately  94.62% of
                              the  Aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the Group I
                              Initial  Home Equity  Loans were  secured by first
                              mortgages and approximately 5.38% of the aggregate
                              Principal  Balance  of the  Group I  Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans were  secured  by second  mortgages.
                              Group  I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  containing
                              "balloon" payments represented approximately 3.24%
                              of the aggregate  Principal Balance of the Group I
                              Initial Home Equity Loans. No Group I Initial Home
                              Equity Loan will  mature  later than June 1, 2028.
                              SEE "Description of the Home Equity Loans" herein.

                              As of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              remaining   period  to  the  next   interest  rate
                              adjustment  date  for  the  Group I  Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans with  adjustable  Coupon  Rates (the
                              "Group  I  Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home  Equity
                              Loans"") was approximately 17 months; each Group I
                              Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loan will have
                              an initial  payment  adjustment 6 months after the
                              first payment date, an initial cap of 1% above the
                              related  initial  Coupon Rate (except for 28 loans
                              with  an  aggregate  Principal  Balance  as of the
                              Cut-Off  Date  of  $2,219,357.67  that  adjust  24
                              months  after the first  payment  date and have an
                              initial  cap of 1.00%  above the  

                                      S-15

<PAGE>

                              related  initial  Coupon  Rate) and a  semi-annual
                              rate  adjustment  cap  of  1.00%  above  the  then
                              current  interest rate for such Group I Adjustable
                              Rate  Initial  Home  Equity  Loan.   The  weighted
                              average Coupon Rate of the Group I Adjustable Rate
                              Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately  9.85%
                              per annum. The interest rates borne by the Group I
                              Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home Equity Loans as of
                              the  Cut-Off  Date  ranged from 7.70% per annum to
                              12.35%  per  annum.  The Group I  Adjustable  Rate
                              Initial Home Equity  Loans had a weighted  average
                              gross   margin   as  of  the   Cut-Off   Date   of
                              approximately  6.27%. The initial gross margin for
                              the Group I  Adjustable  Rate  Initial Home Equity
                              Loans  ranged  from  4.80%  to  8.65%.  As of  the
                              Cut-Off Date,  the maximum rates at which interest
                              may accrue on the Group I Adjustable  Rate Initial
                              Home Equity  Loans (the  "Maximum  Rates")  ranged
                              from  13.70% per annum to 18.35%  per  annum.  The
                              Group I Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loans
                              had a  weighted  average  Maximum  Rate  as of the
                              Cut-Off Date of approximately 15.85% per annum. As
                              of the Cut-Off  Date,  the minimum  rates at which
                              interest may accrue on the Group I Adjustable Rate
                              Initial  Home Equity Loans (the  "Minimum  Rates")
                              ranged  from  7.70% per annum to 12.35% per annum.
                              As of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              Minimum  Rate on the Group I Initial  Home  Equity
                              Loans was approximately 9.85% per annum.

   C.  Group II Initial
       Home Equity Loans....  As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Principal
                              Balance of the Group II Initial  Home Equity Loans
                              was $66,843.30.  The minimum and maximum Principal
                              Balances of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans
                              as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date  were   $6,762.38   and
                              $698,651.66,  respectively. As of the Cutoff Date,
                              the  Coupon  Rates of the  Group II  Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans  ranged  from 7.55% to  16.59%;  the
                              weighted  average  Coupon  Rate  of the  Group  II
                              Initial  Home  Equity   Loans  was   approximately
                              10.32%;     the    weighted    average    Combined
                              Loan-to-Value  Ratio of the Group II Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans  was   approximately   80.57%;   the
                              weighted average remaining term to maturity of the
                              Group   II   Initial   Home   Equity   Loans   was
                              approximately 286 months;  and the remaining terms
                              to  maturity  of the Group II Initial  Home Equity
                              Loans  ranged from 57 months to 360 months.  As of
                              the  Cut-Off  Date,  approximately  92.07%  of the
                              Aggregate   Principal  Balance  of  the  Group  II
                              Initial  Home Equity  Loans were  secured by first
                              mortgages and approximately 7.93% of the aggregate
                              Principal  Balance  of the Group II  Initial  Home
                              Equity  Loans were  secured  by second  mortgages.
                              Group II  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  containing
                              "balloon" payments represented approximately 3.35%
                              of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II
                              Initial  Home  Equity  Loans.  No Group II Initial
                              Home Equity  Loan will  mature  later than June 5,
                              2028. SEE  "Description  of the Home Equity Loans"
                              herein.

                              As of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              remaining   period  to  the  next   interest  rate
                              adjustment  date for the Group II Adjustable  Rate
                              Initial Home Equity Loans with  adjustable  Coupon
                              Rates (the "Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial Home

                                      S-16

<PAGE>

                              Equity Loans") was  approximately 17 months;  each
                              Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loan
                              will have an initial  payment  adjustment 6 months
                              after the first payment date, an initial cap of 1%
                              above the related  initial Coupon Rate (except for
                              24 loans with an aggregate Principal Balance as of
                              the Cut-Off Date of  $2,748,209.20  that adjust 24
                              months  after the first  payment  date and have an
                              initial  cap of 1.00%  above the  related  initial
                              Coupon Rate) and a semi-annual rate adjustment cap
                              of 1.00% above the then current  interest rate for
                              such Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity
                              Loan.  The  weighted  average  Coupon  Rate of the
                              Group II Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans
                              was  approximately  9.55% per annum.  The interest
                              rates  borne  by  the  Group  II  Adjustable  Rate
                              Initial  Home Equity  Loans as of the Cut-Off Date
                              ranged  from  7.55% per annum to 11.25% per annum.
                              The Group II  Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity
                              Loans had a weighted  average  gross  margin as of
                              the  Cut-Off  Date  of  approximately  6.00%.  The
                              initial  gross margin for the Group II  Adjustable
                              Rate  Initial  Home Equity Loans ranged from 4.80%
                              to 8.45%.  As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  maximum
                              rates at which interest may accrue on the Group II
                              Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home Equity  Loans (the
                              "Maximum  Rates")  ranged from 13.55% per annum to
                              17.25% per  annum.  The Group II  Adjustable  Rate
                              Initial Home Equity  Loans had a weighted  average
                              Maximum   Rate   as  of  the   Cut-Off   Date   of
                              approximately  15.54% per annum. As of the Cut-Off
                              Date,  the  minimum  rates at which  interest  may
                              accrue on the  Group II  Adjustable  Rate  Initial
                              Home Equity  Loans (the  "Minimum  Rates")  ranged
                              from 7.55% per annum to 11.25%  per  annum.  As of
                              the Cut-Off  Date,  the weighted  average  Minimum
                              Rate on the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans was
                              approximately 9.54% per annum.

THE SUBSEQUENT
HOME EQUITY LOANS...........  In  addition  to the  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans
                              transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date, the
                              Issuer   may    acquire   up   to    approximately
                              $27,017,605.21   aggregate  Principal  Balance  in
                              Subsequent  Home Equity  Loans which would only be
                              allocated to Group II. The Subsequent  Home Equity
                              Loans,   if  available,   will  be  originated  or
                              purchased by the  Sponsor,  sold by the Sponsor in
                              the ordinary course of its business, to the Seller
                              and  transferred  by the  Seller  in the  ordinary
                              course of its  business,  to the  Transferor.  The
                              Transferor  will then  cause the  Subsequent  Home
                              Equity  Loans  to be sold to the  Depositor  which
                              will convey  such  interests  to the  Issuer.  The
                              Subsequent  Home Equity Loans, as well as all Home
                              Equity  Loans,  must conform to certain  specified
                              characteristics.  SEE  "Description  of  the  Home
                              Equity  Loans   --Conveyance  of  Subsequent  Home
                              Equity Loans".

PRE-FUNDING FEATURE.........  On the Closing Date, approximately  $27,017,605.21
                              (the "Original  Group II Pre-Funded  Amount") will
                              be deposited  with the Indenture  Trustee and used
                              by the  Issuer to  purchase  the  Subsequent  Home
                              Equity Loans.  Such  Subsequent  Home Equity Loans
                              shall be allocated to Group II. The Issuer will be
                              obligated,  subject to the satisfaction of certain
                              conditions   described  herein,  to  purchase  the
                              Subsequent  Home  Equity  

                                      S-17

<PAGE>

                              Loans from time to time during the Funding Period,
                              subject to the availability thereof. In connection
                              with each  purchase  of a  Subsequent  Home Equity
                              Loan,  the Issuer  will be  required to pay to the
                              Depositor  a  cash  purchase  price  equal  to the
                              Principal   Balance  thereof  as  of  the  related
                              Cut-Off  Date from the  Pre-Funding  Account.  The
                              Issuer may  purchase  the  Subsequent  Home Equity
                              Loans  only  from the  Depositor  and not from any
                              other  person and the  Depositor  may purchase the
                              Subsequent   Home   Equity   Loans  only  from  an
                              affiliate of the Transferor and not from any other
                              person.   SEE  "Description  of  the  Home  Equity
                              Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent Home Equity Loans"
                              herein.

                              The  "Funding  Period"  is  the  period  from  the
                              Closing Date until the earliest of (i) the date on
                              which the  amount on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding
                              Account is less than $100,000.00, (ii) the date on
                              which a Master Servicer  Termination  Event occurs
                              under the  Servicing  Agreement  or (iii) July 31,
                              1998. The Original Group II Pre-Funded  Amount, as
                              reduced  from time to time by the  amount  thereof
                              applied to the purchase of Subsequent  Home Equity
                              Loans is  referred  to  herein  as the  "Group  II
                              Pre-Funded Amount." Any Group II Pre-Funded Amount
                              remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of
                              the  Funding  Period  will be  distributed  to the
                              related Noteholders as an additional  distribution
                              of principal on the Payment Date which follows the
                              end of the Funding Period.

CAPITALIZED 
INTEREST ACCOUNT............  On the Closing  Date, a portion of the proceeds of
                              the  sale  of the  Notes  will be  required  to be
                              deposited in an account (the "Capitalized Interest
                              Account") in the name of the Indenture  Trustee on
                              behalf of the Issuer. The amount deposited therein
                              will  be  used,  as  necessary,  by the  Indenture
                              Trustee  during  the  Funding  Period  to fund the
                              negative  carry on the Group II Pre-Funded  Amount
                              and any Home Equity  Loans in either Group that do
                              not have a payment  due in June 1998 or July 1998.
                              Any amounts remaining in the Capitalized  Interest
                              Account on the Payment Date which  follows the end
                              of the  Funding  Period  and  not  used  for  such
                              purpose on such  Payment  Date are  required to be
                              paid directly to the  Transferor,  or an affiliate
                              thereof, on such Payment Date.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.........  The  Master   Servicer  will  have  the  right  to
                              purchase  all the Home Equity  Loans in a Group on
                              any  Monthly  Remittance  Date  (each,  a  "Master
                              Servicer  Optional  Termination  Date")  when  the
                              aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the Home  Equity
                              Loans in such Group as of the end of the preceding
                              Remittance  Period has  declined to 10% or less of
                              the Initial  Aggregate  Principal Balance plus the
                              aggregate  outstanding  Principal  Balance  of any
                              Subsequent   Home   Equity   Loans   as  of  their
                              respective  Cut-Off  Dates (such sum, the "Maximum
                              Collateral Amount") with respect to a Group.

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES................  In the opinion of Tax Counsel (as defined  herein)
                              for Federal income tax purposes, the Notes will be
                              characterized  as debt and the Issuer  will not be
                              characterized  as an  association  (or a  

                                      S-18

<PAGE>

                              publicly   traded   partnership)   taxable   as  a
                              corporation  or as a taxable  mortgage  pool.  The
                              Depositor, the Sponsor, the Transferor, the Seller
                              and the Issuer agree, and each Noteholder,  by the
                              acceptance  of a Note,  will  agree to  treat  the
                              Notes  as  indebtedness  for  Federal  income  tax
                              purposes.   See  "Material   Federal   Income  Tax
                              Consequences"  herein and "Material Federal Income
                              Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus for additional
                              information  concerning the application of Federal
                              income tax laws to the Trust and the Notes.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........  Subject  to  the  considerations  discussed  under
                              "ERISA   Considerations"   herein   and   in   the
                              Prospectus,  the Notes may be acquired and held by
                              employee  benefit plans and other retirement plans
                              and arrangements  subject to the provisions of the
                              Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974,
                              as amended ("ERISA"),  or Section 4975 of the Code
                              (each,  a "Plan").  The Issuer  believes  that the
                              Notes will be treated as debt obligations  without
                              significant   equity   features  for  purposes  of
                              regulations  of the  Department of Labor set forth
                              in  29  C.F.R.ss.   2510.3-101  (the  "Plan  Asset
                              Regulations"). Accordingly, a Plan that acquires a
                              Note  should not be  treated as having  acquired a
                              direct  interest  in the  assets of the Issuer for
                              purposes of the Plan Asset  Regulations.  However,
                              even if the Notes are treated as debt for purposes
                              of the Plan Asset Regulations,  the acquisition or
                              holding  of the  Notes by or on  behalf  of a Plan
                              still  could  be  considered  to  give  rise  to a
                              prohibited      transaction      under     certain
                              circumstances.  By  purchasing a Note, an investor
                              will be deemed to represent  either (i) that it is
                              not a Plan and is not  acting  on behalf of a Plan
                              or investing the assets of a Plan or (ii) that its
                              purchase  and holding of a Note will be covered by
                              a Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class
                              Exemption. SEE "ERISA Considerations" herein.

LEGAL INVESTMENT
CONSIDERATIONS..............  The Notes will not  constitute  "mortgage  related
                              securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage
                              Market   Enhancement   Act  of   1984   ("SMMEA").
                              Institutions   whose  activities  are  subject  to
                              review by federal or state regulatory  authorities
                              may  be or may  become  subject  to  restrictions,
                              which  may  be   retroactively   imposed  by  such
                              regulatory authorities,  on the investment by such
                              institutions in certain forms of mortgage  related
                              securities.  SEE "Legal Investment Considerations"
                              herein and "Legal Investment" in the Prospectus.

RATING......................  It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of the Notes
                              that they be rated  "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and
                              "Aaa" by Moody's.  (Moody's  and Standard & Poor's
                              are  collectively   referred  to  as  the  "Rating
                              Agencies").   A   security   rating   is   not   a
                              recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and
                              may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any
                              time by the assigning  Rating Agency.  SEE "Rating
                              of the Notes" herein.

RISK FACTORS................  For a discussion of all material risk factors that
                              should be considered by  prospective  investors in
                              the Notes,  including 

                                      S-19

<PAGE>

                              certain  yield  and  prepayment  risks,  SEE "Risk
                              Factors" herein and in the Prospectus.

                                      S-20

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         For a discussion of all material  risk factors in  connection  with the
purchase  of the Notes,  prospective  investors  should  consider,  among  other
things, the following risk factors (as well as the factors set forth under "Risk
Factors" in the  Prospectus).  Any  statistical  information  presented below is
based  upon the  characteristics  of the  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans as of the
Cut-Off Date. Such information does not take into account Subsequent Home Equity
Loans and may vary as a result of the possibility that certain Home Equity Loans
may prepay in full or be removed from the pool of Home Equity Loans prior to the
Closing Date.

AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES MAY BE AN ILLIQUID INVESTMENT WHICH MAY RESULT IN THE
HOLDER HOLDING SUCH INVESTMENT TO MATURITY

         There is currently no secondary  market for the Notes.  The Underwriter
currently  intends to make a market in the Notes,  but it is under no obligation
to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary  market will develop or, if
a secondary  market does  develop,  that it will  provide the  Noteholders  with
liquidity of investment or that it will continue for the life of the Notes.

GIVEN ITS LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY, THE SPONSOR HAS LIMITED HISTORICAL LOSS AND
DELINQUENCY DATA RELATING TO ITS HOME EQUITY LOAN PORTFOLIO

         The Sponsor began  originating home equity loans in 1989. Prior to June
1997,  the Sponsor sold all of its home equity loans in whole loan  transactions
on a  servicing  released  basis  and  consequently,  the  Sponsor  has  limited
historical loss and delinquency  data relating to its home equity loan portfolio
that may be referred to for purposes of estimating  the future  delinquency  and
loss experience of home equity loans similar to the Home Equity Loans being sold
to the  Issuer.  SEE "The  Sponsor  and  Master  Servicer--Historical  Servicing
Experience of Master Servicer" herein.

THE MASTER SERVICER HAS LIMITED EXPERIENCE SERVICING HOME EQUITY LOANS

         The servicing of home equity loans of the type  originated or purchased
by the Sponsor  requires  special skill and diligence.  The Master  Servicer has
limited experience servicing home equity loans. In addition, the Master Servicer
is not a  FNMA-approved  servicer of conventional  home equity loans.  Under the
terms of the Servicing  Agreement,  the Master  Servicer will be responsible for
the servicing of all the Home Equity Loans and will directly  service all of the
Home Equity Loans. Any failure of the Master Servicer to adequately  service the
Home  Equity  Loans may  result in a higher  default  rate  which may  result in
accelerated  prepayment  on the Notes.  In  addition,  the  Servicing  Agreement
provides that if the Master Servicer is terminated, servicing of the Home Equity
Loans will be transferred,  with the consent of the Note Insurer,  to the Master
Backup  Servicer  or,  unless  a  Note  Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing,  to another  successor Master Servicer selected by the Note Insurer.
SEE "The  Servicing  Agreement"  herein.  During  and  immediately  following  a
servicing  transfer,  interruptions  in servicing  may occur and the Home Equity
Loans  may  suffer a  higher  default  rate  which  may  result  in  accelerated
prepayment on the Notes.

AS A RESULT OF THE  UNDERWRITING  STANDARDS,  HOME  EQUITY  LOANS ARE  LIKELY TO
EXPERIENCE RATES OF DELINQUENCY, FORECLOSURE AND BANKRUPTCY THAT ARE HIGHER THAN
THOSE EXPERIENCED BY HOME EQUITY LOANS UNDERWRITTEN IN A MORE TRADITIONAL MANNER

         The Sponsor's  underwriting standards generally are less stringent than
those of FNMA or FHLMC with respect to a borrower's capacity,  collateral and in
certain  other  respects.  The Home Equity Loans  originated  or acquired by the
Sponsor will have been made to borrowers  that  typically have limited access to
traditional  mortgage financing for a variety of reasons,  such as impaired past
credit experience,  limited credit history, insufficient home equity value, or a
high  level  of  debt-to-income   ratios.  As  a  result  of  this  approach  to
underwriting,  the Home Equity Loans sold to the Issuer are likely to experience
higher rates of delinquencies,  defaults and foreclosures than home equity loans
underwritten in a more traditional manner.

                                      S-21

<PAGE>

         In  addition,  borrowers  often have  financing  needs in excess of the
amount that the Sponsor's first lien mortgage underwriting  guidelines described
under "The  Sponsor  and Master  Servicer"  herein  would  otherwise  permit the
Sponsor to  finance.  In such  circumstances,  the Sponsor  frequently  offers a
"piggyback"  second  lien  mortgage  in  addition  to the  Sponsor's  first lien
mortgage   to   finance   such   excess   amount  up  to  a   maximum   Combined
Loan-to-Value-Ratio  of 125.01%,  and,  with  respect to any Group I Home Equity
Loans conveyed to the Issuer,  up to a maximum Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of
100% (except for 18 loans which had a Combined  Loan-to  Value-Ratio not greater
than 125.00%)  and,  with respect to any Group II Home Equity Loans  conveyed to
the Issuer, up to a maximum Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of 100% (except for 17
loans which had a Combined  Loan-to  Value-Ratio not greater than 125.01%).  The
Trust Estate  contains  "piggyback"  second lien  mortgages  secured by the same
Properties  that secure the first lien  mortgages  that are also included in the
Trust  Estate.  Furthermore,  approximately  48.46% of the  Aggregate  Principal
Balance of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans and approximately 44.95% of the
Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans that are
secured by first lien mortgages are subject to piggyback  second lien mortgages.
As a result,  although the weighted average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of the
Group I Initial Home Equity Loans as of the Cutoff Date is approximately  80.24%
and the weighted  average Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of the Group II Initial
Home Equity Loans as of the Cut-Off  Date is 80.57%,  borrowers  with  piggyback
second  lien  mortgages  may have  little  or no equity  in their  homes.  It is
expected that borrowers of such  nonconforming  Home Equity Loans with little or
no equity in their homes will have a higher  incidence of default than borrowers
of such  nonconforming  loans  with  substantial  equity  in  their  homes.  Any
increased prepayments on the Home Equity Loans resulting therefrom will be borne
by the Noteholders.

         No assurance  can be given that the values of the  Properties  will not
decline from those on the dates the related  Home Equity  Loans were  originated
and any such decline could render the  information set forth herein with respect
to the Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios of such Home Equity  Loans an  unreliable
measure of security for the related debt. If the residential  real estate market
should   experience  an  overall  decline  in  property  values  such  that  the
outstanding  Principal  Balances of the Home  Equity  Loans  become  equal to or
greater than the values of such  Properties,  the actual rate of  delinquencies,
foreclosures  and losses on the related  Home Equity  Loans could be higher than
those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.  Even assuming
that  the  Properties  provide  adequate  security  for the Home  Equity  Loans,
substantial  delays could be encountered in connection  with the foreclosure and
liquidation  of  defaulted  Home Equity  Loans and  corresponding  delays in the
receipt of related  proceeds by Noteholders  could occur.  In the event that any
Properties fail to provide adequate  security for the related Home Equity Loans,
any resulting losses will be covered by funds made available  through  operation
of the  overcollateralization  feature  described herein,  or, if necessary,  by
amounts paid under the  Insurance  Policy to the extent of Note  Interest due to
the   Noteholders   on  the  related   Payment   Date  and  the  amount  of  any
Overcollateralization   Deficit  with  respect  to  such   Payment   Date.   SEE
"Description of the Home Equity Loans" and "The Servicing Agreement" herein.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A-2 NOTES.

         If the  principal  amount of  eligible  Subsequent  Home  Equity  Loans
available  during the Funding  Period and sold by the Depositor to the Issuer is
less than 100% of the Original  Group II  Pre-Funded  Amount,  a  prepayment  of
principal to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes will occur as described  herein.
In addition,  any  conveyance of Subsequent  Home Equity Loans is subject to the
following  conditions,  among others:  (i) each such Subsequent Home Equity Loan
must satisfy the  representations  and  warranties  specified  in the  agreement
pursuant to which such Subsequent Home Equity Loans are caused to be transferred
from the  Transferor to the Depositor and from the Depositor to the Issuer (each
a "Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement") and in the Loan Sale Agreement and the Loan
Transfer  Agreement;  (ii) the Transferor  will not select such  Subsequent Home
Equity  Loans in a manner that it believes  is adverse to the  interests  of the
Noteholders;  (iii) the Transferor will deliver or cause to be delivered certain
opinions  of counsel  with  respect to the  validity of the  conveyance  of such
Subsequent Home Equity Loans;  (iv) as of each Cut-Off Date applicable  thereto,
the Home Equity Loans, including the Subsequent Home Equity Loans to be conveyed
by the  Depositor  to the  Issuer as of such  Cut-Off  Date,  will  satisfy  the
criteria    described   herein   under   "Description   of   the   Home   Equity
Loans--Conveyance  of Subsequent  Home Equity Loans" herein;  and (v) the Master
Servicer has obtained the prior written consent of the Note Insurer.

         To the extent that amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have
not been fully  applied to the purchase of  Subsequent  Home Equity Loans by the
Issuer by the end of the Funding Period,  the Class A-2 Noteholders will receive
a prepayment  of  principal  in an amount  equal to the amount  remaining in the
Pre-Funding 

                                      S-22

<PAGE>

         Account on the Payment Date  following  the end of the Funding  Period.
Although no assurances can be given,  the Transferor and Sponsor expect that the
principal  amount of Subsequent Home Equity Loans sold to the Depositor for sale
to the Issuer  will  require the  application  of  substantially  all amounts on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and that there will be no material Prepayment
to the Class A-2 Noteholders from the Pre-Funding Account.

         Each Subsequent Home Equity Loan must satisfy the eligibility  criteria
referred  to  above at the  time of its  addition.  Following  the  transfer  of
Subsequent Home Equity Loans to the Trust,  the Transferor  anticipates that the
aggregate  characteristics  of the Home Equity Loans will not vary significantly
from those of the Initial Home Equity Loans. SEE "Description of the Home Equity
Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent Home Equity Loans" herein.

HOME EQUITY LOANS SECURED BY SECOND LIENS MAY RESULT IN DELAYS IN  DISTRIBUTIONS
OR LOSSES

         Because  the Home Equity  Loans are secured in certain  cases by second
liens that are  subordinate to the rights of the mortgagee or beneficiary  under
the related first mortgage or deed of trust,  the proceeds from any liquidation,
insurance  or  condemnation   proceedings  will  be  available  to  satisfy  the
outstanding  balance of such a second  Home  Equity Loan only to the extent that
the claims of such senior  mortgagee or beneficiary have been satisfied in full,
including any related foreclosure costs. In addition, a junior mortgagee may not
foreclose  on the  property  securing  a second  mortgage  unless it  forecloses
subject to the  senior  mortgage,  in which  case it must  either pay the entire
amount due on the senior  mortgage  to the senior  mortgagee  at or prior to the
foreclosure  sale or undertake  the  obligation  to make  payments on the senior
mortgage  in the event the  mortgagor  is in default  thereunder.  In  servicing
second  mortgages in its  portfolio,  it is generally the Sponsor's  practice to
satisfy the senior mortgage at or prior to the foreclosure sale. The Issuer will
have no source of funds to satisfy the senior  mortgage or make  payments due to
the senior mortgagee.  The Master Servicer generally will be required to advance
such amounts in accordance  with the  Servicing  Agreement.  SEE "The  Servicing
Agreement" herein.

         Even assuming that a Mortgaged  Property provides adequate security for
the  related  Home Equity  Loan,  substantial  delays  could be  encountered  in
connection  with the  liquidation of a Home Equity Loan that is delinquent,  and
resulting  shortfalls in distributions to Noteholders  could occur.  Liquidation
expenses  (such  as  legal  fees,   real  estate  taxes,   and  maintenance  and
preservation  expenses)  will reduce the  proceeds  payable to  Noteholders  and
thereby reduce the security for the Home Equity Loans.

         Approximately  5.38%  of the  Group I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  by
Principal  Balance as of the Cut-Off Date and  approximately  7.93% by Principal
Balance as of the Cut-Off  Date of the Group II Home Equity Loans are secured by
second  mortgages  or deeds of  trust.  Home  Equity  Loans  secured  by  second
mortgages  are  entitled  to  proceeds  that remain from the sale of the related
Mortgaged  Property after any related senior  mortgage loan and prior  statutory
liens have been satisfied.  In the event that such proceeds are  insufficient to
satisfy  such  loans  and  prior  liens  in  the  aggregate,   the  Issuer  and,
accordingly,  the Noteholders,  will bear (i) the risk of delay in distributions
while a deficiency  judgment against the borrower is sought and (ii) the risk of
loss if the deficiency  judgment cannot be obtained or is not realized upon. SEE
"Certain Legal Aspects of Home Equity Loans" in the Prospectus.

GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF PROPERTIES MAY RESULT IN HIGHER LOSSES IF PARTICULAR
REGIONS EXPERIENCE DOWNTURNS

         Approximately  35.10%  and  17.34% of the Group I Initial  Home  Equity
Loans and 32.60% and 15.54% of the Group II Home  Equity  Loans (in each case by
Initial Aggregate  Principal Balance) are secured by Properties located in North
Carolina  and  Virginia  respectively.  Adverse  economic  conditions  in  North
Carolina or Virginia (which may not affect real property  values) may affect the
timely  payment by borrowers of scheduled  payments of principal and interest on
such Home Equity  Loans and,  accordingly,  the actual  rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures  and losses on such Home  Equity  Loans  could be higher than those
currently experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general.

                                      S-23

<PAGE>

PREPAYMENT OF THE HOME EQUITY LOANS MAY  ADVERSELY  AFFECT THE YIELD TO MATURITY
OF THE CLASS A-1 AND CLASS A-2 NOTES

         Many of the  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans may be prepaid by the related
Mortgagors  in whole or in part, at any time without  payment of any  prepayment
fee or penalty.  In addition,  a substantial  portion of the Initial Home Equity
Loans in Group I and  Group II  contain  due-on-sale  provisions  which,  to the
extent enforced by the Master  Servicer,  will result in prepayment of such Home
Equity  Loans.  SEE "Certain  Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations"  herein and
"Certain  Legal  Aspects of the  Loans--Enforceability  of  Prepayment  and Late
Payment Fees" in the Prospectus. The rate of prepayments on Home Equity Loans is
sensitive to prevailing interest rates.  Generally, if prevailing interest rates
fall significantly below the interest rates on the fixed rate home equity loans,
the fixed rate home equity  loans are likely to be subject to higher  prepayment
rates than if  prevailing  rates  remain at or above the  interest  rates on the
fixed  rate home  equity  loans.  In  addition,  in a  declining  interest  rate
environment,  adjustable  rate home  equity  loans  could be  subject  to higher
prepayment  rates because of the availability of fixed rate home equity loans at
the  lower  interest  rates.  Conversely,  if  prevailing  interest  rates  rise
significantly,  the rate of prepayments  on fixed rate and adjustable  rate Home
Equity Loans is likely to decrease.  In addition,  repurchases or purchases from
the Issuer of Home Equity Loans  required or permitted to be made by the Sponsor
and the  Master  Servicer  under  the Loan  Sale  Agreement,  the Loan  Transfer
Agreement and the Servicing  Agreement  will have the same effect on the holders
of the Notes as a prepayment of the Home Equity Loans.

         The  average  life of the  Class  A-1 and  Class  A-2  Notes,  and,  if
purchased  at other than par,  the yields  realized  by holders of each Class of
Notes will be sensitive to levels of payment (including  prepayments relating to
the Group I Home Equity Loans and Group II Home Equity Loans  respectively  (the
"Prepayments")) on the related Group of Home Equity Loans.

         In  general,  the  yield  on a Class  A-1 or  Class  A-2  Note  that is
purchased at a premium from the  outstanding  principal  amount  thereof will be
adversely affected by a higher than anticipated level of Prepayments of the Home
Equity  Loans in the  related  Group and  enhanced  by a lower than  anticipated
level. Conversely,  the yield on a Class A-1 or Class A-2 Note that is purchased
at a discount from the outstanding  principal amount thereof will be enhanced by
a higher  than  anticipated  level  of  Prepayments  in the  related  Group  and
adversely  affected by a lower than anticipated  level. SEE "Certain  Prepayment
and Yield Considerations" herein.

         Prepayments, liquidations, repurchases and purchases of the Home Equity
Loans will result in  distributions  to  Noteholders  of principal  amounts that
would  otherwise  be  distributed  over the  remaining  terms of the Home Equity
Loans.  The extent to which the yield to maturity of the Class A-1 and Class A-2
Notes may vary from the  anticipated  yield will depend upon the degree to which
it is  purchased  at a premium or discount and the degree to which the timing of
payment  thereon is  sensitive to  prepayments,  liquidations,  repurchases  and
purchases  of the related  Group of Home Equity  Loans.  In the case of any Note
purchased at a discount, an investor should consider the risk that a slower than
anticipated rate of principal payments on the related Group of Home Equity Loans
could  result  in an  actual  yield  to such  investor  that is  lower  than the
anticipated yield and, in the case of any Note purchased at a premium,  the risk
that a faster than  anticipated rate of prepayments,  liquidations,  repurchases
and  purchases  could result in an actual yield to such  investor  that is lower
than the anticipated yield. Further,  there can be no assurance that Noteholders
will be able to reinvest distributions in respect of prepayments,  liquidations,
repurchases  and  purchases  of the  related  Group  of  Home  Equity  Loans  in
securities  or other  instruments  that have a yield  comparable  to that of the
Note.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO PREPAYMENT RISK

         In general,  the  protection  afforded  by the  Insurance  Policy,  the
limited use of Excess Cash with respect to one Class to fund certain  shortfalls
with respect to the other Class and certain  reserve  accounts is protection for
credit  risk and not for  prepayment  risk.  A claim  may not be made  under the
Insurance  Policy, in an attempt to guarantee or insure that any particular rate
of  prepayment  is  experienced  by the Trust  Estate.  SEE "The Note  Insurance
Policy" herein.

                                      S-24

<PAGE>


PAYMENTS  OF EXCESS  CASH MAY AFFECT THE YIELD TO  MATURITY ON THE CLASS A-1 AND
CLASS A-2 NOTES

         In respect of a Group, related Excess Cash will be paid in reduction of
the Note Balance on each Payment Date to the extent the then applicable Required
Overcollateralization Amount exceeds the applicable Overcollateralization Amount
on such Payment  Date.  If  purchased  at a premium or a discount,  the yield to
maturity on the related  Note will be affected by the rate at which  Excess Cash
is paid to  Noteholders  in the related  Group in  reduction of the related Note
Balance. If the actual rate of such Excess Cash payments is slower than the rate
anticipated by an investor who purchases a Note at a discount,  the actual yield
to such investor will be lower than such  investor's  anticipated  yield. If the
actual rate of such Excess Cash payments is faster than the rate  anticipated by
an investor who purchases a Note at a premium, the actual yield to such investor
will be lower than such investor's  anticipated yield. The amount of Excess Cash
in respect of a Group on any Payment Date will be affected by the actual  amount
of interest  received,  collected or recovered by the Master Servicer in respect
of the Home Equity  Loans in the  related  Group  during the related  Remittance
Period and such amount will be influenced by changes in the weighted  average of
the Coupon Rates  resulting from  prepayments  and  liquidations  of Home Equity
Loans in the related Group and adjustments in the Coupon Rates of the adjustable
rate Home Equity Loans in the related Group.  The amount of Excess Cash payments
applied in  reduction  of the related  Note Balance on each Payment Date will be
based on the then applicable Required  Overcollateralization  Amount,  which may
increase or decrease during the period the related Notes remain outstanding. The
Indenture generally provides that the Required Overcollateralization Amount may,
over time,  decrease or increase,  subject to certain floors,  caps and triggers
including triggers that allow the related Required  Overcollateralization Amount
to decrease or "step down" based on the  performance  on the related Home Equity
Loans with respect to certain delinquency rate tests specified in the Indenture.
Any  increase  in the  Required  Overcollateralization  Amount  may result in an
accelerated  rate  of  amortization  of the  related  Notes  until  the  related
Overcollateralization  Amount equals such Required  Overcollateralization Amount
and any  decrease  in a Required  Overcollateralization  Amount will result in a
decelerated  rate  of  amortization  of the  related  Notes  until  the  related
Overcollateralization Amount equals such Required  Overcollateralization Amount.
SEE "Certain Prepayment and Yield Considerations" herein.

NOTES ARE NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS

         The Notes  will be  non-recourse  obligations  solely of the Issuer and
will not represent an obligation of or interest in the Sponsor,  the Seller, the
Master Servicer,  the Owner Trustee,  the Depositor,  the Indenture Trustee, the
Depositor,  the Note Insurer or any of their  respective  affiliates,  except as
described  herein.  Neither the Notes nor the Home  Equity  Loans are or will be
guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency or  instrumentality,  or by the
Sponsor, the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Depositor,  the
Indenture Trustee or any of their respective  affiliates.  The Notes are covered
by the Insurance  Policy,  as and to the extent described under the caption "The
Note Insurance Policy" herein.  The assets included in the Trust Estate payments
under the Insurance  Policy,  if any, will be the sole source of payments on the
Notes, and there will be no recourse to the Issuer, the Sponsor, the Seller, the
Master Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Depositor,  the Indenture Trustee or any
of their  respective  affiliates,  or any other  entity,  in the event that such
assets  or  payments  are  insufficient  or  otherwise  unavailable  to make all
payments provided for under the Notes.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY REDUCE THE LIQUIDITY OF THE NOTES

         Issuance of the Notes in  book-entry  form may reduce the  liquidity of
the Notes in the secondary  trading market because investors may be unwilling to
purchase Notes for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

         Because  transactions  in the Notes can be effected  only  through DTC,
Cedel, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks, the ability of a Beneficial Owner to pledge a Note to persons or entities
that do not participate in the DTC, Cedel or Euroclear  system,  or otherwise to
take  actions in respect of such Note,  may be limited due to lack of a physical
certificate representing such Note.

         Beneficial  Owners  may  experience  some  delay  in their  receipt  of
payments of interest of and principal on the Notes because such payments will be
forwarded by the  Indenture  Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such payments to
the  accounts  of its  Participants,  which will  thereafter  credit them to the
accounts of Beneficial  Owners either  directly or indirectly  through  indirect
participants.   SEE  "Description  of  the  Notes--Book-Entry  Registration 

                                      S-25

<PAGE>

and Definitive  Notes" herein;  "ANNEX A: Global  Clearance,  Settlement and Tax
Documentation  Procedures"  hereto and "Description of the  Securities--Form  of
Securities" in the Prospectus.

OTHER  LEGAL  CONSIDERATIONS  MAY  APPLY  TO  THE  ORIGINATION,   SERVICING  AND
COLLECTION OF THE HOME EQUITY LOANS.

         Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates and other
charges,  require certain disclosures,  and require licensing of the Sponsor. In
addition,  other state laws,  public  policy and  general  principles  of equity
relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and debt
collection  practices may apply to the origination,  servicing and collection of
the Home Equity  Loans.  The Sponsor  will be  required to  repurchase  any Home
Equity Loans which, at the time of  origination,  did not comply with applicable
federal  and state laws and  regulations.  Depending  on the  provisions  of the
applicable law and the specific facts and circumstances involved,  violations of
these  laws,  policies  and  principles  may limit the  ability  of the Trust to
collect all or part of the  principal  of or interest on the Home Equity  Loans,
may  entitle  the  borrower  to a refund of  amounts  previously  paid  and,  in
addition,  could subject the Sponsor to damages and administrative  enforcement.
SEE "Certain Legal Aspects of Loans" in the Prospectus.

         The Home Equity Loans are also subject to federal laws, including:

                  (i)  the  Federal  Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation  Z
promulgated  thereunder,  which  require  certain  disclosures  to the borrowers
regarding the terms of the Home Equity Loans;

                  (ii)  the  Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act and  Regulation B
promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race,
color,  sex,  religion,  marital  status,  national  origin,  receipt  of public
assistance  or the  exercise of any right under the Consumer  Credit  Protection
Act, in the extension of credit; and

                  (iii)  the Fair Credit  Reporting Act,  which  regulates the
use and reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience.

         In  addition,  approximately  3.83% of the Group I Home Equity Loans by
Group I Initial Aggregate Principal Balance and approximately 3.84% of the Group
II Home Equity  Loans by Group II Initial  Aggregate  Principal  Balance will be
subject to the Riegle  Community  Development and Regulatory  Improvement Act of
1994 (the  "Riegle  Act"),  which  incorporates  the Home  Ownership  and Equity
Protection  Act of 1994.  The Riegle Act adds certain  additional  provisions to
Regulation Z, which is the implementing  regulation of the Truth-in-Lending Act.
These  provisions  impose  additional   disclosure  and  other  requirements  on
creditors with respect to  non-purchase  money mortgage loans with high interest
rates or high upfront fees and charges.  In general,  mortgage  loans within the
purview of the Riegle Act have annual percentage rates over 10% greater than the
yield on Treasury Securities of comparable maturity and/or fees and points which
exceed the greater of 8% of the total loan amount or $400. The provisions of the
Riegle  Act  apply  on a  mandatory  basis  to  all  applicable  mortgage  loans
originated on or after October 1, 1995.  These  provisions  can impose  specific
statutory  liabilities  upon creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions
and may affect  the  enforceability  of the  related  loans.  In  addition,  any
assignee of the creditor  would  generally be subject to all claims and defenses
that  the  consumer  could  assert  against  the  creditor,  including,  without
limitation,  the  right to  rescind  the home  equity  loan.  The  Sponsor  will
represent and warrant in the Loan Sale  Agreement that each Home Equity Loan was
originated in compliance with all applicable laws including the Truth-in-Lending
Act, as amended.

         Violations  of certain  provisions  of these federal laws may limit the
ability of the Master  Servicer  to collect all or part of the  principal  of or
interest on the Home Equity  Loans and, in  addition,  could  subject the Master
Servicer or the Sponsor to damages and administrative  enforcement.  The Sponsor
will be  required to  repurchase  any Home Equity  Loans  which,  at the time of
origination did not comply with such federal laws or  regulations.  SEE "Certain
Legal Aspects of Loans" in the Prospectus.

                                      S-26

<PAGE>

CERTAIN  ORIGINATION  FEES MAY BE CHALLENGED IN LEGAL ACTIONS AND, IF SUCH LEGAL
ACTIONS WERE  SUCCESSFUL,  LEAD TO A REDUCTION IN THE  PRINCIPAL  BALANCE OF THE
HOME EQUITY LOAN.

         Fees earned on the origination of loans, placement of related insurance
and other services provided by the Sponsor are often paid by the borrower out of
related  loan  proceeds.  From  time to time,  in the  ordinary  course of their
businesses,  originators  of  mortgage  loans have been  named in legal  actions
brought by mortgagors challenging the amount or method of imposing or disclosing
such fees. To date, no such action has been decided against the Sponsor. If such
an  action  against  the  Sponsor  with  respect  to any Home  Equity  Loan were
successful,  a court might  require that the  Principal  Balances of the related
Home Equity  Loans be reduced by the amount of  contested  fees or charges.  Any
such reductions  could result in substantial  realized losses during one or more
Remittance Periods, potentially requiring accelerated distributions in reduction
of the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Home Equity Loans.

RISK ASSOCIATED WITH THE NOTE INSURER.

         If the protection  afforded by  over-collateralization  is insufficient
and if, upon the occurrence of a Overcollateralization Deficit, the Note Insurer
is unable to meet its  obligations  under the Note  Insurance  Policy,  then the
holders of the Notes could experience a loss on their investment.



                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTE

         The Notes will be issued  pursuant to the  Indenture.  The summaries of
certain  provisions  of the Indenture set forth below and under the caption "The
Agreements"  in the  Prospectus,  while  complete in material  respects,  do not
purport to be exhaustive. For more details regarding the terms of the Indenture,
prospective  investors in the Notes are advised to review the Indenture,  a copy
of which the Seller will provide (without  exhibits) without charge upon written
request  addressed  to the Sponsor at 4830 Koger  Boulevard,  Greensboro,  North
Carolina 27407.

GENERAL

         The Notes will be secured by the Trust Estate created by the Indenture.
The Notes represent non-recourse  obligations of the Issuer, and proceeds of the
assets in the Trust Estate and payments under the Insurance Policy, if any, will
be the only  sources of payments on the Notes.  The Notes will not  represent an
interest in or obligation  of the Sponsor,  the Master  Servicer,  the Indenture
Trustee,  the Owner Trustee, the Depositor,  the Underwriter,  the Note Insurer,
any of their respective  affiliates or any other entity,  and will not represent
an interest in or recourse obligation of the Issuer.

         The  assets of the  Trust  Estate  will  consist  of (i) two  Groups of
nonconforming,  home equity loans  transferred to the Issuer on the Closing Date
(the  "Initial Home Equity  Loans"),  additional  nonconforming,  fixed rate and
adjustable  rate home  equity  loans,  if any,  transferred  to the  Issuer  and
allocated  to Group II during the Funding  Period (the  "Subsequent  Home Equity
Loans,"  and,  together  with the Initial  Home Equity  Loans,  the "Home Equity
Loans");  (ii) all interest and principal due under the  respective  Home Equity
Loans on or after the related  Cut-Off  Date;  (iii)  security  interests in the
properties securing such Home Equity Loans (the  "Properties");  (iv) amounts on
deposit  in the Note  Account,  Pre-Funding  Account  and  Capitalized  Interest
Account;  (v) the Issuer's  rights  under the Loan  Transfer  Agreement  and the
Servicing Agreement; and (vi) certain other property.

         All payments on the Notes will be made by or on behalf of the Indenture
Trustee to each  Noteholder of record on the Record Date for the related Payment
Date.  Payments on Notes issued in book-entry  form will be made by or on behalf
of the Indenture  Trustee to DTC. Payments on Definitive Notes generally will be
made either (i) by check mailed to the address of each  Noteholder as it appears
in the register  maintained by the Indenture Trustee or (ii) by wire transfer of
immediately  available funds to the account of a Noteholder,  if such Noteholder
(a) is the  registered  holder of Definitive  Notes having an initial  principal
amount of at least  $1,000,000  and (b) has provided the Indenture  Trustee with
wiring instructions in writing five days prior to the related Record Date or has
provided the Indenture  Trustee with such  instructions for any previous Payment
Date.  A fee  may be  charged  by  the  Indenture 
 
                                      S-27

<PAGE>

Trustee  to a  Noteholder  of  Definitive  Notes  for any  payment  made by wire
transfer.  Notwithstanding  the above,  the final  payment in  redemption of any
Definitive  Note will be made  only  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of such
Definitive Note at the office or agency  designated by the Indenture Trustee for
that purpose.

         The  Notes  will be issued in  denominations  of not less than  $25,000
principal  amount and in integral dollar  multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof,
with the  exception  of one Note of each  Class  which may be issued in a lesser
amount.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION AND DEFINITIVE NOTES

         The Notes initially will be Book-Entry Notes (the "Book-Entry  Notes").
Beneficial  Owners will hold such Notes  through DTC, in the United  States,  or
Cedel or Euroclear,  in Europe,  if they are  participants  of such systems,  or
indirectly  through  organizations  that are  participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Notes  initially  will be  registered in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of DTC.  Cedel and  Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of
Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants,  respectively, through customers'
securities  accounts  in  Cedel's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their
respective  depositaries  which in turn will hold such  positions in  customers'
securities  accounts in the  depositaries'  names on the books of DTC.  Citibank
N.A.  ("Citibank")  will act as depositary for Cedel,  and Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York  ("Morgan")  will act as depositary for Euroclear  (Citibank
and Morgan,  in such  capacities,  individually  the "Relevant  Depositary"  and
collectively, the "European Depositaries"). Except as described below, no person
acquiring  a  Book-Entry  Note will be entitled  to receive a  Definitive  Note.
Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are issued,  it is anticipated that the only
"Noteholder"  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC or  Citibank  or Morgan,  as
nominees of Cedel and  Euroclear,  respectively.  Beneficial  Owners will not be
Noteholders  as  that  term  is used in the  Indenture.  Beneficial  Owners  are
permitted  to  exercise  their  rights  only  indirectly  through  DTC  and  its
Participants (including Cedel and Euroclear).

         The beneficial  ownership of a Book-Entry  Note will be recorded on the
records of the brokerage  firm,  bank,  thrift  institution  or other  financial
intermediary  (each, a "Financial  Intermediary")  that maintains the Beneficial
Owner's  account  for  such  purpose.  In  turn,  the  Financial  Intermediary's
ownership of such  Book-Entry Note will be recorded on the records of DTC (or of
a participating  firm that acts as agent for the Financial  Intermediary,  whose
interest  will in turn be  recorded  on the  records of DTC,  if the  Beneficial
Owner's Financial  Intermediary is not a Participant and on the records of Cedel
or Euroclear, as appropriate).

         Beneficial  Owners will  receive  all  payments  of  principal  of, and
interest  on,  the  Notes  from  the  Indenture  Trustee  through  DTC  and  its
Participants  (including  Cedel and Euroclear).  While the Notes are outstanding
(except under the circumstances  described below), under the rules,  regulations
and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC
is required to make book-entry  transfers among  Participants on whose behalf it
acts with respect to the Notes and is required to receive and transmit  payments
of  principal  of, and  interest  on,  such  Notes.  Participants  and  indirect
participants   with  whom  Beneficial  Owners  have  accounts  with  respect  to
Book-Entry Notes are similarly required to make book-entry transfers and receive
and transmit  such  payments on behalf of their  respective  Beneficial  Owners.
Accordingly, although Beneficial Owners will not possess certificates, the Rules
provide a mechanism by which Beneficial Owners will receive payments and will be
able to transfer their interests.

         Beneficial   Owners   will  not  receive  or  be  entitled  to  receive
certificates  representing their respective interests in the Notes, except under
the limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive Notes are
issued,  Beneficial  Owners who are not Participants  may transfer  ownership of
Notes only through  Participants  and indirect  participants by instructing such
Participants  and  indirect   participants  to  transfer  Notes,  by  book-entry
transfer,  through DTC for the account of the  purchasers  of such Notes,  which
account is maintained with their respective Participants. Under the Rules and in
accordance with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of ownership of Notes will be
executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective Participants at DTC will
be debited and credited.  Similarly,  the Participants and indirect participants
will make debits or credits,  as the case may be, on their  records on behalf of
the selling and purchasing Beneficial Owners.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
Cedel or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  

                                      S-28

<PAGE>

processing  will be reported to the  relevant  Euroclear  Participants  or Cedel
Participants  on such  business  day.  Cash  received in Cedel or Euroclear as a
result of sales of  securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  Cedel  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following  settlement in DTC. For  information  with respect to tax
documentation procedures relating to the Notes, SEE "Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Debt  Securities Backup Withholding," and "--Foreign Investors" in
the Prospectus and "--Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" in "ANNEX A:
Global  Clearance,  Settlement and Tax  Documentation  Procedures--Certain  U.S.
Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements" hereto.

         Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  Relevant  Depositary;   however,   such  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures  and within its  established  deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect final  settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving  securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in
accordance with normal  procedures for same day funds  settlement  applicable to
DTC. Cedel Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.

         DTC,  which is a New  York-chartered  limited  purpose  trust  company,
performs services for its participants  ("Participants"),  some of which (and/or
their representatives) own DTC. In accordance with its normal procedures, DTC is
expected to record the  positions  held by each  Participant  in the  Book-Entry
Notes,  whether held for its own account or as a nominee for another person.  In
general,  beneficial ownership of Book-Entry Notes will be subject to the rules,
regulations and procedures  governing DTC and its Participants as in effect from
time to time.

         Cedel is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  Dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depositary,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for its  participants
("Euroclear   Participants")  and  to  clear  and  settle  transactions  between
Euroclear  Participants,  through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry delivery
against  payment,   thereby  eliminating  the  need  for  physical  movement  of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled  through  Euroclear in any of 32 currencies,
including  United States  Dollars.  Euroclear  provides  various other services,
including securities lending and borrowing, and interfaces with domestic markets
in several  countries  generally  similar to the  arrangements  for cross-market
transfers  with DTC  described  above.  Euroclear  is operated by the  Brussels,
Belgium  office of Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York (the  "Euroclear
Operator"),  under  contract with  Euroclear  Clearance  Systems S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the
Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts  are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for  Euroclear  on behalf of
Euroclear Participants.  Euroclear Participants include banks (including central
banks),   securities  brokers  and  dealers  and  other  professional  financial
intermediaries.  Indirect  access to Euroclear is also  available to other firms
that  clear  through or  maintain  a  custodial  relationship  with a  Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.

                                      S-29

<PAGE>

         The  Euroclear  Operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation that is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.  As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
(the "Federal Reserve Board") and the New York State Banking Department, as well
as the Belgian Banking Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from  Euroclear  and  receipts of payments  with respect to  securities  in
Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear  are held on a fungible  basis without
attribution to specific securities  clearance  accounts.  The Euroclear Operator
acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants,
and has no record of or  relationship  with persons  holding  through  Euroclear
Participants.

         Payments on the  Book-Entry  Notes will be made on each Payment Date by
the Indenture  Trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible  for crediting the amount
of such payments to the accounts of the  applicable  Participants  in accordance
with  DTC's  normal  procedures.   Each  Participant  will  be  responsible  for
disbursing such payments to the Beneficial Owners that it represents and to each
Financial  Intermediary  for  which  it  acts  as  agent.  Each  such  Financial
Intermediary  will be responsible for disbursing funds to the Beneficial  Owners
that it represents.

         Under a book-entry format,  Beneficial Owners may experience some delay
in their  receipt of payments  because  such  payments  will be forwarded by the
Indenture  Trustee to Cede & Co.  Payments  with  respect to Notes held  through
Cedel or Euroclear  will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel  Participants
or Euroclear  Participants  in accordance  with the relevant  system's rules and
procedures,  to the extent  received by the Relevant  Depositary.  Such payments
will be subject to tax reporting in accordance  with relevant  United States tax
laws and  regulations.  SEE  "Material  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences--Debt
Securities," "--Backup Withholding," and "--Foreign Investors" in the Prospectus
and  "--Information  Reporting  and  Backup  Withholding"  in "ANNEX  A:  Global
Clearance,  Settlement and Tax  Documentation  Procedures--Certain  U.S. Federal
Income Tax Documentation Requirements" hereto. Because DTC has indicated that it
will act only on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries,  the ability of Beneficial
Owners to pledge Book-Entry Notes to persons or entities that do not participate
in the depository system or otherwise take actions in respect of such Book-Entry
Notes may be limited due to the lack of physical certificates  representing such
Book-Entry  Notes. In addition,  issuance of the Book-Entry  Notes in book-entry
form may reduce the  liquidity  of such Notes in the  secondary  market  because
certain  potential  investors may be unwilling to purchase  Notes for which they
cannot obtain physical certificates.

         The monthly and annual statements with respect to the Home Equity Loans
and the Notes as  described  under  "--Reports  to  Noteholders"  herein will be
provided  by the  Indenture  Trustee  to  Cede & Co.,  as  nominee  of DTC and a
Noteholder,  and may be made available by such entity to Beneficial  Owners upon
request,  in accordance with the Rules, and to the Financial  Intermediaries  to
whose DTC accounts the related Book-Entry Notes are credited.

         DTC has advised the Indenture Trustee that, unless and until Definitive
Notes are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a Noteholder
under  the  Indenture   only  at  the   direction  of  one  or  more   Financial
Intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry Notes are credited,  to the
extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries  whose
holdings include such Book-Entry Notes. Cedel or the Euroclear Operator,  as the
case may be, will take any other  action  permitted  to be taken by a Noteholder
under the Indenture on behalf of a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant
only in accordance  with its relevant  rules and  procedures  and subject to the
ability of the Relevant  Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC. DTC may take actions,  at the direction of the related  Participants,  with
respect to some Notes that  conflict  with  actions  taken with respect to other
Notes.

         Definitive  Notes  will be  issued  in  registered  form to  Beneficial
Owners,  or their  nominees,  rather than to DTC,  only if (i) DTC or the Issuer
advises the Indenture  Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer  willing or able
to  discharge  properly  its  responsibilities  as nominee and  depositary  with
respect to the Notes and the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee is unable to locate
a qualified  successor,  (ii) the Issuer,  at its option,  advises the Indenture
Trustee that it elects to terminate the book-entry  system through DTC, or (iii)
after a Note  Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture,  the  Beneficial  Owners
representing  not less  than 51% of the Note  Balance  of the  Book-Entry  Notes

                                      S-30

<PAGE>

advise the Indenture  Trustee and DTC that the book-entry system is no longer in
the best interests of such Beneficial Owners.  Upon issuance of Definitive Notes
to  Beneficial  Owners,  such  Notes  will be  transferable  directly  (and  not
exclusively  on a book-entry  basis) and  registered  holders will deal directly
with the Indenture Trustee with respect to transfers,  notices and payments. SEE
"Description of the Securities--General" in the Prospectus.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be required to use its best
efforts to notify all Beneficial  Owners of the occurrence of such event and the
availability  through DTC of  Definitive  Notes.  Upon  surrender  by DTC of the
global  certificates  representing  the Book-Entry  Notes and  instructions  for
re-registration,   the  Indenture   Trustee  will  issue  Definitive  Notes  and
thereafter the Indenture  Trustee will recognize the holders of such  Definitive
Notes as Noteholders under the Indenture.

         Although  DTC,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfer of Notes among  participants of DTC,
Cedel and  Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation  to perform or  continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

ASSIGNMENT OF HOME EQUITY LOANS

         The Initial  Home Equity  Loans were,  and the  Subsequent  Home Equity
Loans will be,  originated by the Sponsor or acquired by the Sponsor through its
network of retail branches,  brokers and  correspondents,  sold to the Seller in
the ordinary  course of the Sponsor's  business and contributed by the Seller in
the ordinary course of the Seller's  business to the Transferor.  On the Closing
Date,  with  respect  to the  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  (and on the  related
Subsequent Transfer Date, with respect to the Subsequent Home Equity Loans), the
Transferor will cause such interests to be conveyed to the Depositor who in turn
will convey such interests to the Issuer.

         At the time of issuance of the Notes, the Issuer will pledge all of its
right,  title  and  interest  in and to the Home  Equity  Loans,  including  all
principal  and  interest  due on each  such  Home  Equity  Loan on or after  the
applicable Cut-Off Dates, without recourse, to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
the Indenture as collateral for the Notes;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Seller
will  reserve and retain all its right,  title and  interest in and to principal
and interest due on such Home Equity Loan on or prior to the applicable  Cut-Off
Date  (whether  or not  received  on or  prior  to such  Cut-Off  Date),  and to
prepayments  received on or prior to the applicable  Cut-Off Date. The Indenture
Trustee,  concurrently  with such assignment,  will authenticate and deliver the
Notes at the  direction of the Issuer in exchange for,  among other things,  the
Home Equity Loans.

         In connection with the transfer and assignment of the Home Equity Loans
on the Closing Day or the Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, the Indenture
will require the Issuer:

         (i)  to  deliver  without  recourse  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  or an
affiliate of the Indenture  Trustee (the "Custodian") on behalf of the Indenture
Trustee on the Closing Date or the  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  as  applicable,
identified  in the schedule of Home Equity  Loans (the  "Schedule of Home Equity
Loans") (A) the original  Mortgage  Notes,  endorsed in blank or to the order of
the Indenture Trustee, (B) (I) the original title insurance commitment or a copy
thereof  certified  as a true copy by the closing  agent or the  Sponsor,  or if
available, the original title insurance policy or a copy certified by the issuer
of the title  insurance  policy or (II) the  attorney's  opinion  of title,  (C)
originals or copies of all intervening  assignments,  if any,  certified as true
copies by the closing  agent or the Sponsor,  showing a complete  chain of title
from origination to the Indenture Trustee, including warehousing assignments, if
recorded,  (D) originals of all assumption and modification  agreements,  if any
and (E) either:  (1) the original  Mortgage,  with evidence of recording thereon
(if such  original  Mortgage has been  returned to Sponsor  from the  applicable
recording  office) or a copy (if such original Mortgage has not been returned to
Sponsor from the  applicable  recording  office) of the Mortgage  certified as a
true copy by the  closing  agent or the  Sponsor  or (2) a copy of the  Mortgage
certified by the public  recording  office in those instances where the original
recorded Mortgage has been lost or retained by the recording office;

         (ii)  to  cause,  within  60 days  following  the  Closing  Date or the
Subsequent  Transfer Date, as  applicable,  assignments of the Mortgages to "The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture  Trustee of First Greensboro Home Equity Loan
Trust 1998-1 under the  Indenture  dated as of June 1, 1998" to be submitted for
recording in the appropriate jurisdictions;  provided,  however, that the Issuer
shall not be required to prepare any  assignment of 

                                      S-31

<PAGE>

mortgage for a Mortgage with respect to which the original recording information
has not yet been received from the recording office; provided, further, that the
Issuer shall not be required to record an assignment of a mortgage if the Issuer
furnishes to the Indenture Trustee, the Note Insurer and the Rating Agencies, on
or before the Closing Date or the Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable,  with
respect to the Home Equity Loans, at the Issuer's expense, an opinion of counsel
with respect to the relevant jurisdiction that such recording is not required to
perfect the Indenture  Trustee's  interests in the related  Mortgages  Loans (in
form  satisfactory  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Note Insurer and the Rating
Agencies); and

         (iii) to deliver the title insurance policy, the original Mortgages and
such recorded  assignments,  together with originals or duly certified copies of
any and all prior assignments (other than unrecorded warehouse assignments),  to
the  Custodian  on behalf of the  Indenture  Trustee  within 15 days of  receipt
thereof by the Issuer  (but in any event,  with  respect to any  Mortgage  as to
which  original  recording  information  has been made  available to the Issuer,
within one year after the  Closing  Date or the  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  as
applicable, as the case may be).

         The Indenture  Trustee will agree,  for the benefit of the Noteholders,
to cause the  Custodian  to review each  Mortgage  File within 45 days after the
Closing Date or the Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable,  as the case may be
(or the date of receipt of any  documents  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee
after the Closing Date), to ascertain that all required  documents (or certified
copies of documents) have been executed and received.

         If the Custodian on behalf of the Indenture  Trustee during such 45-day
period finds any document  constituting a part of the documents delivered to the
Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to the Loan Sale Agreement  (the  "Mortgage  File,"
which is not properly executed,  has not been received, is unrelated to the Home
Equity Loans or that any Home Equity Loan does not conform in a material respect
to the  description  thereof as set forth in the Schedule of Home Equity  Loans,
the  Custodian on behalf of the  Indenture  Trustee will be required to promptly
notify the Depositor,  the Seller,  the Sponsor,  the  Noteholders  and the Note
Insurer.  The Seller and Sponsor  will agree in the  Servicing  Agreement to use
reasonable  efforts to remedy a material defect in a document  constituting part
of a Mortgage  File of which it is so notified by the Custodian on behalf of the
Indenture  Trustee.  If,  however,  within  90  days  after  such  notice  to it
respecting  such defect the Seller  shall not have  remedied  the defect and the
defect  materially and adversely affects the interest in the related Home Equity
Loan of the  Noteholders  or the Note  Insurer,  the Seller or  Sponsor  will be
required on the next  succeeding  Monthly  Remittance  Date to (or will cause an
affiliate  of the Seller to) (i)  substitute  in lieu of such Home Equity Loan a
Qualified   Replacement   Mortgage   (as  such  is  defined  in  the  Loan  Sale
Agreement)and  deliver an amount equal to the excess,  if any, of the  Principal
Balance of the Home Equity Loan being  replaced over the  outstanding  Principal
Balance of the  replacement  Home Equity Loan plus interest  (the  "Substitution
Amount") to the Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Trust as part of the Monthly
Remittance  remitted by the Master  Servicer on such Monthly  Remittance Date or
(ii)  purchase  such Home  Equity  Loan at a  purchase  price  equal to the Loan
Purchase  Price  thereof,  which  purchase price shall be delivered to the Trust
along with the Monthly Remittance Amount remitted by the Master Servicer on such
Monthly Remittance Date.

         In addition to the foregoing,  the Custodian on behalf of the Indenture
Trustee has agreed to make a review during the 12th month after the Closing Date
indicating the current status of the exceptions previously indicated on the pool
certification  (the  "Final   Certification").   After  delivery  of  the  Final
Certification,  the Custodian, on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and the Master
Servicer shall provide to Note Insurer no less  frequently  than monthly updated
certifications indicating the then current status of exceptions,  until all such
exceptions have been eliminated.

PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

         Payments  on the Notes  will be made by the  Indenture  Trustee on each
Payment Date,  commencing with the Payment Date in July, 1998, to Noteholders as
of the  Record  Date in an  amount  equal to the  product  of such  Noteholders'
Percentage Interest and the amount paid in respect of the Notes. Payments on the
Class A-1 Notes will be made  generally  from  Available  Funds for Group I, and
payments on the Class A-2 Notes will be made generally from Available  Funds for
Group II. The "Percentage Interest" represented by any Note will be equal to the
percentage  obtained by dividing the aggregate principal balance of such Note by
the related Note Balance.

                                      S-32

<PAGE>

         On each Payment  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee will be required to pay
with  respect  to each  Class of Notes,  to the  extent  such  funds are then on
deposit in the related Note Account and  immediately  available,  the  following
amounts,  in the  following  order of priority,  and each such payment  shall be
treated as having occurred only after all preceding payments have occurred:

                  (i) FIRST,  on each  Payment Date from amounts then on deposit
         in  the  related  Note  Account,  (A)  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  the
         Indenture Trustee Fee together with the Indenture Trustee  Reimbursable
         Expenses,  (B) to the Owner  Trustee,  the Owner  Trustee  Fee, (C) and
         provided no Note Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing to the
         Note Insurer, the related Note Insurer Premium for such Payment Date;

                  (ii)  SECOND,  to the Note  Insurer,  out of  amounts  then on
         deposit in either Note  Account,  the  aggregate  amount  necessary  to
         reimburse  the Note  Insurer for any  unreimbursed  payments of Insured
         Payments  (together  with  interest  thereon at the Late  Payment  Rate
         specified in the Insurance Agreement) in respect of the Notes of either
         Class on prior  Payment Dates and the amount of any unpaid Note Insurer
         Premiums for prior Payment Dates (together with interest thereon at the
         Late Payment  Rate  specified in the  Insurance  Agreement);  PROVIDED,
         HOWEVER,  that the Note  Insurer  shall  be paid  unreimbursed  Insured
         Payments and unpaid  related Note  Insurer  Premiums  (and any interest
         thereon)  only  after  each  Class of  Noteholders  has  received  Note
         Interest  and any  Overcollateralization  Deficit  with respect to such
         Payment Date;

                  (iii) THIRD,  to the  Noteholders  of a Class,  out of amounts
         then on deposit in the related Note Account,  the related Note Interest
         with respect to such Payment Date;

                  (iv) FOURTH,  to the  Noteholders  of a Class,  out of amounts
         then on deposit in the related Note  Account,  the amount of applicable
         Monthly  Principal  for the Notes of such  Class  with  respect to such
         Payment  Date, in reduction of the related Note Balance until such Note
         Balance is reduced to zero;

                  (v)  FIFTH,  to the  Noteholders  of the other  Class,  out of
         amounts then on deposit in the related Note Account,  any Note Interest
         for such other Class remaining unpaid after application of clause (iii)
         above;

                  (vi) SIXTH, to the Noteholders of a Class, out of amounts then
         on deposit in the related  Note  Account,  in  reduction of the related
         Note Balance, the amount, if any, equal to the Excess Cash Payment with
         respect to the related Group and with respect to such Payment Date;

                  (vii) SEVENTH,  to the Noteholders of the other Class,  out of
         amounts then on deposit in the related Note Account, an amount equal to
         any  Overcollateralization  Deficit for such other Class (after  taking
         into account payments of related Monthly  Principal and Excess Cash for
         such Class on such  Payment  Date) in  reduction  of the  related  Note
         Balance until such Note Balance is reduced to zero.

                   (viii)  EIGHTH,  to the Note Insurer,  out of amounts then on
         deposit in the  related  Note  Account,  any amounts due and owing with
         respect  to such  Class  under  the  Insurance  Agreement  that are not
         described in clause (i) and (ii) above; and

                  (ix) NINTH, out of amounts then on deposit in the related Note
         Account, an amount equal to any Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount
         for the other  Class  (after  taking into  account  payments of related
         Monthly  Principal and Excess Cash for such Class on such Payment Date)
         for deposit in certain  reserve  accounts set up for the benefit of the
         Note  Insurer  until such  Overcollateralization  Deficiency  Amount is
         reduced to zero.

Any Available Funds for the related Class of Notes  remaining after  application
in the manner  specified above will be released to the holder(s) of the Residual
Interest on such Payment Date, free from the lien of the Indenture Trustee,  and
such amounts will not be available to make  payments on the Notes or payments to
the Note Insurer on any subsequent Payment Date.

                                      S-33

<PAGE>

         In the event that, with respect to a particular Payment Date, Available
Funds for a Group (or, to the limited extent provided  herein,  from Excess Cash
from the other  Group or from  certain  reserve  accounts)  on such date are not
sufficient  to pay any portion of Note  Interest for the related Class of Notes,
the  Indenture  Trustee will file a claim on the  Insurance  Policy in an amount
equal to such  deficiency and apply the Insured Payment in respect of such claim
to the  payment  of the  deficiency  in such Note  Interest.  In  addition,  the
Indenture  Trustee will file a claim on the Insurance  Policy in an amount equal
to any Overcollateralization Deficit for a Class on a Payment Date (after taking
into account payments in respect of related Monthly Principal and Excess Cash on
such Payment Date) and apply the portion of the Insured  Payment related to such
Overcollateralization Deficit to reduce the Note Balance on such Payment Date by
the amount of such  Overcollateralization  Deficit.  Any Insured Payment paid in
respect of a Class of Notes to make up any  Overcollateralization  Deficit shall
be paid to the related  Noteholders,  in reduction of the related Note  Balance,
until such Note Balance is reduced to zero.

         In no event will the aggregate  payments of principal to Noteholders of
a Class exceed the related Original Note Balance.

         "Note  Interest"  for a Class of Notes and any Payment  Date will be an
amount  equal to  interest  accrued  during the related  Interest  Period at the
related  Note  Interest  Rate on the related  Note  Balance as of the  preceding
Payment  Date (after  giving  effect to the  payment,  if any, in  reduction  of
principal made on such Notes on such preceding Payment Date).

         All calculations of interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis
of a year of 360 days and of twelve 30 day months.

         The "Note  Interest  Rate",  for the Class A-1 Notes and each  Interest
Period  prior to the Initial  Redemption  Date will be a per annum rate equal to
6.53%,  and,  for each  Interest  Period  thereafter,  a per annum rate equal to
7.03%.  The Note Interest Rate for the Class A-2 Notes and each Interest  Period
prior to the  Initial  Redemption  Date will be a per annum rate equal to 6.55%,
and, for each Interest Period thereafter, a per annum rate equal to 7.05%.

         The  "Note  Balance"  for each  Class of Notes  will  equal,  as of any
Payment Date, the related  Original Note Balance less all Monthly  Principal and
Excess Cash paid to the  Noteholders of such Class on previous  Payment Dates in
reduction  of the  related  Note  Balance  (exclusive,  for the sole  purpose of
effecting the Note Insurer's  subrogation  rights,  of payments made by the Note
Insurer in respect of any  Overcollateralization  Deficit for the related  Group
under the Insurance Policy,  except to the extent reimbursed to the Note Insurer
pursuant to the Indenture).

         "Monthly  Principal"  for each Class of Notes and for any Payment  Date
will be an amount equal to the related  Principal  Remittance  Amount reduced by
the amount of any Overcollateralization Reduction Amount for each Class of Notes
with respect to such Payment Date.

         "Overcollateralization Reduction Amount" for each Class of Notes means,
for any Payment Date, the lesser of (x) the related Principal  Remittance Amount
with  respect to such  Payment  Date and (y) the amount by which the  applicable
Overcollaterization  Amount  would  exceed  the  Required  Overcollateralization
Amount  (as  specified  in the  Indenture)  assuming  that  100% of the  related
Principal  Remittance Amount were to be applied as a payment of principal on the
Notes.

         "Overcollateralization  Deficiency  Amount"  for  each  Class  of Notes
means,  with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the related
Required  Overcollateralization Amount applicable to such Payment Date over (ii)
the  applicable  Overcollateralization  Amount  applicable to such Payment Date,
(assuming the application of 100% of principal  collections received during such
Remittance  Period but prior to taking  into  account the payment of any related
Excess Cash Payments on such Payment Date).

         "Principal  Remittance Amount" means, as of any Monthly Remittance Date
and each  Group of Home  Equity  Loans,  the sum,  without  duplication,  of the
following:  (i) the  principal  actually  collected by the Master  Servicer with
respect to the related Group of Home Equity Loans during the related  Remittance
Period,  (ii) the  Principal  Balance  of each  such Home  Equity  Loan that was
purchased from the Indenture  Trustee during the related  

                                      S-34

<PAGE>

Remittance  Period, to the extent such Principal Balance was actually  deposited
in the Principal and Interest Account,  (iii) any Substitution  Amounts relating
to  principal   delivered  by  the  Sponsor  or  Seller  in  connection  with  a
substitution of a Home Equity Loan, to the extent such Substitution Amounts were
actually  deposited in the  Principal  and Interest  Account  during the related
Remittance  Period,  (iv) the principal portion of all Net Liquidation  Proceeds
actually collected by the Master Servicer with respect to such Home Equity Loans
during  the  related  Remittance  Period  (to the  extent  such Net  Liquidation
Proceeds  related to  principal),  and (v) with respect to Group II only, on the
first  Payment  Date  following  the  end of the  Funding  Period,  all  amounts
remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  to the  extent  not  used  to  purchase
Subsequent Home Equity Loans during such Funding Period.

         The "Principal  Balance"  means,  with respect to each Home Equity Loan
and as of any date of determination,  the actual  outstanding  Principal Balance
thereof on the related Cut-Off Date excluding payments of principal due prior to
the Cut-Off Date or Subsequent  Cut-Off Date, as the case may be, whether or not
received, less any principal payments relating to such Home Equity Loan included
in previous Monthly Remittance Amounts,  provided,  however,  that the Principal
Balance for any Home Equity Loan that has become a Liquidated Loan shall be zero
as of the first day of the Remittance  Period following the Remittance Period in
which  such  Home  Equity  Loan  becomes  a  Liquidated  Loan,  and at all times
thereafter.  For  purposes of the  statistical  presentation  of the Home Equity
Loans set forth in this  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Principal  Balances of the
Home  Equity  Loans were  reduced  by the  amounts  of the  scheduled  principal
payments due on June 1, 1998.

         "Determination Date" means, as to any Payment Date, the last day of the
Remittance Period relating to such Payment Date.

         "Indenture  Trustee's  Reimbursable  Expenses"  shall mean any  amounts
payable to the Indenture  Trustee (not to exceed  $50,000 in the aggregate  from
the Initial  Cut-Off  Date)  pursuant to the Indenture as  compensation  for any
loss, liability,  or "unanticipated  out-of-pocket"  expense incurred or paid to
third parties (excluding  salaries paid to employees or allocable  overhead,  of
the Indenture  Trustee) in connection with the acceptance or  administration  of
its trusts or the Notes,  other than any loss,  liability or expense incurred by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its
duties or by reason of reckless disregard or its obligations and duties.

         "Liquidation  Proceeds" means, with respect to any Liquidated Loan, all
amounts (including the proceeds of any Insurance Policy) recovered by the Master
Servicer in connection with such  Liquidated  Loan,  whether  through  trustee's
sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise.

         "Prepayment" means any payment of principal of a Home Equity Loan which
is received by the Master  Servicer in advance of the scheduled due date for the
payment of such principal and which is not  accompanied by an amount of interest
representing  the full amount of  scheduled  interest due in any month or months
subsequent to the month of prepayment,  Substitution Amounts, the portion of the
purchase price of any Home Equity Loan required to be repurchased or substituted
by the Sponsor  pursuant to the Loan Sale  Agreement  or purchased by the Master
Servicer  pursuant to the  Servicing  Agreement  representing  principal and the
proceeds  of any  Insurance  Policy  which are to be  applied  as a  payment  of
principal on the related Home Equity Loan shall be deemed to be Prepayments.

         "Excess  Cash  Payment"  for each Class of Notes and any Payment  Date,
means the lesser of (x) the applicable  Overcollateralization  Deficiency Amount
with respect to such Payment  Date and (y) the  aggregate  amount of Excess Cash
with respect to the related Group and such Payment Date.

         "Liquidated  Loan"  means  any  Home  Equity  Loan as to  which a Final
Recovery Determination has been made.

         "Final  Recovery  Determination"  means,  with respect to any defaulted
Home Equity Loan or REO Property (other than a Home Equity Loan purchased by the
Sponsor, the Transferor,  the Depositor or the Master Servicer), a determination
made by the  Master  Servicer  that all  Liquidation  Proceeds  which the Master
Servicer,  in its reasonable business judgment expects to be finally recoverable
in respect thereof have been so recovered or that the Master  Servicer  believes
in its  reasonable  business  judgment  the  cost of  obtaining  any  additional
recoveries therefrom would exceed the amount of such recoveries.

                                      S-35

<PAGE>

         "Available  Funds"  with  respect to a Home  Equity  Loan Group and any
Payment  Date,  will consist of the sum of the amounts  described in clauses (a)
through  (h)  below,  less (i) the  Administrative  Fee Amount for such Group in
respect of such Payment Date, (ii) Servicing  Advances for such Group previously
made that are  reimbursable to the Master Servicer (other than those included in
liquidation  expenses  for  any  Liquidated  Loan  in  such  Group  and  already
reimbursed from the related  Liquidation  Proceeds) in such Remittance Period to
the extent permitted by the Servicing  Agreement and (iii) the aggregate amounts
(A)  deposited  into the  Principal  and Interest  Account and  allocable to the
related  Group or into  the  related  Note  Account  that  may not be  withdrawn
therefrom  pursuant  to a final  and  nonappealable  order  of a  United  States
bankruptcy court of competent  jurisdiction  imposing a stay pursuant to Section
362 of the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code and that would  otherwise  have been
included  in  Available  Funds  on such  Payment  Date and (B)  received  by the
Indenture  Trustee  that are  recoverable  and sought to be  recovered  from the
Issuer as a voidable  preference  by a trustee  in  bankruptcy  pursuant  to the
United States Bankruptcy Code in accordance with a final  nonappealable order of
a court of competent jurisdiction:

                  (a) all scheduled  payments of interest  received with respect
         to the Home  Equity  Loans in such  Group and due  during  the  related
         Remittance  Period and all other interest  payments on or in respect of
         such Home Equity Loans received by or on behalf of the Master  Servicer
         during the  related  Remittance  Period,  net of  amounts  representing
         interest  accrued  on such Home  Equity  Loans in respect of any period
         prior to the applicable  Cut-Off Dates, plus any Compensating  Interest
         Payments  and  Delinquency  Advances  made by the  Master  Servicer  in
         respect  of the  related  Home  Equity  Loans and any net  income  from
         related REO Properties for such Remittance Period;

                  (b) all scheduled  payments of principal received with respect
         to the Home  Equity  Loans in such  Group and due  during  the  related
         Remittance   Period  and  all  other  principal   payments   (including
         Prepayments  received  or  deemed to be  received  during  the  related
         Remittance Period in respect of such Home Equity Loans;

                  (c) the  aggregate of any  proceeds  from or in respect of any
         policy of  insurance  covering a Mortgaged  Property  that are received
         during the related Remittance Period and applied by the Master Servicer
         to reduce  the  Principal  Balance  of the  related  Home  Equity  Loan
         ("Insurance  Proceeds")  (which  proceeds  will include any  deductible
         payable  by the Master  Servicer  with  respect to a blanket  insurance
         policy  pursuant to the  Servicing  Agreement and the proceeds from any
         fidelity bond or errors and omission  policy  pursuant to the Servicing
         Agreement,  net of any component thereof covering any expenses incurred
         by or on behalf of the Master  Servicer and  specifically  reimbursable
         under the Servicing Agreement);

                  (d) the aggregate of any other proceeds received by the Master
         Servicer  during the related  Remittance  Period in connection with the
         liquidation  of any Mortgaged  Property  securing a Home Equity Loan in
         such Group,  whether through  trustee's sale,  foreclosure or otherwise
         (including  any  Insurance  Proceeds to the extent not  duplicative  of
         amounts in clause (c) above)  ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),  less expenses
         incurred  by the Master  Servicer,  (including  unreimbursed  servicing
         expenses and Delinquency  Advances relating to such Home Equity Loan in
         connection  with  the  liquidation  of  such  Home  Equity  Loan  ("Net
         Liquidation Proceeds");

                  (e) the  aggregate  of the amounts  received in respect of any
         Home Equity  Loans in such Group that are  required or  permitted to be
         repurchased, released, removed or substituted by the Sponsor during the
         related  Remittance Period as described in "--Assignment of Home Equity
         Loans" and "The Servicing  Agreement  --Principal and Interest Account"
         herein,  to the extent  such  amounts  are  received  by the  Indenture
         Trustee on or before the related Monthly Remittance Date;

                  (f) the  aggregate  of amounts  deposited  in the related Note
         Account by the Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer or the Note Insurer,  as
         the case may be,  during  such  Remittance  Period in  connection  with
         redemption of the Notes as described under  "--Redemption of the Notes"
         herein;

                  (g) with  respect  to  Group  II,  the  aggregate  of  amounts
         deposited in the related Note  Account  from the  Capitalized  Interest
         Account and the Pre-Funding Account; and

                                      S-36

<PAGE>

                  (h) the aggregate of amounts which may be released by the Note
         Insurer in lieu of an Insured  Payment under the Insurance  Policy from
         certain reserve accounts  maintained solely for the benefit of the Note
         Insurer.

NOTE ACCOUNTS

         Pursuant to the Indenture,  the Indenture  Trustee shall  establish and
maintain an account with respect to each Class of Notes (each, a "Note Account")
from which all payments  with  respect to such Notes will be made.  As described
below,  not later than the Monthly  Remittance Date, the Master Servicer will be
required  pursuant to the Servicing  Agreement to wire transfer to the Indenture
Trustee for deposit in each Note  Account the sum (without  duplication)  of all
amounts on deposit in the Principal  and Interest  Account that  constitute  any
portion of  Available  Funds for the related  Group and for the related  Payment
Date.  SEE  "Description  of  Securities--Payments  of  Principal -- Payments of
Interest" in the Prospectus.

         INVESTMENT  OF NOTE  ACCOUNTS.  All funds  held on  deposit in the Note
Account will remain uninvested.

         All income in each Note Account will not be available to Noteholders or
otherwise subject to any claims or rights of the Noteholders and will be held in
such  Note  Account  for  the  benefit  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  subject  to
withdrawal from time to time as permitted by the Indenture.

         ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS.  The Indenture will define "Eligible Investments"
generally as follows:

         (a)  direct  general   obligations   of,  or   obligations   fully  and
unconditionally  guaranteed  as to the timely  payment of principal and interest
by, the United States or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof,  provided such
obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States,  FHLMC
senior debt obligations,  and FNMA senior debt obligations, but excluding any of
such securities  whose terms do not provide for payment of a fixed dollar amount
upon maturity or call for redemption;

         (b)      Federal Housing Administration debentures;

         (c) FHLMC  participation  certificates which guaranty timely payment of
principal and interest and senior debt obligations;

         (d)  Consolidated  senior debt  obligations  of any  Federal  Home Loan
Banks;

         (e) FNMA  mortgage-backed  securities  (other  than  stripped  mortgage
securities which are valued greater than par on the portion of unpaid principal)
and senior debt obligations;

         (f) Federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers'
acceptances  (having  original  maturities  of not more  than  365  days) of any
domestic bank, the short-term  debt  obligations of which have been rated A-1 by
Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's;

         (g) Deposits of any bank or savings and loan association (the long-term
deposit  rating of which is Baa3 or  better by  Moody's  and BBB by  Standard  &
Poor's) which has combined  capital,  surplus and undivided  profits of at least
$50,000,000  which  deposits  are  insured by the FDIC and held up to the limits
insured by the FDIC;

         (h) Repurchase  agreements  collateralized  by securities  described in
(a),  (c),  or (e)  above  with  any  registered  broker/dealer  subject  to the
Securities  Investors  Protection  Corporation's  jurisdiction  and  subject  to
applicable  limits  therein  promulgated  by  Securities   Investors  Protection
Corporation  or any  commercial  bank,  if such  broker/dealer  or  bank  has an
uninsured,  unsecured and unguaranteed  short-term or long-term obligation rated
P-1 or Aa2, respectively,  or better by Moody's and A-1+ or AA, respectively, or
better by Standard & Poor's, provided:

         a.  A  master  repurchase  agreement  or  specific  written  repurchase
agreement governs the transaction, and

                                      S-37

<PAGE>

         b. The  securities are held free and clear of any lien by the Indenture
         Trustee or an  independent  third party acting  solely as agent for the
         Indenture Trustee,  and such third party is (a) a Federal Reserve Bank,
         (b) a bank  which  is a  member  of the FDIC  and  which  has  combined
         capital,  surplus and undivided  profits of not less than $125 million,
         or (c) a bank approved in writing for such purpose by the Insurer,  and
         the Indenture  Trustee shall have received  written  confirmation  from
         such third party that it holds such  securities,  free and clear of any
         lien, as agent for the Indenture Trustee, and

         c. A perfected  first security  interest  under the Uniform  Commercial
         Code, or book entry procedures prescribed at 31 CFR 306.1 et seq. or 31
         CFR 350.0 et seq., in such securities is created for the benefit of the
         Indenture Trustee, and

         d. The  repurchase  agreement has a term of thirty days or less and the
         Indenture  Trustee  will  value  the  collateral   securities  no  less
         frequently than weekly and will liquidate the collateral  securities if
         any  deficiency in the required  collateral  percentage is not restored
         within two business days of such valuation, and

         e. The fair market value of the  collateral  securities  in relation to
         the  amount  of the  repurchase  obligation,  including  principal  and
         interest, is equal to at least 106%.

         (i) Commercial paper (having  original  maturities of not more than 270
days) rated in the highest short-term rating categories of Standard & Poor's and
Moody's;

         (j)  Investments  in no load money market funds rated AAAm or AAAm-G by
Standard & Poor's and Aaa by Moody's; and

         (k) Any other  investment  permitted by each of the Rating Agencies and
the Note Insurer.

         No  instrument  described  above  shall  evidence  either  the right to
receive  (a) only  interest  with  respect to the  obligations  underlying  such
instrument or (b) both principal and interest  payments derived from obligations
underlying such instrument.  The interest and principal payments with respect to
such  instrument  shall  provide a yield to maturity at par greater than 120% of
the yield to maturity at par of the  underlying  obligations.  Furthermore,  all
Eligible  Investments  shall  mature  at par on or prior to the next  succeeding
Payment Date unless otherwise specified in the Indenture and none purchased at a
price  greater than par if such  instrument  may be prepaid or called at a price
less than its purchase price prior to Stated Maturity Date.

         The  Indenture  Trustee  may  purchase  from or sell  to  itself  or an
affiliate,  as principal or agent,  the Eligible  Investments  listed above. All
Eligible Investments in a trust account under the Indenture shall be made in the
name of the Indenture  Trustee for the benefit of the  Noteholders  and the Note
Insurer.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION FEATURE

         Credit enhancement with respect to each Class of Notes will be provided
in part by overcollateralization resulting from the Aggregate Principal Balances
of the Home Equity Loans in the related  Group as of the end of each  Remittance
Period  exceeding  the related Note Balance for the related  Payment Date (after
taking into account the related Monthly  Principal and Excess Cash to be paid on
such Payment Date in reduction of such Note  Balance).  The  Indenture  requires
that this  Overcollateralization  Amount  for each  Class be  increased  to, and
thereafter  maintained at, the related  Required  Overcollateralization  Amount.
This increase and subsequent  maintenance is intended to be  accomplished by the
application of monthly Excess Cash with respect of a Group to accelerate the pay
down of the related Note Balance until the related  Overcollateralization Amount
reaches the related Required  Overcollateralization Amount. Such applications of
Excess Cash,  because they  consist of interest  collections  on the Home Equity
Loans of a Group,  but are  distributed as principal on the related Notes,  will
increase the related Overcollateralization Amount.

         The "Excess  Cash" with  respect of a Group on any Payment Date will be
equal to Available Funds for such Group and Payment Date,  reduced by the sum of
(i) any amounts payable to the Note Insurer for Insured Payments 

                                      S-38

<PAGE>

with respect of a Group paid on prior Payment Dates and not yet  reimbursed  and
for any unpaid  Insurer  Premiums for such Group in prior Payment Dates (in each
case with  interest  thereon at the Late Payment Rate set forth in the Insurance
Agreement)  (and to the extent  not  covered  by  Available  Funds for the other
Group, such amounts with respect to the other Group), (ii) the Note Interest for
the related  Class and Payment  Date (and to the extent not covered by Available
Funds for the other Group, such amounts with respect to the other Group),  (iii)
the  Monthly  Principal  for the related  Class and  Payment  Date and (iv) with
respect to Group II and the first payment date  following the end of the Funding
Period, all amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding  Account to the extent not used
to purchase Subsequent Home Equity Loans during such Funding Period.  Certain of
the Initial Home Equity  Loans for each Group will not have their first  monthly
payment due until the Remittance  Period  relating to the September 1998 Payment
Date.  Accordingly,  in the case of the July and August 1998 Payment Dates, such
Home Equity Loans will not contribute to Available Funds or to Excess Cash.

         The  "Overcollateralization  Amount"  with  respect  to a Class and any
Payment Date is the amount, if any, by which (x) the Aggregate Principal Balance
of the Home Equity  Loans in such Group as of the end of the related  Remittance
Period  (and,  with  respect  to Group II only,  any  amount on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding  Account at such time disregarding any related  Pre-Funding  Account
Earnings)  exceeds (y) the Note Balance of the related Class of Notes as of such
Payment  Date after taking into account  payments of Monthly  Principal  made on
such Payment Date. The required level of the  Overcollateralization  Amount with
respect to each Class and any Payment Date (the "Required  Overcollateralization
Amount")  will be equal to the amount  specified as such in the  Indenture.  The
Indenture  generally  provides that the related  Required  Overcollateralization
Amount may, over time, decrease or increase, subject to certain floors, caps and
triggers    including    triggers    that    allow    the    related    Required
Overcollateralization Amount for a Class to decrease or "step down" based on the
performance  on the Home  Equity  Loans in the  related  Group  with  respect to
certain delinquency rate tests specified in the Indenture.  In addition,  Excess
Cash for a Group will be applied to the payment in reduction of principal of the
related  Notes  during the period that the Home  Equity  Loans in such Group are
unable to meet certain  tests  specified  in the  Insurance  Agreement  based on
delinquency rates. Any increase in the applicable Required Overcollateralization
Amount may result in an accelerated amortization of the related Notes until such
Required  Overcollateralization  Amount is reached.  Conversely, any decrease in
the  Required  Overcollateralization  Amount  for  a  Class  will  result  in  a
decelerated  amortization  of the Notes in the related Class until such Required
Overcollateralization Amount is reached.

         The  application  of Excess Cash for a Group to reduce the Note Balance
for the  related  Class of Notes on any  Payment  Date will  have the  effect of
accelerating  the amortization of such Notes relative to the amortization of the
Home Equity Loans in the related Group.

         In the event that the Required Overcollateralization Amount for a Class
is permitted  to decrease or "step down" on any Payment Date in the future,  the
Indenture  will  provide that all or a portion of the Excess Cash for such Group
that would  otherwise  be paid to the related  Notes on any such Payment Date in
reduction of the related  Note Balance will be released to the  holder(s) of the
Residual Interest.

         With respect to a Group and any Payment Date, an "Overcollateralization
Surplus"  means,  the  amount,  if any,  by which (x) the  Overcollateralization
Amount for such Class and Payment Date exceeds (y) the then applicable  Required
Overcollateralization  Amount  for  such  Class  and  such  Payment  Date.  As a
technical matter, an  Overcollateralization  Surplus for a Class may result even
prior  to  the  occurrence  of any  decrease  or  "step  down"  in the  Required
Overcollateralization  Amount for such Class  because the related Class of Notes
of the related Class will be entitled to receive 100% of collected  principal on
the related Home Equity  Loans,  even though the related Note Balance will, as a
result of the accelerated  amortization  caused by the application of the Excess
Cash, be less than the Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Home Equity Loans in
such Group, in the absence of any Realized Losses on such Home Equity Loans.

         The  Indenture  will provide  that,  on any Payment  Date,  all amounts
collected  on the Home  Equity  Loans in a Group in respect of  principal  to be
applied on such  Payment  Date will be paid to  Noteholders  in reduction of the
related Note Balance on such Payment Date, except as provided above with respect
to any Payment Date for which there exists an Overcollateralization  Surplus for
such Class.  If any Home Equity Loan became a Liquidated  Loan during such prior
Remittance Period, the Net Liquidation Proceeds related thereto and allocated to
principal  may be less than the  Principal  Balance of the  related  Home Equity
Loan; the amount of any such deficiency is a "Realized  

                                      S-39

<PAGE>

Loss." In addition, the Indenture will provide that the Principal Balance of any
Home Equity Loan that becomes a Liquidated  Loan shall equal zero. The Indenture
will not require that the amount of any Realized Loss be paid to  Noteholders of
the related Class on the Payment Date following the event of loss. However,  the
occurrence of a Realized Loss will reduce the  Overcollateralization  Amount for
the related Class of Notes,  and will result in more Excess Cash, if any,  being
paid on such Notes in  reduction  of the  related  Note  Balance  on  subsequent
Payment Dates than would be the case in the absence of such Realized Loss.

         OVERCOLLATERALIZATION  AND THE INSURANCE  POLICY.  The  Indenture  will
require the Indenture  Trustee to file a claim for an Insured  Payment under the
Insurance  Policy  not later  than  12:00 noon (New York City time) on the third
Business  Day prior to any Payment  Date as to which the  Indenture  Trustee has
determined  that an  Overcollateralization  Deficit with respect to the Notes of
both Classes will occur for the purpose of applying the proceeds of such Insured
Payment as a payment of principal to the  Noteholders on such Payment Date. With
respect to a Class and any Payment Date, an "Overcollateralization Deficit" will
mean the amount,  if any, by which (x) the related  Note  Balance,  after taking
into account all payments to be made on such Payment Date in reduction  thereof,
including  any  related  Excess  Cash  Payments,  exceeds (y) the sum of (i) the
Aggregate  Principal Balance of the Home Equity Loans in the related Group as of
the end of the applicable  Remittance Period,  (ii) any amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account at such time disregarding any Pre-Funding  Account Earnings
and (iii) the Overcollateralization Amount for the other Class. Accordingly, the
Insurance  Policy is similar to the provisions  described  above with respect to
the overcollateralization  provisions insofar as the Insurance Policy guarantees
ultimate collection of the full amount of the related Note Balance,  rather than
current  payments  of the  amounts of any  Realized  Losses to the  Noteholders.
Investors in the Notes should  realize that,  under certain loss or  delinquency
scenarios,  they may temporarily receive no payments in reduction of the related
Note Balance.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         Concurrently  with each payment to Noteholders,  the Indenture  Trustee
will mail a statement on each Payment Date to each Noteholder,  the Note Insurer
and the  Underwriter in the form required by the Indenture and setting forth the
following  information (to the extent the Master Servicer makes such information
available to the Indenture Trustee):

         (a) the amount of such payment to the  Noteholders of each Class on the
related  Payment Date  allocable to (i) Monthly  Principal  (separately  setting
forth Prepayments) and (ii) any Excess Cash payment;

         (b) the amount of such payment to the Noteholders of each Class on such
Payment Date allocable to Note Interest;

         (c) the Note Balance for each Class after giving  effect to the payment
of Monthly  Principal  and any Excess Cash applied to reduce the Note Balance on
such Payment Date;

         (d) the  Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Home Equity Loans in each
Group as of the end of the related Remittance Period;

         (e) the aggregate of the Principal Balances of the Home Equity Loans in
each Group in foreclosure or other similar  proceedings or in which the borrower
is in  bankruptcy  and the  book  value  of any  real  estate  acquired  through
foreclosure  or  grant  of a deed in lieu  of  foreclosure  as of the end of the
related Remittance Period;

         (f) the number and aggregate Principal Balances of Home Equity Loans in
each Group (i) 30-59 days Delinquent, (ii) 60-89 days Delinquent and (iii) 90 or
more days  Delinquent,  as of the close of business on the last  Business Day of
the calendar month immediately  preceding the Payment Date, (iv) the numbers and
aggregate  Principal Balances of all of all Home Equity Loans as of such Payment
Date,  after giving  effect to any payment of principal on such Payment Date, as
of the close of business on the last day of the  Remittance  Period  immediately
preceding  the  Payment  Date and (v) the  percentage  that each of the  amounts
represented  by clauses (i),  (ii) and (iii)  represent  as a percentage  of the
respective amounts in clause (iv);

                                      S-40

<PAGE>

         (g) the status and the  number  and dollar  amounts of all Home  Equity
Loans in each Group in  foreclosure  proceedings  as of the close of business on
the last Business Day of the calendar month  immediately  preceding such Payment
Date,  separately stating,  for this purpose, all Home Equity Loans with respect
to which  foreclosure  proceedings  were commenced in the immediately  preceding
calendar month;

         (h) the number of Mortgagors and the Principal  Balances of the related
Home Equity Loans in each Group  involved in  bankruptcy  proceedings  as of the
close of business on the last  Business  Day of the calendar  month  immediately
preceding such Payment Date;

         (i) the cumulative Realized Losses incurred on the Home Equity Loans in
each  Group  from  the  Cut-Off  Day  to and  including  the  Remittance  Period
immediately preceding the Payment Date;

         (j) the amount of Net Liquidation  Proceeds realized on the Home Equity
Loans in each Group  during the  Remittance  Period  immediately  preceding  the
Payment Date;

         (k) the aggregate amount of the related Monthly  Servicing Fee retained
by the Master Servicer for each Group for the related Remittance Period;

         (l) the aggregate  Principal  Balance of the three largest  outstanding
Home Equity  Loans  subject to this  Indenture  as of the related  Determination
Date;

         (m) the total of any  Substitution  Amounts and any Loan Purchase Price
amounts included in such distribution in each Group;

         (n) the weighted  average  Coupon Rate of the Home Equity Loans in each
Group;

         (o) during the Funding Period,  the Loan Balance of the Subsequent Home
Equity Loans added to the Trust during the related Remittance Period;

         (p) during the Funding Period,  the remaining  Pre-Funded  Amount as of
the last day of the Remittance Period; and

         (q)  such  other  information  as the Note  Insurer  or any  Owner  may
reasonably request with respect to Delinquent Home Equity Loans in each Group.

         In the case of information  furnished  pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and
(c) above,  the amounts  shall be expressed  as a dollar  amount per Note with a
$1,000 principal denomination.

REDEMPTION OF THE CLASS A-1 AND THE CLASS A-2 NOTES

         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. Each Class of Notes will be subject to redemption,
in whole but not in part, at the option of the Master Servicer,  on or after the
first  Payment  Date (such date,  the  "Initial  Redemption  Date") on which the
Aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the  related  Group of Home  Equity  Loans has
declined  to less than 10% of the Maximum  Collateral  Amount (the date on which
the Notes are to be redeemed, the "Redemption Date") for such Group.

         Each Class of Notes will be redeemed at a  redemption  price of 100% of
the then  outstanding  Note  Balance  of each  Class,  plus  accrued  but unpaid
interest  thereon through the end of the Interest Period  immediately  preceding
the related Payment Date; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that no redemption may take place
unless,  in connection  with such  redemption,  any amounts due and owing to the
Note Insurer under the Insurance Agreement are paid in full to the Note Insurer.
There will be no prepayment premium in connection with such a redemption. Notice
of an optional  redemption of the Notes must be mailed by the Indenture  Trustee
to the  Noteholders  and the Note Insurer at least ten days prior to the Payment
Date set for such redemption.

                                      S-41

<PAGE>

         The payment on the final Payment Date in connection with the redemption
of the Notes  shall be in lieu of the payment  otherwise  required to be made on
such Payment Date in respect of the Notes.

PAYMENTS TO THE HOLDER(S) OF THE RESIDUAL INTEREST

         On each Payment  Date,  any portion of  Available  Funds for each Group
remaining  after making  payments of interest and  principal  due on the related
Notes and other distributions  required on such Payment Date, as specified under
"--Payments  on the Notes"  herein,  will be  released to the  holder(s)  of the
Residual Interest,  free of the lien of the Indenture Trustee. It is anticipated
that the  Residual  Interest  will be held by the  Transferor,  or an  affiliate
thereof.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking  corporation,  will be the
Indenture  Trustee  under the  Indenture.  The  Indenture  will provide that the
Indenture  Trustee is entitled to the Indenture Trustee Fee and reimbursement of
certain expenses.  The Chase Manhattan Bank will also act as successor  servicer
under the Servicing Agreement and, upon a termination of the Master Servicer and
the Backup Master Servicer,  shall be obligated to succeed to the obligations of
the Master Servicer or to appoint an eligible successor servicer.

         The Indenture  also will provide that the Indenture  Trustee may resign
at any time, upon notice to the Issuer,  the Master  Servicer,  the Note Insurer
and any Rating Agency,  in which event the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a
successor Indenture Trustee acceptable to the Note Insurer. The Issuer, with the
prior  consent of the Note  Insurer,  may remove  the  Indenture  Trustee if the
Indenture  Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture
or if the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. Any resignation or removal of the
Indenture  Trustee and  appointment  of a successor  Indenture  Trustee will not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor  Indenture
Trustee.  The  Indenture  will  provide that the  Indenture  Trustee is under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture
at the request or direction of any of the  Noteholders,  unless such Noteholders
shall have offered to the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity
against the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. The Indenture Trustee may execute any
of the  rights  or  powers  granted  by the  Indenture  or  perform  any  duties
thereunder  either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, the Indenture Trustee shall remain liable for the performance of all of
its duties.  Pursuant to the Indenture,  the Indenture Trustee is not liable for
any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably  believes
to be authorized by an authorized  officer of any person or within its rights or
powers under the  Indenture.  The Indenture  Trustee and any director,  officer,
employee or agent of the  Indenture  Trustee may rely and will be  protected  in
acting or refraining  from acting in good faith in reliance on any  certificate,
notice or other document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted
by the authorized officer of any person respecting any matters arising under the
Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee will be indemnified by the Master Servicer for
certain  losses  and  other  events to the  extent  described  in the  Servicing
Agreement.

VOTING

         Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  Indenture,  with  respect  to any
provisions of the Indenture providing for the action, consent or approval of the
Noteholders evidencing specified "Voting Interests," each Noteholder will have a
Voting   Interest  equal  to  the  Percentage   Interest   represented  by  such
Noteholder's Note. Unless a Note Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Voting  Interests of the Noteholders will be exercised solely by or with the
consent of the Note Insurer.

NOTE EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         An Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes  shall occur if, on any
Payment  Date,  after taking into  account all payments  made in respect of each
Class of Notes on such  Payment  Date,  the Note  Interest for such Payment Date
remains unpaid or an Overcollateralization  Deficit still exists with respect to
the Notes. SEE "The Agreements--Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default"
in the Prospectus for a description of the  circumstances  under which a default
on the Notes, other than a payment default,  may occur. For a description of the
rights of

                                      S-42

<PAGE>

Noteholders  of a Class in connection  with any Event of Default with respect
to the Notes,  SEE "The  Agreements--Events  of  Default;  Rights  upon Event of
Default" in the  Prospectus.  In the absence of a failure by the Note Insurer to
pay Insured Payments, no acceleration of the maturity of the related Notes shall
be permitted without the consent of the Note Insurer.

                                   THE ISSUER

         The Issuer is a Delaware  business  trust  established by the Depositor
pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  After the Closing Date, the Residual  Interest
representing all of the beneficial ownership interest in the Issuer will be held
by the Transferor or an affiliate thereof. The principal office of the Issuer is
located in Wilmington,  c/o the Owner Trustee,  Rodney Square North,  1100 North
Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890, Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration.
The  Issuer  does not  have,  nor is it  expected  in the  future  to have,  any
significant assets, other than the assets included in the Trust Estate.

                         THE SPONSOR AND MASTER SERVICER

GENERAL

         First Greensboro Home Equity,  Inc., a North Carolina  corporation is a
specialty  consumer finance company founded in 1989 that engages in originating,
purchasing and selling primarily  noconforming home equity loans, both directly
and through a wholly owned  subsidiary,  Miracle Mortgage Inc., d.b.a. New World
Mortgage ("New World" and,  together with First  Greensboro  Home Equity,  Inc.,
"First  Greensboro"),  acquired by First Greensboro Home Equity, Inc. in October
1997.  Since  inception,  First Greensboro has focused on lending to individuals
who have  substantial  equity in their homes but have impaired or limited credit
histories.  The loans by First  Greensboro to these  borrowers are made for such
purposes as debt  consolidation,  refinancing,  home  improvement or educational
expenses.  Substantially all of First Greensboro's loans are secured by first or
second  mortgage  liens on  one-to-four  family  residences,  have  amortization
schedules  ranging from 5 years to 30 years.  Although First  Greensboro's  home
equity loans  primarily bear interest at fixed rates,  New World offers variable
rate and fixed rate home equity loans and First Greensboro Home Equity, Inc. has
begun underwriting  variable rate home equity loans since its acquisition of New
World.

         First Greensboro  originates home equity loans primarily  through First
Greensboro  Home Equity,  Inc.'s retail network of 51 branch offices  located in
twelve  states in the  Southeast and Midwest  regions  operated  under the First
Greensboro  name and through New World's seven branch  offices  located in Utah,
Idaho  and  Nevada.  In  addition,  First  Greensboro  also  obtains  loans on a
wholesale  basis  from  approved  mortgage  brokers  and  purchases  loans  on a
correspondent  basis from selected  financial  institutions.  First Greensboro's
strategy is to utilize these different  origination  channels to generate growth
in the volume of loans originated or purchased while diversifying its sources of
loans and maintaining emphasis on its underwriting  standards.  First Greensboro
Home Equity,  Inc.'s total loan originations and purchases increased from $139.7
million in 1995 to $246.9  million  in 1996 and $379.1  million in 1997 and were
$184.4  million during the first four months of 1998. Of First  Greensboro  Home
Equity, Inc.'s total loan production during the first four months of 1998, 81.5%
were  originated  through  First  Greensboro  Home Equity,  Inc.'s branch office
network,  12.3% were  purchased  through  brokers and 6.2% were  purchased  from
financial institutions.  The acquisition of New World was made in furtherance of
First Greensboro's growth and diversification  strategy. In addition to allowing
First  Greensboro  to enter the new  markets of Utah,  Idaho and Nevada  with an
established  operation and experienced  personnel,  First Greensboro expects New
World to generate  significant  increases in loan volume.  In 1997,  New World's
originations  and  purchases of mortgage  loans  equaled  $75.9  million.  First
Greensboro  also evaluates  products that it believes are  complementary  to its
existing loan  offerings and that may enable it to utilize its experience in the
nonconforming   home  equity  loan  sector  to  achieve  additional  growth.  In
furtherance of this strategy, First Greensboro acquired a conforming loan broker
in 1996 to originate  loans for customers  that could  qualify for  conventional
bank financing and it currently is expanding into the  origination  and purchase
of Title I home  improvement  loans insured by the United  States  Department of
Housing and Urban Development.

         First Greensboro's customers generally place a premium on a high degree
of  personalized  service  and fast  response to their loan  applications.  As a
result, First Greensboro endeavors, consistent with its underwriting guidelines,
to grant  preliminary  approval of  applications  within 24 hours of receipt and
complete  the  funding of

                                      S-43

<PAGE>

loans within 14 to 21 days of preliminary approval, whether the loan application
originates through its retail network or from a broker or financial institution.
In addition,  First Greensboro's  branch personnel,  underwriting staff and loan
processors  follow  loans  through  each  step in the  application  and  closing
process.

         First  Greensboro  believes  that  the  depth  and  experience  of  its
management  team  enables it to compete  effectively.  The five members of First
Greensboro's  senior  management team average over 16 years of experience in the
consumer finance and/or mortgage lending business. In addition, in October 1996,
Centura Banks, Inc.  ("Centura"),  a bank holding company with over $6.3 billion
in total assets and headquartered in Rocky Mount, North Carolina,  purchased 49%
of the outstanding common stock of First Greensboro. First Greensboro's board of
directors consists of four members of First Greensboro's senior management, five
persons  affiliated with Centura,  one  unaffiliated  member who is president of
another mortgage bank and one unaffiliated member who is an attorney.

         As of  May 19  1998,  First  Greensboro  had  676  full  and  part-time
employees.  First  Greensboro's  headquarters are located at 4830 Koger Blvd. in
Greensboro, North Carolina 27407 and its telephone number is (910) 855-4925.

CREDIT AND UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

         Loans  are   underwritten   in  accordance   with  First   Greensboro's
underwriting  guidelines.  The  underwriting  process is  intended to assess the
prospective  mortgagor's willingness and ability to repay the loan and the value
and adequacy of the real  property  security as collateral  for the loan.  While
First Greensboro's primary  consideration in underwriting a mortgage loan is the
mortgagor's  employment  stability and  debt-to-income  ratio,  the value of the
mortgaged  property  relative  to the  amount  of the  mortgage  loan  is also a
critical factor. In addition, First Greensboro considers,  among other things, a
mortgagor's credit history and repayment ability, as well as the type and use of
the mortgaged property.

         First  Greensboro's  loan  program  includes  (i) a full  documentation
("Full  Documentation")  program,  (ii) a stated  income  from  the  application
("Stated  1003")  program  which was  developed as a  streamlined  documentation
program but is also used for wage  earners who have a second job paying cash and
(iii) a  non-income  qualified  ("NIQ")  program for  prospective  self-employed
mortgagors whose income shown on their  application  cannot be verified with tax
returns.  Under  each of  these  programs,  First  Greensboro  reviews  the loan
applicant's  source of  income,  calculates  the amount of income  from  sources
indicated on the loan application or similar  documentation,  reviews the credit
history of the applicant,  calculates the debt- to-income ratio to determine the
applicant's  ability to repay the loan, reviews the type and use of the property
being  financed and reviews the property for  compliance  with its  underwriting
standards.

         Loan  applications  are  evaluated  by  members  of First  Greensboro's
underwriting department and applicants with less favorable evaluations generally
are offered loans with higher interest rates and lower Loan-to-Value Ratios. The
following  is  a  general  description  of  the  loan  criteria  used  by  First
Greensboro's underwriting staff:

         "A" RISK. Under the "A" risk category,  First Greensboro offers several
different products to prospective  mortgagors.  The standard "A" risk product is
the "A-80" (for 80%  Loan-to-Value  Ratio)  which  allows a maximum of up to two
30-day late payment on the prospective mortgagor's existing mortgage in the last
12 months,  installment and revolving credit having no more than one 30-day late
on major  credit  ($750 or more) and three  30-day late  payments and one 60-day
late  payment  on  minor  credit  (less  than  $750)  in  the  last  24  months.
Bankruptcies must be discharged for at least two years with  re-established good
credit.  Prospective  mortgagors are generally  required to have remained in the
same  line of work for the  previous  two  years.  The  prospective  mortgagor's
mortgage  history  generally must be current on his or her credit report.  Other
delinquent  collections  indicated on the credit report cannot exceed $1,000 and
judgments, liens or charge-offs are generally not acceptable.

         The "SUPER A" product is a preferred  rate product for the  prospective
mortgagor who falls under the "A+" category.  The prospective mortgagor must not
have any 30-day late  payments on their  credit  history  for the  preceding  24
months and a maximum of three 30-day late  payments on their  credit  history on
revolving  and  installment  debt in the preceding  two years.  The  prospective
borrower may not have any  charge-offs,  liens,  judgments  and may not have any
bankruptcies within the past five years. Where there are two or more prospective

                                      S-44

<PAGE>

mortgagors, the primary prospective mortgagor's credit score is the one used for
the  purposes  of  determining  the  maximum   Loan-to-Value  Ratio.  A  primary
prospective  mortgagor is classified as the  prospective  co-mortgagor  with the
highest  income.  If two or more  prospective  mortgagors  are each  applying to
qualify individually,  the prospective mortgagor with the lower income must have
a minimum credit score of 600.  Loan-to-Value Ratios range from 80% for a credit
score  of 640 to 95%  for a  credit  score  of  700 or  more.  First  Greensboro
determines  which credit scores to use  according to a state by state  preferred
repository list.

         This  is  a  first  lien  product  on  owner  occupied  properties.  No
manufactured housing is allowed. Prospective mortgagors are required to have two
years  of  current   employment   history,   verifiable  income  and  a  maximum
debt-to-income  ratio  of 45%.  Generally,  co-mortgagors  must  have a  minimum
combined monthly income of $4,000.  However, where the prospective mortgagor has
been in the same field of employment and has an otherwise  satisfactory level of
disposable  income,  exceptions  may be made with respect to current  employment
history and income requirements.

         Other products in the "A" risk category are similar to the A-80 product
with the interest rate and Loan-to-Value Ratio being the main variables.  Credit
requirements  tighten on "A" risk products  with greater than 80%  Loan-to-Value
Ratios  generally to no  derogatory  ratings on mortgages  and major credit with
minor credit  remaining the same as the A-80 product.  Under this category,  the
maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio is 95% for first lien mortgage loans and the maximum
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio generally is 100% for second lien mortgage loans.

         "A" risk  products  range from  minimum  loan  amounts of $15,000  with
respect to first lien mortgages and $1,000 with respect to second lien mortgages
to a maximum of $650,000 with exception to $700,000.  Bankruptcies generally are
not  allowed  for the  higher  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  products  in the  "A"  risk
category.  NIQ and Stated 1003 products permit  Loan-to-Value  Ratios of 80% and
70%, respectively.

         "B" RISK. Under the "B" risk category,  the most widely used product is
the 80% Loan-to-Value  Ratio loan, the "B-80." Mortgage credit history generally
may have a maximum of three  30-day late  payments in the last twelve  months on
the existing mortgage and up to six 60-day  cumulative  derogatories in the last
two  years on  revolving  and  installment  debt.  Bankruptcies  must  have been
discharged for at least two years with re-established  good credit.  Prospective
mortgagors  are  generally  required  to have  been  employed  in their  current
position  for at least  one year and to have at least  two  years of  experience
within the same field of employment.  Other delinquent  collections indicated on
the  credit  report  generally  cannot  exceed  $2,000 and  judgments,  liens or
charge-offs over $500 generally are not permitted within the previous 24 months.

         There are also 75% and 85% Loan-to-Value Ratio products in the "B" risk
category.  Like the "A" risk product,  credit  requirements  tighten on products
with  Loan-to-Value  Ratios exceeding 80% while  requirements are less stringent
for products  with  Loan-to-Value  Ratios less than 80%. The NIQ and Stated 1003
products have 70% and 65% respectively  Loan-to-Value  Ratios.  The minimum loan
amount  under  this  product  category  is  $10,000  with  respect to first lien
mortgages and $1,000 with respect to second lien  mortgages and the maximum loan
amount is $400,000.

         "C"  RISK.  First  Greensboro  has  five  products  under  the "C" risk
category,  with  the  most  widely  used  product  being  the  "C-80,"  the  80%
Loan-to-Value  Ratio product.  There may be a maximum of four 30-day, one 60-day
and no  90-day  delinquent  payments  on the  prospective  mortgagor's  mortgage
history in the last 12 months.  Installment  and revolving  credit can only have
four  90-day  derogatories  in the last 24 months.  Bankruptcies  must have been
discharged for at least one year with  re-established  good credit.  Prospective
mortgagors  are  generally  required  to have  been  employed  in their  current
position  for at least  one year and to  generally  have at least  two  years of
experience  within the same field of employment.  Stand-alone  second  mortgages
cannot have any 60-day  delinquent  payments on the present mortgage and must be
current on the credit report.

         The C-75 product  allows a maximum of four  30-day,  two 60-day and one
90-day delinquent payment(s) on the prospective mortgagor's existing mortgage in
the last twelve  months.  Installment  and  revolving  debt may have up to eight
90-day  derogatory  ratings in the previous two years.  The C-70 product has the
same  characteristics  as the C-75 but has a lower  interest  rate.  The NIQ and
Stated  1003  products  have  maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratios  of 

                                      S-45

<PAGE>

65% and 60%, respectively.  The minimum loan amount for the "C" risk category is
$10,000 with respect to first lien  mortgages  and $1,000 with respect to second
lien mortgages and the maximum loan amount is $250,000.

         M-85. First  Greensboro  developed the M-85 product for the prospective
mortgagor who falls under a "C" or "D" risk category with respect to installment
and revolving  debt,  but the "A" risk  category with respect to their  existing
mortgage  history.  The M-85  product  allows a maximum of up to one 30-day late
payment on the prospective  mortgagor's  existing mortgage in the last 12 months
and three 30-day late payments in the last 24 months. Mortgage delinquencies are
counted individually.  For example, where a customer is 30 days late in January,
February and March,  this program  would  register  this history as three 30-day
late payments,  instead of a single  rolling  30-day late payment.  The existing
mortgage must be with institutional lenders. Prospective mortgagors may not have
a previous foreclosure in their credit history.  Bankruptcies must be discharged
for at least 24 months  and the  borrower  must have a  re-established  mortgage
history with an institutional  lender. The M-85 product is a first lien mortgage
product  for owner  occupied  properties.  No  condominiums  or  townhouses  are
allowed.  Prospective  mortgagors  are  also  required  to  have  two  years  of
employment history and verifiable income.

         "D"  RISK.  Under the "D" risk  category,  First  Greensboro  has three
different products with the 65% Loan-to-Value  Ratio product,  the "D-65," being
the most prevalent.  The  prospective  mortgagor can be as much as 120 days past
due and his or her mortgage and his or her ratings for installment and revolving
credit usually are poor. Only active bankruptcies are not permitted.  The amount
of equity the prospective  mortgagor is allowed to cash-out cannot exceed 10% of
the loan  amount or  $10,000,  whichever  is less.  Prospective  mortgagors  are
generally  required to have been employed in their current position for at least
six months and to have at least one year of experience  within the same field of
employment and a two-year employment history.

         The   "D-70"   (70%   Loan-to-Value   Ratio)   product   has  the  same
characteristics  as the D-65  product  except  for the  prospective  mortgagor's
mortgage history;  existing  mortgages cannot be more than 60 days past due. The
"D-55" (55%  Loan-to-Value  Ratio) is primarily a loan based on the  prospective
mortgagor's home equity that can be used to buy the prospective mortgagor out of
bankruptcy or foreclosure. This product allows a cash-out of equity to clear the
title only.

         No stand alone second  mortgages  are allowed on "D" risk  products nor
are NIQ or Stated 1003 products  available in this risk  category.  Loan amounts
can range from $10,000 to $150,000.

         EQUIMOST.  Equimost  is First  Greensboro's  125%  Loan-to-Value  Ratio
product.  This  extended   Loan-to-Value  home  equity  loan  is  offered  as  a
"piggyback"  loan (i.e.  originated at the same time as a first lien mortgage on
the same  property)  or a  stand-alone  second  lien  mortgage  loan.  While all
Equimost  customers fall under the "A" risk  category,  it is their credit score
which  determines the maximum loan amount and the  availability of a cash-out of
equity.

         The  Equimost  has had  allowable  credit  scores as low as a 640 FICO,
Beacon or Empirica in the past.  However,  on May 21, 1998,  the minimum  credit
score permitted was raised to 660. Where there are two  prospective  mortgagors,
the  primary  prospective  mortgagor's  credit  score  is the one  used  for the
purposes  of  the  program  guidelines.   A  primary  prospective  mortgagor  is
classified  as the  prospective  co-mortgagor  with the  highest  income.  First
Greensboro  determines  which credit scores to use according to a state by state
preferred  repository  list. The minimum loan amount for Equimost is $10,000 and
the maximum  loan amount,  which was  originally  $100,000,  has been reduced to
$75,000.  The amount of equity  which the  prospective  mortgagor  is allowed to
cash-out  ranges from $10,000 to $35,000  depending on  prospective  mortgagor's
credit score.  The  applicable  interest rates also vary according to the credit
score, but the maximum debt-to-income ratio is 45%.
The average credit score on Equimost loans included in the Trust Estate is 713.

         PIGGYBACK  SECOND  MORTGAGE.  Borrowers  often have financial  needs in
excess of the amount that First  Greensboro's  first lien mortgage  underwriting
guidelines would otherwise  permit First  Greensboro to finance.  As a result, a
"piggyback"  second lien  mortgage loan with a Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio as
high as 125% and,  with respect to any Home Equity Loans  conveyed to the Trust,
up to a maximum Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of 100% (except for 34 home equity
loans which had a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio not exceeding  125.01%),  may be
made to a  prospective  mortgagor  to whom  First  Greensboro  is making a first
mortgage loan, usually under  circumstances where First Greensboro believes that
such  prospective  mortgagor is a good credit risk but does not 

                                      S-46

<PAGE>

have sufficient equity to complete the transaction. A majority of the first lien
mortgages in the Trust Estate are subject to piggyback second lien mortgages.

         EXCEPTIONS.  First  Greensboro  will  originate  loans  outside  of its
underwriting  guidelines in certain circumstances where sufficient  compensating
factors indicate originating the loan is warranted and the loan is approved by a
supervisory  employee.  On a case by  case  basis,  it may  determine  that  the
prospective mortgagor warrants a risk category upgrade, a debt service-to-income
ratio  exception,  a pricing  exception,  a Loan-to-Value  Ratio exception or an
exception from certain requirements of a particular risk category  (collectively
called an "upgrade" or  "exception").  An upgrade or exception may be allowed if
the  application  reflects  certain  compensating  factors,  among  others;  low
Loan-to-Value  Ratio;  pride of ownership;  stable  employment;  an "A" mortgage
history; and the subject property's condition. Accordingly, First Greensboro may
classify certain mortgage applications that, in the absence of such compensating
factors,  would satisfy only the criteria of a less favorable risk category. The
compensating factors are documented in the loan file.

         The permitted Loan-to-Value Ratio is reduced by 10% for each product in
the "A" and  "B"  risk  categories  for  loans  secured  by  non-owner  occupied
properties,  and  loans  are  generally  not  permitted  in the "C" and "D" risk
categories with this type of security.  Debt-to-income  ratios range from 42% to
55% depending on the risk category and residual  income left to the  prospective
mortgagor.  First  Greensboro also generally  increases the applicable  interest
rate by approximately 50 basis points for non-owner-occupied  properties.  Rural
properties may have a 10% reduction in permitted Loan-to-Value ratio, determined
on a case by case basis. Under all of the foregoing programs,  all documentation
must be no more than 45 days old at the time of the  underwriting and closing of
the related loan. Credit reports must be no more than 30 days old.

         The collateral  securing First Greensboro's loans are generally one- to
four-family  residences,  including  townhomes and condominiums.  In most cases,
First Greensboro reduces its permitted  Loan-to-Value Ratio for loans secured by
condominiums  by 10%.  Loans  secured  by  townhomes  have a  maximum  permitted
Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 90%.  Manufactured  homes are not accepted as collateral
except for doublewide  manufactured homes with masonry skirting or those without
masonry skirting exhibiting pride of ownership by the borrower.

THE UNDERWRITING PROCESS

         First  Greensboro's  loan  application  process is  conducted  by First
Greensboro's   branch  officers  and  approved   mortgage  brokers  who  compile
information necessary for First Greensboro's underwriting department to evaluate
the loan. The approval process  generally is coordinated over the telephone with
applications  and credit reports  obtained by branch officers or brokers usually
sent by facsimile  transmission to the  underwriting  department at one of First
Greensboro's offices. Branch officers communicate with First Greensboro's retail
underwriting  staff,  which  consists  of 29  underwriters  and loan  processors
located in Greensboro,  North Carolina and Orem, Utah, and mortgage brokers work
with First  Greensboro's  wholesale  underwriting  staff of 13 underwriters  and
processors  located in Greensboro,  North  Carolina and Orem,  Utah. A retail or
wholesale  underwriter  reviews the  applicant's  credit  history,  based on the
information  contained  in the  application  as well as reports  available  from
credit reporting bureaus, to see if the credit history is acceptable given First
Greensboro's  underwriting guidelines.  Based on this review, the proposed terms
of the loan are then  communicated  to the branch officer or broker  responsible
for the  application who in turn discusses the proposal with the loan applicant.
If the applicant  accepts the proposed  terms,  a branch  officer or broker will
gather additional information necessary for the closing and funding of the loan.

         First  Greensboro's  underwriting  criteria  require  it to verify  the
income  of  each  borrower.  Under  the  Full  Documentation  Program,  salaried
borrowers  and wage  earners  are  generally  required to submit two current pay
stubs and W-2 forms for the most recent past two years and First Greensboro also
performs a verbal verification of employment prior to closing the mortgage loan.
Income for  self-employed  borrowers is verified by examination of copies of tax
returns  for the  two  most  recent  years  and a  current  year-to-date  income
statement  or bank  statements  for the  borrower's  business  for the  last six
months.  Under the NIQ program, a standard form of verification of income is not
required;  however,  the borrower's  application must show reasonable  assets in
relation  to the  stated  income and  verification  that the  borrower  has been
self-employed  for two years is obtained by examination of copies of tax returns
for the two most recent years. Under the Stated 1003 program,  W-2 forms and pay
stubs are not required but the borrower must have reasonable  assets in relation
to the  stated  income,  income  must be  reasonable  and  consistent  with  the
borrower's  profession and his or her employment must be verbally  verified.  In
computing  

                                      S-47

<PAGE>

income,  First  Greensboro  has developed  specific  guidelines for inclusion of
various sources of income if the borrower can  demonstrate an earnings  history.
For  example,  rental  income is allowed if the borrower can produce tax returns
and rental agreements showing receipt of this income.

         As part of its underwriting guidelines,  First Greensboro has developed
a list of approved credit  repositories for each of its geographic  markets that
it believes provides the most accurate borrower credit profile.  A credit report
from one approved  repositories  is required for  pre-approval  and at least two
reports are  required  prior to closing.  These  credit  reports are the primary
means  utilized  to verify  each  borrower's  mortgage  and other  debt  payment
histories.

         First Greensboro  places a strong emphasis on establishing the adequacy
of  the   collateral   for  loans.   Except  for  certain   loans  with  a  125%
Loan-to-Value-Ratio,  prior to closing any loan,  First  Greensboro  requires an
appraisal of the collateral property by a First Greensboro-approved  independent
licensed  appraiser.  First Greensboro selects appraisers based upon a review of
sample appraisals, professional experience, education, and by contacting clients
of the appraiser and reviewing the  appraiser's  experience  with the particular
types of properties that secure First  Greensboro's  loans. In the case of loans
purchased  on a wholesale  basis from  financial  institutions,  if the original
appraisal was performed by an appraiser that is not company approved, then First
Greensboro  obtains  an  additional  appraisal  from an  approved  appraiser  or
requires  that an  approved  appraiser  review  the  original  appraisal.  First
Greensboro  generally  has a minimum  property  value of $40,000  for all loans.
However,  First  Greensboro  will accept  properties  of lower  values  based on
compensating  factors such as low Loan-to-Value  Ratios and particularly  strong
appraisals as evidenced by closely related comparable sales.

         Upon completion of the underwriting processing, the closing of the loan
is scheduled with a First  Greensboro-approved  closing  attorney or agent.  The
closing  attorney  or agent  is  responsible  for  completing  the loan  closing
transaction in accordance with applicable law and First  Greensboro's  operating
procedures.  Except for loans with a 125% Loan-to-Value-Ratio,  Title insurance,
insuring First Greensboro's  interest as mortgagee,  is required on all loans as
is evidence of adequate  homeowner's  insurance  naming First  Greensboro  as an
additional insured.

SERVICING

         The servicing department of the Master Servicer,  First Greensboro Home
Equity,  Inc. is located in Greensboro,  North  Carolina and was  established in
1992 to service new accounts  before sale on a servicing  released basis as well
as to service a limited number of retained loans.

         The  Master  Servicer  is  responsible  for  all  recorded   documents,
insurance records,  customer inquiries, and all aspects of collections including
bankruptcy,  foreclosure  and  ultimately  the  disposition  of REO (real estate
owned)  properties.  The Master Servicer currently utilizes the "LSAMS" computer
servicing  system to bridge,  notate,  and track all loans.  The Master Servicer
may,  with the  consent of the Note  Insurer,  utilize  third-party  entities as
subservicers  of loans.  At such times,  if any,  that a third  party  commences
servicing any loans, temporary interruptions in servicing may occur.

         Initial  contact with a borrower is usually made through a welcome call
placed five to ten days prior to the initial due date of a mortgage. The call is
made to ensure that the borrower is in receipt of his or her coupon  book,  that
all the information contained in the book is correct and to answer any questions
regarding loan closing.

         The  Master  Servicer's  servicing  philosophy  is to reach  delinquent
borrowers  by  telephone  when  possible  in order to prompt a borrower to remit
payment. Since no grace period is associated with the mortgages,  collectors are
instructed  to begin a calling  effort to all  delinquent  accounts five or more
days past due.  "LSAMS" has the capability of  automatically  assigning past due
accounts into a loan collector's "auto queue" and prompts a collector to place a
telephone  call to such  accounts.  All  activity  with an  account is logged on
"LSAMS" so that any servicing personnel may retrieve all collections history and
use it in all borrower contact. Mail is sent when a borrower cannot be contacted
by telephone.

         When an  account  becomes  thirty  days past due,  loss  mitigation  is
initiated.  Loss  mitigation  consists of the  following:  Collectors  will send
thirty day demand  notices to any account  which is thirty days past due and has
not

                                      S-48

<PAGE>

made any  arrangements  or has  failed to  satisfy  arrangements  to bring  such
account current. Field calls, which may also serve as property inspections, when
feasible will be conducted at forty-five  days past due. When an account reaches
fifty  days past due, a  pre-foreclosure  letter is sent to the  borrower.  This
letter  serves a ten day  notice  of the  intent to hire an  attorney  and begin
foreclosure proceedings.

         For those loans in which  collection and loss  mitigation  efforts have
been exhausted without success,  the foreclosure manager will determine the best
course of action given current market value and reason for borrower default such
as  foreclosure  action  or  "DIL"  ("deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure").  Should
foreclosure action be taken, the foreclosure  department is then responsible for
the loan and tracking its progression  through the foreclosure process including
placing the case with the appropriate  attorney,  tracking sale date,  bids, and
fees incurred.  Since  regulations and practices for foreclosure and foreclosure
sale vary greatly from state to state,  attorneys  are retained on a regional or
state basis to ensure state laws and  practices are  followed.  The  foreclosure
department currently has a list of approved attorneys for use in connection with
defaulted  loans which it utilizes as the need arises.  "LSAMS" is also utilized
with foreclosure accounts to track account activity.

         Once title to a property is obtained,  REO  personnel in the  servicing
department  handle all aspects of disposing of the  property.  REO personnel are
responsible  for placing the property  with a real estate agent and tracking the
property through liquidation.

         The bankruptcy  personnel in the servicing  department  file claims for
all bankruptcy  accounts.  The bankruptcy personnel track all creditor meetings,
hearing dates and disbursement dates. In addition,  if a borrower makes mortgage
payments outside the bankruptcy court plan,  telephone  contact is reestablished
with the borrower. Again, "LSAMS" is utilized to track account activity.

         In  servicing  junior  lien loans in its  portfolio,  First  Greensboro
intends to satisfy each such senior mortgage at or prior to the foreclosure sale
only to the extent  that it  determines  any amount so paid will be  recoverable
from future payments and collections on such junior lien loans or otherwise.  In
servicing junior lien loans,  First Greensboro  intends to advance funds to keep
the senior  lien  current in the event the  mortgagor  is in default  thereunder
until such time as First  Greensboro  satisfies  the senior  lien by sale of the
mortgaged property, but only to the extent that it determines such advances will
be  recoverable  from future  payments  and  collections  on that junior lien or
otherwise.

HISTORICAL SERVICING EXPERIENCE OF THE MASTER SERVICER

         The Master  Servicer has provided the following  information  regarding
the servicing of home equity loans which it considers  nonconforming credits and
none of the Backup Master Servicer,  the Transferor,  the Depositor,  the Issuer
nor the Underwriter makes any  representations  or warranties as to the accuracy
or  completeness  of such  information.  The table  below sets forth the overall
delinquency  experience on  residential  one-to-four  family  mortgage loans for
nonconforming  credits which are currently  serviced by the Master Servicer.  No
home equity loan is considered delinquent for the purposes of this table until a
payment is 30 days past due on a contractual  basis. It should be noted that the
Master   Servicer   commenced  its  servicing   activities  in  September  1997.
Accordingly, the Master Servicer has limited historical delinquency,  bankruptcy
foreclosure  or default  experience  that may be referred to for  estimating the
future  delinquency and loss experience of the home equity.  The delinquency and
loss  percentages  may be affected by the  increase in size of, and the relative
lack of seasoning of a substantial portion of the portfolio.  THE INFORMATION IN
THE TABLE BELOW IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE OR PREDICT THE EXPECTED  DELINQUENCY
EXPERIENCE  ON PAST  CURRENT OR FUTURE  POOLS OF HOME EQUITY LOANS FOR WHICH THE
MASTER SERVICER IS THE PRIMARY SERVICER.  SEE "Risk Factors--The Master Servicer
Has Limited Experience Servicing Home Equity Loans.

                                      S-49

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       FIRST GREENSBORO HOME EQUITY, INC.
               NONCONFORMING HOME EQUITY LOAN PORTFOLIO EXPERIENCE
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                      March 31, 1998        December 31, 1997     September 30, 1997
                                   ---------------------  --------------------   --------------------
<S>                                 <C>                    <C>                    <C> 
            
Total Servicing Portfolio           $        228,910       $        171,235       $         83,256
     30-59 days delinquent                     2,549                  2,184                    600
     60-89 days delinquent                       911                    249                    249
     90 days or more delinquent                2,513                  1,028                    495
                                   ---------------------  ---------------------  --------------------
     Total Delinquencies            $          5,974       $          3,461       $          1,344
                                   =====================  =====================  ====================    
Total Delinquency Percentage                    2.6%                   2.0%                   1.6%
REO Properties                      $            365       $            311       $            252

</TABLE>

         Although  the  Master  Servicer's  home  equity  loan  portfolio  has a
relative  lack of seasoning,  the Master  Servicer has  experienced  no realized
losses on its  servicing  portfolio to date.  The figures  stated for 90 days or
more  delinquent  Home Equity Loans include those Home Equity Loans which are in
foreclosure.

                                   THE SELLER

         The  Seller,  First  Greensboro  Capital  Corporation  is  a  Tennessee
corporation.  The principal  executive offices of the Seller are located at 5909
Shelby Oak, Suite 137, Memphis, Tennessee 38139.

                                 THE TRANSFEROR

         First Owner's Trust, Inc., a Tennessee corporation,  a limited purpose,
wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Seller.  The Seller has conveyed its interest in
each Home Equity Loan to the Transferor  which in turn will cause such interests
to be  conveyed  to  the  Depositor.  The  principal  executive  offices  of the
Transferor are located at 5909 Shelby Oak, Suite 137, Memphis, Tennessee 38139.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         Home Equity  Securitization  Corp.,  a North Carolina  corporation  was
incorporated  in the  State of North  Carolina  and is a  wholly-owned,  special
purpose subsidiary of First Union National Bank, a national banking  association
with its  headquarters  in Charlotte,  North Carolina.  The principal  executive
offices of the  Depositor  are located at 301 South  College  Street,  Charlotte
North Carolina 28202-6001.

                           THE MASTER BACKUP SERVICER

         Calmco,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  with its  principal  executive
offices  located  at  301  Congress  Avenue,  Suite  200,  Austin,  Texas  78701
(Telephone number:  (512) 344-3633) will serve as the Master Backup Servicer for
the Home Equity Loans pursuant to the Servicing Agreement (in such capacity, the
"Master  Backup  Servicer").  The  Master  Backup  Servicer  is a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc. As of March 31, 1998, the Master Backup
Servicer had approximately  $10,621,744 in assets,  approximately  $4,624,203 in
liabilities and approximately  $5,997,541 in equity. For the year ended December
31, 1997, the Master Backup  Servicer's  revenue from continuing  operations was
approximately $6.898 million.

         The major business of the Master Backup Servicer has been active in the
acquisition and servicing of  non-performing  and  sub-performing  single family
mortgage loan portfolios acquired from private investors.

                                      S-50

<PAGE>

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME EQUITY LOANS

GENERAL

         The statistical  information  presented in this  Prospectus  Supplement
concerning  the Home Equity  Loans is based on the Initial  Home Equity Loans in
Group I and Group II as of the Cut-Off Date.

         This subsection describes generally certain characteristics of the Home
Equity Loans.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  all  statistical  percentages  in this
Prospectus  Supplement  are measured by the Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the
related Initial Home Equity Loans in the related Group as of the Cut-Off Date.

         The Home Equity Loans are generally not assumable pursuant to the terms
of the related Mortgage Note. SEE "Certain Prepayment and Yield  Considerations"
herein.

         None of the Home Equity  Loans is or will be insured or  guaranteed  by
the Issuer, the Seller, the Transferor,  the Sponsor, the Depositor,  the Master
Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Note Insurer,  any  originator or any of
their  respective  affiliates,  or by any  governmental  agency or other person,
except as described herein.

         As of the Cut-off  Date,  the Group I Home Equity  Loans  consisted  of
1,177  Home  Equity  Loans  with  an  

<PAGE>

Aggregate Principal Balance totaling $72,650,717.11 (the "Initial Group I
Aggregate Principal Balance"), the Group II Home Equity Loans consisted of
1,127 Home Equity Loans with an Aggregate Principal Balance totaling
$75,332,394.79 (the "Initial Group II Aggregate Principal Balance") and the
Home Equity Loans in the Trust Estate consisted of 2,304 Home Equity Loans
with an Aggregate Principal Balance totaling $147,983,111.90 (the "Initial
Aggregate Principal Balance"). As used herein, the term "Aggregate Principal
Balance" means the aggregate of the Principal Balances of the Home Equity Loans
in Group I and Group II in the Trust Estate at the related date of
determination.

     The "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Home Equity Loan is the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, equal to the sum of (a) the original balance of the
Home Equity Loan and (b) the outstanding balance of any senior lien mortgage
divided by the lesser of (x) the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property at
the time of origination (the "Appraised Value") or (y) the sales price of such
Mortgaged Property if such property was sold within 12 months of the time of
loan origination. In a limited number of circumstances, and within the Sponsor's
underwriting guidelines, the Sponsor discounts the Appraised Value of Properties
(when calculating maximum Loan-to-Value Ratios) where the Properties are unique,
have a high value or where the comparables are not within FNMA guidelines. The
purpose for making these reductions is to value the Properties more conserva-
tively than would otherwise be the case if the appraisal were accepted as
written. In the instance where more than one appraisal was performed on the
subject property, the lesser of the two values was used to determine the Loan-
to-Value Ratio and the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio. SEE "Risk Factors--As a
Result of the Underwriting Standards, Home Equity Loans Are Likely to Experience
Rates of Delinquency, Foreclosure and Bankruptcy That Are Higher Than Those
Experienced by Home Equity Loans Underwritten in a More Traditional Manner"
herein.

     No assurance can be given that values of the Properties have remained or
will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related Home
Equity Loans. If the residential real estate market has experienced or should
experience an overall decline in property values such that the outstanding
balances of the Home Equity Loans, together with the outstanding balances of
any first mortgage, become equal to or greater than the value of the Properties,
the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher than
those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.

HOME EQUITY LOAN CHARACTERISTICS--GROUP I

     The Group I Initial Home Equity Loans to be transferred by the Depositor to
the Issuer on the Closing Date will consist of 1,177 home equity loans, of which
1,140 are fixed rate home equity loans and 37 are adjustable rate home equity
loans, evidenced by promissory notes (the "Mortgage Notes") secured by first
and second lien deeds of trust, security deeds or mortgages, which are located
in 22 states. The aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the fixed rate
Group I Initial Home Equity Loans as of the Cutoff Date is $69,729,875.15 or
95.98% of the

                                      S-51

<PAGE>

Aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the Group I Initial  Home  Equity  Loans;  the
aggregate  outstanding  Principal Balance of the Group I Adjustable Rate Initial
Home  Equity  Loans  as of the  Cutoff  Date is  $2,920,841.96  or  4.02% of the
aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the Group I Initial  Home  Equity  Loans.  The
Properties  securing  the  Group  I  Home  Equity  Loans  consist  primarily  of
one-to-four family residential properties.  The Properties may be owner-occupied
and non-owner occupied investment properties (which includes second and vacation
homes).  All of the  Group I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  were  originated  or
purchased  on or after  November  27,  1996.  Group I Initial  Home Equity Loans
aggregating  94.62% of the aggregate  Principal  Balances of the Group I Initial
Home  Equity  Loans as of the  Cut-Off  Date are  secured by first  liens on the
related  properties,  and the  remaining  Group I Initial  Home Equity Loans are
secured by second  liens on the related  properties.  No Combined  Loan-to-Value
Ratio  relating to any Group I Initial Home Equity Loan  exceeded 100% as of the
Cut-Off  Date  except  for 18  loans  with an  aggregate  Principal  Balance  of
$537,716.75 (or 0.74% of the Group I Initial Aggregate  Principal Balance of the
Group I Initial Home Equity Loans), which had a Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio not
greater  than 125%.  None of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans is insured by
pool  mortgage  insurance  policies  or  primary  mortgage  insurance  policies;
however,  certain  payments of principal and interest due to the Noteholders are
insured by the Note Insurer pursuant to the Note Insurance Policy. SEE "The Note
Insurer--Note Insurance Policy" herein.

     As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Principal  Balance  of the Group I
Initial  Home Equity  Loans was  $61,725.33.  The minimum and maximum  Principal
Balances of the Group I Initial  Home Equity  Loans as of the Cut-Off  Date were
$6,964.18 and  $225,024.51,  respectively.  As of the Cut-Off Date, the interest
rates (the "Coupon  Rates") of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans ranged from
7,70% to 17.99%;  the weighted  average  Coupon Rate of the Group I Initial Home
Equity  Loans  was   approximately   10.285%;   the  weighted  average  Combined
Loan-to-Value  Ratio of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans was  approximately
80.24%;  the weighted average  remaining term to maturity of the Group I Initial
Home Equity  Loans was  approximately  279 months;  and the  remaining  terms to
maturity of the Group I Initial  Home Equity  Loans ranged from 59 months to 360
months. As of the Cut-Off Date,  approximately 94.62% of the aggregate Principal
Balance of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans were secured by first mortgages
and  approximately  5.38% of the  aggregate  Principal  Balance  of the  Group I
Initial Home Equity Loans were secured by second mortgages. Group I Initial Home
Equity Loans containing  "balloon" payments  represented  approximately 3.24% of
the aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group I Initial Home Equity  Loans.  No
Group  I  Initial   Home  Equity  Loan  will  mature  later  than  June,1  2028.
Approximately  0.79% of the  Group I  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans by  Principal
Balance as of the Cut-Off Date were  greater than or equal to 30 days,  but less
than 60 days, past due as of the Cut-Off Date.  Approximately 0.06% of the Group
I Initial  Home Equity  Loans by  Principal  Balance as of the Cut-Off Date were
greater  than or  equal to 60 days,  but less  than 90 days,  past due as of the
Cut-Off Date. However, investors in the Notes should be aware that 57.28% of the
Group I Initial Home Equity Loans by Initial  Aggregate  Principal Balance had a
first monthly payment due on or after May 1,1998 and it was not possible for
such Initial  Home  Equity  Loans to be more than 30 days past due as of the
Cut-Off Date.

     The Group I Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loans bear interest  rates
relating to payments that on the first payment date after a period of six months
(except for 28 loans with an aggregate  Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date
of $2,219,357.67  that adjust 24 months after the first payment date and have an
initial  cap of 1.00% above the  related  initial  Coupon  Rate)  following  the
related  first  payment  date adjust  based on the  six-month  London  Interbank
Offered Rate based on  quotations of major banks as published in The Wall Street
Journal.  The Group I Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans have semi-annual
interest rate and payment  adjustment  frequencies after the first interest rate
adjustment date. As of the initial Cut-Off Date, the weighted average  remaining
period to the next interest rate adjustment date for the Group I Adjustable Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was  approximately 17 months.  Each Group I Adjustable
Rate Initial Home Equity Loan will have an initial  payment  adjustment 6 months
after the first payment date, an initial cap of 1.00% above the related  initial
Coupon Rate (except for 28 loans with an aggregate  Principal  Balance as of the
Cut-Off Date of $2,219,357.67 that adjust 24 months after the first payment date
and have an initial cap of 1.00% above the related  initial  Coupon  Rate) and a
semi-annual  rate  adjustment cap of 1.00% above the then current  interest rate
for such Group I Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loan. The weighted  average
Coupon  Rate of the  Group I  Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans was
approximately  9.85%  per  annum.  The  interest  rates  borne  by the  Group  I
Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home Equity  Loans as of the Cut-Off Date ranged from
7.70% per annum to 12.35% per annum.  The Group I  Adjustable  Rate Initial Home
Equity  Loans had a weighted  average  gross  margin as of the  Cut-Off  Date of
approximately  6.27%.  The initial gross margin for the Group I Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans  ranged from 4.80% to 8.65%.  As of the Cut-Off  Date,
the Maximum  Rates at which  interest may accrue on the Group I Adjustable  Rate

                                      S-52

<PAGE>


Initial Home Equity Loans ranged from 13.70% per annum to 18.35% per annum.  The
Group I Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans had a weighted average Maximum
Rate as of the Cut-Off Date of approximately  15.85 per annum. As of the Cut-Off
Date,  the Minimum Rates at which  interest may accrue on the Group I Adjustable
Rate Initial Home Equity ranged from 7.70% per annum to 12.35% per annum.

HOME EQUITY LOAN CHARACTERISTICS - GROUP II

     The Group II Initial Home Equity Loans to be  transferred  by the Depositor
to the Issuer on the Closing  Date will consist of 1,127 home equity  loans,  of
which 1,092 are fixed rate home equity loans and 35 are Group II Adjustable Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans,  evidenced by the Mortgage Notes secured by first and
second lien deeds of trust, security deeds or mortgages, which are located in 27
states. The aggregate  outstanding  Principal Balance of the fixed rate Group II
Initial Home Equity Loans as of the Cutoff Date is  $71,695,911.63  or 95.17% of
the aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans; the
aggregate  outstanding Principal Balance of the Group II Adjustable Rate Initial
Home  Equity  Loans  as of the  Cutoff  Date is  $3,636,483.16  or  4.83% of the
aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group II Initial  Home  Equity  Loans.  The
Properties  securing  the  Group  II Home  Equity  Loans  consist  primarily  of
one-to-four family residential properties.  The Properties may be owner-occupied
and non-owner occupied investment properties (which includes second and vacation
homes).  All of the Group II  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans  were  originated  or
purchased  on or after  December  31,  1996.  Group II Initial Home Equity Loans
aggregating  92.07% of the aggregate  Principal Balances of the Group II Initial
Home  Equity  Loans as of the  Cut-Off  Date (the  "Group II  Initial  Aggregate
Principal  Balance") are secured by first liens on the related  properties,  and
the remaining  Group II Initial Home Equity Loans are secured by second liens on
the related properties. No Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio relating to any Group II
Initial  Home Equity  Loan  exceeded  100% as of the Cut-Off  Date except for 17
loans with an aggregate  Principal Balance of $574,731.22 (or 0.76% of the Group
II Initial  Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group II  Initial  Home  Equity
Loans), which had a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio not greater than 125.01%. None
of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans is insured by pool mortgage  insurance
policies or primary mortgage insurance  policies;  however,  certain payments of
principal  and interest due to the  Noteholders  are insured by the Note Insurer
pursuant to the Note Insurance  Policy.  SEE "The Note  Insurer--Note  Insurance
Policy" herein.

     As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Principal  Balance of the Group II
Initial  Home Equity  Loans was  $66,843.30.  The minimum and maximum  Principal
Balances of the Group II Initial  Home Equity  Loans as of the Cut-Off Date were
$6,762.38 and  $698,651.66,  respectively.  As of the Cut-Off  Date,  the Coupon
Rates" of the Group II Initial  Home Equity  Loans  ranged from 7.55% to 16.59%;
the weighted  average  Coupon Rate of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans was
approximately  10.315%; the weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the
Group II Initial  Home  Equity  Loans was  approximately  80.57%;  the  weighted
average remaining term to maturity of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans was
approximately  286 months;  and the remaining  terms to maturity of the Group II
Initial Home Equity Loans ranged from 57 months to 360 months. As of the Cut-Off
Date,  approximately  92.07% of the aggregate  Principal Balance of the Group II
Initial  Home Equity  Loans were secured by first  mortgages  and  approximately
7.93% of the  aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Group II Initial  Home Equity
Loans were  secured by second  mortgages.  Group II Initial  Home  Equity  Loans
containing "balloon" payments  represented  approximately 3.35% of the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans. No Group II Initial
Home Equity Loan will mature later than June 5, 2028. Approximately 1.44% of the
Group II Initial Home Equity  Loans by Principal  Balance as of the Cut-Off Date
were greater than or equal to 30 days, but less than 60 days, past due as of the
Cut-Off Date.  Approximately  0.06% of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans by
Principal  Balance as of the Cut-Off Date were greater than or equal to 60 days,
but less than 90 days,  past due as of the Cut-Off Date.  However,  investors in
the Notes  should be aware that 54.11% of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans
by Initial  Aggregate  Principal  Balance had a first monthly  payment due on or
after May 1, 1998 and it was not  possible for such Initial Home Equity Loans to
be more than 30 days past due as of the Cut-Off Date.

     The Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loans bear interest rates
relating to payments that on the first payment date after a period of six months
(except for 24 loans with an aggregate  Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date
of $2,748,209.20  that adjust 24 months after the first payment date and have an
initial  cap of 1.00% above the  related  initial  Coupon  Rate)  following  the
related  first  payment  date adjust  based on the  six-month  London  Interbank
Offered Rate based on  quotations of major banks as published in The Wall Street
Journal. The Group II Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans have semi-annual
interest rate and payment  adjustment  frequencies after the first interest rate
adjustment date. As of the initial Cut-Off Date, the weighted average


                                      S-53

<PAGE>

remaining  period to the next  interest  rate  adjustment  date for the Group II
Adjustable  Rate  Initial Home Equity Loans was  approximately  17 months.  Each
Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loan will have an initial  payment
adjustment 6 months after the first  payment date, an initial cap of 1.00% above
the related initial Coupon Rate (except for 24 loans with an aggregate Principal
Balance as of the Cut-Off Date of $2,748,209.20  that adjust 24 months after the
first  payment  date and have an initial cap of 1.00% above the related  initial
Coupon  Rate) and a  semi-annual  rate  adjustment  cap of 1.00%  above the then
current  interest  rate for such Group II  Adjustable  Rate  Initial Home Equity
Loan. The weighted  average Coupon Rate of the Group II Adjustable  Rate Initial
Home Equity Loans was approximately 9.55% per annum. The interest rates borne by
the Group II  Adjustable  Rate  Initial Home Equity Loans as of the Cut-Off Date
ranged from 7.55% per annum to 11.25% per annum.  The Group II  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans had a weighted  average gross margin as of the Cut-Off
Date  of  approximately  6.00%.  The  initial  gross  margin  for the  Group  II
Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loans ranged from 4.80% to 8.45%. As of the
Cut-Off  Date,  the Maximum  Rates at which  interest may accrue on the Group II
Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans ranged from 13.55% per annum to 17.25%
per annum. The Group II Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans had a weighted
average Maximum Rate as of the Cut-Off Date of  approximately  15.54% per annum.
As of the Cut-Off Date,  the Minimum  Rates at which  interest may accrue on the
Group II  Adjustable  Rate  Initial  Home Equity  ranged from 7.55% per annum to
11.25% per annum.

     Set  forth  below in the  following  tables  are  descriptions  of  certain
additional  characteristics  of the Initial  Home Equity Loans as of the Cut-Off
Date (except as  otherwise  indicated).  The  information  expressed  below as a
percentage of the Initial Aggregate  Principal Balance may not total 100% due to
rounding.

       SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>   <C>
Aggregate Number of Initial Home Equity Loans                                            1,177

Principal Balance
     Aggregate Principal Balance                                               $ 72,650,717.11
     Average Principal Balance                                                     $ 61,725.33
     Range of Principal Balances                                   $  6,964.18 - $  225,024.51
Coupon Rates
     Weighted Average Coupon Rate                                                      10.285%
     Range of Coupon Rates                                                    7.700% - 17.990%
Original Term to Maturity
     Weighted Average Original Term to Maturity                                            280
     Range of Original Terms to Maturity                                       60 - 360 Months
Remaining Term to Maturity
     Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity                                           279
     Range of Remaining Term to Maturity                                       59 - 360 Months
Percentage of Fixed Rate Home Equity Loans                                              95.98%
Percentage of Group I Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity                                4.02%
Loans
Percentage of First Lien Initial Home Equity Loans                                      94.62%
Percentage of Second Lien Initial Home Equity Loans                                      5.38%

</TABLE>

                                    S-54
<PAGE>

           PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>

  RANGE OF                                                 NUMBER OF               AGGREGATE       PERCENTAGE OF
  PRINCIPAL                                            GROUP I INITIAL               UNPAID       GROUP I INITIAL
  BALANCES                                                HOME EQUITY              PRINCIPAL         AGGREGATE
  ---------                                                  LOANS                  BALANCE          PRINCIPAL
                                                         -------------             ---------         BALANCES
                                                                                                  ---------------
$  5,000.01      - 10,000.00                                    10          $      95,469.08           0.13%
  10,000.01      - 15,000.00                                    28                373,591.70           0.51%
  15,000.01      - 20,000.00                                    37                660,037.90           0.91%
  20,000.01      - 25,000.00                                    45              1,040,260.06           1.43%
  25,000.01      - 30,000.00                                    59              1,665,775.92           2.29%
  30,000.01      - 35,000.00                                    60              1,959,701.22           2.70%
  35,000.01      - 40,000.00                                    72              2,732,361.66           3.76%
  40,000.01      - 45,000.00                                    70              3,008,088.42           4.14%
  45,000.01      - 50,000.00                                    82              3,939,690.56           5.42%
  50,000.01      - 55,000.00                                    90              4,714,044.41           6.49%
  55,000.01      - 60,000.00                                   113              6,549,585.34           9.02%
  60,000.01      - 65,000.00                                    82              5,117,397.87           7.04%
  65,000.01      - 70,000.00                                    79              5,337,520.04           7.35%
  70,000.01      - 75,000.00                                    58              4,194,173.88           5.77%
  75,000.01      - 80,000.00                                    48              3,704,159.48           5.10%
  80,000.01      - 85,000.00                                    28              2,317,269.51           3.19%
  85,000.01      - 90,000.00                                    35              3,073,498.70           4.23%
  90,000.01      - 95,000.00                                    23              2,129,133.10           2.93%
  95,000.01      -100,000.00                                    26              2,536,042.27           3.49%
 100,000.01      -125,000.00                                    66              7,365,133.10          10.14%
 125,000.01      -150,000.00                                    39              5,284,187.24           7.27%
 150,000.01      -200,000.00                                    22              3,766,242.02           5.18%
 200,000.01      -250,000.00                                     5              1,087,353.63           1.50%
                                                             -----          ----------------         -------
      Total                                                  1,177            $72,650,717.11         100.00%

</TABLE>

         As of the Cut-Off Date,  the average  Principal  Balance of the Group I
Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately $61,725.33.

                                      S-55
 
<PAGE>

              COUPON RATES OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
 
RANGE OF COUPON                                         NUMBER OF               AGGREGATE          PERCENTAGE OF
   RATES(%)                                          GROUP I INITIAL              UNPAID            GROUP I INITIAL
- ---------------                                         HOME EQUITY              PRINCIPAL           AGGREGATE
                                                          LOANS                   BALANCE            PRINCIPAL 
                                                    -----------------         ----------------        BALANCES
                                                                                                  ---------------
  7.51       -  8.00                                         1             $     32,025.34             0.04%
  8.01       -  8.50                                        62                5,210,029.93             7.17%    
  8.51       -  9.00                                       123                9,715,898.93            13.37%
  9.01       -  9.50                                       149               10,156,914.88            13.98%
  9.51       - 10.00                                       222               14,846,585.61            20.44%
 10.01       - 10.50                                       139                8,443,926.40            11.62%
 10.51       - 11.00                                       133                8,117,035.69            11.17%
 11.01       - 11.50                                        90                5,381,961.45             7.41%
 11.51       - 12.00                                        88                4,066,900.34             5.60%
 12.01       - 12.50                                        54                2,399,012.69             3.30%
 12.51       - 13.00                                        40                1,656,059.20             2.28%
 13.01       - 13.50                                        13                  492,951.93             0.68%
 13.51       - 14.00                                        20                  864,944.50             1.19%
 14.01       - 14.50                                         6                  249,677.55             0.34%
 14.51       - 15.00                                        12                  339,603.74             0.47%
 15.01       - 15.50                                         8                  262,252.74             0.36%
 15.51       - 16.00                                        12                  271,523.77             0.37%
 16.01       - 16.50                                         2                   58,753.06             0.08%
 16.51       - 17.00                                         1                   24,989.34             0.03%
 17.01       - 17.50                                         1                   13,686.82             0.02%
 17.51       - 18.00                                         1                   45,983.20             0.06%
                                                         -----               --------------           ------
              Total                                      1,177              $72,650,717.11           100.00%

 </TABLE>
 
         As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average Coupon Rate of the Group I
Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 10.29% per annum.

                                      S-56
<PAGE>


 ORIGINAL COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>

   RANGE OF ORIGINAL            NUMBER OF              AGGREGATE          PERCENTAGE OF
 COMBINED ORIGINAL LOAN-     GROUP I INITIAL            UNPAID           GROUP I INITIAL 
    TO-VALUE RATIOS(%)         HOME EQUITY             PRINCIPAL          AGGREGATE    
- ------------------------          LOANS                 BALANCE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE 
                             ---------------          ----------       -------------------
      15.01     -  20.00                  3      $     78,216.40            0.11%

      20.01     -  25.00                  2            39,760.03            0.05%

      25.01     -  30.00                  4            78,071.89            0.11%

      30.01     -  35.00                  8           215,434.02            0.30%

      35.01     -  40.00                 11           323,575.99            0.45%

      40.01     -  45.00                 10           315,464.62            0.43%

      45.01     -  50.00                 11           436,537.11            0.60%

      50.01     -  55.00                 16           914,013.46            1.26%

      55.01     -  60.00                 18           743,487.49            1.02%

      60.01     -  65.00                 45         2,385,008.63            3.28%

      65.01     -  70.00                 76         3,812,303.12            5.25%

      70.01     -  75.00                116         6,651,737.70            9.16%

      75.01     -  80.00                491        30,247,766.32           41.63%

      80.01     -  85.00                119         8,437,495.69           11.61%

      85.01     -  90.00                144        11,426,574.39           15.73%

      90.01     -  95.00                 64         5,407,653.84            7.44%

      95.01     or greater               39         1,137,616.41            1.57%
                                --------------  ----------------- ---------------
     Total                            1,177      $ 72,650,717.11          100.00%

</TABLE>

         The weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of the
Group I Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 80.24%.

                                     S-57

<PAGE>

      REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

    MONTHS REMAINING TO     NUMBER OF              AGGREGATE       PERCENTAGE OF
     MATURITY (MONTHS)     GROUP 1 INITIAL          UNPAID       GROUP I INITIAL
    -------------------     HOME EQUITY            PRINCIPAL        AGGREGATE
                              LOANS                 BALANCE         PRINCIPAL
                           ---------------         ---------         BALANCE
                                                                 ---------------
       49  -   60                4             $   89,823.47              0.12%
       61  -   72                1                 30,595.34              0.04%
       73  -   84                7                126,573.16              0.17%
       85  -   96                1                 47,968.03              0.07%
       97  -  108                1                 32,925.17              0.05%
      109  -  120               53              1,847,496.81              2.54%
      133  -  144                4                142,675.65              0.20%
      157  -  168                1                 13,686.82              0.02%
      169  -  180              302             14,176,778.96             19.51%
      181  -  192                1                 85,798.12              0.12%
      217  -  228                1                 16,600.56              0.02%
      229  -  240              178             10,375,840.90             14.28%
      289  -  300              358             23,432,921.89             32.25%
      325  -  336                4                257,021.01              0.35%
      353  -  356               28              2,015,807.99              2.77%
      357                       40              3,315,356.23              4.56%
      358                       58              5,282,903.66              7.27%
      359                       59              5,184,832.74              7.14%
      360                       76              6,175,110.60              8.50%
                          ----------------- ------------------- ----------------
         Total               1,177            $72,650,717.11            100.00%



         As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity
of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 279 months.

  
                                    S-58
<PAGE>

 GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF PROPERTIES OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

 
                                                                PERCENTAGE OF
                             NUMBER OF          AGGREGATE       GROUP I INITIAL
                          GROUP 1 INITIAL        UNPAID           AGGREGATE
                           HOME EQUITY          PRINCIPAL         PRINCIPAL 
     STATE                     LOANS             BALANCE           BALANCE
- --------------------      ---------------   ----------------    ---------------
Arkansas                         93         $   6,112,266.18             8.41%
Florida                          31             1,850,675.65             2.55%
Georgia                          46             2,932,475.95             4.04%
Idaho                            12             1,043,056.67             1.44%
Illinois                         24             1,382,898.86             1.90%
Indiana                           6               342,586.04             0.47%
Kansas                            4               366,004.80             0.50%
Kentucky                          3               178,240.44             0.25%
Mississippi                       4               188,625.10             0.26%
Missouri                         22             1,217,454.83             1.68%
New Mexico                        2               174,901.31             0.24%
North Carolina                  402            25,497,300.90            35.10%
Oklahoma                         45             2,011,433.26             2.77%
Oregon                            1                99,563.00             0.14%
South Carolina                   76             4,264,205.04             5.87%
Tennessee                        41             2,714,562.71             3.74%
Texas                            53             2,699,895.62             3.72%
Utah                             63             5,668,309.07             7.80%
Virginia                        229            12,599,298.11            17.34%
West Virginia                     5               243,315.69             0.33%
Wisconsin                        14               970,147.88             1.34%
Wyoming                           1                93,500.00             0.13%
                              -----            -------------           -------
   Total                      1,177         $  72,650,717.11           100.00%

     No more than 2.06% of the Group I Initial Home Equity Loans will be secured
by Properties located in any one zip code area.

                                  
          TYPES OF PROPERTIES OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>

    TYPE                         NUMBER OF GROUP I             AGGREGATE UNPAID          PERCENTAGE OF GROUP I
    ----                        INITIAL HOME EQUITY            PRINCIPAL BALANCE            INITIAL AGGREGATE
                                         LOANS                -------------------           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                  -------------------                                    ---------------------

Single Family                               985                $      61,494,903.80                    84.64%
2-4 Unit                                      6                          385,732.71                     0.53%
Condominium                                   6                          263,093.61                     0.36%
Manufactured Home                           163                        9,162,639.03                    12.61%
Mixed Use                                     1                          128,700.00                     0.18%
PUD                                          16                        1,215,647.96                     1.67%
                                          -----                --------------------                  --------
     Total                                1,177                $      72,650,717.11                   100.00%

                                      S-59
<PAGE>

            OCCUPANCY STATUS OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                               NUMBER OF            AGGREGATE    GROUP I INITIAL
                            GROUP I INITIAL          UNPAID         AGGREGATE
                              HOME EQUITY          PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL 
   OCCUPANCY                    LOANS               BALANCE          BALANCE
- --------------------       ---------------     ---------------   ---------------                  
Non-Owner Occupied homes           53          $  2,583,986.51        3.56%
Owner Occupied                  1,124            70,066,730.60       96.44%
                                -----          ---------------       ------
     Total                      1,177          $ 72,650,717.11       100.00%



          DOCUMENTATION TYPES OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

  DOCUMENTATION TYPE           NUMBER OF           AGGREGATE     PERCENTAGE OF
  -------------------        GROUP I INITIAL        UNPAID      GROUP I INITIAL
                               HOME EQUITY         PRINCIPAL      AGGREGATE
                                 LOANS              BALANCE       PRINCIPAL
                             ---------------       ---------       BALANCE
                                                                ---------------
Full Documentation              1,100          $ 66,733,196.02          91.85%
NIQ Documentation                  70             5,567,609.76           7.66%
Stated 1003 Documentation           7               349,911.33           0.48%
                                -----          ---------------          -------     
     Total                      1,177          $ 72,650,717.11          100.00%



                PURPOSE OF THE GROUP I INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                          NUMBER OF          AGGREGATE       GROUP I INITIAL
                       GROUP I INITIAL        UNPAID           AGGREGATE
                        HOME EQUITY          PRINCIPAL         PRINCIPAL 
   LOAN PURPOSE             LOANS             BALANCE           BALANCE
- --------------------   ---------------   ----------------    ---------------                  
Cashout Refinance            773          $ 45,566,599.37         62.72%
No Cashout Refinance         321            20,857,885.01         28.71%
Purchase                      83             6,226,232.73          8.57%
                           -----         ----------------        -------
     Total                 1,177          $ 72,650,717.11        100.00%

                                      S-60

<PAGE>
        DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP I ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                BY GROSS MARGINS

                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                   AGGREGATE
                       NUMBER OF GROUP I                       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                        ADJUSTABLE RATE                           OF GROUP I
      RANGE OF            INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
    GROSS MARGIN          EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- --------------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
 4.51   -   5.00               2             $   90,320.61           3.09%
- --------------------
 5.01   -   5.50              15              1,092,961.63          37.42%
- --------------------
 5.51   -   6.00               5                536,846.03          18.38%
- --------------------
 6.01   -   6.50               4                274,705.61           9.41%
- --------------------
 6.51   -   7.00               2                138,178.71           4.73%
- --------------------
 7.01   -   7.50               3                168,911.69           5.78%
- --------------------
 7.51   -   8.00               3                312,119.44          10.69%
- --------------------
 8.01   -   8.50               2                167,509.47           5.73%
- --------------------
 8.51   -   9.00               1                139,288.77           4.77%
- --------------------
       Total                  37            $ 2,920,841.96         100.00%
- --------------------

         The  weighted  average  Gross  Margin for the Group I  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 6.27%.



        DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP I ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                 BY MAXIMUM RATE

                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                   AGGREGATE
                       NUMBER OF GROUP I                       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                        ADJUSTABLE RATE                           OF GROUP I
      RANGE OF            INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
   MAXIMUM RATE %         EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- --------------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
   13.51  -  14.00           1             $   32,025.34            1.10%
- -----------------------
   14.01  -  14.50            3                138,699.71            4.75%
- -----------------------
   14.51  -  15.00            5                437,217.31           14.97%
- -----------------------
   15.01  -  15.50            7                501,597.90           17.17%
- -----------------------
   15.51  -  16.00           10                886,982.06           30.37%
- -----------------------
   16.01  -  16.50            2                 74,416.31            2.55%
- -----------------------
   16.51  -  17.00            3                314,050.17           10.75%
- -----------------------
   17.01  -  17.50            4                406,928.61           13.93%
- -----------------------
   18.01  -  18.50            2                128,924.55            4.41%
- -----------------------
          Total              37            $ 2,920,841.96          100.00%
- -----------------------

         The  weighted  average  Maximum  Rate for the Group I  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 15.85%.



                                      S-61
<PAGE>


        DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP I ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                 BY MINIMUM RATE

                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                   AGGREGATE
                       NUMBER OF GROUP I                       PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                        ADJUSTABLE RATE                           OF GROUP I
       RANGE OF           INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
    MAXIMUM RATE %        EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- --------------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
    7.51   -   8.00           1             $   32,025.34           1.10%
- -----------------------
    8.01   -   8.50           3                138,699.71           4.75%
- -----------------------
    8.51   -   9.00           5                437,217.31          14.97%
- -----------------------
    9.01   -   9.50           7                501,597.90          17.17%
- -----------------------
    9.51   -   10.00         10                886,982.06          30.37%
- -----------------------
   10.01   -   10.50          2                 74,416.31           2.55%
- -----------------------
   10.51   -   11.00          3                314,050.17          10.75%
- -----------------------
   11.01   -   11.50          4                406,928.61          13.93%
- -----------------------
   12.01   -   12.50          2                128,924.55           4.41%
- -----------------------
          Total              37          $   2,920,841.96         100.00%
- -----------------------

         The  weighted  average  Minimum  Rate for the Group I  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 9.85%.

</TABLE>


      SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

Aggregate Number of Initial Home Equity Loans                          1,127
Principal Balance
     Aggregate Principal Balance                              $75,332,394.79
     Average Principal Balance                                    $66,843.30
     Range of Principal Balances                     $6,762.38 - $698,651.66
Coupon Rates
     Weighted Average Coupon Rate                                    10.315%
     Range of Coupon Rates                                  7.550% - 16.590%
Original Term to Maturity
     Weighted Average Original Term to Maturity                          287
     Range of Original Terms to Maturity                     60 - 360 Months
Remaining Term to Maturity
     Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity                         286
     Range of Remaining Term to Maturity                     57 - 360 Months
Percentage of Fixed Rate Home Equity Loans                            95.17%
Percentage of Group II Adjustable Rate Initial Home                    4.83%
Equity Loans
Percentage of First Lien Initial Home Equity Loans                    92.07%
Percentage of Second Lien Initial Home Equity Loans                    7.93%


                                      S-62
<PAGE>


          PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   `                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                        NUMBER OF GROUP II                        GROUP II
      RANGE OF             INITIAL HOME    AGGREGATE UNPAID  AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
PRINCIPAL BALANCES         EQUITY LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE      BALANCES
- ----------------------- -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S><C>  
$  5,000.01 - 10,000.00            4       $   35,529.98           0.05%
- ----------------------- 
  10,000.01 - 15,000.00           31          413,527.01           0.55%
- ----------------------- 
  15,000.01 - 20,000.00           54          966,161.55           1.28%
- ----------------------- 
  20,000.01 - 25,000.00           55        1,246,236.17           1.65%
- ----------------------- 
  25,000.01 - 30,000.00           59        1,635,299.80           2.17%
- ----------------------- 
  30,000.01 - 35,000.00           55        1,791,777.48           2.38%
- ----------------------- 
  35,000.01 - 40,000.00           67        2,551,884.27           3.39%
- ----------------------- 
  40,000.01 - 45,000.00           78        3,357,861.12           4.46%
- ----------------------- 
  45,000.01 - 50,000.00           70        3,362,938.71           4.46%
- ----------------------- 
  50,000.01 - 55,000.00           66        3,485,104.02           4.63%
- ----------------------- 
  55,000.01 - 60,000.00           95        5,503,919.86           7.31%
- ----------------------- 
  60,000.01 - 65,000.00           76        4,755,642.79           6.31%
- ----------------------- 
  65,000.01 - 70,000.00           70        4,718,274.07           6.26%
- ----------------------- 
  70,000.01 - 75,000.00           50        3,640,479.97           4.83%
- ----------------------- 
  75,000.01 - 80,000.00           44        3,414,656.34           4.53%
- ----------------------- 
  80,000.01 - 85,000.00           33        2,726,968.54           3.62%
- ----------------------- 
  85,000.01 - 90,000.00           27        2,354,998.88           3.13%
- ----------------------- 
  90,000.01 - 95,000.00           20        1,853,261.58           2.46%
- -----------------------   
  95,000.01 -100,000.00           24        2,331,657.20           3.10%
- -----------------------  
 100,000.01 -125,000.00           58        6,513,191.78           8.65%
- -----------------------  
 125,000.01 -150,000.00           33        4,366,567.91           5.80%
- -----------------------  
 150,000.01 -200,000.00           28        4,796,240.94           6.37%
- -----------------------  
 200,000.01 -250,000.00           12        2,734,255.54           3.63%
- -----------------------  
 250,000.01 -300,000.00            9        2,471,654.52           3.28%
- -----------------------  
 300,000.01 -350,000.00            2          655,886.18           0.87%
- -----------------------  
 350,000.01 -400,000.00            1          365,750.00           0.49%
- -----------------------  
 400,000.01 -450,000.00            1          427,000.00           0.57%
- -----------------------  
 450,000.01 -500,000.00            3        1,463,684.53           1.94%
- -----------------------  
 650,000.00 -700,000.00            2        1,391,984.05           1.85%
- ----------------------- --------------------------------------------------------  
      Total                    1,127      $75,332,394.79         100.00%
- -----------------------  
</TABLE>

         As of the Cut-Off Date, the average  Principal  Balance of the Group II
Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately $66,843.30.



                                      S-63
<PAGE>

             COUPON RATES OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

 RANGE OF COUPON   NUMBER OF GROUP II    AGGREGATE UNPAID      PERCENTAGE OF
    RATES (%)         INITIAL HOME      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    GROUP II INITIAL
                      EQUITY LOANS                               AGGREGATE
                                                            PRINCIPAL BALANCES
- ----------------   ------------------  ------------------   ------------------
 7.51 -  8.00            1             $     69,792.32            0.09%
- ----------------                                                       
 8.01 -  8.50           67                8,270,809.18           10.98%
- ----------------                                                       
 8.51 -  9.00          111               10,755,925.88           14.28%
- ----------------                                                       
 9.01 -  9.50          108                7,579,747.23           10.06%
- ----------------                                                       
 9.51 - 10.00          182               13,015,221.00           17.28%
- ----------------                                                       
10.01 - 10.50          126                8,453,756.46           11.22%
- ----------------                                                       
10.51 - 11.00          157                9,398,446.80           12.48%
- ----------------                                                       
11.01 - 11.50           84                5,044,671.23            6.70%
- ----------------                                                       
11.51 - 12.00           99                4,762,204.01            6.32%
- ----------------                                                       
12.01 - 12.50           50                2,833,106.84            3.76%
- ----------------                                                       
12.51 - 13.00           28                1,068,490.34            1.42%
- ----------------                                                       
13.01 - 13.50           21                1,087,130.78            1.44%
- ----------------                                                       
13.51 - 14.00           28                1,096,014.57            1.45%
- ----------------                                                       
14.01 - 14.50           12                  444,658.31            0.59%
- ----------------                                                       
14.51 - 15.00           22                  645,610.03            0.86%
- ----------------                                                       
15.01 - 15.50           12                  334,121.21            0.44%
- ----------------                                                       
15.51 - 16.00           16                  399,194.03            0.53%
- ----------------                                                       
16.01 - 16.50            2                   57,501.06            0.08%
- ----------------                                                       
16.51 - 17.00            1                   15,993.51            0.02%
- ----------------                                                 
                   ------------------  ------------------   --------------------
         Total       1,127             $ 75,332,394.79       100.00%


         As of the Cut-Off Date,  the weighted  average Coupon Rate of the Group
II Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 10.32% per annum.



                                      S-64
<PAGE>

                  ORIGINAL COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS OF THE
                       GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

    RANGE OF       NUMBER OF GROUP II    AGGREGATE UNPAID      PERCENTAGE OF
ORIGINAL COMBINED     INITIAL HOME      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    GROUP II INITIAL
ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-     EQUITY LOANS                               AGGREGATE
VALUE RATIOS (%)                                            PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------  ------------------   -----------------   ------------------
15.01  -  20.00               1         $     12,000.00            0.02%
- -------------------
25.01  -  30.00               2               27,000.00            0.04%
- -------------------
30.01  -  35.00              12              302,333.57            0.40%
- -------------------
35.01  -  40.00               7              198,210.16            0.26%
- -------------------
40.01  -  45.00              13              504,937.52            0.67%
- -------------------
45.01  -  50.00              16              625,136.82            0.83%
- -------------------
50.01  -  55.00              21              783,966.81            1.04%
- -------------------
55.01  -  60.00              18            1,303,391.66            1.73%
- -------------------
60.01  -  65.00              33            2,326,444.00            3.09%
- -------------------
65.01  -  70.00              64            3,340,920.07            4.43%
- -------------------
70.01  -  75.00             128            7,305,143.47            9.70%
- -------------------
75.01  -  80.00             431           28,815,623.45           38.25%
- -------------------
80.01  -  85.00             109            8,846,082.60           11.74%
- -------------------
85.01  -  90.00             152           13,657,663.88           18.13%
- -------------------
90.01  -  95.00              64            5,376,511.82            7.14%
- -------------------
95.01  or greater            56            1,907,028.96            2.53%
- -----------------  ------------------   -----------------   ------------------
     Total                1,127         $ 75,332,394.79          100.00%

         The weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of the
Group II Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 80.57%.

                                      S-65
<PAGE>

      REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

                   NUMBER OF GROUP II    AGGREGATE UNPAID      PERCENTAGE OF
MONTHS REMAINING      INITIAL HOME      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    GROUP II INITIAL
  TO MATURITY         EQUITY LOANS                               AGGREGATE
   (MONTHS)                                                 PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------  ------------------   -----------------   ------------------
 49  -   60                  4             $   54,398.53              0.07%
- ------------------
 61  -   72                  1                 27,000.00              0.04%
- ------------------
 73  -   84                  8                216,043.84              0.29%
- ------------------
109  -  120                 47              1,359,708.38              1.80%
- ------------------
133  -  144                  6                280,202.96              0.37%
- ------------------
145  -  156                  2                113,711.56              0.15%
- ------------------
169  -  180                325             14,664,283.40             19.47%
- ------------------
193  -  204                  1                 88,315.28              0.12%
- ------------------
217  -  228                  3                 98,089.78              0.13%
- ------------------
229  -  240                142              8,365,144.92             11.10%
- ------------------
289  -  300                311             21,966,502.41             29.16%
- ------------------
325  -  336                  1                 75,854.11              0.10%
- ------------------
337  -  348                  6                664,716.50              0.88%
- ------------------
349  -  352                  1                280,427.65              0.37%
- ------------------
353  -  356                 27              3,153,909.23              4.19%
- ------------------
357                         36              4,488,096.77              5.96%
- ------------------
358                         72              6,624,549.02              8.79%
- ------------------
359                         50              4,554,348.90              6.05%
- ------------------
360                         84              8,257,091.55             10.96%
- ----------------  ------------------   -----------------   ------------------
   Total                 1,127           $ 75,332,394.79            100.00%

         As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average  remaining  terms  to
maturity of the Group II Initial Home Equity Loans was approximately 286 months.



                                      S-66
<PAGE>

 GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF PROPERTIES OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                  NUMBER OF GROUP II                           GROUP II INITIAL
                  INITIAL HOME EQUITY     AGGREGATE UNPAID         AGGREGATE
   STATE                 LOANS           PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ----------------- -------------------   ------------------     -----------------
Arkansas                   98            $   7,681,093.68           10.20%
Colorado                    5                  333,560.47            0.44%
Florida                    10                  607,691.23            0.81%
Georgia                    48                3,692,681.79            4.90%
Idaho                      13                  908,933.83            1.21%
Illinois                   20                1,713,691.45            2.27%
Indiana                    12                  868,024.17            1.15%
Kansas                      3                  169,396.98            0.22%
Kentucky                    1                   83,136.24            0.11%
Louisiana                   1                   16,798.96            0.02%
Mississippi                 5                  450,459.75            0.60%
Missouri                   22                1,180,421.62            1.57%
Montana                     1                   89,247.81            0.12%
Nevada                      2                  340,333.39            0.45%
New Mexico                  6                  313,552.27            0.42%
North Carolina            373               24,561,628.31           32.60%
Oklahoma                   41                1,905,834.91            2.53%
Oregon                      2                  133,930.91            0.18%
South Carolina             89                4,961,742.55            6.59%
Tennessee                  33                2,344,849.90            3.11%
Texas                      42                2,406,030.38            3.19%
Utah                       72                6,835,226.30            9.07%
Virginia                  197               11,706,591.54           15.54%
Washington                  1                  124,793.21            0.17%
West Virginia               9                  454,935.04            0.60%
Wisconsin                  20                1,402,970.65            1.86%
Wyoming                     1                   44,837.45            0.06%
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
      Total             1,127             $ 75,332,394.79          100.00%

         No more than 2.38% of the Group II Initial  Home  Equity  Loans will be
secured by Properties located in any one zip code area.

          TYPES OF PROPERTIES OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

                     NUMBER OF GROUP II    AGGREGATE UNPAID      PERCENTAGE OF
                        INITIAL HOME      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    GROUP II INITIAL
                        EQUITY LOANS                               AGGREGATE
       TYPE                                                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------   ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Single Family                964            $64,915,703.75            86.17%
- -------------------
2-4 Unit                       6                401,505.91             0.53%
- -------------------
Condominium                    5                468,893.52             0.62%
- -------------------
Manufactured Home            133              7,067,127.82             9.38%
- -------------------
PUD                           19              2,479,163.79             3.29%
- -------------------   ----------------------------------------------------------
     Total                 1,127            $75,332,394.79           100.00%
- -------------------

                                      S-67
<PAGE>

           OCCUPANCY STATUS OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NUMBER OF GROUP II  AGGREGATE UNPAID     PERCENTAGE OF
                            INITIAL HOME     PRINCIPAL BALANCE  GROUP II INITIAL
                           EQUITY LOANS                             AGGREGATE
    OCCUPANCY                                                  PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------      ------------------  -----------------------------------
<S> <C> 
Non-Owner Occupied homes          31          $  1,486,682.44             1.97%
- ------------------------
Owner Occupied                 1,096            73,845,712.35            98.03%
- ------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
     Total                     1,127          $ 75,332,394.79           100.00%
- ------------------------
</TABLE>


          DOCUMENTATION TYPES OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NUMBER OF GROUP II  AGGREGATE UNPAID     PERCENTAGE OF
                            INITIAL HOME     PRINCIPAL BALANCE  GROUP II INITIAL
  DOCUMENTATION            EQUITY LOANS                             AGGREGATE
       TYPE                                                    PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------      ------------------  ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> 
Full Documentation               1,085         $ 72,033,550.58         95.62%
- --------------------------
NIQ Documentation                   35            2,865,909.12          3.80%
- --------------------------
Stated 1003 Documentation            7              432,935.09          0.57%
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
     Total                       1,127         $ 75,332,394.79        100.00%
- --------------------------
</TABLE>

                PURPOSE OF THE GROUP II INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NUMBER OF GROUP II   AGGREGATE UNPAID    PERCENTAGE OF
                            INITIAL HOME     PRINCIPAL BALANCE  GROUP II INITIAL
     LOAN                   EQUITY LOANS                            AGGREGATE
   PURPOSE                                                     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------      ------------------  ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> 
Cashout Refinance                 740          $ 48,071,798.19         63.81%
- -------------------------
No Cashout Refinance              309            20,256,197.84         26.89%
- -------------------------
Purchase                           78             7,004,398.76          9.30%
- ------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
     Total                      1,127          $ 75,332,394.79        100.00%
- -------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      S-68
<PAGE>

       DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP II ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                BY GROSS MARGINS

   `                                                         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                               AGGREGATE
                    NUMBER OF GROUP II                     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                     ADJUSTABLE RATE                          OF GROUP II
      RANGE OF        INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
    GROSS MARGIN      EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- -----------------  -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
    4.51-5.00                4             $  944,342.44            25.97%
- ------------------
    5.01-5.50               13                824,153.33            22.66%
- ------------------
    5.51-6.00                2                262,479.71             7.22%
- ------------------
    6.01-6.50                8                695,628.01            19.13%
- ------------------
    6.51-7.00                1                124,793.21             3.43%
- ------------------
    7.01-7.50                2                281,693.68             7.75%
- ------------------
    7.51-8.00                2                207,078.58             5.69%
- ------------------
    8.01-8.50                3                296,314.20             8.15%
- -----------------  -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
          Total             35            $ 3,636,483.16           100.00%

         The  weighted  average  Gross Margin for the Group II  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 6.00%.



       DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP II ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                 BY MAXIMUM RATE

   `                                                         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                               AGGREGATE
                    NUMBER OF GROUP II                     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                     ADJUSTABLE RATE                          OF GROUP II
      RANGE OF        INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
  MAXIMUM RATE %      EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- -----------------  -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
 13.51  -  14.00           1             $   69,792.32            1.92%
- -------------------
 14.01  -  14.50           2                111,107.82            3.06%
- -------------------
 14.51  -  15.00           6              1,157,876.96           31.84%
- -------------------
 15.01  -  15.50           8                476,843.77           13.11%
- -------------------
 15.51  -  16.00           6                552,046.56           15.18%
- -------------------
 16.01  -  16.50           5                549,866.06           15.12%
- -------------------
 16.51  -  17.00           5                531,820.37           14.62%
- -------------------
 17.01  -  17.50           2                187,129.30            5.15%
- -----------------  -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
        Total             35            $ 3,636,483.16          100.00%

         The  weighted  average  Maximum Rate for the Group II  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 15.54%.



                                      S-69
<PAGE>

       DISTRIBUTION OF GROUP II ADJUSTABLE RATE INITIAL HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                 BY MINIMUM RATE

   `                                                         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                               AGGREGATE
                    NUMBER OF GROUP II                     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                     ADJUSTABLE RATE                          OF GROUP II
      RANGE OF        INITIAL HOME       AGGREGATE UNPAID   ADJUSTABLE RATE
  MAXIMUM RATE %      EQUITY LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE  HOME EQUITY LOANS
- -----------------  -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
 7.51-8.00                  1             $   69,792.32           1.92%
- -----------------
 8.01-8.50                  2                111,107.82           3.06%
- -----------------
 8.51-9.00                  6              1,157,876.96          31.84%
- -----------------
 9.01-9.50                  8                476,843.77          13.11%
- -----------------
 9.51-10.00                 6                552,046.56          15.18%
- -----------------
10.01-10.50                 5                549,866.06          15.12%
- -----------------
10.51-11.00                 5                531,820.37          14.62%
- -----------------
11.01-11.50                 2                187,129.30           5.15%
- -----------------
                  -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
       Total               35            $ 3,636,483.16         100.00%

         The  weighted  average  Minimum Rate for the Group II  Adjustable  Rate
Initial Home Equity Loans was 9.54%.

INTEREST PAYMENTS ON THE HOME EQUITY LOANS

         All of the Home Equity Loans will  provide that  interest is charged to
the  obligor  (the  "Mortgagor")  thereunder,  and  payments  are due from  such
Mortgagors  as of a  scheduled  day of each month  which is fixed at the time of
origination.  Scheduled  monthly  payments  made by the  Mortgagors  on the Home
Equity Loans either  earlier or later than the  scheduled due dates thereof will
not  affect  the  amortization  schedule  or the  relative  application  of such
payments to principal and interest.

CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT HOME EQUITY LOANS

         The Loan Sale  Agreement  and the Loan  Transfer  Agreement  permit the
Issuer to acquire approximately $27,017,605.21 in aggregate Principal Balance of
Subsequent Home Equity Loans.  Accordingly,  the statistical  characteristics of
the Home  Equity  Loans  will vary as of any  subsequent  Cut-Off  Date upon the
acquisition of Subsequent Home Equity Loans.

         The obligation of the Issuer to purchase  Subsequent  Home Equity Loans
on a Subsequent  Transfer Date is subject to the following  requirements,  among
others,  individually or in the aggregate, as applicable: (i) the remaining term
to maturity of each  Subsequent  Home Equity Loan may not exceed 30 years;  (ii)
none will be greater  than 30 days  contractually  Delinquent  as of the related
Subsequent Cut-Off Date; (iii) will have Minimum Rates no lower than 7.50%; (iv)
will have  Coupon  Rates no lower  than  7.50%;  (v) less than 47% of first lien
Mortgages may have piggyback  second lien  Mortgages;  (vi) will have a weighted
average  Coupon Rate that is at least  10.25%;  (vii) up to 7.0% are second lien
Mortgages (viii) no piggyback  second lien Mortgages;  (ix) will have a weighted
average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of less than 82%; (x) Principal Balance at
the time of origination  was less than  $700,000;  (xi) less than 4% are balloon
loans;  (xii) at least 93% are fixed  rate Home  Equity  Loans,  and  (xiii) the
Issuer has obtained the prior written consent of the Note Insurer; provided that
any of the conditions set forth in clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (ix), (xi) or (xii)
may be waived with the consent of the Note Insurer.



                                      S-70
<PAGE>

                   CERTAIN PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

         The weighted  average life of, and, if purchased at other than par, the
yield to  maturity  on, each Class of Note will relate to the rate of payment of
principal of the Home Equity Loans,  including,  for this purpose,  prepayments,
liquidations due to defaults,  casualties and condemnations,  and repurchases of
Home Equity Loans from each Group by the Sponsor.  A  substantial  percentage of
the  Initial  Home  Equity  Loans in Group I and Group II may be  prepaid by the
related  Mortgagors,  in whole or in part,  at any time  without  payment of any
prepayment fee or penalty. The actual rate of Prepayments on pools of each Group
of Home Equity Loans is  influenced by a variety of economic,  tax,  geographic,
demographic,  social, legal and other factors and has fluctuated considerably in
recent years.  In addition,  the rate of  Prepayments  may differ among pools of
home equity loans at any time because of specific  factors  relating to the home
equity loans in the particular pool,  including,  among other things, the age of
the home equity loans, the geographic  locations of the properties  securing the
loans and the extent of the mortgagors'  equity in such properties,  and changes
in the mortgagors' housing needs, job transfers and unemployment.

         As with fixed rate obligations  generally,  the rate of prepayment on a
pool of home equity  loans with fixed rates is  affected  by  prevailing  market
rates for home equity loans of a comparable term and risk level. When the market
interest  rate is below the mortgage  coupon,  mortgagors  may have an increased
incentive to refinance their home equity loans.  Depending on prevailing  market
rates,  the future outlook for market rates and economic  conditions  generally,
some  mortgagors  may sell or  refinance  Properties  in order to realize  their
equity in the Properties,  to meet cash flow needs or to make other investments.
As is the case with fixed rate mortgage  loans,  adjustable  rate mortgage loans
may be subject to a greater rate of  Prepayments  in a declining  interest  rate
environment.  For  example,  if  prevailing  interest  rates  fall  appreciably,
adjustable  rate  home  equity  loans  are  likely  to be  subject  to a  higher
prepayment rate than if prevailing  interest rates remain  constant  because the
availability  of fixed rate mortgage  loans at  competitive  interest  rates may
encourage  mortgagors to refinance  their  adjustable  rate home equity loans to
"lock in" a lower fixed interest rate.

         The effective yield of each Class of Notes will be affected by the rate
and  timing of  payments  of  principal  on the Home  Equity  Loans in the Group
securing  such Notes  (including,  for this  purpose,  prepayments  and  amounts
received by virtue of  refinancings,  liquidations  of Home Equity  Loans due to
defaults,  casualties,  condemnations,  and  repurchases,  whether  optional  or
required, by the Seller or the Note Insurer), the amount and timing of mortgagor
delinquencies and defaults  resulting in realized losses, and the application of
related  Excess Cash on such Notes.  Such yield may be  adversely  affected by a
higher  or  lower  than  anticipated  rate  of  principal  payments   (including
Prepayments) on the related Home Equity Loans. The rate of Principal Payments on
such Home Equity Loans will in turn be affected by the amortization schedules of
such Home  Equity  Loans,  the rate and  timing of  Prepayments  thereon  by the
mortgagors, liquidations of defaulted Home Equity Loans and optional or required
repurchases  of related  Home Equity Loans as  described  herein.  The timing of
changes in the rate of  prepayments,  liquidations  and  repurchases of the Home
Equity Loans may, and the timing of Realized Losses could,  significantly affect
the  yield  to an  investor,  even if the  average  rate of  Principal  Payments
experienced  over time is consistent with an investor's  expectation.  Since the
rate and timing of  Principal  Payments on the Home Equity  Loans will depend on
future events and on a variety of factors (as described more fully  herein),  no
assurance  can be given as to such  rate or the  timing  of  Prepayments  on the
Notes.

         Because all amounts  available  for payment on the related  Notes after
payments in respect of interest on such Notes, including all or a portion of the
Excess Cash for the related Group, are applied as reductions of the related Note
Balance,  the weighted average life of such Notes will also be influenced by the
amount of Excess Cash so applied.  Because Excess Cash for a Group  attributable
to  the  overcollateralization  feature  is  derived,  in  part,  from  interest
collections  on the related  Home Equity Loans and will be applied to reduce the
Note Balance,  for the related Class, the aggregate payments in reduction of the
related  Note  Balance  on a  Payment  Date will  usually  be  greater  than the
aggregate amount of principal  payments  (including  Prepayments) on the related
Home  Equity   Loans   payable  on  such   Payment   Date  until  the   Required
Overcollateralization   Amount  for  such  Group  is  reached  and  assuming  an
Overcollateralization  Deficit for such Group does not occur.  As a consequence,
Excess Cash in a Group  available  for payment in  reduction of the Note Balance
for the related Class of Notes will  increase in



                                      S-71
<PAGE>

proportion to the  outstanding  related Note Balance over time in the absence of
offsetting Realized Losses for the Home Equity Loans in such Group.

         Excess Cash for a Group will be paid on the Notes in the related  Class
in  reduction of the related Note Balance on each Payment Date to the extent the
then applicable Required Overcollateralization Amount for such Group exceeds the
related  Overcollateralization Amount on such Payment Date. Excess Cash for such
Group may be used to fund certain  shortfalls with respect to the other Class of
Notes and to fund certain reserve accounts; and, thereafter, will be released to
the  holder(s)  of the Residual  Interest.  If a Note is purchased at other than
par,  its yield to  maturity  will be  affected by the rate at which the related
Excess Cash is paid to the  Noteholders.  If the actual  rate of related  Excess
Cash  payments on such Class of Notes  applied in  reduction of the related Note
Balance is slower than the rate  anticipated by an investor who purchases a Note
at a  discount,  the  actual  yield to such  investor  will be lower  than  such
investor's anticipated yield. If the actual rate of related Excess Cash payments
applied  in  reduction  of the  related  Note  Balance  is faster  than the rate
anticipated  by an investor who purchases a Note at a premium,  the actual yield
to such  investor  will be lower than such  investor's  anticipated  yield.  The
amount of related  Excess Cash on any Payment  Date will be affected  by,  among
other things, the actual amount of interest received,  collected or recovered in
respect of the related Home Equity Loans  during the related  Remittance  Period
and such amount will be  influenced  by changes in the  weighted  average of the
Coupon Rates  resulting  from  prepayment and  liquidations  of the related Home
Equity Loans.  The amount of related  Excess Cash paid to the  Noteholders  of a
Class of Notes  applied to the related Note Balance on each Payment Date will be
based on the Required  Overcollateralization  Amount.  The  Indenture  generally
provides  that the Required  Overcollateralization  Amount for a Group may, over
time,  decrease,  or increase,  subject to certain  floors,  caps and  triggers,
including triggers that allow the related Required  Overcollateralization Amount
to decrease or "step down" based on the  performance on the Home Equity Loans in
such Group with respect to certain  tests  specified in the  Indenture  based on
delinquency rates. Any increase in the Required Overcollateralization Amount for
a  Group  may  result  in  an  accelerated   amortization  until  such  Required
Overcollateralization  Amount  is  reached.  Conversely,  any  decrease  in  the
Required  Overcollateralization  Amount for a Group will result in a decelerated
amortization  of the Notes until such Required  Overcollateralization  Amount is
reached.

         The Home Equity  Loans  generally  may be prepaid in full or in part at
any time, although some have prepayment fees or penalties. The Home Equity Loans
generally are not  assumable and the related  Mortgage Note will be due on sale,
in which case the Master Servicer shall enforce any due-on-sale clause contained
in any Mortgage Note or Mortgage,  to the extent  permitted under applicable law
and  governmental  regulations;   PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  if  the  Master  Servicer
determines that it is reasonably likely that the mortgagor will bring, or if any
mortgagor  does  bring  legal  action to  declare  invalid  or  otherwise  avoid
enforcement of a due-on-sale  clause contained in any Mortgage Note or Mortgage,
the Master Servicer shall not be required to enforce the  due-on-sale  clause or
to contest such action.

         The rate of defaults on the Home Equity Loans will also affect the rate
and timing of Principal  Payments on the Home Equity Loans.  SEE "Risk  Factors"
herein and in the Prospectus.  The rate of default on Home Equity Loans that are
refinance or limited documentation mortgage loans, and on Home Equity Loans with
high  Loan-to-Value  Ratios,  may be higher  than for other types of Home Equity
Loans. As a result of the underwriting  standards  applicable to the Home Equity
Loans,  the Home Equity  Loans are likely to  experience  rates of  delinquency,
foreclosure,  bankruptcy and loss that are higher, and that may be substantially
higher, than those experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in accordance with
the standards  applied by FNMA and FHLMC  mortgage loan purchase  programs.  SEE
"The Sponsor and  Servicer--Credit  and  Underwriting  Guidelines." In addition,
because  of  such   underwriting   criteria  and  their  likely  effect  on  the
delinquency,  foreclosure,  bankruptcy  and loss  experience  of the Home Equity
Loans,  the Home Equity Loans will generally be serviced in a manner intended to
result in a faster exercise of remedies,  which may include foreclosure,  in the
event Home Equity Loan  delinquencies and defaults occur, than would be the case
of the Home Equity Loans were serviced in accordance  with such other  programs.
Furthermore,  the rate and timing of prepayments,  defaults and  liquidations on
the Home Equity Loans will be affected by the general economic  condition of the
region of the country in which the related  Properties are located.  The risk of
delinquencies  and loss is greater  and  prepayments  are less likely in regions
where a weak or  deteriorating  economy  exists,  as may be evidenced  by, among
other factors, increasing unemployment or falling property values. To the extent
that the locations of the Properties  are  concentrated  in a given region,  the
risk of delinquencies,  loss and involuntary  prepayments resulting from adverse
economic conditions in such region or from other factors, such as fires, storms,
landslides  and mudflows and  earthquakes,  is  increased.  Certain


                                      S-72
<PAGE>


information  regarding  the  location  of  the  Properties  is set  forth  under
"Description of the Home Equity Loans--Home Equity Loan Characteristics" herein.
SEE  "Risk  Factors--Risks  Associated  with  Geographic  Concentration  of  the
Mortgage Properties" herein.

         Certain of the Home  Equity  Loans are  Balloon  Loans.  Balloon  Loans
involve a greater degree of risk than fully amortizing loans because the ability
of the borrower to make a Balloon Payment typically will depend upon its ability
either to  refinance  the loan or to sell the related  Mortgaged  Property.  The
ability of a borrower to accomplish  either of these goals will be affected by a
number of factors,  including the level of available  mortgage rates at the time
of the  attempted  sale or  refinancing,  the  borrower's  equity in the related
Mortgaged  Property,  the  financial  condition of the  borrower  and  operating
history  of the  related  Mortgaged  Property,  tax  laws,  prevailing  economic
conditions and the availability of credit for real estate projects generally.

         Other factors affecting prepayment of Home Equity Loans include changes
in mortgagors'  housing needs,  job transfers,  unemployment and mortgagors' net
equity in the  Properties.  Since the rate of payment of principal of each Class
of Notes  will  depend on the rate of  payment  (including  prepayments)  of the
principal of the Home Equity Loans of the related Group,  the actual maturity of
the Notes could occur  significantly  earlier than the Stated Maturity Date. SEE
"--Weighted Average Life" herein.

         In  addition,  the yield to maturity of each Class of Notes will depend
on the price paid by the  holders of such Notes and the  related  Note  Interest
Rate.  The  extent to which  the yield to  maturity  of a Note is  sensitive  to
prepayments  will depend upon the degree to which it is  purchased at a discount
or premium.

         Prepayments  of principal  on the Home Equity  Loans will  generally be
passed through to the Indenture  Trustee and included in the Available Funds for
such Group in the month  following  the month of  receipt  thereof by the Master
Servicer.  Any  prepayment of a Home Equity Loan or liquidation of a Home Equity
Loan (by foreclosure proceedings or by virtue of the repurchase of a Home Equity
Loan) may result in payments on the Notes in the related  Class of amounts  that
otherwise would be paid in amortized  increments over the remaining term of such
Home Equity Loan.

         To the extent that  Prepayments  with  respect to the Home Equity Loans
result in  prepayments  on the related Notes during  periods of generally  lower
interest  rates,  Noteholders  may be unable to  reinvest  such  Prepayments  in
securities having a yield and rating comparable to such Notes.

         The yield on the Notes may be  affected  by any  delays in  receipt  of
payments  thereon  as  described  under  "Description  of the  Notes--Book-Entry
Registration  and  Definitive  Notes"  herein  and  "Risk   Factors--Book  Entry
Registration" and "Description of the Securities--Form of the Securities" in the
Prospectus.

         The yield on the  Notes may also be  affected  by a  redemption  of the
Notes as described  under " Description of the  Notes--Redemption  of the Notes"
herein.

         NO REPRESENTATION  IS MADE AS TO THE RATE OF PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS ON THE
HOME EQUITY  LOANS OR AS TO THE YIELD TO  MATURITY  OF ANY NOTE.  AN INVESTOR IS
URGED  TO MAKE AN  INVESTMENT  DECISION  WITH  RESPECT  TO A NOTE  BASED  ON THE
ANTICIPATED  YIELD TO  MATURITY OF SUCH NOTE  RESULTING  FROM ITS PRICE AND SUCH
INVESTOR'S  OWN  DETERMINATION  AS TO  ANTICIPATED  HOME EQUITY LOAN  PREPAYMENT
RATES.  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  ARE URGED TO  ANALYZE  FULLY THE  EFFECT OF HOME
EQUITY  LOAN  PREPAYMENTS  AND MARKET  CONDITIONS  ON THE YIELD AND VALUE OF THE
NOTES, BEFORE ACQUIRING ANY NOTES. IN PARTICULAR, INVESTORS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO
PERFORM PERIODIC  VALUATIONS ON THEIR INVESTMENT  PORTFOLIOS SHOULD CONSIDER THE
EFFECT OF SUCH  FLUCTUATIONS IN VALUE. IN ADDITION,  INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER  THE  FACTORS  DISCUSSED  UNDER "RISK  FACTORS--PREPAYMENT  OF THE HOME
EQUITY  LOANS MAY  ADVERSELY  AFFECT THE YIELD TO  MATURITY OF THE CLASS A-1 AND
CLASS A-2 NOTES" HEREIN.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

         In the  event  that at the end of the  Funding  Period,  not all of the
Original  Group II Pre-Funded  Amount has been used to acquire  Subsequent  Home
Equity Loans,  then the related  Noteholders then entitled to receive  principal


                                      S-73
<PAGE>


will receive an additional  prepayment in an amount equal to the remaining Group
II Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account.

         Although no assurances  can be given,  the  Transferor  and the Sponsor
expect that the Principal  Balance of  Subsequent  Home Equity Loans sold to the
Issuer will require the application of  substantially  all the amount on deposit
in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and that  there  should be no  material  principal
prepaid to the  Noteholders  with  respect to the Original  Group II  Pre-Funded
Amount.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE

         Weighted  average  life  refers to the amount of time that will  elapse
from the date of issuance of a security  until each dollar of  principal of such
security  will be repaid to the  investor.  The weighted  average  lives of each
Class of Notes will be influenced by the rate at which  principal on the related
Home Equity  Loans is paid,  which may be in the form of  scheduled  payments or
prepayments  (including  prepayments  of  principal  by the  borrower as well as
amounts   received  by  virtue  of  repurchases,   condemnation,   insurance  or
foreclosure  with  respect to the  related  Home Equity  Loans),  and the timing
thereof.

         The  weighted  average  life  of  each  Class  of  Notes  also  will be
influenced by the  overcollateralization  of the Notes because  collections  are
applied as Prepayments to the Notes until the  outstanding  related Note Balance
is less than the  Aggregate  Principal  Balance of the Home Equity  Loans in the
related Group by an amount equal to the related  Required  Overcollateralization
Amount.  These  prepayments  have the effect of accelerating the amortization of
the Notes, thereby shortening their respective weighted average life.

         Prepayments  on  mortgage  loans are  commonly  measured  relative to a
prepayment  standard  or model.  The model  used in this  Prospectus  Supplement
("Home Equity  Prepayment"  or "HEP")  assumes that the pool of loans prepays in
the first month at a constant  annual  prepayment rate of 2.50% and increases by
an  additional  2.50%  each month  thereafter  until the tenth  month,  where it
remains at a constant  annual  prepayment  rate equal to 25.0% (the  "Prepayment
Assumption").  HEP represents an assumed annualized rate of prepayment  relative
to the then  outstanding  Principal  Balance  on a pool of new  mortgage  loans.
Neither  the  prepayment  model used  herein nor any other  prepayment  model or
assumption purports to be an historical  description of prepayment experience or
a  prediction  of the  anticipated  rate of  prepayment  of any pool of mortgage
loans, including the Home Equity Loans included in the Trust Estate.

         The tables following the next paragraph indicates the percentage of the
initial Note Balance that would be outstanding  after each of the dates shown at
various  percentage  HEPs and the  corresponding  weighted  average lives of the
Notes.  Each  table  is  based  on  the  following  assumptions  (the  "Modeling
Assumptions"):  (i) the pool  consists of Home Equity Loans in the related Group
with the  characteristics  set forth in the table below,  (ii)  distributions on
such Notes are received,  in cash, on the 25th day of each month,  commencing in
July 1998 in accordance  with the priorities  described  herein,  (iii) the Home
Equity Loans in the related Group prepay at the percentage  HEP indicated,  (iv)
the Notes are  redeemed  on the  Initial  Redemption  Date,  (v) no  defaults or
delinquencies  occur in the payment by  mortgagors  of principal and interest on
the related Home Equity Loans and no shortfalls  due to the  application  of the
Relief Act are  incurred,  (vi) none of the Seller,  the Master  Servicer or any
other person purchases from any Home Equity Loan from the related Group pursuant
to any  obligation  or  option  under  the Loan Sale  Agreement,  Loan  Transfer
Agreement,  the Servicing Agreement or others,  (vii) scheduled monthly payments
on each Home Equity Loan are received on the first day of each month  commencing
with the month  indicated in the table below,  and are computed  prior to giving
effect to any  prepayments  received in the current  month,  (viii)  prepayments
representing payment in full of individual Home Equity Loans are received on the
last  day of each  month,  and  include  30  days'  interest  thereon,  (ix) the
scheduled  monthly payment for each Home Equity Loan is calculated  based on its
Principal Balance,  Coupon Rate, original term to maturity and remaining term to
maturity such that the Home Equity Loan will  amortize in amounts  sufficient to
repay the remaining  Principal Balance of such Home Equity Loan by its remaining
term to  maturity,  (x) the coupon on the Class A-1 Notes  remains  constant  at
6.53% and the coupon on the Class A-2 Notes remains constant at 6.55%,  (xi) the
Notes are purchased on June 26, 1998, (xii) the overcollateralization levels are
set initially as specified in the Insurance Agreement and thereafter decrease in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Insurance   Agreement,   (xiii)  the
Pre-Funding  Account accrues  interest of the weighted  average loan rate on the
Subsequent Home Equity Loans net of the related  Servicing Fee, and (xiv) all of
the Original Group II Pre-Funded Amount is used to acquire Home Equity Loans.



                                      S-74
<PAGE>

GROUP I CHARACTERISTICS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
                                                                   REMAINING
 POOL    PRINCIPAL    NET COUPON  SEASONING     REMAINING        AMORTIZATION      ASSUMED INITIAL
NUMBER   BALANCE ($)   RATE (%)    (MONTHS)    TERM (MONTHS)  MONTHS TO MATURITY    PAYMENT MONTH 
- ------  ------------  ----------  ---------    -------------  ------------------   ---------------
  1       701,484.29    8.35476       3             357               357               7/1/98    
  2     2,219,357.67    9.66522       2             358               358               7/1/98    
  3     2,318,057.63   10.03530       1             114               114               7/1/98
  4    11,839,971.94   10.07323       1             179               179               7/1/98
  5     2,350,493.64   10.10870       3             177               357               7/1/98
  6    10,478,239.58    9.72783       1             238               238               7/1/98
  7    42,743,112.16    9.71725       1             326               326               7/1/98

<CAPTION>

 POOL  MONTHS TO FIRST  RATE CHANGE  PERIODIC CAP  GROSS MARGIN  MAXIMUM RATE  MINIMUM RATE
NUMBER   RATE CHANGE     FREQUENCY        (%)           (%)           (%)           (%)
- ------ ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------ 
  1           2              6             1          6.20204       14.85476      8.85476
  2          21              6             1          6.28646       16.16522      10.16522
  3    
  4    
  5    
  6    
  7    
</TABLE>

GROUP II CHARACTERISTICS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
                                                                  REMAINING
 POOL    PRINCIPAL    NET COUPON  SEASONING     REMAINING        AMORTIZATION      ASSUMED INITIAL
NUMBER   BALANCE ($)   RATE (%)    (MONTHS)    TERM (MONTHS)  MONTHS TO MATURITY    PAYMENT MONTH 
- ------  ------------  ----------  ---------    -------------  ------------------   ---------------
  1       888,273.96     8.78484       3             357             357               7/1/98        
  2     2,748,209.20     9.12866       3             357             357               7/1/98        
  3     2,051,065.27     9.80656       1             118             118               7/1/98
  4    12,141,585.29    10.31078       2             178             178               7/1/98
  5     2,522,698.11    10.36845       3             177             357               7/1/98
  6     8,551,549.98     9.89074       1             238             238               7/1/98
  7    46,429,012.98     9.70134       1             330             330               7/1/98
  8       165,599.05     11.4280       0             131             131               8/1/98
  9     1,012,593.69     10.2530       0             180             180               8/1/98
 10       703,486.11      9.9780       0             240             240               8/1/98
 11     2,470,844.80     10.0010       0             300             300               8/1/98
 12     2,401,877.67      9.6600       0             360             360               8/1/98
 13       496,797.14     11.4280       0             131             131               9/1/98
 14     3,037,781.06     10.2530       0             180             180               9/1/98
 15     2,110,458.32      9.9780       0             240             240               9/1/98
 16     7,412,534.39     10.0010       0             300             300               9/1/98
 17     7,205,632.98      9.6600       0             360             360               9/1/98
                                                                                       
<CAPTION>

 POOL  MONTHS TO FIRST  RATE CHANGE  PERIODIC CAP  GROSS MARGIN  MAXIMUM RATE  MINIMUM RATE
NUMBER   RATE CHANGE     FREQUENCY        (%)           (%)           (%)           (%)
- ------ ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------ 
  1          3               6            1           6.21440      15.28484       9.28484
  2         21               6            1           5.93680      15.62866       9.62866
  3    
  4    
  5    
  6    
  7    
</TABLE>

                                      S-75
<PAGE>


         There will be discrepancies  between the  characteristics of the actual
Home Equity Loans and the  characteristics  assumed in preparing the table.  Any
such  discrepancy  may have an effect upon the  percentages  of the initial Note
Balance  outstanding  (and the weighted  average life) of the Notes set forth in
the  table.  In  addition,   since  the  actual  Home  Equity  Loans  will  have
characteristics  that differ from those assumed in preparing the table set forth
below the Notes may mature earlier or later than  indicated by the table.  Based
on the foregoing  assumptions,  the table indicates the weighted average life of
the Notes and sets forth the  percentages of the initial Note Balance that would
be  outstanding  after each of the Payment  Dates shown,  at various  percentage
HEPs.  Variations in the  prepayment  experience  and the balance of the related
Home Equity  Loans that  prepay may  increase or  decrease  the  percentages  of
initial Note Balances (and weighted average lives) shown in the following table.
Such variations may occur even if the average prepayment  experience of all such
Home Equity Loans equals any of the specified percentage HEPs.

                                 CLASS A-1 NOTES

                 PERCENT OF STATED PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING
                      AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF HEP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
Payment Date                            20.00%    23.00%    25.00%     27.00%    30.00%   
- ------------                          --------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------
Initial Percent                          100       100       100        100       100     
June 25, 1999                             81        79        78         76        74   
June 25, 2000                             62        58        55         52        48   
June 25, 2001                             48        43        40         37        33   
June 25, 2002                             37        32        29         27        23   
June 25, 2003                             29        24        21         19        16   
June 25, 2004                             23        18        16         13        11   
June 25, 2005                             18        14        11         10         7   
June 25, 2006                             14        10         8          7         5   
June 25, 2007                             10         8         6          5         3   
June 25, 2008                              8         6         4          3         2   
June 25, 2009                              6         4         3          2         1   
June 25, 2010                              5         3         2          1         1   
June 25, 2011                              3         2         1          1         *   
June 25, 2012                              2         1         1          *         0   
June 25, 2013                              2         1         *          *         0   
June 25, 2014                              1         *         *          0         0   
June 25, 2015                              1         *         0          0         0   
June 25, 2016                              *         0         0          0         0   
June 25, 2017                              *         0         0          0         0   
June 25, 2018                              0         0         0          0         0   
                                      
Weighted Average Life  to Maturity(1)   4.03    3.56      3.30        3.07      2.77
Weighted Average Life to Call(1)        3.75    3.30      3.06        2.84      2.57
</TABLE>

* OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE ON THE NOTES IS LESS THAN 0.5%

(1)  The weighted  average life is determined by (a)  multiplying  the amount of
     each principal  payment by the number of years from the Closing Date to the
     related  Payment Date; (b) adding the results;  and (c) dividing the sum by
     the original Note Balance.  The weighted  average life to call assumes that
     the  Mortgagor's  optional  redemption  is exercised on the first  possible
     Payment Date.


                                      S-76
<PAGE>

                                 CLASS A-2 NOTES

                 PERCENT OF STATED PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING
                      AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF HEP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
Payment Date                            20.00%    23.00%    25.00%     27.00%    30.00%
- ------------                           -------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------
Initial Percent                            100       100       100        100       100
June 25, 1999                               83        81        79         78        76
June 25, 2000                               63        59        56         53        50
June 25, 2001                               48        43        41         38        34
June 25, 2002                               38        33        30         27        23
June 25, 2003                               30        25        22         19        16
June 25, 2004                               23        19        16         14        11
June 25, 2005                               18        14        12         10         7
June 25, 2006                               14        10         9          7         5
June 25, 2007                               11         8         6          5         3
June 25, 2008                                8         6         4          3         2
June 25, 2009                                6         4         3          2         1
June 25, 2010                                5         3         2          1         1
June 25, 2011                                4         2         1          1         *
June 25, 2012                                3         1         1          *         0
June 25, 2013                                2         1         *          *         0
June 25, 2014                                1         *         *          0         0
June 25, 2015                                1         *         0          0         0
June 25, 2016                                *         0         0          0         0
June 25, 2017                                *         0         0          0         0
June 25, 2018                                0         0         0          0         0

Weighted Average Life  to Maturity (1)    4.10      3.62      3.36       3.13      2.83
Weighted Average Life to call (1)         3.82      3.37      3.12       2.90      2.62
</TABLE>

* OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE ON THE NOTES IS LESS THAN 0.5%

         (1) The weighted  average life is  determined  by (a)  multiplying  the
amount of each principal payment by the number of years from the Closing Date to
the related  Payment Date;  (b) adding the results;  and (c) dividing the sum by
the original  Note Balance.  The weighted  average life to call assumes that the
Mortgagor's optional redemption is exercised on the first possible Payment Date.

         There is no assurance  that  prepayments  of the Home Equity Loans will
conform  to any of the  levels of the  Prepayment  Assumption  indicated  in the
tables above, or to any other level, or that the actual weighted average life of
the Notes will  conform to any of the  weighted  average  lives set forth in the
tables above. Furthermore,  the information contained in the tables with respect
to the weighted  average life of the Notes is not necessarily  indicative of the
weighted  average life that might be calculated or projected  under different or
varying prepayment assumptions.

         The  characteristics  of the Home  Equity  Loans will differ from those
assumed in preparing the tables above. In addition, it is unlikely that any Home
Equity Loan will prepay at any constant percentage until maturity or that all of
the Home Equity Loans will prepay at the same rate. The timing of changes in the
rate of  prepayments  may  significantly  affect the actual yield to maturity to
investors,  even if the  average  rate of  Prepayments  is  consistent  with the
expectations of investors.



                                      S-77
<PAGE>

                             THE SERVICING AGREEMENT

         The  summaries of certain  provisions  of the  Servicing  Agreement set
forth below and in other places in this Prospectus Supplement, while complete in
material respects,  do not purport to be exhaustive.  For more details regarding
the terms of the  Servicing  Agreement,  prospective  investors in the Notes are
advised to review the  Servicing  Agreement,  a copy of which the  Sponsor  will
provide (without  exhibits) without charge upon written request addressed to the
Sponsor.

         Generally,  the  Master  Servicer  will  be  authorized  and  empowered
pursuant to the  Servicing  Agreement (i) to execute and deliver (or procure the
execution and delivery by the Indenture  Trustee of) any and all  instruments of
satisfaction  or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all
other  comparable  instruments  with  respect to the Home Equity  Loans and with
respect to the  Properties  and (ii) to  institute  foreclosure  proceedings  or
obtain deeds in lieu of  foreclosure  so as to convert title to of any Mortgaged
Property in the name of the Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the  Noteholders and
the Note Insurer.

         ASSIGNMENT.  The Sponsor will also serve as the Master Servicer of each
Home Equity Loan. On the date of issuance of the Notes,  it is anticipated  that
all of the Home Equity Loans will be serviced by the Master Servicer. The Master
Servicer may not assign its obligations under the Servicing Agreement,  in whole
or in part,  unless it shall  have first  obtained  the  written  consent of the
Indenture  Trustee and the Note  Insurer,  which  consent is required  not to be
unreasonably  withheld;  provided,  however,  that any  assignee  must  meet the
eligibility  requirements  for a  successor  Master  Servicer  set  forth in the
Servicing Agreement.

         The Notes will not represent an interest in or  obligation  of, nor are
the Home Equity Loans guaranteed by, the Indenture Trustee,  the Depositor,  the
Sponsor,  the Seller,  the  Transferor,  the Master  Servicer  or Backup  Master
Servicer, except as described herein, or any of their affiliates.

         First Greensboro Home Equity,  Inc. is not a FNMA-approved  servicer of
conventional  mortgage loans.  The Master Servicer (other than the Backup Master
Servicer as  successor  Master  Servicer) is required to service the Home Equity
Loans in accordance  with the Servicing  Agreement,  the terms of the respective
Home Equity  Loans,  and the servicing  standards set forth in FNMA's  Servicing
Guide (the "FNMA Guide"); provided,  however, that to the extent such standards,
such  obligations  or the FNMA  Guide is  amended  by FNMA after the date of the
Servicing Agreement and the effect of such amendment would be to impose upon the
Master Servicer any material  additional costs or other burdens relating to such
servicing obligations,  the Master Servicer may, at its option, determine not to
comply with such amendment in accordance with the servicing  standards set forth
in the Servicing Agreement.  The Backup Master Servicer, as the successor Master
Servicer,  is required to service the Home Equity Loans in  accordance  with the
Servicing  Agreement,  the terms of the respective  Home Equity Loans and in the
same manner in which it services and administers  similar mortgage loans for its
own  portfolio,  giving due  consideration  to customary and usual  standards of
practice of prudent  mortgage lenders and loan servicers  administering  similar
mortgage loans.

         The  Master  Servicer  may  retain  from the  interest  portion of each
monthly  payment,  the related  Servicing  Fee with  respect to each  Group.  In
addition,  the Master Servicer will be entitled to retain  additional  servicing
compensation in the form of prepayment charges, release fees, bad check charges,
assumption  fees,  late  payment  charges,  prepayment  penalties,  or any other
servicing-related fees, Net Liquidation Proceeds not required to be deposited in
the Principal and Interest  Account  pursuant to the  Servicing  Agreement,  and
similar  items.  The Master  Servicer  shall pay the fees of the  Backup  Master
Servicer out of the related Servicing Fee.

         When a borrower  prepays all of a Home Equity Loan,  the borrower  pays
interest on the amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment  and  accordingly,
an interest shortfall (a "Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall") may result. In order
to  mitigate  the effect of any such  shortfall  in  interest  distributions  to
Noteholders  of each  Class on any  Payment  Date,  the  related  Servicing  Fee
otherwise payable to the Master Servicer for such month and such Group shall, to
the  extent of such  shortfall,  be  deposited  by the  Master  Servicer  in the
Principal and Interest Account for  distribution to related  Noteholders on such
Payment Date.  Any such deposit by the Master  Servicer will be reflected in the
distributions to related Noteholders made on the related Payment Date.



                                      S-78
<PAGE>

         The Master Servicer is required to make  reasonable  efforts to collect
all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Home Equity Loans,
and, to the extent such procedures are consistent  with the Servicing  Agreement
and the terms and  provisions  of any  applicable  insurance  policy,  to follow
collection  procedures  consistent  with  the  applicable  servicing  standards.
Consistent with the foregoing,  the Master Servicer may in its discretion  waive
or permit to be waived any late payment charge,  prepayment  charge,  assumption
fee or any penalty  interest in connection  with the prepayment of a Home Equity
Loan or any other fee or charge which the Master  Servicer  would be entitled to
retain as additional  servicing  compensation.  In the event the Master Servicer
consents  to the  deferment  of the due dates for  payments  due on a Note,  the
Master  Servicer  will  nonetheless  be required to make payment of any required
Delinquency  Advances  with respect to the interest  payments so extended to the
same extent as if the interest  portion of such  installment were due, owing and
delinquent and had not been deferred.

         PRE-FUNDING  ACCOUNT.  On the  Closing  Date,  the  Original  Group  II
Pre-Funded  Amount will be deposited in the Pre-Funding  Account,  which account
shall be in the name of and  maintained  by the  Indenture  Trustee and shall be
part of the Trust  Estate.  During the Funding  Period,  the Group II Pre-Funded
Amount will be  maintained in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  The Original  Group II
Pre-Funded  Amount  will be  reduced  during  the  Funding  Period by the amount
thereof used to purchase Subsequent Home Equity Loans for allocation to Group II
in  accordance  with the Loan Sale  Agreement.  Any Group II  Pre-Funded  Amount
remaining at the end of the Funding  Period will be  distributed  to the related
Noteholders  on the Payment Date after the expiration of the Funding Period as a
payment of Principal Balance,  thus resulting in a principal  prepayment of such
Notes.

         Amounts on deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  will be  invested  in
Eligible Investments.  All interest and any other investment earnings on amounts
on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  will be  deposited  in the  Capitalized
Interest Account prior to each Payment Date during the related Funding Period.

         CAPITALIZED  INTEREST  ACCOUNT.  On  the  Closing  Date  cash  will  be
deposited with respect to Group II in the Capitalized  Interest  Account,  which
account  shall be in the name of and  maintained  by the  Indenture  Trustee and
shall be part of the Trust  Estate.  The  amounts on deposit in the  Capitalized
Interest  Account,  including  reinvestment  income,  taxes  thereon and amounts
deposited  thereto from the Pre-Funding  Account,  will be used by the Indenture
Trustee to fund the  excess,  if any,  of (i) the sum of the amount of  interest
accruing at the related Note  Interest Rate on the amount by which the aggregate
related Note Principal Balance exceeds the related  Aggregate  Principal Balance
of the Home Equity Loans plus the related  Indenture  Trustee Fee, Owner Trustee
Fee, Servicing Fee and Note Insurer Premium accruing on such excess balance over
(ii)  the  amount  of any  reinvestment  income  on  monies  on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account; such amounts on deposit will be so applied by the Indenture
Trustee on the July and August 1998 Payment  Date to fund such  excess,  if any.
Any amounts  remaining  in the  Capitalized  Interest  Account at the end of the
Funding  Period and not needed for such purpose will be paid to the  Transferor,
or an affiliate  thereof,  and will not thereafter be available for distribution
to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes.

         PRINCIPAL  AND  INTEREST  ACCOUNT.  The Master  Servicer is required to
create, or cause to be created,  in the name of the Indenture Trustee, at one or
more depository institutions, which institutions may be affiliates of the Master
Servicer,  a principal and interest account maintained as a trust account in the
trust department of such institution (the "Principal and Interest Account"). All
funds  in the  Principal  and  Interest  Account  are  required  to be held  (i)
uninvested, or (ii) invested in Eligible Investments. Any investment of funds in
the Principal and Interest  Account must mature or be  withdrawable at par on or
prior to the  immediately  succeeding  Monthly  Remittance  Date. Any investment
earnings on funds held in the Principal and Interest Account are for the account
of, and any losses  therein  are also for the  account  of, and must be promptly
replenished by, the Master Servicer.

         The Master  Servicer is required to deposit,  or cause to be deposited,
to the  Principal  and  Interest  Account,  within one  business  day  following
receipt, all principal and interest due on the Home Equity Loans on or after the
Cut-Off Date,  including any  Prepayments,  the proceeds of any liquidation of a
Home Equity Loan net of expenses and  unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances  ("Net
Liquidation Proceeds"), any income from REO Properties and Delinquency Advances,
but net of (i) Net Liquidation  Proceeds to the extent that such Net Liquidation
Proceeds exceed the sum of (a) the Principal  Balance of the related Home Equity
Loan immediately  prior to liquidation,  (b) accrued and unpaid interest on such
Home  Equity  Loan  (net  of the  related  Servicing  Fee)  to the  date of such
liquidation,  (c) any Realized Losses during the related  Remittance Period, and
(d) any related  Servicing  Advances,  (ii)  principal  (including  Prepayments)
collected  and  interest  due on the Home Equity Loans prior to the Cut-Off Date
excluding  payments  received  and applied  prior to the Cut-Off  Date which are
applicable to periods on and after


                                      S-79
<PAGE>


the Cut-Off Date, (iii)  reimbursements  for Delinquency  Advances and Servicing
Advances  to the extent  provided  below,  and (iv)  reimbursement  for  amounts
deposited  in the  Principal  and  Interest  Account  representing  payments  of
principal  and/or  interest  on a Note by a  Mortgagor  which  are  subsequently
returned by a  depository  institution  as unpaid  (all such net  amounts  being
referred to herein as the "Daily Collections").

         The Master  Servicer may make  withdrawals for its own account from the
Principal and Interest Account for the following purposes:

         (i) on  each  Monthly  Remittance  Date,  to  pay  itself  the  related
Servicing Fee;

         (ii) to  withdraw  investment  earnings  on  amounts  on deposit in the
Principal and Interest Account;

         (iii) to withdraw amounts that have been deposited to the Principal and
Interest Account in error;

         (iv) to  reimburse  itself for  unrecovered  Delinquency  Advances  and
Servicing Advances;

         (v) to clear and terminate the Principal and Interest Account following
the termination of the Trust; and

         (vi) to  reimburse  the Master  Servicer  for  expenses  incurred by or
reimbursable  to the Master  Servicer to the extent  provided  in the  Servicing
Agreement

         The Master Servicer will remit to the Indenture  Trustee for deposit in
the Note Account the Daily  Collections  allocable  to a  Remittance  Period not
later than the related  Monthly  Remittance  Date, and Loan Purchase  Prices and
Substitution  Amounts two Business  Days  following  the related  repurchase  or
substitution, as the case may be.

         DELINQUENCY  ADVANCES.  On each  Monthly  Remittance  Date,  the Master
Servicer shall be required to remit to the Indenture  Trustee for deposit to the
Note Account out of the Master  Servicer's own funds any  delinquent  payment of
interest with respect to each delinquent Home Equity Loan, which payment was not
received  on or  prior  to the  related  Monthly  Remittance  Date  and  was not
theretofore  advanced  by the  Master  Servicer.  Such  amounts  of  the  Master
Servicer's  own  funds so  deposited  are  "Delinquency  Advances."  The  Master
Servicer may reimburse  itself on any Business Day for any Delinquency  Advances
paid from the Master  Servicer's own funds,  from collections on any Home Equity
Loan in each Group that are not required to be  distributed  on the Payment Date
occurring  during the month in which such  reimbursement is made (such amount to
be replaced on future dates to the extent necessary).

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event that the Master  Servicer
determines in its reasonable  business judgment in accordance with the servicing
standards of the Servicing  Agreement that any proposed  Delinquency  Advance if
made would not be recoverable, the Master Servicer shall not be required to make
such  Delinquency  Advances with respect to such Home Equity Loan. To the extent
that the Master Servicer  previously has made Delinquency  Advances with respect
to a Home Equity Loan that the Master  Servicer  subsequently  determines  to be
nonrecoverable,  the Master Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement for such
aggregate  unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances as provided above or may withdraw
such amounts from the Principal and Interest Account.  The Master Servicer shall
give written notice of such  determination  as to why such amount is or would or
may  withdraw  such  amounts  from  the   principal  and  Interest   Account  be
nonrecoverable to the Indenture Trustee and the Note Insurer.

         SERVICING  ADVANCES.  The Master  Servicer  will be required to pay all
"out of pocket" costs and expenses  incurred in the performance of its servicing
obligations,  including, but not limited to, (i) expenditures in connection with
a  foreclosed  Home Equity  Loan prior to the  liquidation  thereof,  including,
without  limitation,   expenditures  for  real  estate  property  taxes,  hazard
insurance  premiums,   property   restoration  or  preservation   ("Preservation
Expenses"), (ii) the cost of any enforcement or judicial proceedings,  including
foreclosures  and (iii) the cost of the



                                      S-80
<PAGE>


management  and  liquidation of Property  (including  broker's fees) acquired in
satisfaction  of the  related  Mortgage,  except to the  extent  that the Master
Servicer in its reasonable  business judgment  determines that any such proposed
amount  would not be  recoverable.  Such  costs  and  expenses  will  constitute
"Servicing Advances." The Master Servicer may recover a Servicing Advance to the
extent permitted by the Home Equity Loans or, if not theretofore  recovered from
the Mortgagor on whose behalf such Servicing  Advance was made, from Liquidation
Proceeds  realized upon the  liquidation of the related Home Equity Loan or from
certain  amounts on deposit in the Note  Account as  provided  in the  Servicing
Agreement.  In the event a  Servicing  Advance  previously  made is deemed to be
nonrecoverable, the Master Servicer may withdraw such amounts from the Principal
and Interest Account.

         COMPENSATING  INTEREST. A full month's interest at the Coupon Rate will
be due on the outstanding  Principal  Balance of each Home Equity Loan as of the
beginning of each Remittance  Period. If a full or partial  prepayment of a Home
Equity  Loan  occurs  during any  calendar  month,  any  difference  between the
interest  collected  from the Mortgagor in  connection  with such payoff and the
full  month's  interest  at the Coupon Rate that would be due on the related due
date for such Home Equity Loan (such difference,  the  "Compensating  Interest")
(but not in excess of the  aggregate  Servicing  Fee for the related  Remittance
Period),  will be required to be deposited to the Principal and Interest Account
(or if such  difference  is an excess,  the Master  Servicer  shall  retain such
excess) on the next  succeeding  Monthly  Remittance Date by the Master Servicer
and shall be included in the Monthly  Remittance  Amount to be made available to
the Indenture Trustee on the next succeeding Monthly Remittance Date.

         DELINQUENT HOME EQUITY LOANS. The Master  Servicer,  and in the absence
of the exercise thereof by the Master  Servicer,  the Note Insurer will have the
right and the option,  but not the  obligation,  to purchase for its own account
any Home Equity Loan which becomes  delinquent as to three  consecutive  monthly
installments or any Home Equity Loan as to which  enforcement  proceedings  have
been brought by the Master Servicer; provided, that the Master Servicer must, if
it elects to purchase such Home Equity Loans,  purchase the most delinquent Home
Equity  Loans first  unless the Note Insurer  otherwise  consents.  The purchase
price for any such Home Equity Loan is equal to the Loan Purchase Price thereof,
which purchase price shall be deposited in the Principal and Interest Account.

         HAZARD INSURANCE.  The Master Servicer will be required to cause hazard
insurance to be maintained  with respect to the related  Property and to advance
sums on  account  of the  premiums  therefor  if not  paid by the  Mortgagor  if
permitted by the terms of such Home Equity Loan.

         RELEASES OF MORTGAGES,  ALTERATIONS, REMOVAL, DEMOLITION OR DIVISION OF
PROPERTIES.  The  Master  Servicer  will  have the  right  under  the  Servicing
Agreement   (upon   receiving  the  consent  of  the  Note  Insurer)  to  accept
applications  of  Mortgagors  for consent to (i) partial  releases of Mortgages,
(ii)  alterations  and (iii) removal,  demolition or division of Properties.  No
application  for approval may be considered by the Master Servicer  unless:  (i)
the  provisions of the related Note and Mortgage have been complied  with;  (ii)
the  loan-to-value  ratio and  debt-to-income  ratio after any release  does not
exceed  the  loan-to-value  ratio and  debt-to-income  ratio of such Note on the
Cut-Off  Date and any increase in the  loan-to-value  shall not exceed 5% unless
approved  in writing by the Note  Insurer;  and (iii) the lien  priority  of the
related Mortgage is not affected.

         AMENDMENT.  The Master  Servicer  shall not agree to any  modification,
waiver or  amendment of any  provision  of any Home Equity Loan  unless,  in the
Master Servicer's good faith judgment,  such  modification,  waiver or amendment
would minimize the loss that might otherwise be experienced with respect to such
Home Equity Loan and only in the event of a payment default with respect to such
Home Equity  Loan or in the event that a payment  default  with  respect to such
Home Equity Loan is reasonably  foreseeable  by the Master  Servicer;  provided,
however,  that no such  modification,  waiver  or  amendment  shall  extend  the
maturity  date of such Home Equity  Loan  beyond  June 5, 2028.  Notwithstanding
anything  set forth in the  Servicing  Agreement  to the  contrary,  the  Master
Servicer  shall be permitted to modify,  waive or amend any  provision of a Home
Equity Loan if required by statute or a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to do
so.

         The Master  Servicer  shall  provide  written  notice to the  Indenture
Trustee and the Note Insurer prior to the execution of any modification,  waiver
or amendment of any provision of any Home Equity Loan; provided that if the Note
Insurer  does not  object in writing to the  modification,  waiver or  amendment
specified in such notice within five  Business  Days after its receipt  thereof,
the Master  Servicer may effectuate such  modification,  waiver or amendment and
shall deliver to the Custodian,  on behalf of the Indenture  Trustee for deposit
in the related Mortgage


                                      S-81
<PAGE>


File, an original  counterpart of the agreement  relating to such  modification,
waiver or amendment, promptly following the execution thereof.

         SUB-SERVICING AGREEMENTS.  The Master Servicer, with the consent of the
Note Insurer,  except as provided  below,  will be permitted under the Servicing
Agreement to enter into servicing  agreements (the  "Sub-Servicing  Agreements")
with other  qualified  servicers  (the  "Sub-Servicers")  for any  servicing and
administration  of  Home  Equity  Loans  with  any  institution  that  (x) is in
compliance  with the laws of each state  necessary  to enable it to perform  its
obligations under such  Sub-Servicing  Agreement,  (y) has experience  servicing
home equity  loans that are similar to the Home Equity  Loans and (z) has equity
of not less than $5,000,000 (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles).

         With the consent of the Note  Insurer,  the Master  Servicer  may enter
into  Sub-Servicing  Agreements with Sub-Servicers with respect to the servicing
of the Home Equity Loans;  provided  that the Master  Servicer will not need the
consent  of the Note  Insurer  to enter  into  Sub-Servicing  Agreement  with an
affiliate of the Master Servicer.  Notwithstanding any Sub-Servicing  Agreement,
the Master Servicer will not be relieved of its obligations  under the Servicing
Agreement and the Master Servicer will be obligated to the same extent and under
the same terms and  conditions as if it alone were  servicing and  administering
the Home Equity Loans.  The Master  Servicer shall be entitled to enter into any
agreement with a Sub-Servicer for indemnification of the Master Servicer by such
Sub-Servicer  and nothing  contained in such  Sub-Servicing  Agreement  shall be
deemed to limit or modify the Servicing Agreement.

         INDEMNIFICATION.  The Master  Servicer has agreed to indemnify and hold
the Indenture  Trustee and the Note Insurer harmless against any and all claims,
losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures,  legal fees and related costs, judgments,
and any other costs,  fees and expenses that the Indenture  Trustee and the Note
Insurer may sustain in any way related to the failure of the Master  Servicer to
perform  its duties and service the Home  Equity  Loans in  compliance  with the
terms of the  Servicing  Agreement  except as may be  limited  in the  Servicing
Agreement.  The Master Servicer shall  immediately  notify the Indenture Trustee
and the Note  Insurer if a claim is made by a third  party  with  respect to the
Servicing  Agreement,  and the Master  Servicer  shall assume the defense of any
such claim and pay all expenses in connection  therewith,  including  reasonable
counsel  fees,  and promptly  pay,  discharge and satisfy any judgment or decree
which may be entered against the Master  Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the
Note Insurer  and/or the Backup  Master  Servicer in respect of such claim.  The
Indenture  Trustee shall  reimburse the Master  Servicer from amounts  otherwise
distributable  on the Residual  Interest for all amounts advanced by it pursuant
to the  preceding  sentence,  except  when a  final  nonappealable  adjudication
determines that the claim relates directly to the failure of the Master Servicer
to  perform  its  duties  in  compliance  with  the  Servicing  Agreement.   The
indemnification  provisions  shall  survive  the  termination  of the  Servicing
Agreement and the payment of the outstanding Notes and the Residual Interest.

         REPORTS BY THE MASTER SERVICER. The Master Servicer will be required to
deliver to the Indenture Trustee,  the Note Insurer,  and the Rating Agencies on
or  before  April  30 of  each  year,  commencing  in  1999:  (1)  an  officers'
certificate  stating,  as to each  signer  thereof,  that  (i) a  review  of the
activities of the Master  Servicer  during such  preceding  calendar year and of
performance  under the Servicing  Agreement  has been made under such  officers'
supervision,  and (ii) to the best of such  officers'  knowledge,  based on such
review,  the  Master  Servicer  has  fulfilled  all its  obligations  under  the
Servicing  Agreement  for such  year,  or, if there  has been a  default  in the
fulfillment of all such  obligation,  specifying each such default known to such
officers and the nature and status  thereof  including  the steps being taken by
the Master Servicer to remedy such default and (2) a letter or letters of a firm
of independent,  nationally  recognized certified public accountants  reasonably
acceptable  to the Note  Insurer  stating that such firm has examined the Master
Servicer's  overall servicing  operations in accordance with the requirements of
the Uniform Single  Attestation  Program for Mortgage Bankers,  and stating such
firm's conclusions relating thereto.

         REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF MASTER  SERVICER.  The Note Insurer (or, the
Noteholders, with the consent of the Note Insurer) will have the right, pursuant
to the Servicing Agreement, to remove the Master Servicer upon the occurrence of
certain  events   (collectively,   the  "Master  Servicer  Termination  Events")
including,  without limitation:  (a) certain acts of bankruptcy or insolvency on
the part of the Master Servicer;  (b) certain failures on the part of the Master
Servicer to perform its  obligations  under the Servicing  Agreement  (including
certain  performance tests related to the delinquency rate and cumulative losses
of the Home Equity Loans);  or (c) the failure to cure material  breaches of the
Master Servicer's representations in the Servicing Agreement.



                                      S-82
<PAGE>

         The Master Servicer is not permitted to resign from the obligations and
duties  imposed on it under the Servicing  Agreement  except upon  determination
that its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law or are
in  material  conflict  by reason of  applicable  law with any other  activities
carried on by it, the other  activities  of the Master  Servicer so causing such
conflict  being of a type and nature  carried on by the Master  Servicer  on the
date  of  the  Servicing  Agreement.   Any  such  determination  permitting  the
resignation of the Master  Servicer is required to be evidenced by an opinion of
counsel to such effect which shall be delivered,  and reasonably acceptable,  to
the Indenture Trustee and the Note Insurer.

         Upon  removal or  resignation  of the Master  Servicer,  subject to the
right of the Note Insurer to direct the Indenture  Trustee to assign such duties
to another  party  acceptable to the Note  Insurer,  the Backup Master  Servicer
shall assume the duties of Master Servicer.  Any successor (including the Backup
Master Servicer) other than an affiliate of First  Greensboro Home Equity,  Inc.
is  required  to be a housing  and home  finance  institution,  bank or mortgage
servicing  institution which has been designated as an approved  seller-servicer
by FNMA or FHLMC for first and second lien home equity  loans  having  equity of
not less than  $5,000,000 as determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  and which is  acceptable  to the Note Insurer and shall
assume all or any part of the  responsibilities,  duties or  liabilities  of the
Master Servicer.

         No removal or resignation of the Master Servicer will become  effective
until the Backup  Master  Servicer or a  successor  Master  Servicer  shall have
assumed the Master  Servicer's  responsibilities  and  obligations in accordance
with the Servicing Agreement.

                                THE NOTE INSURER

         The information set forth in this section has been provided by the Note
Insurer.  No representation is made by the Underwriter,  the Seller,  the Master
Servicer,  the Master Backup Servicer,  the Depositor or any of their affiliates
as to the  accuracy  or  completeness  of such  information  or any  information
related to the Note Insurer incorporated by reference herein.

GENERAL

         The Note Insurer is a monoline  insurance company  incorporated in 1984
under the laws of the State of New York.  The Note Insurer is licensed to engage
in  financial  guaranty  insurance  business in all 50 states,  the  District of
Columbia and Puerto Rico.

         The Note  Insurer and its  subsidiaries  are engaged in the business of
writing  financial  guaranty  insurance,  principally  in respect of  securities
offered  in  domestic  and  foreign  markets.  In  general,  financial  guaranty
insurance  consists of the  issuance of a guaranty of  scheduled  payments of an
issuer's  securities  --thereby  enhancing the credit rating of those securities
- --in consideration for the payment of a premium to the insurer. The Note Insurer
and  its  subsidiaries  principally  insure  asset-backed,   collateralized  and
municipal  securities.   Asset-backed  securities  are  generally  supported  by
residential mortgage loans,  consumer or trade receivables,  securities or other
assets  having  an  ascertainable  cash  flow or  market  value.  Collateralized
securities  include  public  utility  first  mortgage  bonds and  sale/leaseback
obligation bonds.  Municipal  securities  consist largely of general  obligation
bonds,  special  revenue bonds and other special  obligations of state and local
governments.  The Note Insurer insures both newly issued  securities sold in the
primary  market and  outstanding  securities  sold in the secondary  market that
satisfy the Note Insurer's underwriting criteria.

         The Note Insurer is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Financial  Security
Assurance Holdings Ltd. ("Holdings"),  a New York Stock Exchange listed company.
Major shareholders of Holdings include Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.,
US WEST Capital Corporation and The Tokyo Marine and Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. No
shareholder  of Holdings is obligated to pay any debt of the Note Insurer or any
claim  under any  insurance  policy  issued by the Note  Insurer  or to make any
additional contribution to the capital of the Note Insurer.

         The principal  executive offices of the Note Insurer are located at 350
Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and its telephone number at that location
is (212) 826-0100.



                                      S-83
<PAGE>

REINSURANCE

         Pursuant  to  an  intercompany  agreement,   liabilities  on  financial
guaranty  insurance  written or reinsured from third parties by the Note Insurer
or any of its domestic  operating  insurance company  subsidiaries are reinsured
among such companies on an agreed-upon percentage substantially  proportional to
their respective capital, surplus and reserves,  subject to applicable statutory
risk  limitations.  In  addition,  the Note  Insurer  reinsures a portion of its
liabilities  under certain of its  financial  guaranty  insurance  policies with
other    reinsurers    under   various   quota   share   treaties   and   on   a
transaction-by-transaction  basis.  Such  reinsurance  is  utilized  by the Note
Insurer as a risk  management  device and to comply with certain  statutory  and
rating  agency  requirements;  it does not  alter or  limit  the Note  Insurer's
obligations under any financial guaranty insurance policy.

RATINGS OF CLAIMS-PAYING ABILITY

         The Note Insurer's  claims-paying ability is rated "Aaa" by Moody's and
"AAA" by  Standard & Poor's,  Fitch  IBCA,  Inc.,  Japan  Rating and  Investment
Information,  Inc.  and Standard & Poor's  (Australia)  Pty.  Ltd.  Such ratings
reflect   only  the  views  of  the   respective   rating   agencies,   are  not
recommendations  to buy, sell or hold  securities and are subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by such rating agencies.

CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the  capitalization  of the Note Insurer
and its wholly owned subsidiaries on the basis of generally accepted  accounting
principles as of March 31, 1998 (in thousands)

                                                                March 31, 1998
                                                                 (Unaudited)
Deferred Premium Revenue (net of prepaid reinsurance premiums)   $   428,157
                                                                  ----------
Shareholders' Equity:
              Common Stock                                            15,000
              Additional Paid-In Capital                             618,317
              Unrealized Gain on Investments (net of deferred
                income taxes)                                         24,700
              Accumulated earnings                                   265,030
                                                                     -------
Total Shareholders' Equity                                       $   923,047
                                                                  ==========

Total Deferred Premium Revenue and Shareholder's Equity           $1,351,204
                                                                   =========

                    ---------------------------------------

         For  further   information   concerning  the  Note  Insurer,   see  the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Note Insurer and subsidiaries,  and the
notes  thereto  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  Copies  of  the  statutory
quarterly  and  annual  statements  filed  with the State of New York  Insurance
Department  by the Note Insurer are  available  upon request to the State of New
York Insurance Department.

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         The  consolidated   financial   statements  of  the  Note  Insurer  and
subsidiaries  included  as an exhibit to the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended  December 31, 1997 and the  unaudited  financial  statements of the
Note Insurer and  subsidiaries  for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 included as
an exhibit to the  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31,
1998, each of which have been filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
by Holdings, are hereby incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement.

         All financial statements of the Note Insurer and subsidiaries  included
in documents filed by Holdings pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), subsequent
to the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement and prior to the  termination of the
offering of the Notes shall be deemed to be  incorporated by reference into this
Prospectus  Supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the  respective  dates of
filing such documents.



                                      S-84
<PAGE>

         The Depositor  will provide  without  charge to any person to whom this
Prospectus Supplement is delivered, upon oral or written request of such person,
a copy  of any or all of the  foregoing  financial  statements  incorporated  by
reference.  Requests for such copies  should be directed to the  Secretary,  One
First Union Center 301 S. College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0630.

INSURANCE REGULATION

         The Note Insurer is licensed and subject to  regulation  as a financial
guaranty  insurance  corporation  under the laws of the  State of New York,  its
state of domicile. In addition,  the Note Insurer and its insurance subsidiaries
are subject to regulation by insurance  laws of the various other  jurisdictions
in which they are licensed to do  business.  As a financial  guaranty  insurance
corporation  licensed to do business in the State of New York,  the Note Insurer
is  subject  to Article 69 of the New York  Insurance  Law  which,  among  other
things, limits the business of each such insurer to financial guaranty insurance
and related lines, requires that each such insurer maintain a minimum surplus to
policyholders,  establishes  contingency,  loss  and  unearned  premium  reserve
requirements  for  each  such  insurer,   and  limits  the  size  of  individual
transactions ("single risks") and the volume of transactions ("aggregate risks")
that may be underwritten by each such insurer.  Other provisions of the New York
Insurance  Law,  applicable  to non-life  insurance  companies  such as the Note
Insurer,  regulate,  among  other  things,  Eligible  Investments,   payment  of
dividends,  transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations,  acquisitions
or sales of assets and incurrence of liability for borrowings.

         The Note Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy or
completeness  of this  Prospectus  Supplement or any  information  or disclosure
contained herein,  or omitted herefrom,  other than with respect to the accuracy
of information  regarding the Note Insurer set forth or  incorporated  under the
heading "The Note Insurer" herein.

                              THE INSURANCE POLICY

         Simultaneously  with the  issuance of the Notes,  the Note Insurer will
issue the  Insurance  Policy to the  Indenture  Trustee  for the  benefit of the
Noteholders  pursuant to which it will irrevocably and unconditionally  guaranty
payment on each  Payment  Date to the  Indenture  Trustee for the benefit of the
Noteholders   of   an   amount   equal   to   the   Note   Interest   plus   any
Overcollateralization  Deficit for such Payment Date  calculated  in  accordance
with the  original  terms of the Notes  when  issued and  without  regard to any
amendment or  modification  of the Notes or the Indenture  except  amendments or
modifications to which the Note Insurer has given its prior written consent. The
amount  of the  Insured  Payment,  if  any,  made  by the  Note  Insurer  to the
Noteholders  under the Insurance Policy on each Payment Date is the sum (without
duplication)   of  (i)  any  shortfall  in  the  amount   required  to  pay  the
Overcollateralization Deficit for such Payment Date from a source other than the
Insurance Policy, (ii) any shortfall in the amount required to pay Note Interest
for such Payment Date from a source other than the Insurance  Policy,  (iii) any
shortfall  in the amount  required  to pay the  Preference  Amount from a source
other  than the  Insurance  Policy  and (iv) on the Stated  Maturity  Date,  the
outstanding  Principal  Balance on the Notes.  Payments  which  become due on an
accelerated basis as a result of (a) a default by the Issuer, (b) an election by
the Issuer to pay  principal on an  accelerated  basis or (c) any other cause do
not constitute  "Insured  Payments," unless the Note Insurer elects, in its sole
discretion,  to pay such  principal  due upon  acceleration,  together  with any
accrued interest to the date of acceleration. The effect of the Insurance Policy
is to guaranty the timely  payment of interest  on, and the  ultimate  principal
amount  of the  Notes.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Note  Insurer  is
permitted  at its  sole  option,  but is not  required,  to pay  any  losses  in
connection  with the  liquidation  of a Home Equity Loan in accordance  with the
Insurance Policy.

         Payment of claims under the  Insurance  Policy will be made by the Note
Insurer  following  Receipt by the Note  Insurer of the  appropriate  notice for
payment  on the later to occur of (a) 12:00  noon,  New York City  time,  on the
second Business Day following Receipt of such notice for payment,  and (b) 12:00
noon, New York City time, on the relevant Payment Date.

         If any payment of an amount  guaranteed by the Note Insurer pursuant to
the  Insurance  Policy is  avoided  as a  preference  payment  under  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or similar law the Note Insurer will pay
such  amount  out of the funds of the Note  Insurer on the later of (a) the date
when due to be paid pursuant to the Order  referred to below or (b) the first to
occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following  Receipt by the Note Insurer


                                      S-85
<PAGE>


from the Indenture Trustee of (A) a certified copy of the order (the "Order") of
the court or other governmental body which exercised  jurisdiction to the effect
that a Noteholder is required to return  principal or interest  distributed with
respect  to a  Note  during  the  term  of the  Insurance  Policy  because  such
distributions were avoidable  preferences under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a
certificate of the Noteholder that the Order has been entered and is not subject
to  any  stay,  and  (C)  an  assignment  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the
Noteholder,  in such form as is  reasonably  required  by the Note  Insurer  and
provided to the  Noteholder  by the Note Insurer,  irrevocably  assigning to the
Note  Insurer  all rights and claims of the  Noteholder  relating  to or arising
under the Notes  against  the  debtor  which  made such  preference  payment  or
otherwise with respect to such preference  payment,  or (ii) the date of Receipt
by the Note  Insurer  from the  Indenture  Trustee of the items  referred  to in
clauses  (A),  (B) and (C) above if, at least four  Business  Days prior to such
date of Receipt,  the Note Insurer shall have Received  written  notice from the
Indenture  Trustee  that such items were to be  delivered  on such date and such
date was  specified  in such  notice.  Such  payment  shall be  disbursed to the
receiver,  conservator,  debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy named in
the Order and not to the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder  directly (unless a
Noteholder  has  previously  paid  such  amount  to the  receiver,  conservator,
debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order, in which case
such payment shall be disbursed to the  Indenture  Trustee for  distribution  to
such Noteholder upon proof of such payment  reasonably  satisfactory to the Note
Insurer).

         The terms  "Receipt"  and  "Received,"  with  respect to the  Insurance
Policy,  means  actual  delivery  to the Note  Insurer  and to its fiscal  agent
appointed by the Note Insurer at its option,  if any,  prior to 12:00 p.m.,  New
York  City  time,  on a  Business  Day;  delivery  either on a day that is not a
Business  Day or after  12:00  p.m.,  New York City time,  shall be deemed to be
Receipt on the next succeeding  Business Day. If any notice or certificate given
under the Insurance Policy by the Indenture  Trustee is not in proper form or is
not properly  completed,  executed or delivered,  it shall be deemed not to have
been Received, and the Note Insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so advise
the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may submit an amended notice.

         Under the Insurance Policy, "Business Day" means any day other than (i)
a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking  institutions in The City of
New York, New York are  authorized or obligated by law or executive  order to be
closed.

         The Note Insurer's obligations under the Insurance Policy in respect of
Insured  Payments shall be discharged to the extent funds are transferred to the
Indenture Trustee as provided in the Insurance Policy, whether or not such funds
are properly applied by the Indenture Trustee.

         The Note Insurer shall be  subrogated to the rights of each  Noteholder
to receive  payments of principal and interest,  as applicable,  with respect to
distributions  on the Notes to the  extent of any  payment  by the Note  Insurer
under the  Insurance  Policy.  To the  extent  the Note  Insurer  makes  Insured
Payments,  either  directly or  indirectly  (as by paying  through the Indenture
Trustee), to the Noteholders,  the Note Insurer will be subrogated to the rights
of the Noteholders,  as applicable,  with respect to such Insured Payment, shall
be deemed to the extent of the  payments so made to be a  registered  Noteholder
for purposes of payment and shall  receive all future  payments of principal and
interest,  as  applicable,  until all such Insured  Payments by the Note Insurer
have been fully reimbursed, provided that the Noteholders have received the full
amount of the payments of principal and interest, as applicable.

         Claims  under the  Insurance  Policy will rank  equally  with any other
unsecured and unsubordinated  obligations of the Note Insurer except for certain
obligations in respect of tax and other  payments to which  preference is or may
become  afforded  by  statute.  The  terms of the  Insurance  Policy  cannot  be
modified,  altered or affected by any other  agreement or instrument,  or by the
merger,  consolidation  or  dissolution  of the Master  Servicer.  The Insurance
Policy by its terms may not be  canceled  or revoked.  The  Insurance  Policy is
governed by the laws of the State of New York.

         The Insurance Policy is not covered by the Property/Casualty  Insurance
Security  Fund  specified  in  Article  76 of the New York  Insurance  Law.  The
Insurance Policy is not covered by the Florida  Insurance  Guaranty  Association
created under Part II of Chapter 631 of the Florida Insurance Code. In the event
the Note  Insurer  were to  become  insolvent,  any  claims  arising  under  the
Insurance Policy are excluded from coverage by the California Insurance Guaranty
Association,  established  pursuant  to  Article  14.2 of Chapter 1 of part 2 of
Division 1 of the California Insurance Code.



                                      S-86
<PAGE>

PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE,  UNLESS A NOTE INSURER  DEFAULT  EXISTS,
THE NOTE  INSURER  SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE THE  NOTEHOLDER  FOR  CERTAIN  PURPOSES
(OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO PAYMENT ON THE NOTES),  WILL BE ENTITLED TO EXERCISE
ALL RIGHTS OF THE NOTEHOLDER THEREUNDER, WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF SUCH NOTEHOLDERS
AND THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY EXERCISE SUCH RIGHTS ONLY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
OF THE NOTE INSURER. IN ADDITION,  THE NOTE INSURER WILL HAVE CERTAIN ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS AS A THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY TO THE INDENTURE.

         The Note Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy of
completeness  of this  Prospectus  Supplement or any  information  or disclosure
contained herein,  or omitted herefrom,  other than with respect to the accuracy
of the  information  regarding the Note Insurer set forth under the heading "The
Note Insurer"  herein.  Additionally,  the Note Insurer makes no  representation
regarding the Notes or the advisability of investing in the Notes.

         Each rating of the Note Insurer should be evaluated independently.  The
ratings  reflect  the  respective  rating  agency's  current  assessment  of the
creditworthiness  of the Note  Insurer  and its  ability  to pay  claims  on its
policies of insurance.  Any further  explanation as to the  significance  of the
above ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.

         The above  ratings  are not  recommendations  to buy,  sell or hold the
Notes and such ratings may be subject to revision or  withdrawal  at any time by
the rating  agencies.  Any downward  revision or  withdrawal of any of the above
ratings may have an adverse  effect on the market  price of the Notes.  The Note
Insurer  does not  guaranty  the market  price of the Notes nor does it guaranty
that the ratings on the Notes will not be revised or withdrawn.

INSURANCE POLICY DOES NOT APPLY TO PREPAYMENT RISK

         In  general,  the  protection  afforded  by  the  Insurance  Policy  is
protection for credit risk and not for prepayment  risk. A claim may not be made
under the  Insurance  Policy,  in an attempt  to  guarantee  or insure  that any
particular rate of prepayment is experienced by the Trust Estate.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended  (the  "Code"),  prohibit a pension,  profit  sharing or other  employee
benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement  accounts and  annuities  and
certain Keogh Plans,  and entities  deemed to hold assets of such plans (each, a
"Plan")  from  engaging in certain  transactions  involving  "plan  assets" with
persons  that are "parties in interest"  under ERISA or  "disqualified  persons"
under the Code with  respect  to such Plan.  A  violation  of these  "prohibited
transaction  rules" may generate  excise tax and other penalties and liabilities
under ERISA and the Code for such  persons.  Title I of ERISA also requires that
fiduciaries  of a Plan  subject  to ERISA  make  investments  that are  prudent,
diversified  (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance  with  governing
plan documents.

         Under regulations of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 C.F.R. ss.
2510.3-101  (the  "Plan  Asset  Regulations"),  the  assets of a Plan  generally
include not only securities held by a Plan but also the underlying assets of the
issuer of any equity  securities  (the  "Look-Through  Rule") unless one or more
exceptions  specified in the Plan Asset Regulations are satisfied.  For purposes
of those  Regulations,  an equity  security is a security  other than a security
that is treated as debt under  applicable  local law and that has no substantial
equity  features.  The  Issuer  believes  that the Notes will be treated as debt
obligations  without  significant equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset
Regulations.  Accordingly,  a Plan that acquires a Note should not be treated as
having  acquired a direct interest in the assets of the Issuer.  However,  there
can be no complete  assurance that the Notes will be treated as debt obligations
without  significant equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations.
If the Notes are treated as having substantial equity features, the purchaser of
a Note could be treated as having  acquired a direct interest in the Home Equity
Loans securing the Notes. In that event, the purchase, holding, or resale of the
Notes could result in a transaction that is prohibited under ERISA or the Code.

         However,  even if the Notes are treated as debt for such purposes,  the
acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Plan could be considered to
give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Issuer or any of its affiliates is


                                      S-87
<PAGE>



or becomes a "party in interest"  under ERISA or a  "disqualified  person" under
the Code with respect to such Plan. In such case,  certain  exemptions  from the
prohibited  transaction  rules  could be  applicable  depending  on the type and
circumstances  of the plan  fiduciary  making the  decision  to  acquire  Notes.
Included among these  exemptions  are:  Prohibited  Transaction  Class Exemption
("PTCE") 96-23,  regarding  transactions  effected by "in-house asset managers";
PTCE 90-1, regarding  investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;
PTCE 95-60,  regarding  investments by insurance company general accounts;  PTCE
91-38,  regarding  investments by bank  collective  investment  funds;  and PTCE
84-14,  regarding   transactions  effected  by  "qualified   professional  asset
managers".  A  purchaser  of a Note should be aware,  however,  that even if the
conditions  specified in one or more exemptions are met, the scope of the relief
provided by an  exemption  might not cover all acts that might be  construed  as
prohibited transactions.  The purchase of a Note will be deemed a representation
by the  acquirer  that  either (i) it is not,  and is not  purchasing  a Note on
behalf of, or with the assets of, a Plan, or (ii) the acquisition and holding of
a Note by the acquirer  qualifies  for exemptive  relief under PTCE 95-60,  PTCE
96-23,  PTCE 91-38,  PTCE 90-1, PTCE 84-14 or another  Department of Labor Class
Exemption.

         A governmental plan as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA is not subject
to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.  However,  such a  governmental
plan may be subject to a  federal,  state,  or local law which is, to a material
extent,  similar  to the  foregoing  provisions  of ERISA or the Code  ("Similar
Law"). A fiduciary of a governmental  plan should make its own  determination as
to the need for and the availability of any exemptive relief under Similar Law.

         A Plan fiduciary  considering  the purchase of Notes should consult its
tax  and/or  legal  advisors   regarding  the  applicability  of  the  fiduciary
responsibility provisions of ERISA to such investment, whether the assets of the
Issuer would be considered plan assets, the possibility of exemptive relief from
the prohibited  transaction  rules, and other related issues and their potential
consequences.  The sale of Notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation  by
the Issuer or the  Underwriter  that this  investment  meets all relevant  legal
requirements  with respect to investments  by Plans  generally or any particular
Plan,  or that  this  investment  is  appropriate  for  Plans  generally  or any
particular Plan. SEE "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The Issuer intends to use the net proceeds to be received from the sale
of the Notes to acquire the Home Equity Loans from the  Depositor and the Seller
and to pay other expenses  associated  with the pooling of the Home Equity Loans
and the issuance of the Notes.

                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The  Notes  will  not  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for
purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").
Institutions  whose  activities  are  subject  to  review  by  federal  or state
regulatory  authorities may be or may become subject to restrictions,  which may
be retroactively  imposed by such regulatory  authorities,  on the investment by
such  institutions in certain forms of mortgage related  securities.  SEE "Legal
Investment" in the Prospectus.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under the terms set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, dated the date
hereof (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the  Depositor has agreed to cause the
Issuer  to sell,  and the  Underwriter  has  agreed,  subject  to the  terms and
conditions set forth  therein,  to purchase the entire  principal  amount of the
Notes.

         The  Underwriter  has informed the Depositor  that it proposes to offer
the Notes for sale from time to time in one or more negotiated transactions,  or
otherwise, at varying prices to be determined,  in each case, at the time of the
related sale. The Underwriter may effect such  transactions by selling the Notes
to or through dealers,  and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of
underwriting  discounts,  concessions or commissions  from the  Underwriter.  In
connection  with the sale of the Notes,  the  Underwriter  may be deemed to have
received   compensation   from  the  Depositor  in  the  form  of   underwriting
compensation.  The  Underwriter  and  any  dealers  that  participate  with  the
Underwriter in the  distribution  of the Notes may be deemed to be  underwriters
and any


                                      S-88
<PAGE>


commissions  received  by them and any profit on the resale of the Notes by them
may be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

         The Depositor and the Sponsor have agreed to indemnify the  Underwriter
against certain liabilities including liabilities under the Securities Act.

         The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriter  that the Underwriter
intends to make a market in the  Notes,  as  permitted  by  applicable  laws and
regulations  and  subject to the  provisions  of Rule 104 of  Regulation  M. The
Underwriter  is not obligated,  however,  to make a market in the Notes and such
market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time at the sole  discretion  of the
Underwriter.  Accordingly,  no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or
trading markets for, the Notes.
         First Union Capital Markets, a division of Wheat First Securities, Inc.
("First Union"), or affiliates of First Union (collectively referred to as First
Union for the purposes of this paragraph) provide warehouse financing facilities
to the Seller.

         All of the Home Equity  Loans  included  in the Trust  Estate will have
been acquired in a privately negotiated transaction with the Sponsor.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  balance sheets of Financial  Security  Assurance Inc.
and its  subsidiaries  as of  December  31, 1997 and  December  31, 1996 and the
related consolidated  statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December  31, 1997,
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement,  have been incorporated
herein in  reliance  on the report of  Coopers & Lybrand  L. L. P.,  independent
accountants,  given on the authority of that firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a general  discussion  of the  material  anticipated
federal income tax  considerations  to investors of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the securities offered hereby. The discussion is based upon laws,
regulations,  rulings and decisions  now in effect,  all of which are subject to
change.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to deal with all  federal  tax
considerations  applicable to all categories of investors,  some of which may be
subject to special  rules.  Investors  should  consult their own tax advisors in
determining the federal,  state, local and any other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.

         The Notes will not  represent  "real  estate  assets"  for  purposes of
Section  856(c)(4)(A)  of the Code or "[l]oans . . .  principally  secured by an
interest in real property" within the meaning of Section  7701(a)(19)(C)  of the
Code.

         TREATMENT OF THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS. The Depositor, the Sponsor, the
Transferor,  the Seller and the Issuer agree,  and the Noteholders will agree by
their purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as debt for all federal,  state and
local  income  tax  purposes.  There are no  regulations,  published  rulings or
judicial  decisions  involving  the  characterization  for  federal  income  tax
purposes  of  securities  with terms  substantially  the same as the  Notes.  In
general,  whether  instruments  such as the Notes  constitute  indebtedness  for
federal  income tax purposes is a question of fact,  the  resolution of which is
based  primarily  upon  the  economic  substance  of  the  instruments  and  the
transaction  pursuant to which they are issued  rather than merely upon the form
of the  transaction  or the manner in which the  instruments  are  labeled.  The
Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS") and the courts  have set forth  various
factors  to be taken  into  account  in  determining,  for  federal  income  tax
purposes,  whether or not an instrument  constitutes  indebtedness and whether a
transfer  of  property  is  a  sale  because  the  transferor  has  relinquished
substantial incidents of ownership in the property or whether such transfer is a
borrowing secured by the property.  On the basis of its analysis of such factors
as  applied  to the facts and its  analysis  of the  economic  substance  of the
contemplated  transaction,  Dewey  Ballantine  LLP, tax counsel to the Depositor
("Tax  Counsel"),  is of the opinion that, for federal income tax purposes,  the
Notes will be treated as  indebtedness  and not as an ownership  interest in the
Home  Equity  Loans,  or an  equity  interest  in  the  Trust  or in a  separate
association  taxable as a corporation  or


                                      S-89
<PAGE>


other  taxable  entity.  Further,  Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Issuer
will not be characterized  as an association (or a publicly traded  partnership)
taxable as a corporation or as a taxable  mortgage  pool. See "Material  Federal
Income Consequences -- Debt Securities" in the Prospectus.

         If the  Notes  are  characterized  as  indebtedness,  interest  paid or
accrued on a Note will be  treated as  ordinary  income to the  Noteholders  and
principal  payments  on a Note will be  treated  as a return of  capital  to the
extent of the  Noteholder's  basis in the Note  allocable  thereto.  An  accrual
method taxpayer will be required to include in income interest on the Notes when
earned, even if not paid, unless it is determined to be uncollectible. The Trust
will report to Noteholders of record and the IRS in respect of the interest paid
and original issue discount, if any, accrued on the Notes to the extent required
by law.

         Although,  as described  above,  it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that,
for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be  characterized as debt, such
opinion is not binding on the IRS and thus no assurance can be given that such a
characterization  will prevail. If the IRS successfully  asserted that the Notes
did not represent  debt for federal  income tax  purposes,  holders of the Notes
would  likely be  treated  as owning an  interest  in a  partnership  and not an
interest  in an  association  (or  publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable  as a
corporation.  If the Noteholders were treated as owning an equitable interest in
a  partnership,  the  partnership  itself would not be subject to federal income
tax;  rather  each  partner  would be  taxed  individually  on their  respective
distributive  share of the  partnership's  income,  gain,  loss,  deductions and
credits.  The  amount,  timing  and  characterization  of  items of  income  and
deductions  for a Noteholder  would differ if the Notes were held to  constitute
partnership  interests,  rather than indebtedness.  Since the parties will treat
the Notes as  indebtedness  for federal income tax purposes,  none of the Master
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee will attempt to satisfy the
tax   reporting   requirements   that  would   apply   under  this   alternative
characterization  of the Notes.  Investors that are foreign persons are strongly
advised to consult  their own tax advisors in  determining  the federal,  state,
local  and  other  tax  consequences  to them  of the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the Notes.

         ORIGINAL  ISSUE  DISCOUNT.  It  is  anticipated,  and  this  discussion
assumes,  that the Notes will not have any original issue discount ("OID") other
than  possibly  OID  within a DE  MINIMIS  exception  and that  accordingly  the
provisions of sections  1271 through 1273 and 1275 of the Internal  Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the  "Code"),  generally  will not apply to the Notes.  OID
will be considered  DE MINIMIS if it is less than 0.25% of the principal  amount
of a Note  multiplied  by its expected  weighted  average life.  The  prepayment
assumption that will be used for purposes of computing  original issue discount,
if any,  for federal  income tax  purposes  is the  Prepayment  Assumption.  See
"Material Federal Income  Consequences -- Discount and Premium -- Original Issue
Discount" in the Prospectus.

         MARKET DISCOUNT.  A subsequent  purchaser who buys a Note for less than
its principal  amount may be subject to the "market  discount"  rules of Section
1276 through 1278 of the Code.  If a subsequent  purchaser of a Note disposes of
such  Note  (including  certain  nontaxable  dispositions  such as a  gift),  or
receives a principal payment,  any gain upon such sale or other disposition will
be  recognized,  or the amount of such  principal  payment  will be treated,  as
ordinary  income to the extent of any "market  discount"  accrued for the period
that such  purchaser  holds the Note.  Such holder may instead  elect to include
market  discount in income as it accrues  with  respect to all debt  instruments
acquired in the year of acquisition of the Notes and thereafter. Market discount
generally will equal the excess,  if any, of the then current  unpaid  principal
balance of the Note over the  purchaser's  basis in the Note  immediately  after
such purchaser acquired the Note. In general,  market discount on a Note will be
treated as accruing  over the term of such Note in the ratio of interest for the
current period over the sum of such current  interest and the expected amount of
all  remaining  interest  payments,  or at the  election of the holder,  under a
constant yield method (taking into account the  Prepayment  Assumption).  At the
request  of a holder of a Note,  information  will be made  available  that will
allow the  holder to compute  the  accrual  of market  discount  under the first
method  described  in the  preceding  sentence.  See  "Material  Federal  Income
Consequences -- Discount and Premium -- Market Discount" in the Prospectus.

         The  market  discount  rules also  provide  that a holder who incurs or
continues indebtedness to acquire a Note at a market discount may be required to
defer the  deduction  of all or a portion of the  interest on such  indebtedness
until the corresponding amount of market discount is included in income.



                                      S-90
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding  the above  rules,  market  discount  on a Note will be
considered to be zero if it is less than a DE MINIMIS amount,  which is 0.25% of
the remaining  principal balance of the Note multiplied by its expected weighted
average  remaining  life.  If OID or market  discount is DE MINIMIS,  the actual
amount of discount must be allocated to the remaining principal distributions on
the Notes and, when each such  distribution  is received,  capital gain equal to
the discount allocated to such distribution will be recognized.

         MARKET  PREMIUM.  A subsequent  purchaser who buys a Note for more than
its principal  amount generally will be considered to have purchased the Note at
a premium. Such holder may amortize such premium, using a constant yield method,
over the  remaining  term of the Note  and,  except as  future  regulations  may
otherwise  provide,  may apply  such  amortized  amounts to reduce the amount of
interest  reportable with respect to such note over the period from the purchase
date to the date of maturity of the Note. The amortization of such premium on an
obligation that provides for partial principal payments prior to maturity should
be governed by the methods for accrual of market  discount on such an obligation
(described  above). A holder that elects to amortize premium must reduce the tax
basis in the related  obligation by the amount of the aggregate  deductions  (or
interest  offsets)  allowable  for  amortizable  premium.  If a debt  instrument
purchased  at a premium is redeemed in full prior to its  maturity,  a purchaser
who has elected to amortize  premium  should be entitled to a deduction  for any
remaining  unamortized premium in the taxable year of redemption.  See "Material
Federal  Income  Consequences  --  Discount  and  Premium  --  Premium"  in  the
Prospectus.

         SALE OR REDEMPTION OF NOTES.  If a Note is sold or retired,  the seller
will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference  between the amount realized
on the sale and such holder's  adjusted  basis in the Note.  Such adjusted basis
generally  will  equal  the cost of the  Note to the  seller,  increased  by any
original issue discount  included in the seller's gross income in respect of the
Note (and by any market discount which the taxpayer elected to include in income
or was  required  to include in  income),  and  reduced by  payments  other than
payments of  qualified  stated  interest in respect of the Note  received by the
seller and by any amortized premium.  Similarly, a holder who receives a payment
other than a payment of qualified  stated interest in respect of a Note,  either
on the date on which such payment is  scheduled  to be made or as a  prepayment,
will  recognize  gain equal to the excess,  if any, of the amount of the payment
over his adjusted basis in the Note allocable thereto. A Noteholder who receives
a final payment which is less than his adjusted basis in the Note will generally
recognize a loss in the amount of the  shortfall  on the last day of his taxable
year. Generally,  any such gain or loss realized by an investor who holds a Note
as a "capital  asset"  within the meaning of Code Section 1221 should be capital
gain or loss, except as described above in respect of market discount and except
that a loss attributable to accrued but unpaid interest may be an ordinary loss.
See "Material Federal Income Consequences -- Debt Securities" in the Prospectus.

         TAXATION OF CERTAIN FOREIGN  INVESTORS.  Interest  payments  (including
OID,  if any) on the  Notes  made to a  Noteholder  who is a  nonresident  alien
individual,  foreign  corporation or other non-United  States person (a "foreign
person")  generally will be "portfolio  interest" which is not subject to United
States tax if such payments are not effectively  connected with the conduct of a
trade or business in the United  States by such foreign  person and if the Trust
(or other  person who would  otherwise  be required  to  withhold  tax from such
payments) is provided with an appropriate statement that the beneficial owner of
the Note identified on the statement is a foreign person.  See "Material Federal
Income Consequences -- Foreign Investors" in the Prospectus.

         BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  Distributions of interest and principal as well as
distributions  of  proceeds  from the sale of the  Notes,  may be subject to the
"backup  withholding  tax"  under  Section  3406  of the  Code at rate of 31% if
recipients  of  such   distributions  fail  to  furnish  to  the  payor  certain
information,  including their taxpayer identification numbers, or otherwise fail
to establish an exemption from such tax. Any amounts  deducted and withheld from
a  distribution  to a  recipient  would  be  allowed  as a credit  against  such
recipient's federal income tax. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by
the IRS on a recipient of distributions  that is required to supply  information
but  does  not  do so  in  the  proper  manner.  See  "Material  Federal  Income
Consequences -- Backup Withholding" in the Prospectus.

                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         Potential  Noteholders  should  consider the state and local income tax
consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Notes. State and
local income tax laws may differ  substantially  from the corresponding  federal
law, and this  discussion  does not purport to describe any aspect of the income
tax laws of any



                                      S-91
<PAGE>


state or locality. Therefore, potential Noteholders should consult their own tax
advisors  with  respect to the various  state and local tax  consequences  of an
investment in the Notes.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal matters will be passed upon for the Sponsor by Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan  LLP,  New York,  New York and  Shell,  Bray,  Aycock,  Able and
Livingston, Greensboro, North Carolina. Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York, New York
or  Dewey  Ballantine  LLP,  Washington,  D.C.,  will  act as  counsel  for  the
Underwriter  and will pass upon  certain  federal  income  tax  matters  for the
Issuer.  Certain  legal  matters  relating to the Note Insurer and the Insurance
Policy will be passed upon for the Note Insurer by the internal  general counsel
of the Note Insurer.

                               RATING OF THE NOTES

         It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that each shall be rated
"Aaa" by Moody's. and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's.

         Explanations  of the  significance of such ratings may be obtained from
Moody's,  99 Church Street,  New York, New York 10007, and Standard & Poor's, 25
Broadway,  New York,  New York  10004.  Each rating will be the view only of the
assigning Rating Agency.

         The  ratings  on  the  Notes  are  based  in  substantial  part  on the
claims-paying  ability of the Note  Insurer.  Any  changes in the ratings of the
Note Insurer by the Rating Agencies may result in a change in the ratings of the
Notes.

         The ratings  assigned to the Notes do not represent  any  assessment of
the likelihood or rate of Prepayments  and do not address the  possibility  that
Noteholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield.

         There is no  assurance  that any  rating  assigned  to the  Notes  will
continue  for any  period of time or that such  ratings  will not be  revised or
withdrawn.  Any such  revision or withdrawal of such ratings may have an adverse
effect on the market price or liquidity of the Notes.

         The ratings of the Notes should be evaluated independently form similar
ratings on other types of securities.  A security rating is not a recommendation
to buy, sell or hold securities.

         There can be no  assurances  as to whether any other rating agency will
rate the Notes,  or, if one does,  what  rating  will be  assigned by such other
rating agency.  A rating on the Notes by another  rating agency,  if assigned at
all, may be lower than the ratings  assigned to the Notes by Moody's or Standard
& Poor's.



                                      S-92
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS


Administrative Fee Amount, 6
Aggregate Principal Balance, 2, 15, 51
Appraised Value, 51
Available Funds, 8, 36
Beneficial Owner, 7
Book-Entry Notes, 28
Business Day, 8, 86
Capitalized Interest Account, 2, 18
Cedel, 7
Cedel Participants, 29
Citibank, 28
Class, 7
Class A-1 Note Interest Rate, 9
Class A-1 Notes, 5
Class A-2 Note Interest Rate, 9
Code, 87
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio, 51
Commission, 4
Compensating Interest, 14, 81
Coupon,  16, 53
Coupon  Rates,  15,  52
Custodian,  31
Cut-Off  Date,  6
Daily Collections,  80
Definitive  Note, 7
Delinquency  Advance,  13
Depositor,  1, 5
Determination  Date, 35
DIL, 49
DTC, 7
Eligible  Investments,  37
ERISA,  19, 87
Euroclear,  7
Euroclear  Operator,  29
Euroclear  Participants,   29
European Depositaries,  28
Excess Cash,  10, 38
Excess Cash Payment,  35
Exchange Act, 84
Final Certification, 32
Final Recovery Determination, 35
Financial Intermediary,  28
First  Greensboro,  43
First Union, 89
Fitch,  13
Funding Period,  18
Group I Adjustable  Rate Initial Home Equity Loans,  15
Group II Adjustable Rate Initial Home Equity Loans, 17
Group II Initial Aggregate  Principal  Balance, 2
Group II Initial Home Equity Loans, 2
Group II Pre-Funded  Amount, 18
HEP, 74
Home Equity Loans, 1, 7, 27
Home Equity Prepayment,  74
Indenture, 1
Indenture Trustee, 1, 6
Indenture  Trustee Fee, 6
Initial  Aggregate  Principal  Balance,  2, 53
Initial Group I Aggregate Principal Balance, 14, 51
Initial Group II Aggregate Principal Balance,  15, 51
Initial  Home  Equity  Loans,  2, 7, 27
Initial  Mortgage  Pool Balance,  51
Insurance  Policy,  1, 12
Insured  Payment,  12
Interest  Period, 9
Issuer,  1, 5
Liquidated  Loan,  35
Liquidation  Proceeds,  35,  36
Loan  Sale Agreement,  2
Loan Transfer  Agreement,  2
Look-Through  Rule, 87
Master Backup Servicer, 3, 6, 50
Master Servicer, 2, 3, 5
Master Servicer Optional Termination Date, 18, 41
Master Servicer  Termination  Events, 82
Maximum Collateral Amount, 18
Maximum  Collateral  Amount,  18
Maximum Rates,  16, 17
Minimum Rates, 16, 17
Modeling  Assumptions,  74
Monthly  Principal,  34
Monthly  Remittance  Date,  6
Moody's,  13
Mortgage File, 32
Mortgage Notes, 51
Mortgagor,  70
Net Liquidation Proceeds,  36,  79
New  World,  43
Note  Account,  37
Note  Balance,  9, 34
Note Insurer, 1, 12
Note Insurer Default, 13
Note Interest, 9, 34
Note Interest Rate, 9, 34
Noteholder,  8, 28
Notes,  1
Original  Group II  Pre-Funded  Amount,  17
Overcollateralization Amount, 11, 39
Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount, 34
Overcollateralization Deficit, 12, 40
Overcollateralization Reduction Amount, 34
Overcollateralization  Surplus,  11, 39


                                      S-93
<PAGE>

Owner Trustee, 1, 6
Owner Trustee Fee, 6
Participants,  29
Payment Date, 2, 8
Percentage  Interest,  32
Plan, 19, 87
Plan Asset  Regulations,   19,  87
Preference  Amount,  12
Pre-Funding  Account,  2
Prepayment,  35
Prepayment  Assumption,  74
Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall,  78
Preservation  Expenses,  14
Preservation  Expenses,  80
Principal  and Interest Account,  79
Principal  Balance,  35
Principal  Remittance  Amount,  34
PTCE, 88
Rating Agencies,  19
Realized Loss, 40
Record Date, 8
Redemption Date, 41
REMIC, 3
Remittance  Period, 6
Required  Overcollateralization  Amount, 11, 39
Residual Interest,  1
Schedule of Home Equity Loans, 31
Securities  Act, 89
Seller,  2, 5
Servicing Advances,  14
Servicing Advances, 81
Servicing Fee, 14
Similar Law, 88
SMMEA,  19, 88
Sponsor,  2, 5
Standard & Poor's,  13
Stated  Maturity  Date,  3
Subsequent   Home  Equity  Loans,   2,  7,  27
Subsequent   Transfer   Date,  6
Sub-Servicers,   82
Sub-Servicing   Agreements,   82
Substitution  Amount,  32
Transferor, 2
Trust Agreement, 1, 5
Trust Estate, 1
Underwriter,  1
Underwriting Agreement, 88

                                      S-94
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX A


                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

         Except in certain  limited  circumstances,  the globally  offered Asset
Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "Global Securities"), will be available only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  Global  Securities  may hold  such  Global
Securities  through  DTC,  Cedel or  Euroclear.  The Global  Securities  will be
traceable as home market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

         Secondary market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional euroNote practice (I.E., seven calendar day settlement).

         Secondary market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

         Secondary   cross-market  trading  between  participants  of  Cedel  or
Euroclear   and   Participants   holding   Notes   will   be   effected   on   a
delivery-against-payment  basis through the Relevant  Depositaries  of Cedel and
Euroclear (in such capacity) and as Participants.

         Non-U.S.  holders (as  described  below) of Global  Securities  will be
subject to U.S.  withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements
and  deliver   appropriate  U.S.  tax  documents  to  the  securities   clearing
organizations or their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

         All Global  Securities  will be held in  book-entry  form by DTC in the
name of Cede, as nominee of DTC.  Investors'  interests in the Global Securities
will be represented  through  financial  institutions  acting on their behalf as
direct and indirect  participants in DTC. As a result,  Cedel and Euroclear will
hold  positions  on  behalf  of  their   participants   through  their  Relevant
Depositaries,   which  in  turn  will  hold  such   positions   in  accounts  as
Participants.

         Investors  selecting to hold their Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow DTC settlement  practice.  Investor  securities  custody accounts will be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

         Investors  electing to hold their Global  Securities  through  Cedel or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  euroNotes,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted  period.  Global  Securities  will be credited to
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

         Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important
to  establish at the time of the trade where both the  purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

         TRADING  BETWEEN   PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary   market  trading  between
Participants   will  be  settled  using  the  procedures   applicable  to  prior
asset-backed Note issues in same-day funds.

         TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL AND/OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market
trading  between Cedel  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the Procedures applicable to conventional euroNotes in same-day funds.



                                      S-95
<PAGE>

         TRADING  BETWEEN DTC SELLER AND CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS.  When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a Participant to the
account of a Cedel  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one Business Day prior to  settlement.  Cedel or Euroclear
will  instruct  the  respective  Depositary,  as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global  Securities  from and  including  the  last  coupon  payment  date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period and a year  assumed to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective  Depositary  to the  Participant's  account  against  delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (I.E.,  the trade fails),  the Cedel or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

         Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within Cedel or Euroclear.  Under this
approach,  they may take on  credit  exposure  to Cedel or  Euroclear  until the
Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

         As an alternative,  if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to  them,  Cedel  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can  elect  not  to
preposition  funds  and  allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon to  finance
settlement.  Under this procedure,  Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they  clear the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  are  credited  to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of such  overdraft  charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each Cedel
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

         Because the settlement is taking place during New York business  hours,
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the  respective  European  Depositary for the benefit of Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the Participants a cross-market  transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two Participants.

         TRADING  BETWEEN CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR  SELLER AND DTC  PURCHASER.  Due to
time  zone  differences  in  their  favor,   Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global  Securities  are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  system,
through  the  respective  Depositary,  to a  Participant.  The seller  will send
instructions  to Cedel or  Euroclear  through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant at least one Business Day prior to settlement. In these cases, Cedel
or Euroclear will instruct the Relevant Depositary,  as appropriate,  to deliver
the Global Securities to the Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For  transactions  settling  on the  31st of the  month,  payment  will  include
interest  accrued to and  excluding the first day of the  following  month.  The
payment  will then be  reflected  in the  account  of the Cedel  Participant  or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be back-valued to
the value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in
New York). Should the Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (I.E., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

         Finally,  day traders  that use Cedel or  Euroclear  and that  purchase
Global  Securities  from  Participants  for  delivery to Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the


                                      S-96
<PAGE>

sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should
be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

         (a)  borrowing  through  Cedel  or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
purchase  side of the day  trade  is  reflected  in  their  Cedel  or  Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

         (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a Participant  no
later than one day prior to settlement,  which would give the Global  Securities
sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear  account in order to
settle the sale side of the trade; or

         (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the Participant is at least one day
prior to the  value  date for the sale to the  Cedel  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

         A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  holding  securities  through
Cedel or  Euroclear  (or  through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S.  withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest  (including  original  issue  discount) on registered  debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S.  entity  required to withhold tax complies  with  applicable  certification
requirements  and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

                  EXEMPTION FOR NON-U. S. PERSONS (FORM W-8).  Beneficial owners
         of Global  Securities  that are Non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete
         exemption  from  the  withholding  tax by  filing  a  signed  Form  W-8
         (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If the information  shown on Form W-8
         changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

                  EXEMPTION  FOR  NON-U.S.  PERSONS WITH  EFFECTIVELY  CONNECTED
         INCOME (FORM 4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation
         or  bank  with  a  U.S.  branch,  for  which  the  interest  income  is
         effectively  connected  with its  conduct of a trade or business in the
         United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the  withholding  tax by
         filing  Form  4224  (Exemption  from   Withholding  of  Tax  on  Income
         Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade of Business in the
         United States).

                  EXEMPTION  OR REDUCED RATE FOR  NON-U.S.  PERSONS  RESIDENT IN
         TREATY  COUNTRIES (FORM 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons residing in a country
         that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or
         reduced  tax rate  depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form 1001
         (Ownership,  Exemption  or  Reduced  Rate  Certificate).  If the treaty
         provides  only for a reduced rate,  withholding  tax will be imposed at
         that rate unless the filer  alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may
         be filed by the beneficial owners or their agents.

                  EXEMPTION FOR U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain
         a  complete  exemption  from the  withholding  tax by  filing  Form W-9
         (Payer's Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

                  U.S.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING  PROCEDURE.  The beneficial
         owner of a Global  Security  or,  in the case of a Form  1001 or a Form
         4224 filer, his agent,  files by submitting the appropriate form to the
         person  through  whom it holds  (the  clearing  agency,  in the case of
         persons holding directly on the books of the clearing agency). Form W-8
         and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years,  and Form 4224 is
         effective for one calendar year.

         The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership  organized in or under the laws of the
United  States or any  political  subdivision  thereof,  (iii) an estate that is
subject to United  States  federal  income tax,  regardless of the source of its
income or (iv) a trust if (a) a court in the United


                                      S-97
<PAGE>


States is able to exercise primary  supervision over the  administration  of the
trust,  and (b) one or more United States  persons have the authority to control
all  substantial  decisions of the trust.  The term "Non-U.S.  Person" means any
person who is not a U.S. Person.  This summary does not deal with all aspects of
U.S.  federal income tax withholding  that may be relevant to foreign holders of
Global   Securities  or  with  the   application  of  recently  issued  Treasury
Regulations  relating  to tax  documentation  requirements  that  are  generally
effective with respect to payments made after  December 31, 1999.  Investors are
advised to consult  their own tax advisors  for  specific tax advice  concerning
their holding and disposing of Global Securities.



                                      S-98
<PAGE>


=================================================================    
                                                                     
No dealer,  salesman, or any other person has been authorized to     
give  any  information  or  to  make  any   representation   not
contained  in this  Prospectus  Supplement  or the  accompanying     
Prospectus,   and,  if  given  or  made,  such   information  or     
representation   must  not  be  relied   upon  as  having   been     
authorized  by the  Issuer,  the  Sponsor  or  the  Underwriter.
Neither  this   Prospectus   Supplement  nor  the   accompanying     
Prospectus  constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an     
offer  to  buy  any  of  the   Notes   offered   hereby  in  any     
jurisdiction  to any person to whom it is  unlawful to make such     
offer  in  such  jurisdiction.  Neither  the  delivery  of  this
Prospectus  Supplement or the  accompanying  Prospectus  nor any     
sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create an     
implication  that the  information  herein is  correct as of any
time  subsequent  to the date  hereof or that  there has been no
change in the affairs of the Issuer or the Depositor  since such
date.                                                                
                      ___________________                            

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS              PAGE      
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
SUMMARY OF TERMS.........................................5
RISK FACTORS............................................21
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES................................27
THE ISSUER..............................................43           
THE SPONSOR AND MASTER SERVICER.........................43           
THE SELLER..............................................50
THE TRANSFEROR..........................................50
THE DEPOSITOR...........................................50
THE MASTER BACKUP SERVICER..............................50           
DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME EQUITY LOANS....................51
CERTAIN PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS.............71
THE SERVICING AGREEMENT.................................82
THE NOTE INSURER........................................87
THE INSURANCE POLICY....................................89
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS....................................91
USE OF PROCEEDS.........................................92
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS.........................92
UNDERWRITING............................................92
EXPERTS.................................................93
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES................93
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS................................95
LEGAL MATTERS...........................................96
RATING OF THE NOTES.....................................96

                           PROSPECTUS

SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS          ........................5
RISK FACTORS                   .......................17
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES  .......................21
THE TRUST FUNDS                .......................24
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT             .......................31
SERVICING OF HOME EQUITY LOANS .......................33
THE AGREEMENTS                 .......................39
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF HOME
   EQUITY LOANS                .......................48
THE DEPOSITOR                  .......................54
USE OF PROCEEDS                .......................54
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
   CONSEQUENCES                .......................55
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS       .......................71
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS           .......................71
LEGAL INVESTMENT               .......................73
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION           .......................74
LEGAL MATTERS                  .......................74
FINANCIAL INFORMATION          .......................74
GLOSSARY OF TERMS              .......................75
===========================================================    


===========================================================
                       $175,000,000                        
                      (APPROXIMATE)                        
                                                           
            FIRST GREENSBORO HOME EQUITY LOAN              
                       TRUST 1998-1                        
                          ISSUER                           
                                                           
                   ASSET BACKED NOTES,                     
                      SERIES 1998-1                        
            $72,650,000 6.53% CLASS A-1 NOTES              
            $102,350,000 6.55% CLASS A-2 NOTES             
                                                           
            FIRST GREENSBORO HOME EQUITY, INC.             
               SPONSOR AND MASTER SERVICER                 
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
             HOME EQUITY SECURITIZATION CORP.              
                        DEPOSITOR                          
                                                           
                  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                    
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                       FIRST UNION                         
                     CAPITAL MARKETS                       
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
                      JUNE 22, 1998                        
                                                           
                                                           
                                                           
===========================================================


<PAGE>

 PROSPECTUS
      Asset Backed Notes and Asset Backed Certificates, issuable in Series
                        Home Equity Securitization Corp.
                                   (Depositor)

         Home Equity  Securitization Corp. (the "Depositor") may offer from time
to time  under this  Prospectus  and the  related  prospectus  supplements  (the
related  "Prospectus  Supplements") the Asset-Backed Notes (the "Notes") and the
Asset-Backed  Certificates (the "Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the
"Securities") which may be sold from time to time in one or more series (each, a
"Series").


         The  Certificates  of a Series will  evidence  undivided  interests  in
certain  assets  deposited  into a trust (each, a "Trust Fund") by the Depositor
pursuant  to a  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or  a  Trust  Agreement  (an
"Agreement"),  as  described  herein.  The Notes of a Series  will be issued and
secured  pursuant to an Indenture and will  represent  indebtedness  secured the
related  Trust  Fund.  The Trust Fund for a Series of  Securities  will  include
assets   originated  or  acquired  by  the   originator  or   originators   (the
"Originator")  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  composed of (a)
primary  assets,  which may  include one or more pools  (each,  a "Pool") of (i)
loans (the "Home Equity  Loans")  that are secured by  mortgages on  residential
properties and that may be secured by fixtures,  as further described herein and
(ii)  securities  backed or  secured by Home  Equity  Loans  (collectively,  the
"Primary Assets"),  (b) all monies due thereunder net, if and as provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, of certain amounts payable to the servicer of the
Home Equity Loans, which servicer may also be the related Originator,  specified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Servicer"),  (c) as  more  fully
described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  funds on deposit in one or more
pre-funding amounts and/or capitalized  interest accounts and (d) reserve funds,
letters of credit,  surety  bonds,  insurance  policies or other forms of credit
support as described herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Home
Equity  Loans will be secured by mortgages  and deeds of trust or other  similar
security  instruments  creating  a lien on a  Mortgaged  Property,  which may be
subordinated to one or more senior liens on the Mortgaged Property.


         

                                                  (cover continued on next page)

         NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS SECURED BY, AND
CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES EVIDENCE BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE RELATED TRUST
FUND ONLY AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR,
THE RELATED ORIGINATOR, THE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER OR BY ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES. THE DEPOSITOR'S ONLY OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES OF
SECURITIES WILL BE PURSUANT TO CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH
IN THE RELATED AGREEMENT AS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.
                              --------------------
For a discussion of material risks associated with an investment in the
Securities, see the information herein under "Risk Factors" beginning on page
15.
                              --------------------
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                  PROSPECTUS OR THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY
                       REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                              --------------------

The  Securities  offered  by  this  Prospectus  and  by the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  are  offered by First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  and the other
underwriters set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if any, subject to
prior sale, to withdrawal,  cancellation  or  modification  of the offer without
notice,  to delivery to and acceptance by First Union Capital  Markets Corp. and
the other  underwriters,  if any, and certain  further  conditions.  Retain this
Prospectus for future  reference.  This Prospectus may not be used to consummate
sales of the  Securities  offered  hereby  unless  accompanied  by a  Prospectus
Supplement. 
                              --------------------
                       First Union Capital Markets Corp.


                                  June __, 1998



<PAGE>


                                                       
(Continued from previous page)

         Each Series of Securities  will be issued in one or more classes (each,
a "Class").  Interest on and  principal  of the  Securities  of a Series will be
payable on each distribution date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
(the "Distribution Date"), at the times, at the rates, in the amounts and in the
order of priority set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         If a Series  includes  multiple  Classes,  such  Classes  may vary with
respect to the amount,  percentage  and timing of  distributions  of  principal,
interest or both and one or more Classes may be  subordinated  to other  Classes
with respect to distributions of principal, interest or both as described herein
and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The Primary Assets and other assets
comprising  the Trust Fund may be divided into one or more Asset Groups and each
Class  of  the  related  Series  will  evidence  beneficial   ownership  of  the
corresponding Asset Group, as applicable.


         The rate of reduction of the aggregate  principal balance of each Class
of a  Series  may  depend  principally  upon  the  rate  of  payment  (including
prepayments)  with respect to the Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans relating
to the Private Securities,  as applicable.  A rate of prepayment lower or higher
than  anticipated  will  affect the yield on the  Securities  of a Series in the
manner described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Under certain
limited circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement,
a Series of Securities  may be subject to  termination  or redemption  under the
circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       

                                       2


<PAGE>


                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a Series of  Securities  to be
offered  hereunder  will,  among other  things,  set forth with  respect to such
Series of Securities:  (i) the aggregate  principal  amount,  interest rate, and
authorized  denominations  of  each  Class  of  such  Securities;  (ii)  certain
information  concerning  the Primary  Assets,  the  Originator and any Servicer;
(iii) the terms of any credit enhancement with respect to such Series;  (iv) the
terms of any insurance related to the Primary Assets; (v) information concerning
any other assets in the related Trust Fund, including any Reserve Fund; (vi) the
final scheduled  distribution  date of each Class of such Securities;  (vii) the
method to be used to calculate the amount of principal required to be applied to
the  Securities  of each Class of such  Series on each  Distribution  Date,  the
timing  of the  application  of  principal  and the  order  of  priority  of the
application of such  principal to the  respective  Classes and the allocation of
principal  to be so  applied;  (viii)  the  Distribution  Dates and any  Assumed
Reinvestment Rate (as defined herein); (ix) additional  information with respect
to the plan of distribution of such  Securities;  and (x) the federal income tax
characterization of the Securities.

                               REPORTS TO HOLDERS

         Periodic and annual  reports  concerning  the related  Trust Fund for a
Series of Securities are required under the related Agreement to be forwarded to
holders of the related Series of Securities (the  "Holders").  If the Securities
are issued in  book-entry  form,  (i)  owners of  beneficial  interests  in such
Securities  will not be considered  "Holders"  under the Agreements and will not
receive such reports directly from the related Trust Fund; rather,  such reports
will  be  furnished  to  such  owners  through  the  participants  and  indirect
participants of the applicable  book-entry  system and (ii) references herein to
the rights of "Holders"  shall refer to the rights of such owners as they may be
exercised indirectly through such participants. See "THE AGREEMENTS-- Reports to
Holders" herein.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Depositor  has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission ") a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus,  which forms a part
of the Registration  Statement,  and the Prospectus  Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities  contain  summaries of the material  terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein,  but do not contain all of the  information  set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission.  For further  information,  reference  is made to such  Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Such Registration Statement and exhibits can
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section,  450 Fifth Street,
NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and at its Regional  Office  located as follows,
Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661; and
Northeast  Regional Office,  Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.
In   addition,   the   Commission   maintains   a  World   Wide   Web   site  at
http://www.sec.gov  containing  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants,  including the Depositor,  that file
electronically with the Commission.

         Each Trust  Fund will be  required  to file  certain  reports  with the
Commission  pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.  The  Depositor  intends to cause each Trust Fund to suspend  filing
such reports if and when such reports are no longer required under said Act.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby nor an offer of the  Securities to any person in any state or
other  jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful.  The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that  information  herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         All  documents  subsequently  filed by or on behalf  of the Trust  Fund
referred  to in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement  with  the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  after the date of this  Prospectus and
prior to the termination of any offering of the Securities  issued by such Trust
Fund shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by reference in this Prospectus and to
be a part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such documents.  Any
statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded  for all purposes
of this  Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained  herein (or in the
accompanying  Prospectus Supplement) or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference  modifies or replaces
such  statement.  Any such  statement  so  modified or  superseded  shall not be
deemed,  except as so  modified  or  superseded,  to  constitute  a part of this
Prospectus.

         The Depositor on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide  without  charge
to each  person to whom this  Prospectus  is  delivered,  on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents  referred to above
that have been or may be  incorporated  by  reference  in this  Prospectus  (not
including  exhibits to the information  that is incorporated by reference unless
such exhibits are  specifically  incorporated  by reference into the information
that this  Prospectus  incorporates).  Such  requests  should be directed to the
Depositor at One First Union Center,  301 S. College  Street,  Charlotte,  North
Carolina 28288-0630.







                                       4
<PAGE>




                              SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

         The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the  information  with  respect to each Series of  Securities  contained  in the
Prospectus  Supplement  to be prepared  and  delivered  in  connection  with the
offering of Securities of such Series.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise
defined herein or in the related  Prospectus  Supplement shall have the meanings
set forth in the "GLOSSARY OF TERMS" herein.


<TABLE>
<S> <C>

Securities Offered...................................Asset-Backed    Certificates    (the    "Certificates")    and
                                                     Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Notes").  Certificates  are issuable
                                                     from  time  to  time  in  Series  pursuant  to a  Pooling  and
                                                     Servicing   Agreement   or  Trust   Agreement   (the   related
                                                     "Agreement").  Each  Certificate  of a Series will evidence an
                                                     interest  in the Trust  Fund for such  Series,  or in an Asset
                                                     Group specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Notes
                                                     are  issuable  from  time  to time in  Series  pursuant  to an
                                                     Indenture  between  the Issuer and the  related  trustee  (the
                                                     "Trustee")  whereby  the Issuer  will pledge the Trust Fund to
                                                     secure  the  Notes  under  the  lien  of the  Indenture.  Each
                                                     series  of  Notes  will  represent  the  indebtedness  of  the
                                                     Issuer.  Each  Series of  Securities  will  consist  of one or
                                                     more  Classes,  one  or  more  of  which  may  be  Classes  of
                                                     compound  interest  securities,   planned  amortization  class
                                                     ("PAC") securities,  variable interest securities, zero coupon
                                                     securities,   principal   only   securities,   interest   only
                                                     securities,  participating  securities,  senior  securities or
                                                     subordinate  securities.  Each  Class  may  differ  in,  among
                                                     other  things,  the amounts  allocated  to and the priority of
                                                     principal    and   interest    payments,    final    scheduled
                                                     distribution  dates,  Distribution  Dates and interest  rates.
                                                     The   Securities  of  each  Class  will  be  issued  in  fully
                                                     registered  form  in  the   denominations   specified  in  the
                                                     related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Securities  or  certain
                                                     Classes of such  Securities  offered  thereby may be available
                                                     in book-entry form only.

Depositor ...........................................Home  Equity   Securitization   Corp.  (the  "Depositor")  was
                                                     incorporated  in the  State  of  North  Carolina  in  December
                                                     1997, and is a  wholly-owned,  special  purpose  subsidiary of
                                                     First Union  National  Bank,  a national  banking  association
                                                     with its  headquarters in Charlotte,  North Carolina.  Neither
                                                     First  Union  National  Bank nor any  other  affiliate  of the
                                                     Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee or the  Originator  has
                                                     guaranteed  or is  otherwise  obligated  with  respect  to the
                                                     Securities of any Series.  See "THE DEPOSITOR" herein.

Issuer ..............................................With  respect  to  each  series  of  Notes,  the  issuer  (the
                                                     "Issuer")   will  be  an  owner  trust  (the  "Owner   Trust")
                                                     established   for  the  purpose  of  issuing  such  series  of
                                                     Notes.  Each such  Owner  Trust will be  created  pursuant  to
                                                     the  Trust  Agreement  (the  "Trust  Agreement")  between  the
                                                     Depositor and the Owner  Trustee.  With respect to each series
                                                     of  Certificates,  the  Issuer  will be the Trust  established
                                                     pursuant to the related Agreement.

Trustees ............................................The trustee or indenture trustee (each, the "Trustee") for each
                                                     series of Certificates and Notes,  respectively,  will be named
                                                     in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Owner Trustee (the



                                                         5
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                                                     "Owner  Trustee") for each series of Notes will be named in the
                                                     related  Prospectus   Supplement.   See  "The   Agreements--The
                                                     Trustee" herein.


Interest Payments ...................................Interest  payments on the  Securities  of a Series  entitled by
                                                     their  terms  to  receive   interest   will  be  made  on  each
                                                     Distribution  Date,  to the  extent  set forth  in,  and at the
                                                     applicable  rate  specified in (or determined in the manner set
                                                     forth in), the related Prospectus Supplement. The interest rate
                                                     on  Securities  of a Series  may be  variable  or  change  with
                                                     changes in the rates of  interest  on the  related  Home Equity
                                                     Loans, or Underlying Loans relating to the Private  Securities,
                                                     as applicable  and/or as prepayments occur with respect to such
                                                     Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans, as applicable.  Interest
                                                     Only  Securities may be assigned a "Notional  Amount" set forth
                                                     in the related  Prospectus  Supplement which is used solely for
                                                     convenience in expressing  the  calculation of interest and for
                                                     certain  other  purposes  and does not  represent  the right to
                                                     receive any  distributions  allocable to  principal.  Principal
                                                     Only  Securities  may not be entitled  to receive any  interest
                                                     payments or may be entitled to receive  only  nominal  interest
                                                     payments.  Interest  payable on the Securities of a Series on a
                                                     Distribution  Date will include all interest accrued during the
                                                     period  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  See
                                                     "DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES--Payments of Interest" herein.


Principal Payments ..................................All payments of principal  of a Series of  Securities  will be
                                                     made in an  aggregate  amount  determined  as set forth in the
                                                     related  Prospectus  Supplement  and will be paid at the times
                                                     and will be  allocated  among the  Classes  of such  Series in
                                                     the order and  amounts,  and will be  applied  either on a pro
                                                     rata or a random lot basis  among all  Securities  of any such
                                                     Class,   all   as   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus
                                                     Supplement.

Final Scheduled Distribution Date of the
Securities...........................................The "Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date" with respect to each
                                                     Class  of  Notes is the  date no  later  than  which  principal
                                                     thereof  will be fully  paid and with  respect to each Class of
                                                     Certificates  is the date after which no  Certificates  of such
                                                     Class  are  expected  to  remain  outstanding,   in  each  case
                                                     calculated on the basis of the  assumptions  applicable to such
                                                     Series  described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
                                                     Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date of a Class  may  equal the
                                                     maturity  date of the Primary  Asset in the related  Trust Fund
                                                     which has the latest  stated  maturity or will be determined as
                                                     described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.


                                                     The  actual  final  Distribution  Date of the  Securities  of a
                                                     Series  will  depend   primarily   upon  the  rate  of  payment
                                                     (including  prepayments,   liquidations  due  to  default,  the
                                                     receipt  of  proceeds  from  casualty  insurance  policies  and
                                                     repurchases)  of the  Home  Equity  Loans or  Underlying  Loans
                                                     relating  to the  Private  Securities,  as  applicable,  in the
                                                     related  Trust Fund.  The actual final  Distribution  Date of a
                                                     Security  may occur  substantially  earlier or may occur  later
                                                     than its Final



                                                         6
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                                                     Scheduled  Distribution  Date as a result of the application of
                                                     prepayments  to the reduction of the principal  balances of the
                                                     Securities  and as a result of defaults on the Primary  Assets.
                                                     The rate of  payments on the Home  Equity  Loans or  Underlying
                                                     Loans relating to the Private Securities, as applicable, in the
                                                     Trust Fund for a Series  will  depend on a variety of  factors,
                                                     including certain  characteristics of such Home Equity Loans or
                                                     Underlying  Loans, as applicable,  and the prevailing  level of
                                                     interest  rates  from time to time,  as well as on a variety of
                                                     economic, demographic, tax, legal, social and other factors. No
                                                     assurance can be given as to the actual  prepayment  experience
                                                     with respect to a Series.  See "RISK  FACTORS--Yield  May Vary"
                                                     and  "DESCRIPTION OF THE  SECURITIES--Weighted  Average Life of
                                                     the Securities" herein.




   
Optional Termination................................ One or more Classes of Securities of any Series may be redeemed
                                                     or  repurchased  in  whole  or in part,  at such  time,  by the
                                                     related Originator,  Servicer, Credit Enhancer, or an affiliate
                                                     thereof at the price set forth in the related  Agreement (which
                                                     would not be less than an amount necessary to pay all principal
                                                     and  interest  or  the  securities   outstanding).   Each  such
                                                     redemption or repurchase may occur on or after such time as the
                                                     aggregate  principal balance of the Securities of the Series or
                                                     the  Primary  Assets  relating  to such Series is less than the
                                                     percentage (which percentage shall not exceed 20%) specified in
                                                     the    related    Agreement.    See    "DESCRIPTION    OF   THE
                                                     SECURITIES--Optional   Redemption,   Purchase  or  Termination"
                                                     herein.
    


Mandatory Termination; Auction Sale .................The  Trustee,  the Servicer or the related  Originator  may be
                                                     required to effect early  retirement  of a series of Securities
                                                     by soliciting  competitive bids for the purchase of the related
                                                     Primary Assets or otherwise,  under other  circumstances and in
                                                     the manner  specified in "THE  AGREEMENTS--Termination"  and in
                                                     the related Agreement.


   
                                                     A mandatory  termination  may take the form of an auction sale.
                                                     Within a certain period  following the failure of the holder of
                                                     the  optional  termination  right to exercise  such right,  the
                                                     required  party shall solicit bids for the purchase of all Home
                                                     Equity  Loans  remaining  in  the  Trust.  In  the  event  that
                                                     satisfactory bids are received, (which would  not be less  than
                                                     an amount  necessary  to pay all principal and interest  on the
                                                     securities   outstanding),   the  net  sale  proceeds  will  be
                                                     distributed  to  Holders,  in the  same  order of  priority  as
                                                     collections  received in respect of the Home Equity  Loans.  If
                                                     satisfactory bids are not received, such party shall decline to
                                                     sell  the  Home  Equity  Loans  and  shall  not  be  under  any
                                                     obligation  to solicit any further bids or otherwise  negotiate
                                                     any  further  sale of the  Home  Equity  Loans.  Such  sale and
                                                     consequent   termination   of  the  Trust  must   constitute  a
                                                     "qualified  liquidation" of each REMIC established by the Trust
                                                     under  Section  860F of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
                                                     amended,  including,  without limitation,  the requirement that
                                                     the  qualified  liquidation  takes  place  over a period not to
                                                     exceed 90 days.
    


                                                         7
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

The Trust Fund.......................................The Trust  Fund for a Series of  Securities  will  consist  of
                                                     one or more of the assets  described  below,  as  described in
                                                     the related Prospectus Supplement.

     A.  Primary Assets..............................The   Primary   Assets  for  a  Series  may   consist  of  any
                                                     combination  of the  following  assets,  to the  extent and as
                                                     specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The Primary
                                                     Assets will be  acquired  by the  related  Trust Fund from the
                                                     related  Originator,  or may be acquired in the open market or
                                                     in privately negotiated transactions.


(1)       Home Equity Loans......................... The Primary  Assets for a Series will consist,  in whole or in
                                                    part,  of loans which are  secured by  mortgages  on  residential
                                                    properties and which may be secured by fixtures (the "Home Equity
                                                    Loans").  Some Home Equity Loans may be  delinquent to the extent
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The percentage of
                                                    those Home Equity Loans which are delinquent shall not exceed 10%
                                                    of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Primary  Assets as of
                                                    the cut-off date for that Series (the "Cut-Off Date").


                                                     The  Home  Equity  Loans  will  consist  of what  are  commonly
                                                     referred  to as "home  equity"  loans,  as  distinguished  from
                                                     "purchase money" loans. Both of these concepts refer to the use
                                                     of proceeds  made by the related  borrower,  rather than to any
                                                     legal or other documentary differences between the two types of
                                                     loans,  except that "home  equity"  loans are usually  (but not
                                                     always)  secured by mortgages  which are in a subordinate  lien
                                                     position  while  "purchase  money"  loans are usually  (but not
                                                     always)  secured  by  mortgages  which  are  in a  senior  lien
                                                     position,  and  "home  equity"  loans  are  typically  (but not
                                                     always) shorter in maturity than "purchase  money" loans (i.e.,
                                                     fifteen  rather than thirty years).  The Home Equity Loans,  in
                                                     addition to being secured by mortgages on real estate, may also
                                                     be secured by  "fixtures"  treated as personal  property  under
                                                     local state law.  Although fixtures may turn up more frequently
                                                     in the case of loans in  which  the  proceeds  are used to fund
                                                     home improvements, fixtures as a part of the collateral package
                                                     may be a part of either a "home  equity"  or  "purchase  money"
                                                     loan.

                                                     A "home  equity"  loan is a loan the  proceeds of which are not
                                                     used to purchase the related mortgaged  property;  the proceeds
                                                     of a "purchase  money"  mortgage are applied to the purchase of
                                                     the related  mortgaged  property.  Typical  uses of proceeds of
                                                     "home   equity"   loans   would  be  home   improvement,   debt
                                                     consolidation and the funding of large expenses such as college
                                                     tuition.

                                                     Payment Features of Home Equity Loans; Balloon Loans. The Trust
                                                     Fund   may   contain   loans   which   have   various   payment
                                                     characteristics,  including  balloon  or other  non-traditional
                                                     payment features, and may accrue interest at a fixed rate or an
                                                     adjustable  rate.  Balloon  loans do not amortize  their entire
                                                     principal balance by their stated maturity in accordance



                                                         8
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>


                                                     with their terms and require a balloon payment of the remaining
                                                     principal  balance at maturity  (each such Home Equity  Loan, a
                                                     "Balloon  Loan").   See  "RISK   FACTORS--Balloon   Loans"  and
                                                     "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  SECURITIES--Weighted  Average Life of the
                                                     Securities" herein.

                                                     The Home Equity Loans will be secured by mortgages and deeds of
                                                     trust or other similar security  instruments creating a lien on
                                                     a Mortgaged Property,  which may be subordinated to one or more
                                                     senior liens on the Mortgaged Property.  The related Prospectus
                                                     Supplement will describe  certain  characteristics  of the Home
                                                     Equity Loans for a Series, including,  without limitation,  and
                                                     to the extent  relevant:  (a) the  aggregate  unpaid  principal
                                                     balance  of the Home  Equity  Loans  (or the  aggregate  unpaid
                                                     principal  balance  included  in the Trust Fund for the related
                                                     Series);  (b) the range and weighted average interest rate (the
                                                     "Loan  Rate") on the loans and in the case of  adjustable  rate
                                                     loans,  the range and  weighted  average of the current rate of
                                                     interest borne by such loans (the "Current Interest Rates") and
                                                     any maximum lifetime interest rates thereon (the "Lifetime Rate
                                                     Caps");  (c) the range and the  average  outstanding  principal
                                                     balance of the Home  Equity  Loans;  (d) the  weighted  average
                                                     original  and  remaining  term-to-stated  maturity  of the Home
                                                     Equity   Loans  and  the  range  of  original   and   remaining
                                                     terms-to-stated  maturity,  if  applicable;  (e) the  range and
                                                     combined  loan-to-value ratios (each a "Combined  Loan-to-Value
                                                     Ratio") or loan-to-value ratios, (each a "Loan-to-Value Ratio")
                                                     as applicable, of the Home Equity Loans, computed in the manner
                                                     described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement;   (f)  the
                                                     percentage  (by  principal  balance as of the Cut-off  Date) of
                                                     Home Equity Loans that accrue  interest at  adjustable or fixed
                                                     interest rates; (g) any Credit Enhancement relating to the Home
                                                     Equity Loans; (h) the geographic  distribution of any Mortgaged
                                                     Properties securing the Home Equity Loans; (i) the use and type
                                                     of each Mortgaged Property securing a Home Equity Loan; (j) the
                                                     lien priority of the Home Equity Loans; and (k) the delinquency
                                                     status and year of origination of the Home Equity Loans.

   
         (2)  Private Securities.....................Primary  Assets  for a  Series  may  consist,  in whole or in
                                                     part,  of Private  Securities  which  include (a)  pass-through
                                                     certificates  representing beneficial interests in loans of the
                                                     type that would  otherwise  be eligible to be Home Equity Loans
                                                     (the  "Underlying  Loans")  or (b)  collateralized  obligations
                                                     secured by Underlying Loans. Such pass-through  certificates or
                                                     collateralized   obligations  will  have  previously  been  (a)
                                                     offered and  distributed to the public pursuant to an effective
                                                     registration  statement  and  not  purchased  as  part  of  the
                                                     original  distribution  or (b)  acquired in a  transaction  not
                                                     involving  any  public  offering  from a  person  who is not an
                                                     affiliate  of the  issuer  of such  securities  at the  time of
                                                     transfer (nor an affiliate thereof at any time during the three
                                                     preceding months); provided a period of three years has elapsed
                                                     since the later of the date the  securities  were acquired from
                                                     the  issuer  or  an  affiliate  thereof.   Although  individual
                                                     Underlying  Loans may be  insured or  guaranteed  by the United
                                                     States or an
    



                                                         9
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                                                     agency or  instrumentality  thereof,  they need not be, and the
                                                     Private  Securities  themselves  will  not  be  so  insured  or
                                                     guaranteed. See "THE TRUST FUNDS--Private Securities" herein.


                                                     The related  Prospectus  Supplement  for a Series will  specify
                                                     (such  disclosure may be on an approximate  basis, as described
                                                     above  and  will be as of the  date  specified  in the  related
                                                     Prospectus Supplement) to the extent relevant and to the extent
                                                     such  information is reasonably  available to the Depositor and
                                                     the  Depositor  reasonably  believes  such  information  to  be
                                                     reliable:  (i) the aggregate  approximate  principal amount and
                                                     type of any Private Securities to be included in the Trust Fund
                                                     for such Series; (ii) certain characteristics of the Underlying
                                                     Loans  including  (A) the payment  features of such  Underlying
                                                     Loans (i.e., whether they are fixed rate or adjustable rate and
                                                     whether  they  provide  for  fixed  level  payments,   negative
                                                     amortization  or other payment  features),  (B) the approximate
                                                     aggregate  principal  amount of such Underlying Loans which are
                                                     insured  or  guaranteed  by  a  governmental  entity,  (C)  the
                                                     servicing  fee or range of servicing  fees with respect to such
                                                     Underlying Loans, (D) the minimum and maximum stated maturities
                                                     of such Underlying Loans at origination,  (E) the lien priority
                                                     of such Underlying  Loans,  and (F) the delinquency  status and
                                                     year of origination of such Underlying Loans; (iii) the maximum
                                                     original  term-to-stated  maturity of the  Private  Securities;
                                                     (iv)  the  weighted  average  term-to-stated  maturity  of  the
                                                     Private Securities; (v) the pass-through or certificate rate or
                                                     ranges thereof for the Private Securities;  (vi) the sponsor or
                                                     depositor of the Private  Securities  (the "PS  Sponsor"),  the
                                                     servicer of the Private  Securities (the "PS Servicer") and the
                                                     trustee of the Private  Securities  (the "PS  Trustee");  (vii)
                                                     certain characteristics of Credit Enhancement,  if any, such as
                                                     reserve  funds,  insurance  policies,   letters  of  credit  or
                                                     guarantees,  relating to the Home Equity Loans  underlying  the
                                                     Private Securities,  or to such Private Securities  themselves;
                                                     (viii)  the terms on which the  Underlying  Loans  may,  or are
                                                     required to, be repurchased prior to stated maturity;  (ix) the
                                                     terms on which substitute  Underlying Loans may be delivered to
                                                     replace those initially deposited with the PS Trustee;  and (x)
                                                     a description of the limited purpose and business of the issuer
                                                     of  the  Private   Securities,   the   availability  of  public
                                                     information  concerning such issuer and market information with
                                                     respect   to   the   Private   Securities.   See   "THE   TRUST
                                                     FUNDS--Additional Information" herein.


     B.  Collection and Distribution
         Accounts....................................All payments on or with respect to the Primary Assets for a
                                                     Series will be remitted directly to an account (the "Collection
                                                     Account") to be established for such Series with the Trustee or
                                                     the Servicer,  in the name of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be
                                                     required  to apply a portion  of the  amount in the  Collection
                                                     Account,  together  with  reinvestment  earnings  from eligible
                                                     investments specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  to
                                                     the payment of certain amounts payable to the Servicer under
                                                     



                                                         10
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                                                     the related  Agreement  and any other  person  specified in the
                                                     Prospectus  Supplement,  and to deposit a portion of the amount
                                                     in  the  Collection   Account  into  a  separate  account  (the
                                                     "Distribution Account") to be established for such Series, each
                                                     in the  manner  and at the  times  established  in the  related
                                                     Prospectus   Supplement.   The   amounts   deposited   in  such
                                                     Distribution  Account will be available for (i)  application to
                                                     the  payment of  principal  of and  interest  on such Series of
                                                     Securities on the next  Distribution  Date,  (ii) the making of
                                                     adequate  provision for future  payments on certain  Classes of
                                                     Securities and (iii) any other purpose specified in the related
                                                     Prospectus   Supplement.   After  applying  the  funds  in  the
                                                     Collection  Account as described  above, any funds remaining in
                                                     the  Collection  Account may be paid over to the Servicer,  the
                                                     Depositor,  any provider of Credit  Enhancement with respect to
                                                     such Series (a "Credit  Enhancer") or any other person entitled
                                                     thereto  in the  manner  and at the  times  established  in the
                                                     related Prospectus Supplement.

     C.  Pre-Funding and Capitalized Interest
         Accounts....................................A Trust Fund may include one or more segregated trust accounts
                                                     (each, a "Pre-Funding Account") established and maintained with
                                                     the  Trustee for the related  Series.  On the closing  date for
                                                     such  Series,  a  portion  of the  proceeds  of the sale of the
                                                     Securities  of  such  Series  (such  amount,   the  "Pre-Funded
                                                     Amount") will be deposited in the  Pre-Funding  Account and may
                                                     be used to purchase additional Primary Assets during the period
                                                     of time  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the
                                                     "Pre-Funding  Period").  If any  Pre-Funded  Amount  remains on
                                                     deposit  in  the   Pre-Funding   Account  at  the  end  of  the
                                                     Pre-Funding  Period,  such amount will be applied in the manner
                                                     specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  to prepay the
                                                     Notes and/or the  Certificates of the applicable  Series.  If a
                                                     Trust Fund  includes a  Pre-Funding  Account and the  principal
                                                     balance of  additional  Primary  Assets  delivered to the Trust
                                                     Fund during the  Pre-Funding  Period is less than the  original
                                                     Pre-Funded Amount, the Holders of the Securities of the related
                                                     Series will  receive a  prepayment  of  principal as and to the
                                                     extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any such
                                                     principal prepayment may adversely affect the yield to maturity
                                                     of the applicable Securities.

                                                     If a Pre-Funding  Account is  established,  (a) the Pre-Funding
                                                     Period will not exceed 90 days from the related  closing  date,
                                                     (b) the  additional  Primary  Assets to be acquired  during the
                                                     Pre-Funding Period will be subject to the same  representations
                                                     and warranties and satisfy the same eligibility requirements as
                                                     the Primary  Assets  included in the related  Trust Fund on the
                                                     closing  date,  subject  to such  exceptions  as are  expressly
                                                     stated  in such  Prospectus  Supplement,  (c)  the  Pre-Funding
                                                     Amount  will not  exceed  25% of the  principal  amount  of the
                                                     Securities  issued  pursuant to a  particular  offering and (d)
                                                     prior to the investment of the Pre-Funded  Amount in additional
                                                     Primary Assets,  such Pre-Funded Amount will be invested in one
                                                     or more "Eligible Investments" specified in the related



                                                         11
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
                                                     
                                                     Agreement  and  described  herein  under  "THE  TRUST  FUNDS --
                                                     Collection and Distribution  Accounts." Any Eligible Investment
                                                     must  mature no later than the  Business  Day prior to the next
                                                     Distribution  Date.  "Business  Day" means any day other than a
                                                     Saturday,  Sunday  or  other  day on which  commercial  banking
                                                     institutions  or trust  companies in New York,  New York or the
                                                     principal place of business of the Trustee are closed.

                                                     If a Pre-Funding Account is established, one or more segregated
                                                     trust accounts (each, a "Capitalized  Interest Account") may be
                                                     established  and  maintained  with the  Trustee for the related
                                                     Series.  On the closing date for such Series,  a portion of the
                                                     proceeds of the sale of the  Securities  of such Series will be
                                                     deposited in the Capitalized  Interest Account and used to fund
                                                     the  excess,  if  any,  of (x) the  sum of (i)  the  amount  of
                                                     interest  accrued  on the  Securities  of such  Series and (ii)
                                                     certain fees or expenses during the Pre-Funding  Period such as
                                                     trustee fees and credit  enhancement  fees, over (y) the amount
                                                     of interest  available  therefor from the Primary Assets in the
                                                     Trust Fund. Any amounts on deposit in the Capitalized  Interest
                                                     Account  at the  end of the  Pre-Funding  Period  that  are not
                                                     necessary for such purposes will be  distributed  to the person
                                                     specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  See "THE TRUST
                                                     FUNDS--Pre-Funding Account" herein.

Credit Enhancement...................................If stated in the Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a Series,
                                                     the  Depositor  will  obtain an  irrevocable  letter of credit,
                                                     surety bond, certificate insurance policy,  insurance policy or
                                                     other   form   of   credit   support   (collectively,   "Credit
                                                     Enhancement")  in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders
                                                     of  such  Series  and  any  other  person   specified  in  such
                                                     Prospectus Supplement from an institution (a "Credit Enhancer")
                                                     acceptable to the rating  agency or agencies  identified in the
                                                     related   Prospectus   Supplement  as  rating  such  Series  of
                                                     Securities (collectively, the "Rating Agency") for the purposes
                                                     specified in such Prospectus Supplement. The Credit Enhancement
                                                     will support the payments on the Securities and may be used for
                                                     other  purposes,   to  the  extent  and  under  the  conditions
                                                     specified   in  such   Prospectus   Supplement.   See   "CREDIT
                                                     ENHANCEMENT"  herein.  Credit  Enhancement  for  a  Series  may
                                                     include  one  or  more  of  the   following   types  of  Credit
                                                     Enhancement, or such other type of Credit Enhancement specified
                                                     in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     A.  Subordinate Securities......................Credit  Enhancement  for a Series  may  consist of one or more
                                                     Classes  of  Subordinate  Securities.  The rights of Holders of
                                                     such  Subordinate  Securities to receive  distributions  on any
                                                     Distribution  Date will be subordinate in right and priority to
                                                     the rights of holders of Senior  Securities of the Series,  but
                                                     only  to  the  extent  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                                     Supplement.

     B.  Insurance ..................................Credit Enhancement for a Series may consist of special hazard
                                                     insurance  policies,   bankruptcy  bonds  and  other  types  of
                                                     insurance supporting payments on the Securities.

                                                         12
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

     C.  Reserve Funds ..............................If stated in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Depositor  may
                                                     deposit  cash,  a  letter  or  letters  of  credit,  short-term
                                                     investments,  or other  instruments  acceptable  to the  Rating
                                                     Agency in one or more reserve  funds to be  established  in the
                                                     name of the Trustee (each a "Reserve Fund"), which will be used
                                                     by the Trustee to make  required  payments of  principal  of or
                                                     interest on the  Securities  of such Series,  to make  adequate
                                                     provision  for future  payments on such  Securities  or for any
                                                     other purpose specified in the Agreement,  with respect to such
                                                     Series,  to the extent that funds are not otherwise  available.
                                                     In the  alternative  or in addition to such deposit,  a Reserve
                                                     Fund for a Series may be funded through application of all or a
                                                     portion of the  excess  cash flow from the  Primary  Assets for
                                                     such Series, to the extent described in the related  Prospectus
                                                     Supplement.

     D.  Minimum Principal Payment
         Agreement...................................If stated in the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a Series
                                                     of  Securities,  the  Depositor  will  enter  into  a  minimum
                                                     principal  payment  agreement (the "Minimum  Principal Payment
                                                     Agreement")  with  an  entity  meeting  the  criteria  of  the
                                                     Rating  Agency,  pursuant to which such  entity  will  provide
                                                     funds in the event that  aggregate  principal  payments on the
                                                     Primary  Assets  for such  Series are not  sufficient  to make
                                                     certain    payments.    See    "CREDIT    ENHANCEMENT--Minimum
                                                     Principal Payment Agreement" herein.

     E.  Deposit Agreement...........................If stated in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Depositor  and
                                                     the Trustee will enter into a guaranteed  investment  contract
                                                     or  an  investment   agreement   (the   "Deposit   Agreement")
                                                     pursuant  to which all or a  portion  of  amounts  held in the
                                                     Collection  Account,   the  Distribution  Account  or  in  any
                                                     Reserve  Fund will be invested  with the entity  specified  in
                                                     such  Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee will be entitled to
                                                     withdraw  amounts so invested,  plus  interest at a rate equal
                                                     to the Assumed  Reinvestment  Rate, in the manner specified in
                                                     the Prospectus  Supplement.  See "CREDIT  ENHANCEMENT--Deposit
                                                     Agreement" herein.


Servicing............................................The Servicer will be responsible  for servicing,  managing and
                                                     making  collections  on the Home Equity Loans for a Series.  In
                                                     addition,  the Servicer may act as custodian and be responsible
                                                     for  maintaining  custody of the Home Equity  Loans and related
                                                     documentation  on behalf of the Trustee.  Advances with respect
                                                     to  delinquent  payments  of  principal  or  interest on a Home
                                                     Equity  Loan will be made by the  Servicer  only to the  extent
                                                     described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Such advances
                                                     will be  intended  to provide  liquidity  only and the  related
                                                     Prospectus Supplement will specify the extent to which they are
                                                     reimbursable  to  the  Servicer  from  scheduled   payments  of
                                                     principal and interest, late collections,  or from the proceeds
                                                     of  liquidation  of the related Home Equity Loans or from other
                                                     recoveries  relating to such Home Equity  Loan  (including  any
                                                     insurance  proceeds or payments from other credit support).  In
                                                     performing these functions, the Servicer will exercise the same



                                                         13
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

                                                     degree  of skill and care that it  customarily  exercises  with
                                                     respect to similar  receivables  or Home Equity  Loans owned or
                                                     serviced  by  it.  Under  certain  limited  circumstances,  the
                                                     Servicer  may resign or be removed,  in which event  either the
                                                     Trustee  or  a  third-party   servicer  will  be  appointed  as
                                                     successor servicer. The Servicer will receive a periodic fee as
                                                     servicing  compensation  (the  "Servicing  Fee")  and  may,  as
                                                     specified  herein  and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                                                     receive certain additional compensation. See "SERVICING OF HOME
                                                     EQUITY LOANS -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses"
                                                     herein.



Material Federal Income
Tax Consequences.....................................Securities of each series offered hereby will, for federal
                                                     income tax purposes,  constitute either (i) interests ("Grantor
                                                     Trust  Securities") in a Trust treated as a grantor trust under
                                                     applicable  provisions of the Code,  (ii)  "regular  interests"
                                                     ("REMIC Regular  Securities") or "residual  interests"  ("REMIC
                                                     Residual  Securities")  in a  Trust  treated  as a real  estate
                                                     mortgage   investment   conduit   ("REMIC")   (or,  in  certain
                                                     instances,  containing  one or more REMICs) under Sections 860A
                                                     through 860G of the Code, (iii) debt issued by an Issuer ("Debt
                                                     Securities")  (iv) interests in an Issuer which is treated as a
                                                     partnership   ("Partnership   Interests"),   or  (v)   "regular
                                                     interests" ("FASIT Regular Securities"), "high-yield interests"
                                                     ("FASIT  High-Yield   Securities")  or  an  ownership  interest
                                                     ("FASIT Ownership  Security") in a Trust treated as a financial
                                                     asset  securitization  investment  conduit  ("FASIT")  (or,  in
                                                     certain  circumstances  containing  one or more  FASITs)  under
                                                     Sections 860H through 860L of the Code. In the event that FASIT
                                                     securities  are issued,  any revolving  period,  or addition or
                                                     substitution of collateral  provisions  otherwise  available by
                                                     means of the FASIT election will be restricted so as to conform
                                                     to the requirements of REMICs.


                                                     Dewey  Ballantine  LLP,  special tax counsel to the  Depositor,
                                                     will render an opinion upon  issuance of a series of Securities
                                                     which  will be filed  with the  Commission  as an  exhibit to a
                                                     post-effective  amendment  or in a current  report on Form 8-K.
                                                     Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors and to review
                                                     "Material  Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in the
                                                     related Prospectus Supplement.

ERISA Considerations.................................A  fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit  plan  subject  to the
                                                     Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended
                                                     ("ERISA"),  or the Code  should  carefully  review with its own
                                                     legal  advisors  whether the purchase or holding of  Securities
                                                     could  give  rise  to a  transaction  prohibited  or  otherwise
                                                     impermissible  under  ERISA or the  Code.  A  violation  of the
                                                     prohibited  transaction rules may generate excise tax and other
                                                     liabilities under ERISA and the Code. If the Securities offered
                                                     are   Certificates,   an  individual   prohibited   transaction
                                                     exemption   issued  by  the  Department  of  Labor  to  various
                                                     underwriters  may exempt the  purchase,  holding  and resale of
                                                     such Certificates.  In addition,  Prohibited  Transaction Class
                                                     Exemption 83-1 may exempt the sale or exchange of the


                                                         14
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
                                                     Certificates.  If the  Securities  offered  are Notes which are
                                                     treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for
                                                     purposes of ERISA, various Department of Labor Class Exemptions
                                                     may exempt the  purchase  and holding of such  Notes,  and each
                                                     purchaser  and  transferee  of such  Notes may be  required  to
                                                     represent  and warrant that such an exemption is  applicable to
                                                     its   purchase   and   holding   of  the   Notes.   See  "ERISA
                                                     CONSIDERATIONS" herein.

Legal Investment ....................................The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will state whether or not
                                                     the  Securities of each Series  offered by this  Prospectus and
                                                     the related  Prospectus  Supplement will  constitute  "mortgage
                                                     related   securities"  under  the  Secondary   Mortgage  Market
                                                     Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").  Investors whose  investment
                                                     authority is subject to legal restrictions should consult their
                                                     own legal advisors to determine  whether and to what extent the
                                                     Securities  constitute  legal  investments for them. See "LEGAL
                                                     INVESTMENT" herein.

Use of Proceeds .....................................The  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  each  Series  will be
                                                     applied to one or more of the  following  purposes:  (i) to the
                                                     acquisition  of the  related  Primary  Assets,  (ii)  to  repay
                                                     indebtedness which has been incurred to obtain funds to acquire
                                                     such  Primary  Assets,  (iii) to  establish  any Reserve  Funds
                                                     described in the related Prospectus  Supplement and (iv) to pay
                                                     costs of structuring and issuing such Securities, including the
                                                     costs of obtaining Credit Enhancement,  if any. The acquisition
                                                     of the  Primary  Assets  for a  Series  may be  effected  by an
                                                     exchange of  Securities  with the  Originator  of such  Primary
                                                     Assets. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" herein.


Ratings .............................................It will be a  requirement  for issuance of any Series that the
                                                     Securities   offered  by  this   Prospectus   and  the  related
                                                     Prospectus Supplement be rated by at least one Rating Agency in
                                                     one of its  four  highest  applicable  rating  categories.  The
                                                     rating or  ratings  applicable  to  Securities  of each  Series
                                                     offered hereby and by the related Prospectus Supplement will be
                                                     as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. A securities
                                                     rating should be evaluated  independently of similar ratings on
                                                     different  types of  securities.  A securities  rating is not a
                                                     recommendation  to buy,  hold or sell  securities  and does not
                                                     address the effect that the rate of  prepayments on Home Equity
                                                     Loans or Underlying  Loans relating to Private  Securities,  as
                                                     applicable,  for a Series may have on the yield to investors in
                                                     the Securities of such Series. See "RISK  FACTORS--Ratings  Are
                                                     Not Recommendations" herein.


Absence of Market ...................................The  Securities  will be a new  issue  of  securities  with no
                                                     established  trading  market.  The  Issuer  does not expect to
                                                     apply  for  listing  of  the   Securities   on  any   national
                                                     securities  exchange or quote the  Securities in the automated
                                                     quotation  system  of  a  registered  securities  association.
                                                     The   Underwriter(s)   specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                                     Supplement   expects  to  make  a  secondary   market  in  the
                                                     Securities,  but  has  no  obligation  to  do  so.  See  "RISK
                                                     FACTORS" herein.

                                                         15
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

Risk Factors ........................................There are material risks associated with an investment in the
                                                     Securities.  For a  discussion  of all  material  factors  that
                                                     should  be   considered   by   prospective   investors  in  the
                                                     Securities,  see  "RISK  FACTORS"  herein  and in  the  related
                                                     Prospectus Supplement.
</TABLE>


                                                         16
<PAGE>




                                RISK FACTORS

         For a  discussion  of all  material  risk  factors  that could make the
offering of the  Securities  speculative or one of high risk,  Investors  should
consider  the  following  factors and "Risk  Factors" in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

An Investment in Any Security May Be an Illiquid Investment, which May Result in
the Holder Holding such Investment to Maturity.

         There will be no market for the  Securities  of any Series prior to the
issuance  thereof,  and there can be no assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop or, if it does develop,  that it will provide  Holders with liquidity of
investment or will continue for the life of the  Securities of such Series.  The
Underwriter(s)  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement expects to make a
secondary market in the Securities, but has no obligation to do so.

The Assets of the Trust Fund, as Well as Any Applicable Credit Enhancement, Will
Be Limited and, if such Assets and/or Credit Enhancement Become Insufficient to
Service the Related Securities, Losses May Result.

         The  Securities  of a Series will be payable  solely from the assets of
the Trust Fund for such  Securities.  There will be no recourse to the Depositor
or any other  person  for any  default  on the Notes or any  failure  to receive
distributions on the Certificates.  Further,  at the times and to the extent set
forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  certain Primary Assets and/or any
balance remaining in the Collection Account or Distribution  Account immediately
after  making  all  payments  due on the  Securities  of such  Series  and other
payments  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  may  be  promptly
released or remitted to the Depositor,  the Servicer, the Credit Enhancer or any
other  person  entitled  thereto  and will no longer  be  available  for  making
payments to Holders.  Consequently,  Holders of  Securities  of each Series must
rely  solely upon  payments  with  respect to the  Primary  Assets and the other
assets  constituting  the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities,  including,  if
applicable,  any amounts available  pursuant to any Credit  Enhancement for such
Series,  for the payment of principal of and interest on the  Securities of such
Series.

         Holders of Notes will be required  under the  Indenture to proceed only
against the Primary Assets and other assets  constituting the related Trust Fund
in the case of a default with respect to such Notes and may not proceed  against
any assets of the Depositor.  There is no assurance that the market value of the
Primary  Assets or any other assets for a Series will at any time be equal to or
greater than the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Securities of such Series
then  outstanding,  plus accrued interest  thereon.  Moreover,  upon an event of
default  under the  Indenture  for a Series of Notes and a sale of the assets in
the  Trust  Fund or upon a sale of the  assets  of a Trust  Fund for a Series of
Certificates,  the Trustee,  the Servicer,  if any, the Credit  Enhancer and any
other service provider specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement generally
will be  entitled  to  receive  the  proceeds  of any such sale to the extent of
unpaid fees and other amounts owing to such persons under the related  Agreement
prior to  distributions  to  Holders  of  Securities.  Upon any such  sale,  the
proceeds  thereof  may be  insufficient  to pay in  full  the  principal  of and
interest on the Securities of such Series.

         The only obligations, if any, of the Depositor with respect to the
Securities of any Series will be pursuant to certain representations and
warranties. See "THE AGREEMENTS--Assignment of Primary Assets" herein.

Credit Enhancement Will Be Limited in Amount and Scope of Coverage and May Not
be Sufficient to Cover Losses.

         Although  any  Credit  Enhancement  is  intended  to reduce the risk of
delinquent  payments or losses to Holders entitled to the benefit  thereof,  the
amount of such Credit  Enhancement will be limited and will decline and could be
depleted under certain circumstances prior to the payment in full of the related
Series of Securities,  and as a result  Holders may suffer losses.  Furthermore,
such Credit  Enhancement  may provide only very  limited  coverage as to certain
types of losses and may provide no coverage as to certain other types of losses.
Generally,  Credit  Enhancements do not directly or indirectly  guarantee to the
holders of Securities, any specific rate of prepayment. See "CREDIT ENHANCEMENT"
herein.

                                       17
<PAGE>

The Timing of Principal Payments May Adversely Affect the Yield to Maturity of
the Securities.


         The yield to  maturity  experienced  by a Holder of  Securities  may be
affected  by the  rate of  payment  of  principal  of the Home  Equity  Loans or
Underlying Loans relating to the Private Securities,  as applicable.  The timing
of principal payments of the Securities of a Series will be affected by a number
of factors,  including the following:  (i) the extent of prepayments of the Home
Equity  Loans  or  Underlying  Loans  relating  to the  Private  Securities,  as
applicable;  (ii) the manner of allocating  principal payments among the Classes
of  Securities  of a Series as specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;
(iii)  the  exercise  by the party  entitled  thereto  of any right of  optional
termination;  (iv)  liquidations  due to defaults  and (v)  repurchases  of Home
Equity Loans or  Underlying  Loans due to conversion  of  adjustable-rate  loans
("ARM Loans") to  fixed-rate  loans or breaches of the related  Originator's  or
Servicer's   representations   and   warranties).   See   "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
SECURITIES--Weighted Average Life of Securities.".


         Interest  payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution  Date
will include all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  In the event interest accrues during the calendar month
prior to a  Distribution  Date,  the effective  yield to Holders will be reduced
from the yield that would  otherwise be  obtainable  if interest  payable on the
Security were to accrue through the day immediately  preceding each Distribution
Date,  and the  effective  yield  (at  par) to  Holders  will be less  than  the
indicated  coupon  rate.  See  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   SECURITIES--Payments   of
Interest."

Prepayments May Adversely Affect the Yield to Maturity of the Securities.



         The yield to maturity of the Securities of each series may be adversely
affected  by a higher  or lower  than  anticipated  rate of  prepayments  on the
related  Home  Equity  Loans.  The yield to maturity  on  interest-only  Private
Securities or Private Securities purchased at premiums or discounted to par will
be  extremely  sensitive to the rate of  prepayments  on the related Home Equity
Loans.  In addition,  the yield to maturity on certain other types of classes of
Securities,  including certain classes in a series including more than one class
of Securities, may be relatively more sensitive to the rate of prepayment on the
related Home Equity Loans than other classes of Securities.

         The Home  Equity  Loans may be  prepaid in full or in part at any time;
however, a prepayment penalty or premium may be imposed in connection therewith.
Unless so specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  such penalties will
not be property of the related Trust. The rate of prepayments of the Home Equity
Loans  cannot be  predicted  and is  influenced  by a wide  variety of economic,
social and other factors,  including  prevailing mortgage market interest rates,
the  availability  of  alternative   financing,   local  and  regional  economic
conditions and homeowner  mobility.  Therefore,  no assurance can be given as to
the level of prepayments that a Trust will experience.

         Prepayments  may result from mandatory  prepayments  relating to unused
monies  held in  Pre-Funding  Accounts,  if any,  voluntary  early  payments  by
borrowers  (including  payments in connection  with  refinancings of the related
senior Home  Equity Loan or Loans),  sales of  Mortgaged  Properties  subject to
"due-on-sale" provisions and liquidations due to default, as well as the receipt
of proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies.
In  addition,  repurchases  or  purchases  from a Trust of Home Equity  Loans or
substitution  adjustments  required to be made under the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  will have the same effect on the  Securityholders  as a prepayment of
such Home Equity Loans. The related  Prospectus  Supplement will specify whether
any or all of the Home Equity Loans contain "due-on-sale" provisions.

         Collections  on the Home  Equity  Loans  may  vary due to the  level of
incidence of delinquent  payments and of  prepayments.  Collections  on the Home
Equity  Loans may also vary due to seasonal  purchasing  and  payment  habits of
borrowers.



                                       18
<PAGE>

As a Result of Optional  Redemption or Repurchase or Auction Sale, Holders Could
Be Fully Paid Significantly Earlier than Would Otherwise Be the Case.

   
         One or more  Classes  of  Securities  of any  Series  may be subject to
optional redemption or repurchase, in whole or in part, on or after such time as
the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Primary Assets is less than
the amount or  percentage  specified  in the related  Agreement,  such amount or
percentage not to exceed 20% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Primary
Assets as of the Cut-off Date for that Series. Neither the Trust nor the Holders
will have any continuing liability under such optional redemption or repurchase.
If the  optional  termination  is not  exercised,  then one or more  Classes  of
Securities  may be subject to early  retirement  by an  auction  sale.  See "THE
AGREEMENTS--Termination"   herein.   The   risk   of   reinvesting   unscheduled
distributions  resulting from redemption or repurchase of the Securities will be
borne by the Holders. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE  SECURITIES--Optional  Redemption,
Purchase or  Termination."  The optional  termination and mandatory  termination
described  herein are the only  circumstances  in which the Securities  could be
retired earlier than would be the case if the Trust were allowed to go to term.
    


Home Equity Loans with Balloon and Non-Traditional Payment Methods May Create
Greater Default Risk.

         A portion of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Home Equity Loans
at any time may be Balloon Loans that provide for the payment of the unamortized
principal  balance of such Home Equity Loan in a single payment at maturity Such
Balloon Loans provide for equal  monthly  payments,  consisting of principal and
interest,  generally  based on a  30-year  amortization  schedule,  and a single
payment of the remaining  balance of the Balloon Loan  generally 5, 7, 10, or 15
years after  origination.  Amortization  of a Balloon  Loan based on a scheduled
period that is longer than the term of the loan results in a remaining principal
balance at maturity  that is  substantially  larger  than the regular  scheduled
payments.  The  Depositor  does not have any  information  regarding the default
history or prepayment history of payments on Balloon Loans. Because borrowers of
Balloon Loans are required to make substantial single payments upon maturity, it
is possible that the default risk  associated  with the Balloon Loans is greater
than that associated with fully-amortizing Home Equity Loans.

         Other types of loans that may be included in the Trust Fund may involve
additional uncertainties not present in traditional types of loans. For example,
certain of the Home Equity Loans may provide for escalating or variable payments
by the  borrower  under  the Home  Equity  Loan,  as to which  the  borrower  is
generally  qualified  on the  basis  of the  initial  payment  amount.  In  some
instances the borrower's income may not be sufficient to enable them to continue
to make their loan payments as such payments increase and thus the likelihood of
default will increase. The Depositor does not have any information regarding the
default history or prepayment history of payments on these non-traditional loans


Junior Liens May Experience Higher Rates of Delinquencies and Losses.

         If the Mortgages in a Trust Fund are primarily junior liens subordinate
to the rights of the mortgagee  under the related senior  mortgage or mortgages,
the proceeds from any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will be
available to satisfy the outstanding balance of such junior mortgage only to the
extent that the claims of such senior  mortgagees  have been  satisfied in full,
including any related foreclosure costs. In addition, a junior mortgagee may not
foreclose  on the  Mortgaged  Property  securing  a junior  mortgage  unless  it
forecloses subject to the senior mortgages, in which case it must either pay the
entire amount due on the senior  mortgages to the senior  mortgagees at or prior
to the  foreclosure  sale or undertake  the  obligation  to make payments on the
senior mortgages in the event the mortgagor is in default thereunder.  The Trust
Fund will not have any source of funds to satisfy the senior  mortgages  or make
payments due to the senior mortgagees.

Property Values May Decline, Leading to Higher Losses.


         There are  several  factors  that could  adversely  affect the value of
Mortgaged  Properties  such that the  outstanding  balance of the  related  Home
Equity Loan,  together with any senior  financing on the  Mortgaged  Properties,
would equal or exceed the value of the Mortgaged  Properties.  Among the factors
that could adversely affect the value of the Mortgaged Properties are an overall
decline in the residential real estate market in the areas in



                                       19
<PAGE>

         which the Mortgaged  Properties are located or a decline in the general
condition  of the  Mortgaged  Properties  as a result of failure of borrowers to
maintain  adequately the Mortgaged  Properties or of natural  disasters that are
not necessarily  covered by insurance,  such as earthquakes and floods. Any such
decline could extinguish the value of a junior interest in a Mortgaged  Property
before  having any effect on the  related  senior  interest  therein.  If such a
decline occurs, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosure and losses on the
junior loans could be higher than those  currently  experienced  in the mortgage
lending industry in general.

Geographic Concentration of Mortgaged Properties May Result in Higher Losses, if
Particular Regions Experience Downturns.


         Certain  geographic  regions from time to time will  experience  weaker
regional economic  conditions and housing markets than will other regions,  and,
consequently,  will  experience  higher  rates of loss and  delinquency  on home
equity loans  generally.  The Home Equity  Loans  underlying  certain  Series of
Securities may be  concentrated  in such regions,  and such  concentrations  may
present risk  considerations  in addition to those generally present for similar
home  equity  loan   asset-backed   securities   without  such   concentrations.
Information  with respect to geographic  concentration  of Mortgaged  Properties
that is known at the  time of the  offering  will be  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.


Pre-Funding May Adversely Affect Investment.

         If a Trust  Fund  includes  a  Pre-Funding  Account  and the  principal
balance of  additional  Primary  Assets  delivered  to the Trust Fund during the
Pre-Funding  Period is less than the original  Pre-Funded Amount, the Holders of
the  Securities of the related  Series will receive a prepayment of principal as
and to the extent  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any such
principal  prepayment  may  adversely  affect  the  yield  to  maturity  of  the
applicable   Securities.   Since  prevailing   interest  rates  are  subject  to
fluctuation,  there can be no assurance  that investors will be able to reinvest
such a  prepayment  at yields  equaling or  exceeding  the yields on the related
Securities.  It is  possible  that the  yield on any such  reinvestment  will be
lower, and may be significantly lower, than the yield on the related Securities.

         Each  additional  Primary Asset must satisfy the  eligibility  criteria
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and the related agreements.  Such
eligibility  criteria will be determined in consultation with each Rating Agency
(and/or  Credit  Enhancer)  prior to the issuance of the related  Series and are
designed to ensure that if such  additional  Primary Asset were included as part
of the initial Trust Fund, the credit quality of such assets would be consistent
with the initial  rating of each Class of Securities  of such Series.  Following
the  transfer  of  additional   Primary  Assets  to  the  Trust,  the  aggregate
characteristics of the Primary Assets then held in the Trust may vary from those
of the initial Primary Assets of such Trust. As a result, the additional Primary
Assets may  adversely  affect the  performance  of the  related  Securities  

         The ability of a Trust to invest in  additional  Primary  Assets during
the  related  Pre-Funding  Period  will  be  dependant  on  the  ability  of the
Originator to originate or acquire Primary Assets that satisfy the  requirements
for transfer to the Trust Fund.  The ability of the  Originator  to originate or
acquire such Primary Assets will be affected by a variety of social and economic
factors,  including the prevailing level of market interest rates,  unemployment
levels and consumer perceptions of general economic conditions.

Environmental Conditions on the Mortgaged Property May Give Rise to Liability.

         Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to certain
environmental  risks.  Under  the laws of  certain  states,  contamination  of a
Mortgaged  Property may give rise to a lien on the Mortgaged  Property to assure
the costs of clean-up. In several states, such a lien has priority over the lien
of an existing mortgage or owner's interest against such Mortgaged Property.  In
addition,  under the laws of some  states  and under the  federal  Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"),  a
lender may be  liable,  as an "owner"  or  "operator,"  for costs of  addressing
releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances that require remedy at a
property, if agents or employees of the lender have become sufficiently involved
in  the   operations  of  the  borrower,   regardless  of  whether  or  not  the
environmental  damage or threat was caused by a prior owner. A lender also risks
such liability on foreclosure of the Mortgaged Property.

                                       20
<PAGE>


State and Federal Credit Protection Laws May Limit Collection of Principal and
Interest on the  Home Equity Loans.

         Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates and other
charges and require certain disclosures.  In addition,  other state laws, public
policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers,
unfair and deceptive  practices and debt  collection  practices may apply to the
origination, servicing and collection of the Home Equity Loans.

         The Home Equity Loans may also be subject to Federal  laws,  including:
(i) the Federal Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation Z  promulgated  thereunder,
which require  certain  disclosures to the borrowers  regarding the terms of the
Home Equity  Loans;  (ii) the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act and  Regulation  B
promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race,
color,  sex,  religion,  marital  status,  national  origin,  receipt  of public
assistance  or the  exercise of any right under the Consumer  Credit  Protection
Act, in the extension of credit;  and (iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which
regulates the use and reporting of information  related to the borrower's credit
experience.

         Depending  on the  provisions  of the  applicable  law and the specific
facts  and  circumstances  involved,  violations  of these  laws,  policies  and
principles  may limit the ability of the  Servicer to collect all or part of the
principal of or interest on the Home Equity Loans, may entitle the borrower to a
refund of amounts  previously paid and, in addition,  could subject the owner of
the Home Equity Loan to damages and  administrative  enforcement.  See  "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE HOME EQUITY LOANS" herein.


Ratings Are Not Recommendations. A Reduction in the Rating of Any Credit
Enhancer Would Likely Adversely Impact the Rating of the Securities.

         It will be a condition to the issuance of a Series of  Securities  that
they be rated in one of the four highest rating  categories by the Rating Agency
identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Any such rating would be based
on, among other things,  the adequacy of the value of the Primary Assets and any
Credit Enhancement with respect to such Series. Such rating should not be deemed
a recommendation to purchase,  hold or sell Securities,  inasmuch as it does not
address market price or suitability for a particular investor.

A Reduction in the Rating of Any Credit Enhancer Would Likely Adversely Impact
the Rating of the Securities.

         There is also no  assurance  that any such rating will remain in effect
for any given period of time or may not be lowered or withdrawn  entirely by the
Rating  Agency if in its  judgment  circumstances  in the future so warrant.  In
addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the adequacy of the
value of the Primary  Assets,  such rating  might also be lowered or  withdrawn,
among other  reasons,  because of an adverse  change in the  financial  or other
condition  of a  Credit  Enhancer  or a  change  in the  rating  of such  Credit
Enhancer's long term debt.

ERISA May Restrict the Acquisition, Ownership and Disposition of Securities.

         Generally,  ERISA  applies to  investments  made by  benefit  plans and
transactions  involving  the  assets of such  plans.  Due to the  complexity  of
regulations which govern such plans,  prospective  investors that are subject to
ERISA are urged to consult their own counsel regarding  consequences under ERISA
of   acquisition,   ownership  and   disposition  of   Securities.   See  "ERISA
CONSIDERATIONS" herein.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES


General

         Each  Series of Notes  will be issued  pursuant  to an  indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between  the  related  Issuer and the entity  named in the related
Prospectus  Supplement as trustee (the "Trustee") with respect to such Series. A
form of Indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of
which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  The  Certificates  will also be issued in
Series pursuant to separate agreements (each, a "Pooling and Servicing


                                       21
<PAGE>


Agreement" or a "Trust  Agreement")  among the Depositor,  the Servicer,  if the
Series  relates to Home Equity  Loans,  and the  Trustee.  A form of Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement
of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  A Series may consist of both Notes and
Certificates.


         The Originator may agree to reimburse the Depositor for certain fees
and expenses of the Depositor incurred in connection with the offering of the
Securities.

         The following  summaries  describe certain provisions in the Agreements
common to each Series of Securities. The summaries do not purport to be complete
and are subject to, and are  qualified in their  entirety by  reference  to, the
provisions of the  Agreements  and the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to each
Series  of  Securities.  Where  particular  provisions  or  terms  used  in  the
Agreements  are referred to, the actual  provisions  (including  definitions  of
terms) are incorporated herein by reference as part of such summaries.

         Each  Series of  Securities  will  consist  of one or more  Classes  of
Securities,  one or more of which may be compound interest securities,  variable
interest  securities,  PAC securities,  zero coupon  securities,  principal only
securities,  interest only securities or participating  securities. A Series may
also include one or more Classes of  subordinate  securities.  The Securities of
each Series will be issued only in fully  registered form,  without coupons,  in
the authorized  denominations for each Class specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  Upon satisfaction of the conditions,  if any, applicable to a Class
of a Series, the transfer of the Securities may be registered and the Securities
may be  exchanged  at the  office of the  Trustee  specified  in the  Prospectus
Supplement  without  the  payment of any  service  charge  other than any tax or
governmental  charge payable in connection with such registration of transfer or
exchange.  One or more Classes of a Series may be available in  book-entry  form
only.

         Payments of principal of and interest on a Series of Securities will be
made on the Distribution Dates specified in the Prospectus  Supplement  relating
to such Series by check mailed to Holders of such Series,  registered as such at
the close of  business on the record date  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement applicable to such Distribution Dates at their addresses appearing on
the security register, except that (a) payments may be made by wire transfer (at
the  expense  of the Holder  requesting  payment  by wire  transfer)  in certain
circumstances  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and (b) final
payments of  principal in  retirement  of each  Security  will be made only upon
presentation  and  surrender  of such  Security  at the  office  of the  Trustee
specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  Notice  of the  final  payment  on a
Security will be mailed to the Holder of such Security  before the  Distribution
Date on which the final principal payment on any Security is expected to be made
to the holder of such Security.

         Payments of principal of and interest on the Securities will be made by
the Trustee,  or a paying  agent on behalf of the  Trustee,  as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Payments with respect to the Primary Assets for a
Series,  together with reinvestment  income thereon,  amounts withdrawn from any
Reserve Fund,  and amounts  available  pursuant to any other Credit  Enhancement
will be  deposited  into the  Collection  Account.  Such  amounts  may be net of
certain amounts payable to the related  Servicer and any other person  specified
in the Prospectus Supplement. Such amounts thereafter will be deposited into the
Distribution Account and will be available to make payments on the Securities of
such Series on the next Distribution Date. See "THE TRUST  FUNDS--Collection and
Distribution Accounts" herein.

Payments of Interest


         The  Securities  of each  Class  by their  terms  entitled  to  receive
interest will bear  interest from the date and at the rate per annum  specified,
or  calculated  in the method  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Interest on such Securities of a Series will be payable on the Distribution Date
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  rate  of  interest  on
Securities  of a Series may be variable or may change with changes in the annual
percentage  rates of the Home Equity Loans or Underlying  Loans  relating to the
Private  Securities,  as applicable included in the related Trust Fund and/or as
prepayments occur with respect to such Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans, as
applicable.  Principal  Only  Securities  may not be  entitled  to  receive  any
interest  distributions  or may be entitled  to receive  only  nominal  interest
distributions.  Any interest on Zero Coupon  Securities  that is not paid on the
related  Distribution  Date will accrue and be added to the principal thereof on
such Distribution Date.



                                       22
<PAGE>

         Interest payable on the Securities on a Distribution  Date will include
all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In the event interest accrues during the calendar month preceding a
Distribution Date, the effective yield to Holders will be reduced from the yield
that would otherwise be obtainable if interest payable on the Securities were to
accrue through the day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

Payments of Principal

         On each Distribution Date for a Series, principal payments will be made
to the  Holders of the  Securities  of such  Series on which  principal  is then
payable,  to the extent set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Such
payments  will be made in an  aggregate  amount  determined  as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement and will be allocated among the respective Classes
of a Series in the  manner,  at the times and in the  priority  (which  may,  in
certain  cases,  include  allocation  by random  lot) set  forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

Final Scheduled Distribution Date

         The Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date with  respect to each Class of
Notes is the date no later than which the  principal  thereof will be fully paid
and with respect to each Class of a Series of  Certificates  will be the date on
which the entire  aggregate  principal  balance of such Class is  expected to be
reduced  to zero,  in each  case  calculated  on the  basis  of the  assumptions
applicable to such Series described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date for each Class of a Series will be specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Since payments on the Primary Assets will
be used to make  distributions in reduction of the outstanding  principal amount
of the Securities,  it is likely that the actual final  Distribution Date of any
such Class will occur earlier,  and may occur  substantially  earlier,  than its
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

         Furthermore,  with  respect  to a Series  of  Certificates,  as will be
further  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as  a  result  of
delinquencies,  defaults  and  liquidations  of the Primary  Assets in the Trust
Fund, the actual final Distribution Date of any Certificate may occur later than
its Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date.  No  assurance  can be given as to the
actual  prepayment  experience with respect to a Series.  See "Weighted  Average
Life of the Securities" below.


Optional Redemption, Purchase or Termination

   
         One or more  Classes  of  Securities  of any  Series  may be subject to
optional redemption or repurchase, in whole or in part, on any Distribution Date
by the related Originator,  Servicer or Credit Enhancer or an affiliate thereof.
Such  redemption or repurchase  may occur or on or after a date specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  or on or  after  such  time  as the  aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Securities or Primary Assets, is less than a
percentage not to exceed 20% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Primary
Assets  as of the  Cut-off  Date for that  Series.  Notice  of such  redemption,
purchase or  termination  must be given by the Depositor or the Trustee prior to
the related date. The redemption,  purchase or repurchase price (which would not
be less  than an amount  necessary  to pay all  principal  and  interest  on the
securities  outstanding) will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In the event that a REMIC  election has been made,  the Trustee  shall receive a
satisfactory  opinion of  counsel  that the  optional  redemption,  purchase  or
termination will be conducted so as to
    



                                       23
<PAGE>

constitute a "qualified liquidation" under Section 860F of the Code. The risk of
reinvesting   unscheduled   distributions  resulting  form  prepayments  of  the
Securities will be borne by the Holders.  Neither the Trust nor the Holders will
have any continuing liability under such optional redemption or repurchase.

         In  addition,  the  Trustee,  the  Servicer or certain  other  entities
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement may be required to effect early
retirement  of a series of Securities  by  soliciting  competitive  bids for the
purchase of the related Primary Assets or otherwise,  under other  circumstances
and in the manner specified in "THE AGREEMENTS--Termination " herein.

Weighted Average Life of the Securities

         Weighted  average  life refers to the average  amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issue of a security  until each dollar of  principal  of
such security will be repaid to the investor.  The weighted  average life of the
Securities  of a Class  will be  influenced  by the  rate at  which  the  amount
financed under Primary  Assets  included in the Trust Fund for a Series is paid.
Such repayment may be in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.


         Prepayments on loans and other  receivables can be measured relative to
a  prepayment  standard  or model.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for a Series of
Securities will describe the prepayment  standard or model, if any, used and may
contain tables setting forth the projected  weighted  average life of each Class
of Securities of such Series and the percentage of the original principal amount
of each  Class  of  Securities  of such  Series  that  would be  outstanding  on
specified  Distribution Dates for such Series based on the assumptions stated in
such Prospectus  Supplement,  including assumptions that prepayments on the Home
Equity  Loans  or  Underlying  Loans  relating  to the  Private  Securities,  as
applicable,  included in the related Trust Fund are made at rates  corresponding
to various  percentages  of the prepayment  standard or model  specified in such
Prospectus Supplement.

         There is,  however,  no assurance  that  prepayment  of the Home Equity
Loans or Underlying  Loans  relating to the Private  Securities,  as applicable,
included in the related  Trust Fund will conform to any level of any  prepayment
standard or model specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The rate of
principal  prepayments  on pools of loans  may be  influenced  by a  variety  of
factors, including job related factors such as transfers,  layoffs or promotions
and personal factors such as divorce,  disability or prolonged illness. Economic
conditions, either generally or within a particular geographic area or industry,
also may  affect  the rate of  principal  prepayments.  Demographic  and  social
factors may influence the rate of principal  prepayments  in that some borrowers
have greater financial flexibility to move or refinance than do other borrowers.
The deductibility of mortgage interest payments,  servicing  decisions and other
factors also affect the rate of principal prepayments. As a result, there can be
no  assurance  as to the rate or timing  of  principal  prepayments  of the Home
Equity Loans or  Underlying  Loans either from time to time or over the lives of
such Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans.

         The  rate of  prepayments  of  conventional  housing  loans  and  other
receivables has fluctuated  significantly in recent years. In general,  however,
if prevailing  interest rates fall significantly below the interest rates on the
Home Equity Loans or Underlying  Loans  relating to the Private  Securities,  as
applicable,  for a Series,  such loans are likely to prepay at rates higher than
if prevailing interest rates remain at or above the interest rates borne by such
loans.  In this  regard,  it  should  be noted  that the  Home  Equity  Loans or
Underlying Loans, as applicable, for a Series may have different interest rates.
In addition,  the weighted average life of the Securities may be affected by the
varying  maturities of the Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans relating to the
Private Securities,  as applicable. If any Home Equity Loans or Underlying Loans
relating  to the Private  Securities,  as  applicable,  for a Series have actual
terms-to-stated  maturity of less than those  assumed in  calculating  the Final
Scheduled  Distribution Date of the related  Securities,  one or more Classes of
the  Series  may be  fully  paid  prior  to  their  respective  Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date, even in the absence of prepayments and a reinvestment  return
higher than the Assumed Reinvestment Rate.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                 THE TRUST FUNDS

General


         The Notes of each Series will be secured by the pledge of the assets of
the  related  Trust Fund,  and the  Certificates  of each Series will  represent
interests in the assets of the related Trust Fund. The Trust Fund of each Series
will include  assets  acquired from the  Originator  composed of (i) the Primary
Assets, (ii) any Credit Enhancement, (iii) any Mortgaged Property that secured a
Home  Equity  Loan  but  which is  acquired  by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
foreclosure or repossession and (iv) the amount, if any, initially  deposited in
the Collection Account or Distribution  Account for a Series as specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A maximum  of 5% (by  Cut-off  Date  Principal
Balance) of the  aggregate  Primary  Assets that are included in a Trust Fund as
such Trust Fund will be  constituted  at the closing  date will deviate from the
characteristics that are described in the related Prospectus Supplement.


         The Securities will be non-recourse  obligations secured by the related
Trust  Fund.  Holders  of a  Series  of  Notes  may only  proceed  against  such
collateral  securing  such Series of Notes in the case of a default with respect
to such Series of Notes and may not proceed  against any assets of the Depositor
or the related Trust Fund not pledged to secure such Notes.


         The Primary  Assets for a Series will be acquired by the related  Trust
Fund from the  related  Originator,  or may be acquired in the open market or in
privately negotiated  transactions.  Home Equity Loans relating to a Series will
be serviced  by the  Servicer,  which may be the  Originator,  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,
with  respect to a Series of  Certificates  or a servicing  agreement  (each,  a
"Servicing  Agreement")  between the Trust Fund and Servicer,  with respect to a
Series of Notes.


         As  used  herein,  "Agreement"  means,  with  respect  to a  Series  of
Certificates,  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement,  and with
respect to a Series of Notes, the Indenture and the Servicing Agreement,  as the
context requires.

         A Trust Fund relating to a Series of Securities may be a business trust
formed  under  the  laws  of  the  state  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement pursuant to a trust agreement (each, a "Trust Agreement") between the
Depositor and the trustee of such Trust Fund specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement

         With respect to each Trust Fund,  prior to the initial  offering of the
related Series of Securities, the Trust Fund will have no assets or liabilities.
No Trust Fund is  expected  to engage in any  activities  other than  acquiring,
managing and holding the related  Primary  Assets and other assets  contemplated
herein  and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  proceeds  thereof,
issuing  Securities and making  payments and  distributions  thereon and certain
related  activities.  No Trust  Fund is  expected  to have any source of capital
other than its assets and any related Credit Enhancement.


         Primary  Assets  included in the Trust Fund for a Series may consist of
any combination of Home Equity Loans and Private  Securities,  to the extent and
as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Some of the Home Equity Loans
may be  delinquent  to the extent and as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement. The percentage of those Home Equity Loans which are delinquent shall
not exceed 10% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Primary  Assets as of
the Cut-off Date for that Series.  The following is a brief  description  of the
Home Equity Loans expected to be included in the related Trusts.

The  Home Equity Loans

         Home Equity  Loans.  The Primary  Assets for a Series may  consist,  in
whole or in part,  of loans (the "Home  Equity  Loans")  secured by mortgages on
one- to four-family residential housing ("Single Family Properties"),  including
condominium units ("Condominium Units") and cooperative dwellings  ("Cooperative
Dwellings")  which may be  subordinated to other mortgages on the same Mortgaged
Property.  The Home Equity  Loans may have fixed  interest  rates or  adjustable
interest  rates and may provide for other payment  characteristics  as described
below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.




                                       25
<PAGE>



         The Home Equity Loans will consist of what are commonly  referred to as
"home equity" loans, as distinguished from "purchase money" loans. Both of these
concepts refer to the use of proceeds made by the related borrower,  rather than
to any legal or other  documentary  differences  between the two types of loans,
except  that  "home  equity"  loans are  usually  (but not  always)  secured  by
mortgages which are in a subordinate  lien position while "purchase money" loans
are usually  (but not always)  secured by  mortgages  which are in a senior lien
position,  and "home  equity" loans are  typically  (but not always)  shorter in
maturity than "purchase  money" loans (i.e.,  fifteen rather than thirty years).
The Home Equity Loans, in addition to being secured by mortgages on real estate,
may also be secured by "fixtures" treated as personal property under local state
law. Although fixtures may turn up more frequently in the case of loans in which
the  proceeds  are used to fund  home  improvements,  fixtures  as a part of the
collateral  package may be a part of either a "home equity" or "purchase  money"
loan.

         A "home  equity"  loan is a loan the  proceeds of which are not used to
purchase the related  mortgaged  property;  the  proceeds of a "purchase  money"
mortgage are applied to the purchase of the related mortgaged property.  Typical
uses of  proceeds  of  "home  equity"  loans  would  be home  improvement,  debt
consolidation and the funding of large expenses such as college tuition.

         The Home Equity Loans may be (i)  "conventional"  loans,  that is, they
will not be insured or guaranteed by any  governmental  agency,  (ii) insured by
the Federal  Housing  Authority  ("FHA") or (iii)  partially  guaranteed  by the
Veteran's Administration, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
Home Equity Loans may be either  "closed-end"  loans  (i.e.,  loans which do not
permit the  related  borrower  to obtain the  proceeds  of future  advances)  or
"open-end" loans (i.e.,  loans  structured as lines of credit,  which permit the
related  borrower,  subject to a maximum dollar amount,  to obtain more than one
advance of proceeds).  The Home Equity Loans will be secured by first, second or
more junior  liens on fee simple or leasehold  interests in one- to  four-family
residential  properties.  The  principal  and  interest on the Home Equity Loans
included in the Trust for a Series of Securities  will be payable  either on the
first day of each month or on different  scheduled days  throughout  each month,
and the  interest  will be  calculated  either on a simple  interest,  actuarial
method  or  "Rule  of  78s"  method,  as  described  herein  and in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. When a full principal prepayment is paid on a Home Equity
Loan during a month,  the  Mortgagor is generally  charged  interest only on the
days of the month actually elapsed up to the date of such prepayment, at a daily
interest rate that is applied to the principal amount of the Home Equity Loan so
prepaid.

         Payment  Terms.  The  payment  terms  of the  Home  Equity  Loans to be
included in a Trust for a Series  will be  described  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement and may include any of the following features of combinations thereof
or other features described in the related Prospectus Supplement:

                            (a)  Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate
         adjustable  from time to time in  relation  to an index  (which will be
         specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement),  a rate that is fixed
         for a period of time or under certain  circumstances and is followed by
         an adjustable  rate, a rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or
         a rate that is convertible  from and  adjustable  rate to a fixed rate.
         Changes to an adjustable  rate may be subject to periodic  limitations,
         maximum  rates,  minimum  rates or a combination  of such  limitations.
         Accrued  interest may be deferred and added to the  principal of a Home
         Equity  Loan for such  periods and under such  circumstances  as may be
         specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Home Equity Loans may
         provide for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the  specified
         Loan Rate for a period of time of for the life of the Home Equity Loan,
         and the amount of any difference may be contributed from funds supplied
         by the seller of the Mortgaged Property or another source.

                            (b) Principal may be payable on a level debt service
         basis to fully  amortize  the Home  Equity  Loan over its term,  may be
         calculated  on the basis of an assumed  amortization  schedule  that is
         significantly  longer  than  the  original  term to  maturity  or on an
         interest  rate  that is  different  from  the  Loan  Rate or may not be
         amortized during all or a portion of the original term.  Payment of all
         or a  substantial  portion  of the  principal  may be due on  maturity.
         Principal may include  interest that has been deferred and added to the
         principal balance of the Home Equity Loan.

                            (c) Monthly  Payments of principal  and interest may
         be fixed for the life of the Home  Equity  Loan,  may  increase  over a
         specified period of time or may change from period to period. Home




                                       26
<PAGE>


         Equity Loans may include limits on periodic increases or decreases in
         the amount of Monthly Payments and may include maximum or minimum
         amounts of Monthly Payments.


                            (d)  Prepayments  of  principal  may be subject to a
         prepayment fee, which may be fixed for the life of the Home Equity Loan
         or may decline  over time,  and may be  prohibited  for the life of the
         Home Equity Loan or for certain periods.  Certain Home Equity Loans may
         permit  prepayments  after expiration of the applicable  lockout period
         and may require the payment of a prepayment fee in connection  with any
         such  subsequent  prepayment.   Other  Home  Equity  Loans  may  permit
         prepayments  without  payment  of a fee unless  the  prepayment  occurs
         during  specified time periods.  The Home Equity Loans may include "due
         on sale" clauses  which permit the  mortgagee to demand  payment of the
         entire  Home  Equity  Loan in  connection  with  the  sale  or  certain
         transfers of the related  Mortgaged  Property.  Other Home Equity Loans
         may be assumable by persons  meeting the then  applicable  underwriting
         standards of the Originator.

         Amortization  of the Home  Equity  Loans.  The Home  Equity  Loans will
provide for payments that are  allocated to principal and interest  according to
either the  actuarial  method (an  "Actuarial  Home  Equity  Loan"),  the simple
interest  method (a "Simple  Interest  Home  Equity  Loan") or the "Rule of 78s"
method  (a  "Rule  of 78s  Home  Equity  Loan"),  as set  forth  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.  The related Prospectus Supplement will set forth whether
any of the Home  Equity  Loans will  provide for  deferred  interest or negative
amortization.

         An Actuarial  Home Equity Loan  provides for payments in level  monthly
installments  (except,  in the  case  of a  Balloon  Loan,  the  final  payment)
consisting of interest equal to  one-twelfth  of the applicable  Loan Rate times
the unpaid  principal  balance,  with the  remainder of such payment  applied to
principal.

         A Simple Interest Home Equity Loan provides for the amortization of the
amount  financed  under  such Home  Equity  Loan over a series of equal  Monthly
Payments  (except,  in the case of a  Balloon  Loan,  the final  payment).  Each
Monthly  Payment  consists of an  installment of interest which is calculated on
the basis of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Home  Equity Loan being
multiplied  by the stated Loan Rate and further  multiplied  by a fraction,  the
numerator  of  which is the  number  of days in the  period  elapsed  since  the
preceding  payment  of  interest  was made and the  denominator  of which is the
number of days in the  annual  period  for which  interest  accrues on such Home
Equity Loan. As payments are received under a Simple  Interest Home Equity Loan,
the amount received is applied first to interest  accrued to the date of payment
and the balance is applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.  Accordingly,
if a borrower pays a fixed monthly  installment on a Simple Interest Home Equity
Loan before its  scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to
interest for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will be less than
it would have been had the payment  been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of
the  payment   applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid   principal   balance   will  be
correspondingly greater.  However, the next succeeding payment will result in an
allocation  of a  greater  amount to  interest  if such  payment  is made on its
scheduled due date.

         Conversely,  if a borrower pays a fixed monthly  installment  after its
scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to interest for the
period since the  preceding  payment was made will be greater than it would have
been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the remaining portion, if any,
of  the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid  principal  balance  will  be
correspondingly  less. If each  scheduled  payment under a Simple  Interest Home
Equity Loan is made on or prior to its scheduled due date, the principal balance
of the Home Equity Loan will  amortize in the manner  described in the preceding
paragraph.  However, if the borrower consistently makes scheduled payments after
the  scheduled  due date,  the Home Equity Loan will  amortize  more slowly than
scheduled.  If a Simple  Interest  Home Equity Loan is prepaid,  the borrower is
required to pay interest only to the date of prepayment.

         Certain  of the Home  Equity  Loans  contained  in a Trust may be loans
insured  under the FHA Title I credit  insurance  program  created  pursuant  to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the "Title I Program").
Under  the  Title I  Program,  the FHA is  authorized  and  empowered  to insure
qualified  lending  institutions  against losses on eligible loans.  The Title I
Program operates as a coinsurance  program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain  losses  incurred on an individual  insured  loan,  including the unpaid
principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance  coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance  coverage reserve account.  The owner of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.



                                       27
<PAGE>


         The Mortgaged  Properties  will include Single Family  Property  (i.e.,
one-to  four-family   residential  housing,   including  Condominium  Units  and
Cooperative   Dwellings)  The  Mortgaged  Properties  may  consist  of  detached
individual dwellings, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, row houses,
individual units in planned unit developments and other attached dwelling units.
Each Single  Family  Property will be located on land owned in fee simple by the
borrower or on land leased by the borrower for a term at least equal to the term
of  the  related  Mortgage.   Attached  dwellings  may  include   owner-occupied
structures where each borrower owns the land upon which the unit is built,  with
the  remaining  adjacent  land owned in common or  dwelling  units  subject to a
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement in a  cooperatively  owned  apartment
building.


         The related Prospectus Supplement will specify whether or not Mortgages
on  Cooperative  Dwellings  consist  of a lien  on the  shares  issued  by  such
Cooperative  Dwelling and the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement relating
to such Cooperative Dwelling.


         The  aggregate  principal  balance  of Home  Equity  Loans  secured  by
Mortgaged  Properties that are  owner-occupied  will be disclosed in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  The  sole  basis  for a  representation  that  a  given
percentage of the Home Equity Loans are secured by Single  Family  Property that
is  owner-occupied  will be either  (i) the  making of a  representation  by the
Mortgagor  at  origination  of the Home Equity  Loan either that the  underlying
Mortgaged  Property  will be used by the  Mortgagor for a period of at least six
months every year or that the Mortgagor intends to use the Mortgaged Property as
a  primary  residence,  or (ii) a finding  that the  address  of the  underlying
Mortgaged  Property  is the  Mortgagor's  mailing  address as  reflected  in the
Servicer's   records.   To  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Mortgaged  Properties may include non-owner occupied investment
properties and vacation and second homes.

         The  initial  Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of a Home  Equity  Loan is
computed in the manner described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  taking
into account the amounts of any related senior loans.

         Additional  Information.  The selection  criteria which will apply with
respect to the Home Equity  Loans,  including,  but not limited to, the Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratios or Loan-to-Value  Ratios, as applicable,  original terms to
maturity  and  delinquency  information,   will  be  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         The Home Equity  Loans for a Series may include  Home Equity Loans that
do not amortize  their  entire  principal  balance by their  stated  maturity in
accordance  with their  terms and  require a balloon  payment  of the  remaining
principal  balance  at  maturity,   as  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.  The Home Equity  Loans for a Series may  include  loans that do not
have a specified stated maturity.

         The  related  Prospectus   Supplement  for  each  Series  will  provide
information  with respect to the Home Equity Loans that are Primary Assets as of
the Cut-off Date, including, among other things, and to the extent relevant: (a)
the aggregate unpaid  principal  balance of the Home Equity Loans; (b) the range
and  weighted  average Loan Rate on the Home Equity  Loans,  and, in the case of
adjustable rate loans,  the range and weighted average of the current Loan Rates
and the  Lifetime  Rate  Caps,  if any;  (c) the range and  average  outstanding
principal  balance of the Loans; (d) the weighted average original and remaining
term-to-stated  maturity of the Home Equity  Loans and the range of original and
remaining  terms-to-stated  maturity, if applicable;  (e) the range and weighted
average of Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios or Loan-to-Value  Ratios for the Home
Equity Loans,  as  applicable;  (f) the  percentage  (by  outstanding  principal
balance as of the  Cut-off  Date) of Home Equity  Loans that accrue  interest at
adjustable or fixed interest rates;  (g) any special hazard  insurance policy or
bankruptcy bond or other Credit  Enhancement  relating to the Home Equity Loans;
(h) the geographic  distribution of any Mortgaged  Properties  securing the Home
Equity Loans;  (i) the percentage of Home Equity Loans (by principal  balance as
of the Cut-off  Date) that are secured by Single  Family  Mortgaged  Properties,
shares relating to Cooperative Dwellings, Condominium Units, investment property
and vacation or second  homes;  (j) the lien  priority of the Home Equity Loans;
(k) year of origination of the Home Equity Loans; and (l) the delinquency status
of Home Equity Loans,  including the duration and history of such  delinquencies
and the  percentage of the of Home Equity Loans (by principal  balance as of the
Cut-off Date) that are delinquent.  The related Prospectus  Supplement will also
specify any other  limitations  on the types or  characteristics  of Home Equity
Loans for a Series.



                                       28
<PAGE>


         If specific  information  respecting the Home Equity Loans is not known
at the time the related series of Securities  initially is offered,  information
of the nature described above will be provided in the Prospectus Supplement, and
specific  information will be set forth in a report on Form 8-K to be filed with
the  Commission   within  fifteen  days  after  the  initial  issuance  of  such
Securities.  A copy of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement with respect to each
Series of Securities  will be attached to the Form 8-K and will be available for
inspection at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  A schedule  of the Home Equity  Loans  relating to such
Series will be attached to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement delivered to the
Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.


Private Securities


   
         General.  Primary Assets for a Series may consist, in whole or in part,
of Private  Securities  which  include  pass-through  certificates  representing
beneficial interests in loans of the type that would otherwise be eligible to be
Home Equity Loans (the  "Underlying  Loans") or (b)  collateralized  obligations
secured by Underlying Loans.  Such  pass-through  certificates or collateralized
obligations  will have previously been (a) offered and distributed to the public
pursuant to an effective registration statement and not purchased as part of the
original  distribution or (b) acquired in a transaction not involving any public
offering from a person who is not an affiliate of the issuer of such  securities
at the time of transfer  (nor an affiliate  thereof at any time during the three
preceding  months);  provided a period of three years elapsed since the later of
the date the securities  were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate  thereof.
Although individual  Underlying Loans may be insured or guaranteed by the United
States or an agency or  instrumentality  thereof,  they need not be, and Private
Securities themselves will not be so insured or guaranteed.
    


         Private  Securities  will have been  issued  pursuant  to a pooling and
servicing agreement,  a trust agreement or similar agreement (a "PS Agreement").
The  seller/servicer  of the  Underlying  Loans  will have  entered  into the PS
Agreement with the trustee under such PS Agreement  (the "PS  Trustee").  The PS
Trustee or its  agent,  or a  custodian,  will  possess  the  Underlying  Loans.
Underlying Loans will be serviced by a servicer (the "PS Servicer")  directly or
by one or more  sub-servicers  who may be subject to the  supervision  of the PS
Servicer.

         The  sponsor of the Private  Securities  (the "PS  Sponsor")  will be a
financial  institution  or other  entity  engaged  generally  in the business of
lending;  a  public  agency  or  instrumentality  of a state,  local or  federal
government; or a limited purpose corporation organized for the purpose of, among
other  things,  establishing  trusts and  acquiring  and  selling  loans to such
trusts, and selling  beneficial  interests in such trusts. The PS Sponsor may be
an affiliate of the Depositor.  The obligations of the PS Sponsor will generally
be limited to certain  representations and warranties with respect to the assets
conveyed by it to the related trust. Additionally, although the Underlying Loans
may be  guaranteed by an agency or  instrumentality  of the United  States,  the
Private Securities themselves will not be so guaranteed.

         Distributions  of principal  and  interest  will be made on the Private
Securities  on the dates  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
Private   Securities  may  be  entitled  to  receive  nominal  or  no  principal
distributions  or nominal or no interest  distributions.  Principal and interest
distributions will be made on the Private Securities by the PS Trustee or the PS
Servicer. The PS Sponsor or the PS Servicer may have the right to repurchase the
Underlying Loans after a certain date or under other circumstances  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

         The Underlying Loans may be fixed rate, level payment, fully amortizing
loans or  adjustable  rate  loans or loans  having  balloon  or other  irregular
payment  features.  Such  Underlying  Loans  will be  secured  by  mortgages  on
Mortgaged Properties.

         Credit Support  Relating to Private  Securities.  Credit support in the
form of Reserve Funds,  subordination of other private  securities  issued under
the PS  Agreement,  guarantees,  letters of credit,  cash  collateral  accounts,
insurance policies or other types of credit support may be provided with respect
to the Underlying  Loans or with respect to the Private  Securities  themselves.
The type,  characteristics  and amount of credit  support  will be a function of
certain  characteristics of the Underlying Loans and other factors and will have
been established for the Private  Securities on the basis of requirements of the
nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization that rated the Private
Securities.


                                       29
<PAGE>



         Additional  Information.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for a Series for
which  the  Primary  Assets  include  Private   Securities  will  specify  (such
disclosure may be on an  approximate  basis and will be as of the date specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement),  to the extent relevant and to the extent
such  information  is  reasonably  available to the  Depositor and the Depositor
reasonably  believes  such  information  to  be  reliable:   (i)  the  aggregate
approximate  principal amount and type of the Private  Securities to be included
in  the  Trust  Fund  for  such  Series;  (ii)  certain  characteristics  of the
Underlying  Loans including (A) the payment  features of such  Underlying  Loans
(i.e.,  whether they are fixed rate or adjustable  rate and whether they provide
for  fixed  level  payments  or other  payment  features),  (B) the  approximate
aggregate  principal  balance,  if known,  of such  Underlying  Loans insured or
guaranteed by a governmental entity, (C) the servicing fee or range of servicing
fees with respect to the  Underlying  Loans,  (D) the minimum and maximum stated
maturities of such  Underlying  Loans at  origination,  (E) the lien priority of
such Underlying Loans, and (F) the delinquency status and year of origination of
such Underlying Loans; (iii) the maximum original term-to-stated maturity of the
Private  Securities;  (iv) the weighted average  term-to-stated  maturity of the
Private  Securities;  (v) the pass-through or certificate rate or ranges thereof
for the Private Securities;  (vi) the PS Sponsor, the PS Servicer (if other than
the PS Sponsor) and the PS Trustee for such Private  Securities;  (vii)  certain
characteristics  of credit  support  if any,  such as Reserve  Funds,  insurance
policies,  letters of credit or  guarantees  relating to such Home Equity  Loans
underlying  the Private  Securities  or to such Private  Securities  themselves;
(viii) the terms on which Underlying Loans may, or are required to, be purchased
prior to their stated maturity or the stated maturity of the Private Securities;
and (ix) the  terms on which  Underlying  Loans  may be  substituted  for  those
originally underlying the Private Securities.


         If information of the nature  described above  representing the Private
Securities  is not  known  to the  Depositor  at the  time  the  Securities  are
initially  offered,  approximate  or  more  general  information  of the  nature
described above will be provided in the Prospectus Supplement and the additional
information,  if available, will be set forth in a Current Report on Form 8-K to
be available  to investors on the date of issuance of the related  Series and to
be filed with the  Commission  within 15 days of the  initial  issuance  of such
Securities.

Collection and Distribution Accounts

         A separate Collection Account will be established by the Trustee or the
Servicer,  in the name of the Trustee, for each Series of Securities for receipt
of the amount of cash, if any, specified in the related Prospectus Supplement to
be initially deposited therein by the Depositor, all amounts received on or with
respect to the Primary Assets and any income earned thereon.  Certain amounts on
deposit in such Collection Account and certain amounts available pursuant to any
Credit Enhancement will be deposited in a related  Distribution  Account,  which
will also be established by the Trustee for each such Series of Securities,  for
distribution  to the  related  Holders.  The Trustee may invest the funds in the
Collection and  Distribution  Accounts in eligible  investments  maturing,  with
certain  exceptions,  not later, in the case of funds in the Collection Account,
than the day  preceding  the date  such  funds  are due to be  deposited  in the
Distribution  Account or otherwise  distributed and, in the case of funds in the
Distribution  Account, than the day preceding the next Distribution Date for the
related  Series of  Securities.  "Eligible  Investments"  include,  among  other
investments,  obligations  of the United  States and certain  agencies  thereof,
federal  funds,  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  paper,  demand and time
deposits and  banker's  acceptances,  certain  repurchase  agreements  of United
States government  securities and certain guaranteed  investment  contracts,  in
each case, acceptable to the Rating Agency.

         Notwithstanding  any of the  foregoing,  amounts may be  deposited  and
withdrawn  pursuant  to any  Deposit  Agreement  or  Minimum  Principal  Payment
Agreement as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Pre-Funding Accounts

         A Trust Fund may include one or more segregated trust accounts (each, a
"Pre-Funding  Account")  established  and  maintained  with the  Trustee for the
related Series.  On the closing date for such Series,  a portion of the proceeds
of the sale of the  Securities  of such Series  (such  amount,  the  "Pre-Funded
Amount") will be deposited in the Pre-Funding Account and may be used to acquire
additional  Primary  Assets  during the period of time  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Pre-Funding  Period").  If any Pre-Funded  Amount
remains  on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account at the end of the  Pre-Funding
Period,  such  amount  will be applied in the manner  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  to  prepay  the Notes  and/or  the  Certificates  of the
applicable Series.

                                       30
<PAGE>

         If a Pre-Funding  Account is established,  (a) the  Pre-Funding  Period
will not  exceed 90 days  from the  related  closing  date,  (b) the  additional
Primary Assets to be acquired during the  Pre-Funding  Period will be subject to
the same  representations  and  warranties  and  satisfy  the  same  eligibility
requirements  as the Primary  Assets  included in the related  Trust Fund on the
closing  date,  subject  to such  exceptions  as are  expressly  stated  in such
Prospectus  Supplement,  (c) the  Pre-Funding  Amount will not exceed 25% of the
principal amount of the Securities issued pursuant to a particular  offering and
(d) prior to the  investment  of the  Pre-Funded  Amount in  additional  Primary
Assets,  such  Pre-Funded  Amount  will  be  invested  in one or  more  Eligible
Investments.  Any Eligible Investment must mature no later than the Business Day
prior to the next Distribution Date.

         If a Pre-Funding  Account is established,  one or more segregated trust
accounts  (each,  a  "Capitalized  Interest  Account")  may be  established  and
maintained with the Trustee for the related Series. On the closing date for such
Series,  a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the  Securities of such Series
will be  deposited  in the  Capitalized  Interest  Account  and used to fund the
excess,  if  any,  of the sum of (i)  the  amount  of  interest  accrued  on the
Securities  of such  Series  and  (ii)  certain  fees  or  expenses  during  the
Pre-Funding  Period,  over the amount of interest  available  therefor  from the
Primary  Assets in the Trust  Fund.  Any  amounts on deposit in the  Capitalized
Interest Account at the end of the Pre-Funding Period that are not necessary for
such  purposes  will be  distributed  to the  person  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         If a Trust  Fund  includes  a  Pre-Funding  Account  and the  principal
balance of  additional  Primary  Assets  delivered  to the Trust Fund during the
Pre-Funding  Period is less than the original  Pre-Funded Amount, the Holders of
the  Securities of the related  Series will receive a prepayment of principal as
and to the extent  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any such
principal  prepayment  may  adversely  affect  the  yield  to  maturity  of  the
applicable   Securities.   Since  prevailing   interest  rates  are  subject  to
fluctuation,  there can be no assurance  that investors will be able to reinvest
such a  prepayment  at yields  equaling or  exceeding  the yields on the related
Securities.  It is  possible  that the  yield on any such  reinvestment  will be
lower, and may be significantly lower, than the yield on the related Securities.

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         If  stated  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to a  Series  of
Securities, simultaneously with the Depositor's assignment of the Primary Assets
to the  Trustee,  the  Depositor  will obtain an  irrevocable  letter of credit,
surety bond or insurance  policy,  issue  Subordinate  Securities  or obtain any
other form of credit enhancement or combination thereof  (collectively,  "Credit
Enhancement")  in favor of the  Trustee on behalf of the  Holders of the related
Series or  designated  Classes of such  Series from an  institution  or by other
means acceptable to the Rating Agency.  The Credit  Enhancement will support the
payment of  principal  and  interest on the  Securities,  and may be applied for
certain other  purposes to the extent and under the conditions set forth in such
Prospectus  Supplement.  Credit Enhancement for a Series may include one or more
of the  following  forms,  or such other form as may be specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Credit  Enhancement  may be structured so as to protect
against  losses  relating to more than one Trust Fund,  in the manner  described
therein.

Subordinate Securities

         Credit  Enhancement  for a Series may consist of one or more Classes of
Subordinate Securities.  The rights of holders of such Subordinate Securities to
receive  distributions on any Distribution Date will be subordinate in right and
priority to the rights of Holders of Senior  Securities of the Series,  but only
to the extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Insurance

         Credit Enhancement for a Series may consist of special hazard insurance
policies,  bankruptcy bonds and other types of insurance relating to the Primary
Assets, as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.


         Pool Insurance Policy. The related Prospectus  Supplement will describe
any pool insurance policy obtained by the Depositor for the Home Equity Loans in
the related Trust Fund. The pool insurance policy will




                                       31
<PAGE>


cover any loss  (subject to the  limitations  described in a related  Prospectus
Supplement)  by  reason  of  default.  but will not  cover  the  portion  of the
principal  balance of any Home Equity Loan that is required to be covered by any
primary  mortgage  insurance  policy.  The amount and terms of any such coverage
will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy.  Although the terms of such policies
vary to some degree, a special hazard insurance policy typically  provides that,
where  there has been  damage to  Mortgaged  Property  securing a  defaulted  or
foreclosed  Home Equity Loan (title to which has been  acquired by the  insured)
and to the extent such damage is not covered by the  standard  hazard  insurance
policy or any flood insurance policy,  if applicable,  required to be maintained
with respect to such  Mortgaged  Property,  or in  connection  with partial loss
resulting from the  application of the  coinsurance  clause in a standard hazard
insurance policy, the special hazard insurer will pay the lesser of (i) the cost
of repair or  replacement  of such  Mortgaged  Property or (ii) upon transfer of
such Mortgaged  Property to the special  hazard  insurer,  the unpaid  principal
balance of such Home Equity Loan at the time of  acquisition  of such  Mortgaged
Property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued interest to
the date of claim settlement and certain expenses  incurred by the Servicer with
respect to such Mortgaged Property. If the unpaid principal balance plus accrued
interest and certain expenses is paid by the special hazard insurer,  the amount
of further coverage under the special hazard insurance policy will be reduced by
such amount less any net proceeds from the sale of such Mortgaged Property.  Any
amount  paid as the  cost of  repair  of such  Mortgaged  Property  will  reduce
coverage by such amount.  Special  hazard  insurance  policies  typically do not
cover  losses  occasioned  by  war,  civil  insurrection,  certain  governmental
actions, errors in design, faulty workmanship or materials (except under certain
circumstances),  nuclear  reaction,  flood (if the  Mortgaged  Property  is in a
federally  designated  flood area),  chemical  contamination  and certain  other
risks.

         Restoration of the Mortgaged Property with the proceeds described under
(i) above is expected to satisfy the condition  under any pool insurance  policy
that  such  Mortgaged  Property  be  restored  before a claim  under  such  pool
insurance  policy may be validly  presented  with respect to the defaulted  Home
Equity Loan secured by such Mortgaged Property. The payment described under (ii)
above will render  unnecessary  presentation  of a claim in respect of such Home
Equity Loan under any pool  insurance  policy.  Therefore,  so long as such pool
insurance policy remains in effect, the payment by the special hazard insurer of
the cost of repair or of the unpaid principal balance of the related Home Equity
Loan plus  accrued  interest  and  certain  expenses  will not  affect the total
insurance  proceeds  paid to  Holders  of the  Securities,  but will  affect the
relative amounts of coverage remaining under the special hazard insurance policy
and pool insurance policy.

         Bankruptcy  Bond.  In the  event of a  bankruptcy  of a  borrower,  the
bankruptcy court may establish the value of the Mortgaged  Property securing the
related Home Equity Loan at an amount less than the  then-outstanding  principal
balance  of such Home  Equity  Loan.  The  amount of the  secured  debt could be
reduced to such value, and the holder of such Home Equity Loan thus would become
an unsecured  creditor to the extent the outstanding  principal  balance of such
Home Equity Loan exceeds the value so assigned to the Mortgaged  Property by the
bankruptcy  court. In addition,  certain other  modifications  of the terms of a
Home Equity Loan can result from a bankruptcy  proceeding.  See  "CERTAIN  LEGAL
ASPECTS OF HOME EQUITY LOANS" herein.  If so provided in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Depositor or other entity  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  will obtain a bankruptcy  bond or similar  insurance  contract  (the
"bankruptcy  bond") covering losses  resulting from  proceedings with respect to
borrowers  under the Bankruptcy  Code.  The  bankruptcy  bond will cover certain
losses resulting from a reduction by a bankruptcy court of scheduled payments of
principal  of and interest on a Home Equity Loan or a reduction by such court of
the  principal  amount  of a Home  Equity  Loan and will  cover  certain  unpaid
interest on the amount of such a principal reduction from the date of the filing
of a bankruptcy petition.

         The  bankruptcy  bond will  provide  coverage in the  aggregate  amount
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement for all Home Equity Loans in the
Trust Fund for such Series.  Such amount will be reduced by payments  made under
such  bankruptcy  bond in respect  of such Home  Equity  Loans,  and will not be
restored.

Reserve Funds

         The Depositor may deposit into one or more funds to be established with
the  Trustee as part of the Trust Fund for such Series or for the benefit of any
Credit Enhancer with respect to such Series (the "Reserve Funds")



                                       32
<PAGE>

cash,  a letter  or  letters  of  credit,  cash  collateral  accounts,  Eligible
Investments,  or other  instruments  meeting the  criteria of the Rating  Agency
rating any Series of the Securities in the amount  specified in such  Prospectus
Supplement.  In the  alternative or in addition to such deposit,  a Reserve Fund
for a Series may be funded over time through  application of all or a portion of
the excess  cash flow from the  Primary  Assets for such  Series,  to the extent
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  applicable,  the initial
amount of the Reserve Fund and the Reserve Fund  maintenance  requirements for a
Series of Securities will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Amounts  withdrawn from any Reserve Fund will be applied by the Trustee
to make payments on the  Securities of a Series,  to pay expenses,  to reimburse
any Credit  Enhancer or for any other  purpose,  in the manner and to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Amounts deposited in a Reserve Fund will be invested by the Trustee, in
Eligible  Investments  maturing no later than the day  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

Minimum Principal Payment Agreement

         If  stated  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to a  Series  of
Securities,  the Depositor will enter into a Minimum Principal Payment Agreement
with an entity meeting the criteria of the Rating Agency  pursuant to which such
entity will provide  certain  payments on the  Securities  of such Series in the
event that aggregate  scheduled  principal  payments  and/or  prepayments on the
Primary  Assets for such Series are not  sufficient to make certain  payments on
the Securities of such Series, as provided in the Prospectus Supplement.

Deposit Agreement

         The Depositor and the Trustee for such Series of Securities  will enter
into a Deposit Agreement with the entity specified in such Prospectus Supplement
on or before the sale of such  Series of  Securities.  The  purpose of a Deposit
Agreement  would be to  accumulate  available  cash for  investment so that such
cash,  together with income thereon,  can be applied to future  distributions on
one or more Classes of  Securities.  The  Prospectus  Supplement for a Series of
Securities  pursuant  to  which a  Deposit  Agreement  is used  will  contain  a
description of the terms of such Deposit Agreement.

                         SERVICING OF HOME EQUITY LOANS


General


         Customary  servicing  functions  with  respect  to  Home  Equity  Loans
comprising the Primary Assets in the Trust Fund will be provided by the Servicer
directly  pursuant to the related  Servicing  Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to a Series of Securities.


Collection Procedures; Escrow Accounts


         The  Servicer  will make  reasonable  efforts to collect  all  payments
required to be made under the Home Equity  Loans and will,  consistent  with the
terms  of  the  related  Agreement  for  a  Series  and  any  applicable  Credit
Enhancement,  follow such  collection  procedures  as it follows with respect to
comparable  loans held in its own  portfolio.  Consistent  with the  above,  the
Servicer  may, in its  discretion,  (i) waive any  assumption  fee, late payment
charge,  or other charge in  connection  with a Home Equity Loan and (ii) to the
extent provided in the related  Agreement arrange with an obligor a schedule for
the  liquidation  of  delinquencies  by extending the dates on which the related
payments  (the  "Scheduled  Payments")  are due (the "Due  Dates")  on such Home
Equity Loan.

         The  Servicer,  to the extent  permitted  by law,  will  establish  and
maintain  escrow or impound  accounts  ("Escrow  Accounts") with respect to Home
Equity Loans in which payments by obligors to pay taxes,  assessments,  mortgage
and hazard  insurance  premiums,  and other  comparable items will be deposited.
Home  Equity  Loans  may not  require  such  payments  under  the  loan  related
documents,  in which case the Servicer  would not be required to  establish  any
Escrow Account with respect to such Home Equity Loans. Withdrawals from the

                                       33
<PAGE>



Escrow  Accounts are to be made to effect timely  payment of taxes,  assessments
and mortgage and hazard insurance,  to refund to obligors amounts  determined to
be overages,  to pay  interest to obligors on balances in the Escrow  Account to
the  extent  required  by law,  to repair or  otherwise  protect  the  Mortgaged
Property  securing the related Home Equity Loan and to clear and terminate  such
Escrow Account.  The Servicer will be responsible for the  administration of the
Escrow  Accounts  and  generally  will make  advances  to such  accounts  when a
deficiency exists therein.


Deposits to and Withdrawals from the Collection Account


         The Trustee or the  Servicer  will  establish a separate  account  (the
"Collection Account") in the name of the Trustee. The Collection Account will be
an account maintained (i) at a depository  institution,  the long-term unsecured
debt  obligations of which at the time of any deposit  therein are rated by each
Rating Agency rating the  Securities  of such Series at levels  satisfactory  to
each Rating  Agency or (ii) in an account or accounts  the deposits in which are
insured  to the  maximum  extent  available  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC")  or which are  secured  in a manner  meeting  requirements
established by each Rating Agency.

         The funds  held in the  Collection  Account  may be  invested,  pending
remittance  to the  Trustee,  in  Eligible  Investments.  The  Servicer  will be
entitled to receive as  additional  compensation  any  interest or other  income
earned on funds in the Collection Account.


         The  Servicer,  the  Depositor,  the  Trustee  or  the  Originator,  as
appropriate,  will  deposit into the  Collection  Account for each Series on the
Business  Day  following  the Closing  Date any amounts  representing  Scheduled
Payments  due after the related  Cut-off Date but received by the Servicer on or
before the Closing Date, and thereafter, within two business days after the date
of receipt thereof,  the following payments and collections  received or made by
it (other than in respect of principal  of and  interest on the related  Primary
Assets due on or before such Cut-off Date):


                  (i)  All   payments   on  account  of   principal,   including
         prepayments, on such Primary Assets;

                  (ii) All  payments  on account  of  interest  on such  Primary
         Assets after deducting therefrom, at the discretion of the Servicer but
         only to the extent of the amount  permitted to be withdrawn or withheld
         from the Collection  Account in accordance with the related  Agreement,
         the Servicing Fee in respect of such Primary Assets;

                  (iii) All amounts  received by the Servicer in connection with
         the  liquidation  of Primary  Assets or  property  acquired  in respect
         thereof,  whether through foreclosure sale,  repossession or otherwise,
         including payments in connection with such Primary Assets received from
         the obligor,  other than amounts required to be paid or refunded to the
         obligor  pursuant  to the terms of the  applicable  loan  documents  or
         otherwise  pursuant to law ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),  exclusive of, in
         the  discretion of the  Servicer,  but only to the extent of the amount
         permitted to be withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account in  accordance
         with the related  Agreement,  the Servicing  Fee, if any, in respect of
         the related Primary Asset;

                  (iv) All proceeds under any title insurance,  hazard insurance
         or other insurance  policy covering any such Primary Asset,  other than
         proceeds  to be applied  to the  restoration  or repair of the  related
         Mortgaged  Property or released to the obligor in  accordance  with the
         related Agreement;

                  (v) All amounts  required  to be  deposited  therein  from any
         applicable  Reserve  Fund  for  such  Series  pursuant  to the  related
         Agreement;

                  (vi) All Advances  made by the Servicer  required  pursuant to
         the related Agreement; and

                  (vii)  All  repurchase  prices  of  any  such  Primary  Assets
         repurchased by the Depositor,  the Servicer or the Originator  pursuant
         to the related Agreement.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         The Servicer may be permitted,  from time to time, to make  withdrawals
from the Collection Account for each Series for the following purposes:

                  (i) to  reimburse  itself for Advances for such Series made by
         it pursuant to the related Agreement; the Servicer's right to reimburse
         itself is limited to amounts  received  on or in respect of  particular
         Home Equity Loans (including,  for this purpose,  Liquidation  Proceeds
         and amounts  representing  proceeds of insurance  policies covering the
         related   Mortgaged   Property)  which  represent  late  recoveries  of
         Scheduled Payments respecting which any such Advance was made;


                  (ii) to the  extent  provided  in the  related  Agreement,  to
         reimburse  itself for any  Advances  for such Series that the  Servicer
         determines  in good  faith it will be unable to  recover  from  amounts
         representing  late recoveries of Scheduled  Payments  respecting  which
         such Advance was made or from  Liquidation  Proceeds or the proceeds of
         insurance policies;


                  (iii)  to  reimburse  itself  from  Liquidation  Proceeds  for
         liquidation  expenses  and for amounts  expended by it in good faith in
         connection with the restoration of damaged  Mortgaged  Property and, in
         the  event  deposited  in the  Collection  Account  and not  previously
         withheld,  and to the  extent  that  Liquidation  Proceeds  after  such
         reimbursement  exceed the outstanding  principal balance of the related
         Home Equity Loan,  together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
         the Due Date for such Home Equity Loan next  succeeding the date of its
         receipt  of such  Liquidation  Proceeds,  to pay to itself  out of such
         excess the amount of any unpaid  Servicing Fee and any assumption fees,
         late payment charges, or other charges on the related Home Equity Loan;

                  (iv)  in the  event  it has  elected  not  to pay  itself  the
         Servicing Fee out of the interest  component of any Scheduled  Payment,
         late payment or other recovery with respect to a particular Home Equity
         Loan prior to the deposit of such  Scheduled  Payment,  late payment or
         recovery into the  Collection  Account,  to pay to itself the Servicing
         Fee, as  adjusted  pursuant  to the  related  Agreement,  from any such
         Scheduled Payment,  late payment or such other recovery,  to the extent
         permitted by the related Agreement;

                  (v)  to  reimburse   itself  for  expenses   incurred  by  and
         recoverable by or reimbursable to it pursuant to the related Agreement;

                  (vi) to pay to the  applicable  person  with  respect  to each
         Primary Asset or Mortgaged  Properties  acquired  through or in lieu of
         foreclosure (each, an "REO Property")  acquired in respect thereof that
         has been  repurchased  or removed from the Trust Fund by the Depositor,
         the Servicer or the Originator  pursuant to the related Agreement,  all
         amounts  received  thereon and not  distributed as of the date on which
         the related repurchase price was determined;

                  (vii) to make  payments  to the  Trustee  of such  Series  for
         deposit into the Distribution Account, if any, or for remittance to the
         Holders of such Series in the amounts and in the manner provided for in
         the related Agreement; and

                  (viii) to clear and terminate the Collection  Account pursuant
         to the related Agreement.

         In addition,  if the Servicer deposits in the Collection  Account for a
Series any amount not  required to be  deposited  therein,  it may, at any time,
withdraw such amount from such Collection Account.

Advances and Limitations Thereon


         The related Prospectus  Supplement will describe the circumstances,  if
any,  under which the Servicer  will make  Advances  with respect to  delinquent
payments on Home Equity Loans.  The Servicer will be obligated to make Advances,
and such  obligation may be limited in amount,  or may not be activated  until a
certain portion of a specified  Reserve Fund is depleted.  Advances are intended
to  provide  liquidity  and,  except  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  not to guarantee or insure against losses.  Accordingly,
any funds advanced are  recoverable  by the Servicer out of amounts  received on
particular Home Equity Loans which represent late




                                       35
<PAGE>


recoveries  of  principal  or  interest,   proceeds  of  insurance  policies  or
Liquidation  Proceeds  respecting which any such Advance was made. If an Advance
is made and subsequently  determined to be nonrecoverable from late collections,
proceeds of insurance  policies,  or Liquidation  Proceeds from the related Home
Equity Loan, the Servicer may be entitled to  reimbursement  from other funds in
the Collection  Account or Distribution  Account,  as the case may be, or from a
specified  Reserve Fund as  applicable,  to the extent  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.


Maintenance of Insurance Policies and other Servicing Procedures

         Standard Hazard  Insurance;  Flood  Insurance.  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will  specify the extent to which the  Servicer  will be required to
maintain or to cause the obligor on each Home Equity Loan to maintain a standard
hazard  insurance  policy  providing  coverage  of the  standard  form  of  fire
insurance  with  extended  coverage for certain other hazards as is customary in
the state in which the  related  Mortgaged  Property is  located.  The  standard
hazard  insurance  policies  will  provide  for  coverage  at least equal to the
applicable state standard form of fire insurance  policy with extended  coverage
for property of the type securing the related Home Equity Loans. In general, the
standard form of fire and extended coverage policy will cover physical damage to
or destruction of, the related  Mortgaged  Property  caused by fire,  lightning,
explosion, smoke, windstorm, hail, riot, strike and civil commotion,  subject to
the  conditions  and  exclusions  particularized  in each  policy.  Because  the
standard  hazard  insurance  policies  relating to the Home Equity Loans will be
underwritten by different  hazard  insurers and will cover Mortgaged  Properties
located in various  states,  such policies will not contain  identical terms and
conditions.  The basic terms, however, generally will be determined by state law
and generally will be similar.  Most such policies  typically will not cover any
physical damage resulting from war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and
other water-related  causes, earth movement (including  earthquakes,  landslides
and mudflows),  nuclear reaction,  wet or dry rot, vermin,  rodents,  insects or
domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be
all inclusive.  Uninsured risks not covered by a special hazard insurance policy
or other form of Credit  Enhancement  will  adversely  affect  distributions  to
Holders.  When a Mortgaged  Property securing a Home Equity Loan is located in a
flood area  identified by HUD pursuant to the Flood  Disaster  Protection Act of
1973, as amended,  the Servicer will be required to cause flood  insurance to be
maintained with respect to such Mortgaged Property, to the extent available.

         The standard hazard insurance  policies covering  Mortgaged  Properties
securing Home Equity Loans typically will contain a "coinsurance"  clause which,
in effect,  will require the insured at all times to carry hazard insurance of a
specified percentage (generally 80% to 90%) of the full replacement value of the
Mortgaged  Property,  including the improvements on any Mortgaged  Property,  in
order to recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the insured's  coverage
falls below this specified percentage,  such clause will provide that the hazard
insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss will not exceed the greater of
(i) the actual cash value (the replacement  cost less physical  depreciation) of
the Mortgaged Property, including the improvements, if any, damaged or destroyed
or (ii) such proportion of the loss, without deduction for depreciation,  as the
amount  of  insurance  carried  bears to the  specified  percentage  of the full
replacement cost of such Mortgaged  Property and improvements.  Since the amount
of hazard  insurance  to be  maintained  on the  improvements  securing the Home
Equity Loans  declines as the principal  balances  owing thereon  decrease,  and
since the value of the Mortgaged  Properties  will fluctuate in value over time,
the effect of this  requirement  in the event of partial loss may be that hazard
insurance  proceeds  will be  insufficient  to  restore  fully the damage to the
affected Mortgaged Property.

         Generally,  coverage will be in an amount at least equal to the greater
of (i) the amount necessary to avoid the enforcement of any co-insurance  clause
contained in the policy or (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the related
Home Equity Loan.  The Servicer may also maintain on REO Property that secured a
defaulted Home Equity Loan and that has been acquired upon foreclosure,  deed in
lieu of foreclosure,  or repossession,  a standard hazard insurance policy in an
amount  that is at  least  equal  to the  maximum  insurable  value  of such REO
Property.  No earthquake or other  additional  insurance will be required of any
obligor or will be maintained on REO Property acquired in respect of a defaulted
Home Equity Loan, other than pursuant to such applicable laws and regulations as
shall at any time be in force and shall require such additional insurance.

         Any  amounts  collected  by the  Servicer  under any such  policies  of
insurance  (other than amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the
Mortgaged Property,  released to the obligor in accordance with normal servicing
procedures or used to reimburse the Servicer for amounts to which it is entitled
to reimbursement) will be deposited in the Collection Account. In the event that
the Servicer obtains and maintains a blanket policy insuring



                                       36
<PAGE>

against  hazard  losses on all of the Home Equity  Loans,  written by an insurer
then acceptable to each Rating Agency which assigns a rating to such Series,  it
will  conclusively  be deemed to have  satisfied its  obligations to cause to be
maintained  a standard  hazard  insurance  policy  for each Loan or related  REO
Property. This blanket policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case the
Servicer  will be  required,  in the event that there has been a loss that would
have been covered by such policy absent such  deductible  clause,  to deposit in
the Collection Account the amount not otherwise payable under the blanket policy
because of the application of such deductible clause.

Realization upon Defaulted Home Equity Loans

         The Servicer will use its  reasonable  best efforts to foreclose  upon,
repossess  or  otherwise  comparably  convert  the  ownership  of the  Mortgaged
Properties  securing  the related Home Equity Loans as come into and continue in
default and as to which no satisfactory  arrangements can be made for collection
of delinquent payments. In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion,
the Servicer will follow such practices and procedures as it deems  necessary or
advisable and as are normal and usual in its servicing  activities  with respect
to comparable  loans serviced by it. However,  the Servicer will not be required
to expend  its own funds in  connection  with any  foreclosure  or  towards  the
restoration  of the  Mortgaged  Property  unless  it  determines  that  (i) such
restoration or foreclosure will increase the Liquidation  Proceeds in respect of
the related Home Equity Loan  available to the Holders  after  reimbursement  to
itself for such expenses and (ii) such expenses will be recoverable by it either
through  Liquidation  Proceeds  or the  proceeds of  insurance.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary  herein,  in the case of a Trust Fund for which a REMIC
election has been made, the Servicer will be required to liquidate any Mortgaged
Property acquired through  foreclosure within two years after the acquisition of
the  beneficial  ownership  of such  Mortgaged  Property.  While the holder of a
Mortgaged Property acquired through  foreclosure can often maximize its recovery
by providing financing to a new purchaser,  the Trust Fund, if applicable,  will
have no ability to do so and  neither the  Servicer  nor the  Depositor  will be
required to do so.

         The Servicer  may arrange  with the obligor on a defaulted  Home Equity
Loan a modification  of such Home Equity Loan (a  "Modification")  to the extent
provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Such Modifications may only be
entered into if they meet the underwriting  policies and procedures  employed by
the  Servicer in  servicing  receivables  for its own account and meet the other
conditions set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.


Enforcement of Due-On-Sale Clauses


         When any Mortgaged Property is about to be conveyed by the obligor, the
Servicer may, to the extent it has knowledge of such prospective  conveyance and
prior to the time of the consummation of such conveyance, exercise its rights to
accelerate  the  maturity of the related  Home Equity Loan under the  applicable
"due-on-sale"  clause, if any, unless it reasonably believes that such clause is
not enforceable  under applicable law or if the enforcement of such clause would
result in loss of coverage under any primary mortgage  insurance policy. In such
event,  the Servicer is  authorized  to accept from or enter into an  assumption
agreement with the person to whom such  Mortgaged  Property has been or is about
to be  conveyed,  pursuant to which such person  becomes  liable  under the Home
Equity  Loan and  pursuant  to which  the  original  obligor  is  released  from
liability and such person is substituted as the obligor and becomes liable under
the Home Equity Loan. Any fee collected in connection with an assumption will be
retained by the Servicer as additional  servicing  compensation.  The terms of a
Home Equity Loan may not be changed in connection with an assumption.


Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses


         The  Servicer   will  be  entitled  to  a  periodic  fee  as  servicing
compensation (the "Servicing Fee") in an amount to be determined as specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Servicing Fee may be fixed or variable,
as specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  the Servicer
will be entitled to servicing  compensation in the form of assumption fees, late
payment charges and similar items, or excess proceeds  following  disposition of
Mortgaged  Property in connection  with defaulted Home Equity Loans,  as will be
further specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,.


                                       37
<PAGE>

         The Servicer may pay certain  expenses  incurred in connection with the
servicing of the Home Equity Loans, including,  without limitation,  the payment
of the fees and expenses of the Trustee and independent accountants,  payment of
insurance policy premiums and the cost of credit support, if any, and payment of
expenses incurred in preparation of reports to Holders.

         When an obligor makes a principal  prepayment in full between Due Dates
on the related Home Equity Loan,  the obligor will  generally be required to pay
interest on the amount  prepaid  only to the date of  prepayment.  If and to the
extent provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement in order that one or more
Classes  of the  Holders  of a Series  will  not be  adversely  affected  by any
resulting shortfall in interest,  the amount of the Servicing Fee may be reduced
to the extent  necessary to include in the Servicer's  remittance to the Trustee
for  deposit  into the  Distribution  Account  an  amount  equal to one  month's
interest  on the  related  Home Equity  Loan (less the  Servicing  Fee).  If the
aggregate  amount of such  shortfalls  in a month  exceeds the Servicing Fee for
such month, a shortfall to Holders may occur.

         The Servicer  will be entitled to  reimbursement  for certain  expenses
incurred by it in  connection  with the  liquidation  of  defaulted  Home Equity
Loans. The related Holders will suffer no loss by reason of such expenses to the
extent  expenses are covered  under  related  insurance  policies or from excess
Liquidation Proceeds. If claims are either not made or paid under the applicable
insurance  policies or if coverage  thereunder has been  exhausted,  the related
Holders  will  suffer a loss to the  extent  that  Liquidation  Proceeds,  after
reimbursement  of  the  Servicer's  expenses,  are  less  than  the  outstanding
principal  balance of and unpaid  interest on the related Home Equity Loan which
would be distributable to Holders. In addition, the Servicer will be entitled to
reimbursement of expenditures  incurred by it in connection with the restoration
of property  securing a defaulted Home Equity Loan, such right of  reimbursement
being  prior to the rights of the  Holders to receive  any  related  proceeds of
insurance  policies,  Liquidation  Proceeds or amounts derived from other Credit
Enhancement.  The Servicer is generally also entitled to reimbursement  from the
Collection Account for Advances.

         The rights of the Servicer to receive funds from the Collection Account
for a Series,  whether as the  Servicing Fee or other  compensation,  or for the
reimbursement  of Advances,  expenses or otherwise,  may be  subordinate  to the
rights of Holders of such Series as set forth in the related Agreement. 


Evidence as to Compliance



         The applicable Agreement for each Series will provide that each year, a
firm of independent  public  accountants will furnish a statement to the Trustee
to the effect that such firm has examined certain documents and records relating
to the servicing of the Home Equity Loans by the Servicer and that, on the basis
of such  examination,  such firm is of the opinion that the  servicing  has been
conducted in compliance with such  Agreement,  except for (i) such exceptions as
such firm  believes to be immaterial  and (ii) such other  exceptions as are set
forth in such statement.

         The applicable Agreement for each Series will also provide for delivery
to the Trustee for such  Series of an annual  statement  signed by an officer of
the Servicer to the effect that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under
such Agreement throughout the preceding calendar year.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

         The  Servicer  for  each  Series  will  be  identified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. The Servicer may be an affiliate of the Depositor and may
have other business relationships with the Depositor and its affiliates.

         If an event of  default  ("Event of  Default")  occurs  under  either a
Servicing  Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer may be
replaced by the Trustee or a successor Servicer.  Such Events of Default and the
rights of the Trustee upon such a default  under the  Agreement  for the related
Series will be substantially  similar to those described under "THE AGREEMENTS--
Events  of  Default;  Rights  Upon  Events  of  Default--Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement; Servicing Agreement" herein.

                                       38
<PAGE>

         The related  Agreement will specify the  circumstances  under which the
Servicer  may  assign  its  rights  and  delegate  its  duties  and  obligations
thereunder  for each Series,  which  generally  will require that the  successor
Servicer  accepting such assignment or delegation (i) services  similar loans in
the ordinary  course of its  business,  (ii) is reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Trustee  for the  related  Series,  (iii)  has a net  worth of not less than the
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  (iv) would not cause any
Rating Agency's  rating of the Securities for such Series in effect  immediately
prior to such  assignment,  sale or  transfer  to be  qualified,  downgraded  or
withdrawn as a result of such assignment,  sale or transfer and (v) executes and
delivers  to  the  Trustee  an  agreement,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Trustee,  which  contains an assumption by such Servicer of
the due and punctual  performance  and observance of each covenant and condition
to be performed or observed by the Servicer under the related Agreement from and
after the date of such agreement. No such assignment will become effective until
the Trustee or a successor  Servicer has assumed the servicer's  obligations and
duties under the related  Agreement.  To the extent that the Servicer  transfers
its  obligations to a wholly-owned  subsidiary or affiliate,  such subsidiary or
affiliate  need not satisfy  the  criteria  set forth  above;  however,  in such
instance,   the  assigning   Servicer  will  remain  liable  for  the  servicing
obligations under the related  Agreement.  Any entity into which the Servicer is
merged or consolidated or any successor  corporation  resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation will succeed to the Servicer's obligations under the
related  Agreement  provided that such  successor or surviving  entity meets the
requirements for a successor Servicer set forth above.

         Except to the extent otherwise  provided  therein,  each Agreement will
provide that neither the Servicer, nor any director,  officer, employee or agent
of the  Servicer,  will be under any  liability to the related  Trust Fund,  the
Depositor  or the Holders for any action taken or for failing to take any action
in good faith  pursuant to the  related  Agreement,  or for errors in  judgment;
provided,  however,  that  neither  the  Servicer  nor any such  person  will be
protected  against  any breach of warranty  or  representations  made under such
Agreement  or the  failure to perform its  obligations  in  compliance  with any
standard of care set forth in such Agreement, or liability which would otherwise
be imposed  by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or  negligence  in the
performance  of  their  duties  or by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of their
obligations and duties thereunder.  Each Agreement will further provide that the
Servicer  and any  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the  Servicer  is
entitled  to  indemnification  from  the  related  Trust  Fund  and will be held
harmless against any loss,  liability or expense incurred in connection with any
legal action relating to the Agreement or the  Securities,  other than any loss,
liability  or expense  incurred by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence  in the  performance  of duties  thereunder  or by reason of reckless
disregard  of  obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition,  the  related
Agreement  will provide that the Servicer is not under any  obligation to appear
in,  prosecute  or  defend  any  legal  action  which is not  incidental  to its
servicing  responsibilities  under such  Agreement  which,  in its opinion,  may
involve it in any expense or  liability.  The Servicer  may, in its  discretion,
undertake any such action which it may deem  necessary or desirable with respect
to the related  Agreement  and the rights and duties of the parties  thereto and
the interests of the Holders  thereunder.  In such event the legal  expenses and
costs of such action and any  liability  resulting  therefrom  may be  expenses,
costs,  and liabilities of the Trust Fund and the Servicer may be entitled to be
reimbursed therefor out of the Collection Account.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

         The following  summaries describe certain provisions of the Agreements.
The summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in
their  entirety  by  reference  to,  the  provisions  of the  Agreements.  Where
particular  provisions  or terms used in the  Agreements  are  referred to, such
provisions or terms are as specified in the related Agreements.

Assignment of Primary Assets

         General.  At the time of issuance of the  Securities  of a Series,  the
Originator will transfer,  convey and assign to the Trust Fund all right,  title
and interest of the  Originator in the Primary  Assets and other  property to be
transferred  to the Trust Fund for a Series.  Such  assignment  will include all
principal  and interest  due on or with respect to the Primary  Assets after the
Cut-off Date  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (except for any
interests  in the  Trust  Fund  retained  by  the  Depositor  or  its  affiliate
("Retained  Interests")).  The Trustee will,  concurrently with such assignment,
execute and deliver the Securities.

                                       39
<PAGE>

         Assignment  of Home Equity Loans.  The Depositor  will, as to each Home
Equity Loan,  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee,  or, as specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement a custodian on behalf of the Trustee (the
"Custodian"),  the Mortgage Note endorsed  without  recourse to the order of the
Trustee or in blank, the original Mortgage with evidence of recording  indicated
thereon (except for any Mortgage not returned from the public recording  office,
in  which  case a copy  of such  Mortgage  will be  delivered,  together  with a
certificate  that the original of such Mortgage was delivered to such  recording
office) and an assignment of the Mortgage in recordable form. The Trustee or the
Custodian will hold such documents in trust for the benefit of the Holders.

         With  respect to Home  Equity  Loans  secured by  Mortgages  and to the
extent described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Depositor will, at
the time of issuance of the Securities,  cause assignments to the Trustee of the
Mortgages  relating to the Home Equity  Loans for a Series to be recorded in the
appropriate public office for real property records,  except in states where, in
the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Trustee, such recording is not required
to protect  the  Trustee's  interest  in the  related  Home  Equity  Loans.  The
Depositor will cause such  assignments  to be so recorded  within the time after
issuance of the Securities as is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
in which event,  the Agreement may require the Originator to repurchase from the
Trustee  any Home Equity  Loan the  related  Mortgage  of which is not  recorded
within such time, at the price  described  below with respect to  repurchases by
reason of  defective  documentation.  The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will
specify  whether  or not the  enforcement  of the  repurchase  obligation  would
constitute  the sole  remedy  available  to the  Holders or the  Trustee for the
failure of a Mortgage to be recorded.

         Each Home Equity Loan will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an
exhibit to the related Agreement (the "Loan Schedule").  Such Loan Schedule will
specify with respect to each Home Equity Loan: the original principal amount and
unpaid principal  balance as of the Cut-off Date; the current interest rate; the
current Scheduled Payment of principal and interest;  the maturity date, if any,
of the related Mortgage Note; if the Home Equity Loan is an adjustable rate Home
Equity Loan, the Lifetime Rate Cap, if any, and the current index.

         Assignment  of Private  Securities.  The  Depositor  will cause Private
Securities  to be  registered  in the name of the  Trustee  (or its  nominee  or
correspondent).  The  Trustee  (or  its  nominee  or  correspondent)  will  have
possession  of any  certificated  Private  Securities.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  will specify  whether or not the Trustee will be in possession of or
be assignee of record of any underlying assets for a Private Security.  See "THE
TRUST   FUNDS--Private   Securities"  herein.  Each  Private  Security  will  be
identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to the related  Agreement (the
"Certificate  Schedule"),  which will  specify the  original  principal  amount,
outstanding  principal balance as of the Cut-off Date, annual  pass-through rate
or interest  rate and maturity  date for each Private  Security  conveyed to the
Trust Fund. In the  Agreement,  the Depositor  will represent and warrant to the
Trustee regarding the Private Securities:  (i) that the information contained in
the  Certificate  Schedule is true and correct in all  material  respects;  (ii)
that,  immediately  prior  to the  conveyance  of the  Private  Securities,  the
Depositor had good title thereto, and was the sole owner thereof (subject to any
Retained  Interest);  (iii)  that  there  has been no  other  sale by it of such
Private  Securities;  and (iv) that there is no existing lien, charge,  security
interest or other encumbrance (other than any Retained Interest) on such Private
Securities.

         Repurchase and Substitution of  Non-Conforming  Primary Assets.  If any
document  required to be in the file relating to the Primary Assets delivered by
the  Depositor to the Trustee (or  Custodian)  is found by the Trustee  within a
period  not to exceed 90 days of the  execution  of the  related  Agreement  (or
promptly after the Trustee's  receipt of any document  permitted to be delivered
after  the  Closing  Date)  to be  defective  in any  material  respect  and the
Depositor or Originator  does not cure such defect within a period not to exceed
90 days, the Depositor or Originator will, not later than a period not to exceed
90 days after the Trustee's  notice to the Depositor or the  Originator,  as the
case may be, of the defect, repurchase the related Primary Asset or any property
acquired in respect  thereof from the Trustee at a price generally equal to, (a)
the lesser of (i) the  outstanding  principal  balance of such Primary Asset and
(ii) the Trust  Fund's  federal  income tax basis in the  Primary  Asset and (b)
accrued and unpaid  interest to the date of the next  scheduled  payment on such
Primary Asset at the rate set forth in the related Agreement, provided, however,
the purchase price shall not be limited in (i) above to the Trust Fund's federal
income tax basis if the repurchase at a price equal to the outstanding principal
balance of such Primary Asset will not result in any prohibited  transaction tax
under Section 860F(a) of the Code.


         The  Depositor  or  Originator,  as the case may be,  may,  rather than
repurchase the Primary Asset as described above,  remove such Primary Asset from
the Trust Fund (the "Deleted Primary Asset") and substitute in its


                                       40
<PAGE>

place one or more other Primary Assets (each, a "Qualifying  Substitute  Primary
Asset")  provided,  however,  that (i) with respect to a Trust Fund for which no
REMIC election is made,  such  substitution  must be effected within 120 days of
the date of initial  issuance of the Securities and (ii) with respect to a Trust
Fund for which a REMIC  election is made,  after a specified  time  period,  the
Trustee  must  have  received  a  satisfactory  opinion  of  counsel  that  such
substitution  will not  cause the  Trust  Fund to lose its  status as a REMIC or
otherwise subject the Trust Fund to a prohibited transaction tax.

         Any  Qualifying  Substitute  Primary  Asset will  have,  on the date of
substitution,  (i) an  outstanding  principal  balance,  after  deduction of all
Scheduled  Payments  due in the  month of  substitution,  not in  excess  of the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Deleted  Primary Asset (the amount of any
shortfall to be deposited to the Collection Account in the month of substitution
for  distribution to Holders),  (ii) an interest rate not less than the interest
rate of the Deleted Primary Asset, (iii) a remaining term-to-stated maturity not
greater than that of the Deleted Primary Asset,  and will comply with all of the
representations  and warranties set forth in the applicable  Agreement as of the
date of substitution.

         The  above-described  cure,  repurchase  or  substitution   obligations
constitute  the sole  remedies  available  to the  Holders or the  Trustee for a
material defect in a document for a Primary Asset.

         The  Depositor  or  another  entity  will  make   representations   and
warranties with respect to Primary Assets for a Series. If the Depositor or such
entity cannot cure a breach of any such  representations  and  warranties in all
material  respects  within the time period  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement after  notification by the Trustee of such breach, and if such breach
is of a nature that  materially and adversely  affects the value of such Primary
Asset,  the  Depositor or such entity is obligated  to  repurchase  the affected
Primary Asset or, if provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  provide a
Qualifying Substitute Primary Asset therefor, subject to the same conditions and
limitations on purchases and substitutions as described above.

         The Depositor's only source of funds to effect any cure,  repurchase or
substitution will be through the enforcement of the  corresponding  obligations,
if any, of the responsible  originator or Originator of such Primary Assets. See
"SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS--Limited Assets" herein.

         No Holder of Securities of a Series,  solely by virtue of such Holder's
status as a Holder, will have any right under the applicable  Agreement for such
Series to institute any proceeding with respect to such  Agreement,  unless such
Holder  previously  has given to the Trustee for such Series  written  notice of
default and unless the Holders of Securities evidencing not less than 51% of the
aggregate  voting  rights of the  Securities  for such Series have made  written
request upon the Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee
thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee
for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute any such proceeding.

Reports to Holders

         The  Trustee  or  other  entity  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement will prepare and forward to each Holder on each Distribution Date, or
as soon thereafter as is practicable,  a statement  setting forth, to the extent
applicable to any Series, among other things:

                  (i) the  amount of  principal  distributed  to  Holders of the
         related  Securities  and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of such
         Securities following such distribution;

                  (ii) the  amount of  interest  distributed  to  Holders of the
         related Securities and the current interest on such Securities;

                  (iii) the amounts of (a) any overdue accrued interest included
         in such  distribution,  (b) any remaining overdue accrued interest with
         respect to such  Securities or (c) any current  shortfall in amounts to
         be distributed as accrued interest to Holders of such Securities;

                                       41
<PAGE>

                  (iv) the  amounts of (a) any  overdue  payments  of  scheduled
         principal  included in such  distribution,  (b) any  remaining  overdue
         principal  amounts  with  respect to such  Securities,  (c) any current
         shortfall  in receipt of  scheduled  principal  payments on the related
         Primary Assets or (d) any realized losses or Liquidation Proceeds to be
         allocated as reductions in the outstanding  principal  balances of such
         Securities;   (v)  the  amount   received   under  any  related  Credit
         Enhancement,  and the  remaining  amount  available  under such  Credit
         Enhancement;

                  (vi) the amount of any delinquencies  with respect to payments
         on the related Primary Assets;

                  (vii)  the book  value  of any REO  Property  acquired  by the
         related Trust Fund; and

                  (viii)  such other  information  as  specified  in the related
         Agreement.

         In addition,  within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each
calendar  year,  the Trustee  will  furnish to each Holder of record at any time
during such calendar year (a) the aggregate of amounts reported pursuant to (i),
(ii),  and  (iv)(d)  above  for such  calendar  year  and (b)  such  information
specified  in the  related  Agreement  to enable  Holders to  prepare  their tax
returns  including,  without  limitation,  the amount of original issue discount
accrued on the Securities,  if applicable.  Information in the Distribution Date
and annual  statements  provided to the Holders will not have been  examined and
reported upon by an independent  public accountant.  However,  the Servicer will
provide to the Trustee a report by independent  public  accountants with respect
to the  Servicer's  servicing of the Home Equity Loans.  See  "SERVICING OF HOME
EQUITY LOANS --Evidence as to Compliance" herein.

         A Series of  Securities  or one or more  Classes of such  Series may be
issued in book-entry form. In such event, owners of beneficial interests in such
Securities  will not be  considered  Holders and will not receive  such  reports
directly  from the  Trustee.  The Trustee  will forward such reports only to the
entity or its nominee which is the registered  holder of the global  certificate
which evidences such book-entry securities.  Beneficial owners will receive such
reports  from the  participants  and  indirect  participants  of the  applicable
book-entry  system in  accordance  with the  practices  and  procedures  of such
entities.

Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default

         Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Servicing Agreement. Events of Default
under the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for each  Series of  Certificates
relating to Home Equity Loans generally  include (i) any failure by the Servicer
to deposit amounts in the Collection Account and Distribution  Account to enable
the Trustee to distribute to Holders of such Series any required payment,  which
failure  continues  unremedied  for the number of days  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement after the giving of written notice of such failure to the
Servicer by the Trustee for such  Series,  or to the Servicer and the Trustee by
the Holders of such Series  evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate voting
rights of the Securities for such Series,  (ii) any failure by the Servicer duly
to observe or perform in any  material  respect  any other of its  covenants  or
agreements in the applicable Agreement which continues unremedied for the number
of days  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  after the giving of
written  notice  of such  failure  to the  Servicer  by the  Trustee,  or to the
Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of such Series  evidencing not less than
25% of the aggregate voting rights of the Securities for such Series,  and (iii)
certain events of insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and
liabilities  or  similar   proceedings  and  certain  actions  by  the  Servicer
indicating its insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay its obligations.

         The related  Agreement will specify the  circumstances  under which the
Trustee of the Holders of Securities may remove the Servicer upon the occurrence
and continuance of an Event of Default  thereunder  relating to the servicing of
Home  Equity  Loans  (other than its right to  recovery  of other  expenses  and
amounts  advanced  pursuant  to the terms of such  Agreement  which  rights  the
Servicer  will retain  under all  circumstances),  whereupon  the  Trustee  will
succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the  Servicer
under such Agreement and will be entitled to reasonable  servicing  compensation
not to exceed the  applicable  servicing  fee,  together  with  other  servicing
compensation  in the form of assumption  fees, late payment charges or otherwise
as provided in such Agreement.


                                       42
<PAGE>

         In the event that the Trustee is  unwilling or unable so to act, it may
select,  or petition a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to appoint,  a finance
institution,  bank or loan servicing  institution  with a net worth specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  to act as  successor  Servicer  under  the
provisions of the applicable Agreement. The successor Servicer would be entitled
to reasonable  servicing  compensation  in an amount not to exceed the Servicing
Fee as set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  together with the other
servicing  compensation in the form of assumption  fees, late payment charges or
otherwise, as provided in such Agreement.

         During the  continuance  of any Event of Default of a Servicer under an
Agreement for a Series of Securities,  the Trustee for such Series will have the
right to take  action to  enforce  its rights and  remedies  and to protect  and
enforce the rights and  remedies of the Holders of such  Series,  and Holders of
Securities  evidencing  not less than 51% of the aggregate  voting rights of the
Securities  for such Series may direct the time,  method and place of conducting
any proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
or power conferred upon that Trustee. However, the Trustee will not be under any
obligation to pursue any such remedy or to exercise any of such trusts or powers
unless such Holders have  offered the Trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity
against the cost,  expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by the Trustee
therein or thereby.  The Trustee may decline to follow any such direction if the
Trustee determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be
taken or would involve it in personal  liability or be unjustly  prejudicial  to
the nonassenting Holders.

         Indenture.  Events of Default  under the  Indenture  for each Series of
Notes  generally  include:  (i) a default in the payment of any  principal of or
interest  on any Note of such  Series,  which  continues  for the period of time
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (ii)  failure to perform any
other  covenant  of the  Depositor  or the  Trust  Fund in the  Indenture  which
continues for the period of time specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement
after notice thereof is given in accordance with the procedures described in the
related Prospectus Supplement;  (iii) any representation or warranty made by the
Depositor  or the Trust Fund in the  Indenture  or in any  certificate  or other
writing delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith with respect to or
affecting such Series having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time
made,  and such breach is not cured  within the period of time  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement after notice thereof is given in accordance with
the  procedures  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (iv) certain
events of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or liquidation of the Depositor
or the Trust Fund;  or (v) any other Event of Default  provided  with respect to
Notes of that Series.

         If an Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes of any Series at the
time outstanding occurs and is continuing,  either the Trustee or the Holders of
a majority of the then aggregate  outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series
may  declare  the  principal  amount  (or,  if the Notes of that Series are Zero
Coupon  Securities,  such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the terms of that Series, as provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement) of
all the Notes of such Series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration
may, under certain circumstances,  be rescinded and annulled by the Holders of a
majority in aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series.

         If,  following an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Notes,
the Notes of such Series have been  declared to be due and payable,  the Trustee
may, in its discretion,  notwithstanding  such  acceleration,  elect to maintain
possession of the  collateral  securing the Notes of such Series and to continue
to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration if such collateral  continues to provide  sufficient  funds for the
payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes of such Series as they would
have  become  due if there had not been such a  declaration.  In  addition,  the
Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the Notes of
a Series  following  an Event of Default  other than a default in the payment of
any  principal  or  interest  on any Note of such Series for thirty (30) days or
more, unless (a) the Holders of 100% of the then aggregate outstanding amount of
the Notes of such Series  consent to such sale, (b) the proceeds of such sale or
liquidation are sufficient to pay in full the principal of and accrued  interest
due and unpaid on the outstanding  Notes of such Series at the date of such sale
or (c) the Trustee determines that such collateral would not be sufficient on an
ongoing  basis to make all  payments on such Notes as such  payments  would have
become due if such Notes had not been declared due and payable,  and the Trustee
obtains the consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the then aggregate  outstanding
amount of the Notes of such Series.

         In the event that the Trustee  liquidates  the collateral in connection
with an Event of Default involving a default for thirty (30) days or more in the
payment of principal of or interest on the Notes of a Series, the Indenture




                                       43
<PAGE>

provides  that the  Trustee  will have a prior lien on the  proceeds of any such
liquidation  for unpaid fees and expenses.  As a result,  upon the occurrence of
such  an  Event  of  Default,  the  amount  available  for  distribution  to the
Noteholders may be less than would otherwise be the case.  However,  the Trustee
may not  institute  a  proceeding  for the  enforcement  of its lien  except  in
connection  with a proceeding  for the  enforcement of the lien of the Indenture
for the  benefit of the  Noteholders  after the  occurrence  of such an Event of
Default.

         In the event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and
payable,  as described above, the Holders of any such Notes issued at a discount
from par may be entitled  to receive no more than an amount  equal to the unpaid
principal amount thereof less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.

         Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of
the  Trustee,  in case an Event of Default  shall occur and be  continuing  with
respect  to a Series  of  Notes,  the  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction  of any of the Holders of Notes of such  Series,  unless such  Holders
offered to the Trustee  security  or  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against the
costs,  expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with
such request or direction.  Subject to such provisions for  indemnification  and
certain limitations contained in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority of the
then  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the Notes of such Series  shall have the
right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising  any trust or power  conferred on
the  Trustee  with  respect to the Notes of such  Series,  and the  Holders of a
majority of the then  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the Notes of such Series
may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto,  except a default
in the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.

The Trustee

         The identity of the commercial  bank,  savings and loan  association or
trust  company  named as the Trustee for each Series of  Securities  will be set
forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The entity serving as Trustee may
have  normal  banking  relationships  with the  Depositor  or the  Servicer.  In
addition,  for the purpose of meeting the legal  requirements  of certain  local
jurisdictions,  the  Trustee  will  have the  power to  appoint  co-trustees  or
separate  trustees of all or any part of the Trust Fund  relating to a Series of
Securities.  In the event of such appointment,  all rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations  conferred or imposed upon the Trustee by the Agreement  relating to
such Series will be conferred or imposed upon the Trustee and each such separate
trustee or  co-trustee  jointly,  or, in any  jurisdiction  in which the Trustee
shall be incompetent or  unqualified to perform  certain acts,  singly upon such
separate  trustee or  co-trustee  who will  exercise  and perform  such  rights,
powers,  duties and  obligations  solely at the  direction of the  Trustee.  The
Trustee may also appoint  agents to perform any of the  responsibilities  of the
Trustee,  which  agents will have any or all of the rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations of the Trustee conferred on them by such appointment;  provided that
the Trustee will continue to be responsible for its duties and obligations under
the Agreement.

Duties of the Trustee

         The Trustee  will not make any  representations  as to the  validity or
sufficiency of the Agreement,  the Securities or of any Primary Asset or related
documents.  If no Event of Default  (as defined in the  related  Agreement)  has
occurred,  the  Trustee is required to perform  only those  duties  specifically
required of it under the  Agreement.  Upon receipt of the various  certificates,
statements,  reports or other  instruments  required to be  furnished to it, the
Trustee is required to examine  them to  determine  whether they are in the form
required by the related Agreement.  However, the Trustee will not be responsible
for the accuracy or content of any such documents furnished to it by the Holders
or the Servicer under the Agreement.

         The Trustee may be held liable for its own negligent  action or failure
to act, or for its own misconduct;  provided, however, that the Trustee will not
be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be
taken by it in good faith in accordance  with the direction of the Holders in an
Event of Default. The Trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial  liability in the performance of any of its duties
under the  Agreement,  or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers,  if it
has  reasonable  grounds for believing  that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

                                       44
<PAGE>

Resignation of Trustee

         The Trustee may, upon written  notice to the  Depositor,  resign at any
time, in which event the Depositor  will be obligated to use its best efforts to
appoint a successor Trustee.  If no successor Trustee has been appointed and has
accepted  the  appointment  within 30 days  after the  giving of such  notice of
resignation,   the  resigning  Trustee  may  petition  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  for  appointment of a successor  Trustee.  The Trustee may also be
removed at any time (i) if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the  Agreement,  (ii) if the  Trustee  becomes  insolvent  or (iii) by the
Holders of Securities  evidencing over 50% of the aggregate voting rights of the
Securities  in the Trust  Fund upon  written  notice to the  Trustee  and to the
Depositor.  Any  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee  and  appointment  of a
successor  Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor Trustee.

Amendment of Agreement


         The  Agreement  for each  Series of  Securities  may be  amended by the
Depositor,  the  Servicer  (with  respect to a Series  relating  to Home  Equity
Loans),  and the  Trustee  with  respect to such  Series,  without  notice to or
consent of the Holders (i) to cure any ambiguity,  (ii) to correct any defective
provisions or to correct or supplement  any provision  therein,  (iii) to add to
the duties of the Depositor,  the Trust Fund or Servicer,  (iv) to add any other
provisions with respect to matters or questions  arising under such Agreement or
related Credit Enhancement, (v) to add or amend any provisions of such Agreement
as required by a Rating Agency in order to maintain or improve the rating of the
Securities (it being understood that none of the Depositor, the Originator,  the
Servicer or Trustee is obligated to maintain or improve such rating), or (vi) to
comply  with  any  requirements  imposed  by the  Code;  provided  that any such
amendment  except pursuant to clause (vi) above will not adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Holders of such Series, as evidenced by an
opinion of counsel.  Any such  amendment  except  pursuant to clause (vi) of the
preceding  sentence  shall be deemed  not to  adversely  affect in any  material
respect the interests of any Holder if the Trustee receives written confirmation
from each Rating  Agency rating such  Securities  that such  amendment  will not
cause  such  Rating  Agency to  reduce  the then  current  rating  thereof.  The
Agreement for each Series may also be amended by the Trustee,  the Servicer,  if
applicable,  and the  Depositor  with respect to such Series with the consent of
the  Holders  possessing  not  less  than 66 2/3% of the  aggregate  outstanding
principal amount of the Securities of such Series or, if only certain Classes of
such Series are affected by such amendment, 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding
principal  amount  of the  Securities  of each  Class  of such  Series  affected
thereby,  for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or changing in any manner
or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  Agreement  or modifying in any
manner the rights of Holders of such  Series;  provided,  however,  that no such
amendment  may (a)  reduce the  amount or delay the  timing of  payments  on any
Security  without the consent of the Holder of such Security;  or (b) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Securities
of each  Class,  the  Holders  of which  are  required  to  consent  to any such
amendment  without  the  consent  of  the  Holders  of  100%  of  the  aggregate
outstanding principal amount of each Class of Securities affected thereby.


Voting Rights

         The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth  the  method  of
determining allocation of voting rights with respect to a Series.

List of Holders

         Upon written request of three or more Holders of record of a Series for
purposes of communicating  with other Holders with respect to their rights under
the Agreement, which request is accompanied by a copy of the communication which
such Holders  propose to transmit,  the Trustee will afford such Holders  access
during  business hours to the most recent list of Holders of that Series held by
the Trustee.

         No  Agreement  will  provide  for the  holding  of any  annual or other
meeting of Holders.

                                       45
<PAGE>

Form of Securities

         The  Securities  in each  Series  will  either be  issued  as  physical
certificates  or  in  uncertificated   book-entry  form.  Physical  certificates
("Physical  Certificates")  in fully  registered form only in the  denominations
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and will be transferable  and
exchangeable  at the corporate  trust office of the registrar of the  Securities
(the  "Security  Registrar")  named in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  No
service  charge  will be made for any  registration  of  exchange or transfer of
Securities, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other government charge.

         If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, specified classes
of a series  of  Securities  will be issued in  uncertificated  book-entry  form
("Book-Entry  Securities"),  and  will be  registered  in the name of Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  the nominee of DTC. DTC is a limited purpose trust company  organized
under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System,
a  "clearing  corporation"  within the meaning of the  Uniform  Commercial  Code
("UCC") and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section
17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  DTC was created to hold
securities for its participating  organizations  ("Participants") and facilitate
the clearance and  settlement of securities  transactions  between  Participants
through electronic book-entry changes in their accounts, thereby eliminating the
need for physical  movement of  certificates.  Participants  include  securities
brokers and dealers,  banks,  trust companies and clearing  corporations and may
include certain other  organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is
available to others such as brokers,  dealers,  banks and trust  companies  that
clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a Participant,  either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participant").

         Under  a  book-entry  format,  Holders  that  are not  Participants  or
Indirect  Participants  but  desire  to  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer
ownership of the  Securities  registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of DTC,
may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. In addition, such
Holders  will  receive all  distributions  of  principal  of and interest on the
Securities from the Trustee through DTC and its Participants. Under a book-entry
format,  Holders will receive  payments after the related  Payment Date because,
while payments are required to be forwarded to Cede, as nominee for DTC, on each
such date, DTC will forward such payments to its Participants,  which thereafter
will be required to forward such payments to Indirect  Participants  or Holders.
Unless and until Physical Securities are issued, it is anticipated that the only
Holder  will be Cede,  as nominee  of DTC,  and that the  beneficial  holders of
Securities  will not be  recognized  by the Trustee as Holders under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.  The beneficial holders of such Securities will only be
permitted  to exercise  the rights of Holders  under the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  indirectly through DTC and its Participants who in turn will exercise
their rights through DTC.

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and  its  operations,  DTC  is  required  to  make  book-entry  transfers  among
Participants  on whose  behalf it acts with  respect  to the  Securities  and is
required to receive and  transmit  payments of  principal of and interest on the
Securities.  Participants  and  Indirect  Participants  with which  Holders have
accounts  with  respect  to their  Securities  similarly  are  required  to make
book-entry  transfers  and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of their
respective Holders.  Accordingly,  although Holders will not process Securities,
the rules  provide a mechanism by which Holders will receive  distributions  and
will be able to transfer their interests.

         Unless and until Physical Certificates are issued,  Holders who are not
Participants may transfer  ownership of Securities only through  Participants by
instructing such Participants to transfer  Securities,  by book-entry  transfer,
through DTC for the account of the purchasers of such Securities,  which account
is  maintained  with  their  respective  Participants.  Under  the  Rules and in
accordance  with DTC's normal  procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities
will be executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective  Participants at
DTC will be debited and credited.  Similarly,  the respective  Participants will
make  debits or credits,  as the case may be, on their  records on behalf of the
selling and purchasing Holders.

         Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect  Participants  and certain banks,  the ability of a Holder to
pledge  Securities  to persons or entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC
system,  or otherwise take actions in respect of such  Securities may be limited
due to the lack of a Physical Certificate for such Securities.

                                       46
<PAGE>

         DTC in general  advises  that it will take any action  permitted  to be
taken by a Holder under a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement only at the direction
of one or more Participants to whose account with DTC the related Securities are
credited.  Additionally,  DTC in general  advises that it will take such actions
with respect to specified  percentages  of the Holders only at the  direction of
and on behalf of Participants  whose holdings include current  principal amounts
of outstanding Securities that satisfy such specified percentages.  DTC may take
conflicting   actions  with  respect  to  other  current  principal  amounts  of
outstanding  Securities  to the extent that such  actions are taken on behalf of
Participants   whose  holdings  include  such  current   principal   amounts  of
outstanding Securities.


         Any Securities  initially  registered as Physical  Certificates  in the
name  of  Cede,  as  nominee  of  DTC,  will  be  issued  in  fully  registered,
certificated  form to  Holders  or  their  nominees,  rather  than to DTC or its
nominee  only under the events  specified in the related  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  and  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.   Upon  the
occurrence of any of the events  specified in the related  Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  and the  Prospectus  Supplement,  DTC will be  required to notify all
Participants  of the  availability  through DTC of Physical  Certificates.  Upon
surrender by DTC of the securities  representing  the Securities and instruction
for  re-registration,  the  Trustee  will  take  the  Securities  in the form of
Physical Certificates,  and thereafter the Trustee will recognize the holders of
such Physical Certificates as Holders. Thereafter,  payments of principal of and
interest on the  Securities  will be made by the Trustee  directly to Holders in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein and in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. The final distribution of any Security (whether Physical Certificates
or Securities  registered in the name of Cede),  however, will be made only upon
presentation  and surrender of such Securities on the final Payment Date at such
office or agency as is specified in the notice of final payment to Holders.


REMIC Administrator

         For  any  Series  with  respect  to  which a REMIC  election  is  made,
preparation  of certain  reports and certain  other  administrative  duties with
respect to the Trust Fund may be performed by a REMIC administrator,  who may be
an affiliate of the Depositor.

Termination

         Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.  The  obligations
created by the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or Trust  Agreement for a Series
will terminate upon the distribution to Holders of all amounts  distributable to
them  pursuant to such  Agreement  after the earlier of (i) the later of (a) the
final payment or other  liquidation  of the last Primary Asset  remaining in the
Trust Fund for such Series and (b) the disposition of all property acquired upon
foreclosure  or deed in lieu of foreclosure  or  repossession  in respect of any
Primary Asset; (ii) the repurchase, as described below, by the Servicer or other
entity specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement from the Trustee for such
Series of all Primary  Assets and other  property  at that time  subject to such
Agreement;  or (iii) the mandatory  termination of the Trust by the Trustee, the
Servicer  or  certain  other  entities   specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement by soliciting competitive bids for the purchase of the Primary Assets
of the related Trust Fund

         Repurchase  of the  Remaining  Primary  Assets.  The Agreement for each
Series may permit,  but not require,  the Servicer or other entity  specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  to  purchase  from the Trust Fund for such
Series all  remaining  Primary  Assets at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate
Principal  Balance of such  Primary  Assets  plus,  with respect to any property
acquired  in respect  of a Primary  Asset,  if any,  the  outstanding  Principal
Balance of the related Primary Asset at the time of foreclosure, less, in either
case, related unreimbursed  Advances (in the case of the Primary Assets, only to
the extent not already  reflected in the computation of the aggregate  Principal
Balance of such Primary Assets) and unreimbursed expenses (that are reimbursable
pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement)  plus, in either
case,  accrued  interest  thereon at the  weighted  average  rate on the related
Primary Assets  through the last day of the Due Period in which such  repurchase
occurs; provided,  however, that if an election is made for treatment as a REMIC
under the Code,  the  repurchase  price may equal the greater of (a) 100% of the
aggregate  Principal  Balance of such  Primary  Assets,  plus  accrued  interest
thereon at the  applicable  net rates on the Primary Assets through the last day
of the month of such  repurchase and (b) the aggregate fair market value of such
Primary Assets plus the fair market value of any property acquired in respect of
a Primary Asset and remaining in the Trust Fund. The exercise of such right will
effect early  retirement  of the  Securities  of such Series,  but such entity's
right to so  purchase  is  subject  to the  aggregate  Principal  Balance of the
Primary Assets


                                       47
<PAGE>

at the time of repurchase being less than a fixed percentage, to be set forth in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  of the aggregate  Principal Balance of the
Primary Assets as of the Cut-off Date.


         Mandatory  Termination;  Auction Sale. The Trustee, the Servicer or the
related  Originator  may be required to effect early  retirement  of a series of
Securities by soliciting  competitive bids for the purchase of the related Trust
Estate.

   
         The mandatory  termination may take the form of an auction sale. Within
a certain period following the failure of the holder of the optional termination
right to exercise  such right,  the  required  party shall  solicit bids for the
purchase  of all Home Equity  Loans  remaining  in the Trust.  In the event that
satisfactory  bids (which would not be less than an amount  necessary to pay all
principal and interest on the securities  outstanding) are received as specified
in the related Agreement,  the net sale proceeds will be distributed to Holders,
in the same order of  priority  as  collections  received in respect of the Home
Equity Loans. If satisfactory bids are not received, such party shall decline to
sell the Home Equity Loans and shall not be under any  obligation to solicit any
further bids or otherwise  negotiate  any further sale of the Home Equity Loans.
Such sale and consequent  termination of the Trust must  constitute a "qualified
liquidation"  of each REMIC  established  by the Trust under Section 860F of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  including,  without limitation,  the
requirement  that the  qualified  liquidation  takes  place over a period not to
exceed 90 days.
    


         In no event,  however, will the trust created by the Agreement continue
beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of certain
persons identified  therein.  For each Series,  the Servicer or the Trustee,  as
applicable,  will give written  notice of  termination  of the Agreement to each
Holder,  and the  final  distribution  will  be made  only  upon  surrender  and
cancellation of the Securities at an office or agency specified in the notice of
termination.  The Depositor or another entity may effect an optional termination
of  the  Trust  Fund  under  the  circumstances  described  in  such  Prospectus
Supplement. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES--Optional Redemption, Purchase or
Termination" herein.

         Indenture. The Indenture will be discharged with respect to a Series of
Notes  (except  with  respect  to certain  continuing  rights  specified  in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the Notes of
such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.

         In addition to such discharge with certain  limitations,  the Indenture
will provide that, if so specified with respect to the Notes of any Series,  the
related Trust Fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the Notes of such Series (except for certain  obligations  relating to temporary
Notes and exchange of Notes,  to register  the transfer of or exchange  Notes of
such  Series,  to replace  stolen,  lost or mutilated  Notes of such Series,  to
maintain  paying  agencies  and to hold  monies for  payment in trust)  upon the
deposit with the Trustee,  in trust,  of money and/or direct  obligations  of or
obligations  guaranteed  by the United  States of  America  which,  through  the
payment of interest and principal in respect  thereof in  accordance  with their
terms,  will provide  money in an amount  sufficient to pay the principal of and
each  installment of interest on the Notes of such Series on the Final Scheduled
Distribution  Date for such Notes and any  installment of interest on such Notes
in accordance  with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes of such Series.  In
the event of any such defeasance and discharge of Notes of such Series,  holders
of Notes of such Series would be able to look only to such money  and/or  direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest,  if any, on their Notes until
maturity.


                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF HOME EQUITY LOANS

         The following discussion contains summaries of certain legal aspects of
home equity loans,  which are general in nature.  Because  certain of such legal
aspects  are   governed  by   applicable   state  law  (which  laws  may  differ
substantially), the summaries do not purport to be complete nor reflect the laws
of any  particular  state,  nor  encompass  the laws of all  states in which the
properties securing the Home Equity Loans are situated.


                                       48
<PAGE>


General

         The Home Equity Loans will be represented by a Note and an accompanying
Mortgage.  Pursuant to the Note,  the related  borrower is personally  liable to
repay the  indebtedness  evidenced  by the Home  Equity  Loan;  pursuant  to the
Mortgage,  such  indebtedness  is  secured  by a lien on the  related  Mortgaged
Property.



Enforcement of the Note

         Pursuant to the Note,  the related  borrower  is  personally  liable to
repay the indebtedness evidenced by the Home Equity Loan. In certain states, the
lender on a note secured by a lien on real property has the option of bringing a
personal  action against the borrower on the debt without first  exhausting such
security;  however,  in some of these states the lender,  following  judgment on
such  personal  action,  may be  deemed  to have  elected  a  remedy  and may be
precluded  from  exercising  remedies  with  respect  to  the  related  property
security.  Consequently,  the practical effect of the election  requirement,  in
those states  permitting  such  election,  is that lenders will usually  proceed
against the property  first rather than bringing a personal  action  against the
borrower on the Note.

         Certain  states  have  imposed  statutory  prohibitions  that limit the
remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage.
In  some  states,  including  California,   statutes  limit  the  right  of  the
beneficiary  or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency  judgment  against the borrower
following foreclosure.  A deficiency judgment is a personal judgment against the
former borrower equal in most cases to the difference  between the amount due to
the  lender  and the net  amount  realized  upon  the  public  sales of the real
property.  In the case of a Home  Equity Loan  secured by a property  owned by a
trust where the Mortgage  Note is executed on behalf of the trust,  a deficiency
judgment against the trust following  foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust,
even if obtainable under applicable law, may be of little value to the mortgagee
or  beneficiary  if there are no trust  assets  against  which  such  deficiency
judgment may be executed. Other statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to
exhaust the security  afforded  under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure
in an attempt to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against
the borrower.  Finally, in certain other states,  statutory provisions limit any
deficiency  judgment against the former borrower  following a foreclosure to the
excess of the  outstanding  debt over the fair value of the property at the time
of the public  sale.  The purpose of these  statutes is  generally  to prevent a
beneficiary or mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency  judgment against the
former borrower as a result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.

         In  addition  to laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous  other federal and state  statutory  provisions,  including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere with
or affect the ability of the secured  mortgage lender to realize upon collateral
or  enforce  a  deficiency  judgment.  For  example,  with  respect  to  federal
bankruptcy law, a court with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction may permit a debtor
through  his or her  Chapter  11 or  Chapter  13  rehabilitative  plan to cure a
monetary  default  in  respect  of a loan  on a  debtor's  residence  by  paying
arrearages  within a reasonable  time period and  reinstating  the original loan
payment schedule even though the lender  accelerated the loan and final judgment
of  foreclosure  had  been  entered  in  state  court  (provided  no sale of the
residence had yet occurred) prior to the filing of the debtor's  petition.  Some
courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction have approved plans,  based on the
particular facts of the reorganization  case, that effected the curing of a loan
default by paying arrearages over a number of years.

         Court with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction also have indicated that the
terms of a loan secured by property of the debtor may be modified.  These courts
have  allowed  modifications  that  include  reducing the amount of each monthly
payment,  changing  the  rate of  interest,  altering  the  repayment  schedule,
forgiving  all or a  portion  of the debt and  reducing  the  lender's  security
interest  to the  value of the  residence,  thus  leaving  the  lender a general
unsecured creditor for the difference between the value of the residence and the
outstanding balance of the loan.

         Certain states have imposed general equitable  principles upon judicial
foreclosure.  These equitable  principles are generally  designed to relieve the
borrower from the legal effect of the borrower's  default under the related loan
documents.  Examples  of  judicial  remedies  that have been  fashioned  include
judicial  requirements  that the  lender  undertake  affirmative  and  expensive
actions to determine the causes for the  borrower's  default and the  likelihood
that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan. In some cases, lender have
been  required  to  reinstate  loans or  recast  payment  schedules  in order to
accommodate  borrowers who are suffering from temporary financial  disabilities.
In other cases, such courts have limited the right of the lender to foreclose if
the default under the loan


                                       49
<PAGE>

is not  monetary,  such as the  borrower  failing  to  adequately  maintain  the
property  or the  borrower  executing  a  second  deed of  trust  affecting  the
property.

         Certain tax liens arising  under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended,  may in  certain  circumstances  provide  priority  over  the lien of a
mortgage or deed of trust.  In addition,  substantive  requirements  are imposed
upon mortgage  lenders in connection  with the  origination and the servicing of
loans by numerous  federal and some state consumer  protection  laws. These laws
include, by example,  the federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act, Real Estate Settlement
Procedures  Act,  Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, Fair Credit  Billing Act, Fair
Credit  Reporting  Act  and  related  statutes  and  state  laws,  such  a s the
California Fair Debt Collection Practices Act. These laws and regulations impose
specific  statutory  liabilities  upon lenders who  originate  loans and fail to
comply with the provisions of the law. In some cases,  this liability may affect
assignees of the loans.


Security Interests


         Real  Estate  Mortgages.  The Home  Equity  Loans for a Series  will be
secured by either  mortgages or deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt depending
upon the  prevailing  practice  in the  state in which  the  Mortgaged  Property
subject to a Home  Equity Loan is  located.  The filing of a  mortgage,  deed of
trust or deed to  secure  debt  creates a lien or title  interest  upon the real
property  covered  by  such  instrument  and  represents  the  security  for the
repayment of an obligation that is customarily  evidenced by a promissory  note.
It is not  prior to the lien for real  estate  taxes  and  assessments  or other
charges  imposed  under  governmental  police  powers and may also be subject to
other liens  pursuant  to the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which the  Mortgaged
Property is located.  Priority with respect to such instruments depends on their
terms,  the  knowledge of the parties to the mortgage and generally on the order
of recording with the applicable state,  county or municipal  office.  There are
two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor,  who is the borrower/property owner or
the land trustee (as described  below),  and the  mortgagee,  who is the lender.
Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or
bond and the  mortgage.  In the case of a land  trust,  there are three  parties
because title to the  Mortgaged  Property is held by a land trustee under a land
trust  agreement of which the  borrower/property  owner is the  beneficiary;  at
origination of a Home Equity Loan, the borrower executes a separate  undertaking
to make payments on the mortgage note. A deed of trust transaction  normally has
three parties: The trustor, who is the borrower/property owner; the beneficiary,
who is the lender;  and the  trustee,  a  third-party  grantee.  Under a deed of
trust, the trustor grants the Mortgaged Property,  irrevocably until the debt is
paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment
of the obligation.  The mortgagee's authority under a mortgage and the trustee's
authority  under a deed of trust are  governed  by the law of the state in which
the real property is located,  the express provisions of the mortgage or deed of
trust, and, in some cases, in deed of trust transactions,  the directions of the
beneficiary.


         Foreclosure  on  Mortgages.  Foreclosure  of a  mortgage  is  generally
accomplished  by judicial  action.  Generally,  the action is  initiated  by the
service of legal  pleadings upon all parties having an interest of record in the
real property.  Delays in completion of the foreclosure  occasionally may result
from difficulties in locating necessary parties defendant.  When the mortgagee's
right to foreclosure is contested,  the legal  proceedings  necessary to resolve
the  issue can be  time-consuming  and  expensive.  After  the  completion  of a
judicial foreclosure  proceeding,  the court may issue a judgment of foreclosure
and  appoint a receiver or other  officer to conduct  the sale of the  Mortgaged
Property.  In some states,  mortgages may also be  foreclosed by  advertisement,
pursuant to a power of sale provided in the mortgage.  Foreclosure of a mortgage
by  advertisement  is  essentially  similar to foreclosure of a deed of trust by
nonjudicial power of sale.

         Foreclosure  of  a  deed  of  trust  is  generally  accomplished  by  a
nonjudicial trustee's sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust which
authorizes  the trustee to sell the  Mortgaged  Property upon any default by the
borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain  states,  such
foreclosure  also may be  accomplished by judicial action in the manner provided
for foreclosure of mortgages.  In some states,  the trustee must record a notice
of  default  and send a copy to the  borrower-trustor  and to any person who has
recorded  a request  for a copy of a notice of default  and  notice of sale.  In
addition, the trustee in some states must provide notice to any other individual
having an interest in the real property,  including any junior  lienholders.  If
the deed of trust is not reinstated  within any applicable cure period, a notice
of sale must be posted in a public  place and, in most states,  published  for a
specified period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws
require  that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the  Mortgaged  Property
and sent to all parties having an interest of record in the Mortgaged  Property.
The trustor,  borrower,  or any person having a junior  encumbrance  on the real
estate, may,



                                       50
<PAGE>

during a reinstatement  period,  cure the default by paying the entire amount in
arrears  plus the costs and  expenses  incurred  in  enforcing  the  obligation.
Generally,  state law  controls  the amount of  foreclosure  expenses and costs,
including  attorney's fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  If the deed of
trust is not reinstated,  a notice of sale must be posted in a public place and,
in  most  states,  published  for a  specified  period  of  time  in one or more
newspapers.  In  addition,  some state laws require that a copy of the notice of
sale be posted  on the  Mortgaged  Property,  recorded  and sent to all  parties
having an interest in the real property.

         An action to  foreclose a mortgage is an action to recover the mortgage
debt by enforcing the mortgagee's rights under the mortgage.  It is regulated by
statutes  and rules and  subject  throughout  to the court's  equitable  powers.
Generally,  a mortgagor is bound by the terms of the related  mortgage  note and
the  mortgage as made and cannot be relieved  from his default if the  mortgagee
has exercised his rights in a commercially  reasonable manner.  However, since a
foreclosure action  historically was equitable in nature, the court may exercise
equitable  powers to relieve a  mortgagor  of a default  and deny the  mortgagee
foreclosure on proof that either the mortgagor's default was neither willful nor
in bad faith or the mortgagee's action  established a waiver,  fraud, bad faith,
or oppressive or unconscionable  conduct such as to warrant a court of equity to
refuse affirmative relief to the mortgagee.  Under certain circumstances a court
of equity may relieve the  mortgagor  from an entirely  technical  default where
such default was not willful.

         A  foreclosure  action is subject to most of the delays and expenses of
other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are interposed,  sometimes requiring
up to several years to complete. Moreover, a non-collusive,  regularly conducted
foreclosure sale may be challenged as a fraudulent conveyance, regardless of the
parties'  intent,  if a court  determines  that the sale was for less  than fair
consideration  and such sale  occurred  while the  mortgagor  was  insolvent and
within one year (or within the state  statute of  limitations  if the trustee in
bankruptcy  elects to proceed  under  state  fraudulent  conveyance  law) of the
filing of  bankruptcy.  Similarly,  a suit  against  the  debtor on the  related
mortgage note may take several years and, generally,  is a remedy alternative to
foreclosure, the mortgagee being precluded from pursuing both at the same time.

         In the case of foreclosure  under either a mortgage or a deed of trust,
the sale by the  referee  or other  designated  officer  or by the  trustee is a
public sale. However, because of the difficulty potential third party purchasers
at the sale have in  determining  the exact  status  of title  and  because  the
physical  condition of the Mortgaged  Property may have deteriorated  during the
foreclosure  proceedings,  it is  uncommon  for a third  party to  purchase  the
Mortgaged Property at a foreclosure sale. Rather, it is common for the lender to
purchase the Mortgaged  Property from the trustee or referee for an amount which
may be equal to the unpaid  principal amount of the mortgage note secured by the
mortgage or deed of trust plus  accrued and unpaid  interest and the expenses of
foreclosure,  in which event the  mortgagor's  debt will be  extinguished or the
lender may purchase for a lesser amount in order to preserve its right against a
borrower  to seek a  deficiency  judgment  in states  where such a  judgment  is
available.  Thereafter,  subject to the right of the  borrower in some states to
remain in possession  during the redemption  period,  the lender will assume the
burdens of ownership,  including  obtaining hazard  insurance,  paying taxes and
making such repairs at its own expense as are  necessary to render the Mortgaged
Property  suitable for sale.  The lender will commonly  obtain the services of a
real estate broker and pay the broker's  commission in connection  with the sale
of the  Mortgaged  Property.  Depending  upon market  conditions,  the  ultimate
proceeds  of the sale of the  Mortgaged  Property  may not  equal  the  lender's
investment in the Mortgaged Property.  Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of
any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.

         Rights of Redemption.  In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of
trust or  foreclosure  of a mortgage,  the trustor or mortgagor  and  foreclosed
junior  lienors  are given a statutory  period in which to redeem the  Mortgaged
Property  from  the  foreclosure   sale.  The  right  of  redemption  should  be
distinguished from the equity of redemption, which is a non-statutory right that
must be exercised prior to the foreclosure sale. In some states,  redemption may
occur only upon  payment of the entire  principal  balance of the loan,  accrued
interest  and  expenses  of  foreclosure.  In other  states,  redemption  may be
authorized  if the  former  borrower  pays only a portion  of the sums due.  The
effect of a statutory  right of  redemption  is to  diminish  the ability of the
lender to sell the  foreclosed  Mortgaged  Property.  The exercise of a right of
redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser at a foreclosure  sale, or of
any purchaser from the lender  subsequent to foreclosure or sale under a deed of
trust.  Consequently  the practical  effect of a right of redemption is to force
the lender to retain the  Mortgaged  Property  and pay the expenses of ownership
until the redemption period has run. In some states, there is no right to redeem
Mortgaged Property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.

                                       51
<PAGE>


         Junior  Mortgages;  Rights of Senior  Mortgages.  The Home Equity Loans
comprising or  underlying  the Primary  Assets  included in the Trust Fund for a
Series  will be secured by  mortgages  or deeds of trust  which may be second or
more junior  mortgages to other mortgages held by other lenders or institutional
investors.  The  rights  of the Trust  Fund  (and  therefore  the  Holders),  as
mortgagee  under a junior  mortgage,  are  subordinate to those of the mortgagee
under the senior mortgage, including the prior rights of the senior mortgagee to
receive hazard  insurance and  condemnation  proceeds and to cause the Mortgaged
Property securing the Home Equity Loan to be sold upon default of the mortgagor,
thereby  extinguishing  the junior  mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee
asserts its  subordinate  interest  in the  Mortgaged  Property  in  foreclosure
litigation and,  possibly,  satisfies the defaulted  senior  mortgage.  A junior
mortgagee may satisfy a defaulted  senior loan in full and, in some states,  may
cure such default and bring the senior loan current,  in either event adding the
amounts expended to the balance due on the junior loan. In most states, absent a
provision in the mortgage or deed of trust,  no notice of default is required to
be given to a junior mortgagee.


         The standard  form of the mortgage used by most  institutional  lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds  collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with  condemnation
proceedings,  and to apply such proceeds and awards to any indebtedness  secured
by the  mortgage,  in such order as the mortgagee  may  determine.  Thus, in the
event improvements on the Mortgaged Property are damaged or destroyed by fire or
other casualty, or in the event the Mortgaged Property is taken by condemnation,
the mortgagee or beneficiary  under  underlying  senior  mortgages will have the
prior right to collect any insurance  proceeds  payable under a hazard insurance
policy and any award of damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply
the same to the indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages. Proceeds in excess
of the amount of senior mortgage indebtedness,  in most cases, may be applied to
the indebtedness of a junior mortgage.

         Another  provision  sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed
of trust used by  institutional  lenders  obligates  the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and  assessments on the Mortgaged  Property and, when due,
all encumbrances, charges and liens on the Mortgaged Property which appear prior
to the mortgage or deed of trust,  to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
Mortgaged  Property,  to maintain and repair the  Mortgaged  Property and not to
commit or permit  any waste  thereof,  and to appear in and defend any action or
proceeding  purporting  to affect the  Mortgaged  Property  or the rights of the
mortgagee under the mortgage.  Upon a failure of the mortgagor to perform any of
these  obligations,  the mortgagee is given the right under certain mortgages to
perform the obligation  itself, at its election,  with the mortgagor agreeing to
reimburse  the mortgagee for any sums expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the
mortgagor. All sums so expended by the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness
secured by the mortgage.


         Due-On-Sale  Clauses in Home Equity Loans.  Due-on-sale  clauses permit
the lender to  accelerate  the  maturity  of the loan if the  borrower  sells or
transfers,  whether  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  all or  part  of the  real
Mortgaged Property securing the loan without the lender's prior written consent.
The  enforceability  of these  clauses  has been the subject of  legislation  or
litigation in many states, and in some cases,  typically involving single family
residential  mortgage  transactions,  their  enforceability  has been limited or
denied. In any event, the Garn-St.  Germain Depository  Institutions Act of 1982
(the "Garn-St.  Germain Act") preempts state constitutional,  statutory and case
law that prohibits the enforcement of due-on-sale clauses and permits lenders to
enforce  these  clauses  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  subject to certain
exceptions.  As a result,  due-on-sale clauses have become generally enforceable
except in those states whose legislatures  exercised their authority to regulate
the  enforceability  of such  clauses  with  respect  to  loans  that  were  (i)
originated or assumed during the "window period" under the Garn-St.  Germain Act
which ended in all cases not later than October 15, 1982, and (ii) originated by
lenders other than national  banks,  federal  savings  institutions  and federal
credit unions.  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC") has taken
the position in its published mortgage servicing  standards that, out of a total
of eleven "window period states," five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New
Mexico and Utah)  have  enacted  statutes  extending,  on various  terms and for
varying  periods,  the  prohibition on  enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses with
respect to certain categories of window period loans. Also, the Garn-St. Germain
Act does "encourage"  lenders to permit assumption of loans at the original rate
of interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.


         In addition,  under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not
be enforceable in bankruptcy  proceedings and may, under certain  circumstances,
be  eliminated  in  any  modified   mortgage   resulting  from  such  bankruptcy
proceeding.

                                       52
<PAGE>

         Enforceability  of Prepayment  and Late Payment  Fees.  Forms of notes,
mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain  provisions  obligating
the borrower to pay a late charge if payments  are not timely made,  and in some
circumstances  may provide for prepayment fees or penalties if the obligation is
paid  prior  to  maturity.  In  certain  states,  there  are or may be  specific
limitations,  upon the late  charges  which a lender may collect from a borrower
for delinquent payments. Certain states also limit the amounts that a lender may
collect  from a borrower as an  additional  charge if the loan is prepaid.  Late
charges and  prepayment  fees are typically  retained by servicers as additional
servicing compensation.

         Equitable Limitations on Remedies. In connection with lenders' attempts
to  realize  upon  their  security,   courts  have  invoked  general   equitable
principles.  The  equitable  principles  are  generally  designed to relieve the
borrower  from the  legal  effect  of his  defaults  under  the loan  documents.
Examples  of  judicial  remedies  that  have  been  fashioned  include  judicial
requirements  that the lender  undertake  affirmative  and expensive  actions to
determine  the causes of the  borrower's  default  and the  likelihood  that the
borrower  will be able to  reinstate  the  loan.  In  some  cases,  courts  have
substituted  their  judgment for the lender's  judgment and have  required  that
lenders  reinstate  loans or recast  payment  schedules in order to  accommodate
borrowers who are suffering from temporary financial disability. In other cases,
courts have  limited the right of a lender to realize  upon his  security if the
default  under the security  agreement is not monetary,  such as the  borrower's
failure  to  adequately  maintain  the  Mortgaged  Property  or  the  borrower's
execution of secondary financing affecting the Mortgaged Property. Finally, some
courts  have  been  faced  with the issue of  whether  or not  federal  or state
constitutional  provisions  reflecting due process  concerns for adequate notice
require that borrowers under security  agreements receive notices in addition to
the statutorily-prescribed  minimums. For the most part, these cases have upheld
the notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that, in cases involving
the sale by a trustee  under a deed of trust or by a mortgagee  under a mortgage
having  a  power  of  sale,  there  is  insufficient   state  action  to  afford
constitutional protections to the borrower.

         Most conventional single-family loans may be prepaid in full or in part
without penalty. The regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS")
prohibit the  imposition  of a prepayment  penalty or  equivalent  fee for or in
connection with the acceleration of a loan by exercise of a due-on-sale  clause.
A mortgagee to whom a prepayment  in full has been  tendered may be compelled to
give either a release of the mortgage or an  instrument  assigning  the existing
mortgage. The absence of a restraint on prepayment, particularly with respect to
loans having higher mortgage  rates,  may increase the likelihood of refinancing
or other early retirements of such loans.

         Applicability  of Usury Laws.  Title V of the  Depository  Institutions
Deregulation  and  Monetary  Control Act of 1980,  enacted in March 1980 ("Title
V"),  provides that state usury  limitations shall not apply to certain types of
residential  first loans  originated  by certain  lenders  after March 31, 1980.
Similar  federal  statutes  were in effect with respect to loans made during the
first three months of 1980.  The OTS, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank
Board,   is   authorized  to  issue  rules  and   regulations   and  to  publish
interpretations  governing implementation of Tide V. Tide V authorizes any state
to reimpose interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a state law,
or by  certifying  that the  voters  of such  state  have  voted in favor of any
provision,  constitutional or otherwise,  which expressly rejects an application
of the federal law. Fifteen states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983
deadline.  In  addition,  even where  Title V is not so  rejected,  any state is
authorized  by the law to adopt a provision  limiting  discount  points or other
charges on loans covered by Title V.


         Security Interests in Personal Property and Fixtures. A portion of each
Mortgaged  Property may consist of property  which is  "personal  property" or a
"fixture" under local state law. This will most commonly occur when the proceeds
of the related Home Equity Loan were applied to property improvements,  although
any Mortgaged Property may have some personal property  components.  A financing
statement  generally  is not  required  to be filed to perfect a purchase  money
security interest in consumer goods. Such purchase money security  interests are
assignable.  In general, a purchase money security interest grants to the holder
a security  interest that has priority over a conflicting  security  interest in
the same collateral and the proceeds of such collateral.  However, to the extent
that the  collateral  subject to a purchase money  security  interest  becomes a
fixture,  in order for the  related  purchase  money  security  interest to take
priority over a conflicting  interest in the fixture,  the holder's  interest in
such personal  property must generally be perfected by a timely fixture  filing.
In general,  under the Uniform  Commercial Code (the "UCC"), a security interest
does not exist under the UCC in ordinary building material  incorporated into an
improvement  on land.  Contracts  that finance  lumber,  bricks,  other types of
ordinary  building  material  or  other  


                                       53
<PAGE>

goods that are deemed to lose such characterization,  upon incorporation of such
materials  into the related  property,  will not be secured by a purchase  money
security interest in the personal property being financed.

         Enforcement of Security Interest in Personal  Property.  So long as the
personal  property has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor can
repossess  such  property  securing  a  contract  by  voluntary  surrender,   by
"self-help"  repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the ability to repossess  without
breach of the peace, by judicial process. The holder of a contract must give the
debtor a number of days'  notice,  which varies from 10 to 30 days  depending on
the state,  prior to  commencement  of any  repossession.  The UCC and  consumer
protection  laws  in most  states  place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial  reasonableness in
effecting  such a sale.  The law in most states also requires that the debtor be
given  notice of any sale prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem
it at or before such resale.

         Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgement from a debtor for any deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the  property  securing the debtor's  loan.  However,  some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency  judgements,  and in many cases
the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgement.

         Certain  other  statutory  provisions,   including  federal  and  state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general  equitable  principles,  may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess  and resell  collateral  or enforce a
deficiency judgement.

         Consumer Protection Laws. The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course" rule of
the Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor
of a consumer  credit  contract  which is the seller of goods which gave rise to
the  transaction  (and certain  related  lenders and assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor  thereunder.  The effect of this
rule is to subject the  assignee  of such a contract to all claims and  defenses
which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods.  Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under a contract;  however, the obligor also may
be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against
a claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor.  Numerous other federal and
state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
and lending  pursuant to the contracts,  including the Truth in Lending Act, the
Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the Fair Credit  Billing  Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the  enforceability
of the related contract.

Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940


         Under the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  members of
all branches of the military on active duty,  including  draftees and reservists
in military service,  (i) are entitled to have interest rates reduced and capped
at 6% per annum, on obligations  (including Home Equity Loans) incurred prior to
the commencement of military service for the duration of military service,  (ii)
may  be  entitled  to a stay  of  proceedings  on any  kind  of  foreclosure  or
repossession  action in the case of defaults on such  obligations  entered  into
prior to  military  service for the  duration of military  service and (iii) may
have  the  maturity  of such  obligations  incurred  prior to  military  service
extended,  the payments lowered and the payment schedule readjusted for a period
of time after the completion of military service.  However, the benefits of (i),
(ii),  or (iii)  above are  subject to  challenge  by  creditors  and if, in the
opinion of the court, the ability of a person to comply with such obligations is
not  materially  impaired by  military  service,  the court may apply  equitable
principles  accordingly.  If a borrower's  obligation to repay amounts otherwise
due on a Home  Equity  Loan  included  in a Trust Fund for a Series is  relieved
pursuant to the  Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  none of the
Trust Fund,  the  Servicer,  the  Depositor  nor the Trustee will be required to
advance  such  amounts,  and any loss in respect  thereof may reduce the amounts
available  to be paid to the  Holders  of the  Securities  of such  Series.  Any
shortfalls  in interest  collections  on Home Equity Loans or  Underlying  Loans
relating to the Private Securities, as applicable,  included in a Trust Fund for
a Series  resulting from  application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940 will be allocated in the manner set forth in the related Agreement.


                                       54
<PAGE>


                                  THE DEPOSITOR

General

         The  Depositor  was  incorporated  in the State of North  Carolina.  in
December 1997, and is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of First Union National Bank, a
national banking association with its headquarters in Charlotte, North Carolina.
The  Depositor's  principal  executive  offices  are  located at One First Union
Center,  301 S.  College  Street,  Charlotte,  North  Carolina  28288-0630.  Its
telephone number is (704) 373-6611.

         The  Depositor  will  not  engage  in  any  activities  other  than  to
authorize,  issue,  sell,  deliver,  purchase  and  invest  in (and  enter  into
agreements in connection with),  and/or to engage in the establishment of one or
more trusts which will issue and sell, bonds,  notes, debt or equity securities,
obligations  and  other  securities  and  instruments  ("Depositor  Securities")
collateralized or otherwise  secured or backed by, or otherwise  representing an
interest in, among other things,  receivables or pass-through  certificates,  or
participations  or certificates of participation or beneficial  ownership in one
or more pools of receivables,  and the proceeds of the foregoing,  that arise in
connection  with  loans  secured by certain  first or junior  mortgages  on real
estate or manufactured housing and any and all other commercial transactions and
commercial,  sovereign,  student  or  consumer  loans or  indebtedness  and,  in
connection  therewith or  otherwise,  purchasing,  acquiring,  owning,  holding,
transferring,  conveying, servicing, selling, pledging, assigning, financing and
otherwise  dealing  with  such  receivables,   pass-through   certificates,   or
participations or certificates of participation or beneficial ownership. Article
Third of the  Depositor's  Certificate of  Incorporation  limits the Depositor's
activities  to the above  activities  and certain  related  activities,  such as
credit  enhancement  with  respect  to  such  Depositor  Securities,  and to any
activities  incidental to and necessary or convenient for the  accomplishment of
such purposes.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net  proceeds  from the sale of each Series of  Securities  will be
applied to one or more of the  following  purposes:  (i) to acquire  the related
Primary  Assets,  (ii) to repay  indebtedness  which has been incurred to obtain
funds to acquire  such Primary  Assets,  (iii) to  establish  any Reserve  Funds
described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  (iv)  to pay  costs  of
structuring and issuing such Securities, including the costs of obtaining Credit
Enhancement,  if any. The  acquisition of the Primary Assets for a Series may be
effected  by an exchange  of  Securities  with the  Originator  of such  Primary
Assets.



                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES



General

         The  following  is a general  discussion  of the  material  anticipated
federal  income tax  consequences  to investors of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities offered hereby. The discussion is based upon laws,
regulations,  rulings and decisions  now in effect,  all of which are subject to
change.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to deal with all  federal  tax
consequences  applicable to all  categories  of investors,  some of which may be
subject to special rules.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors
in determining the particular  federal,  state and local consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities.


         The following  discussion  addresses  securities of five general types:
(i) securities ("Grantor Trust Securities") representing interests in a trust (a
"Grantor Trust") which the Company will covenant not to elect to have treated as
a real  estate  mortgage  investment  conduit  ("REMIC")  or a  financial  asset
securitization  investment trust ("FASIT"); (ii) securities ("REMIC Securities")
representing  interests in a trust, or a portion thereof, which the Company will
covenant to elect to have treated as a REMIC under sections 860A through 860G of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code");  (iii)  securities
("Debt  Securities")  that are  intended to be treated  for  federal  income tax
purposes  as  indebtedness  secured by the  underlying  loans;  (iv)  securities
("Partnership


                                       55
<PAGE>


Interests") representing interests in a trust (a "Partnership") that is intended
to be  treated  as a  partnership  under the Code;  and (v)  securities  ("FASIT
Securities")  representing  interests in a trust, or portion thereof,  which the
Company will  covenant to elect to have treated as a FASIT under  sections  860H
through  860L  of the  Code.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for  each  series  of
Securities  will indicate  whether a REMIC or FASIT election (or elections) will
be made for the related  trust and, if a REMIC or FASIT  election is to be made,
will identify all "regular  interests" and "residual  interests" in the REMIC or
all "regular interests,"  "high-yield  interests" or the "ownership interest" in
the FASIT.


         The  Taxpayer  Relief  Act of 1997  adds  provisions  to the Code  that
require the  recognition of gain upon the  "constructive  sale of an appreciated
financial  position." A constructive sale of an appreciated  financial  position
occurs  if a  taxpayer  enters  into  certain  transactions  or  series  of such
transactions  with  respect to a  financial  instrument  that have the effect of
substantially  eliminating  the taxpayer's risk of loss and opportunity for gain
with respect to the financial instrument. These provisions apply only to Classes
of Securities that do not have a principal balance.

Grantor Trust Securities


         With  respect  to  each  series  of  Grantor  Trust  Securities,  Dewey
Ballantine LLP, special tax counsel to the Company,  will deliver its opinion to
the Company that the related Grantor Trust will be classified as a grantor trust
and not as a  partnership  or an  association  taxable  as a  corporation.  Such
opinion  shall be  attached on Form 8-K to be filed with the  Commission  within
fifteen  days after the initial  issuance of such  Securities  or filed with the
Commission as a post-effective  amendment to the Prospectus.  Accordingly,  each
beneficial  owner of a Grantor Trust  Security will  generally be treated as the
owner of an interest in the Home Equity Loans included in the Grantor Trust.


         For purposes of the  following  discussion,  a Grantor  Trust  Security
representing an undivided  equitable  ownership interest in the principal of the
Home Equity Loans constituting the related Grantor Trust, together with interest
thereon  at a  pass-through  rate,  will  be  referred  to as a  "Grantor  Trust
Fractional Interest Security." A Grantor Trust Security  representing  ownership
of all or a portion of the difference  between  interest paid on the Home Equity
Loans constituting the related Grantor Trust and interest paid to the beneficial
owners of Grantor Trust Fractional  Interest  Securities  issued with respect to
such Grantor Trust will be referred to as a "Grantor Trust Strip Security."


Taxation of Beneficial Owners of Grantor Trust Securities

         Beneficial  owners of  Grantor  Trust  Fractional  Interest  Securities
generally  will be required to report on their federal  income tax returns their
respective  shares of the income from the Home Equity Loans  (including  amounts
used to pay reasonable  servicing fees and other expenses but excluding  amounts
payable  to  beneficial  owners  of  any   corresponding   Grantor  Trust  Strip
Securities) and, subject to the limitations described below, will be entitled to
deduct their shares of any such reasonable servicing fees and other expenses. If
a beneficial owner acquires a Grantor Trust Fractional  Interest Security for an
amount that differs from its outstanding principal amount, the amount includible
in income on a Grantor Trust Fractional



                                       56
<PAGE>

Interest Security may differ from the amount of interest  distributable thereon.
See  "Discount  and  Premium,"  below.   Individuals  holding  a  Grantor  Trust
Fractional Interest Security directly or through certain  pass-through  entities
will be allowed a deduction for such reasonable servicing fees and expenses only
to the  extent  that the  aggregate  of such  beneficial  owner's  miscellaneous
itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such beneficial owner's adjusted gross income.
Further,  beneficial owners (other than corporations) subject to the alternative
minimum tax may not deduct  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  in  determining
alternative minimum taxable income.

         Beneficial  owners of Grantor Trust Strip Securities  generally will be
required to treat such  Securities as "stripped  coupons"  under section 1286 of
the Code.  Accordingly,  such a  beneficial  owner will be required to treat the
excess of the total  amount of payments on such a Security  over the amount paid
for such  Security as original  issue  discount and to include such  discount in
income  as it  accrues  over  the life of such  Security.  See  "--Discount  and
Premium," below.


         Grantor Trust Fractional Interest Securities may also be subject to the
coupon stripping rules if a class of Grantor Trust Strip Securities is issued as
part of the same series of Securities.  The  consequences  of the application of
the coupon stripping rules would appear to be that any discount arising upon the
purchase of such a Security (and perhaps all stated  interest  thereon) would be
classified as original issue  discount and includible in the beneficial  owner's
income  as  it  accrues   (regardless  of  the  beneficial   owner's  method  of
accounting),  as described  below under  "--Discount  and  Premium."  The coupon
stripping rules will not apply, however, if (i) the pass-through rate is no more
than 100 basis  points  lower  than the gross  rate of  interest  payable on the
underlying  Home Equity Loans and (ii) the  difference  between the  outstanding
principal  balance on the Security and the amount paid for such Security is less
than  0.25% of such  principal  balance  times the  weighted  average  remaining
maturity of the Security.


Sales of Grantor Trust Securities

         Any gain or loss  recognized  on the sale of a Grantor  Trust  Security
(equal  to the  difference  between  the  amount  realized  on the  sale and the
adjusted  basis of such Grantor  Trust  Security)  will be capital gain or loss,
except to the extent of accrued and unrecognized market discount,  which will be
treated  as  ordinary  income,  and in the case of  banks  and  other  financial
institutions  except as provided  under section 582(c) of the Code. The adjusted
basis of a Grantor Trust  Security will generally  equal its cost,  increased by
any income  reported by the  Originator  (including  original issue discount and
market  discount  income)  and reduced  (but not below  zero) by any  previously
reported losses, any amortized premium and by any distributions of principal.


Grantor Trust Reporting

         The Trustee will furnish to each  beneficial  owner of a Grantor  Trust
Fractional  Interest  Security with each  distribution a statement setting forth
the amount of such  distribution  allocable to principal on the underlying  Home
Equity Loans and to interest  thereon at the related interest rate. In addition,
within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  end of each  calendar  year,  based  on
information  provided by the Master  Servicer,  the Trustee will furnish to each
beneficial  owner during such year such  customary  factual  information  as the
Master  Servicer  deems  necessary or desirable to enable  beneficial  owners of
Grantor  Trust  Securities  to  prepare  their  tax  returns  and  will  furnish
comparable  information to the Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS") as and when
required to do so by law.


REMIC Securities


         If provided in a related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an election  will be
made to  treat a Trust  as a REMIC  under  the  Code.  Qualification  as a REMIC
requires ongoing compliance with certain conditions. With respect to each series
of Securities for which such an election is made,  Dewey Ballantine LLP, special
tax counsel to the  Company,  will  deliver  its  opinion to the  Company  that,
assuming compliance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  the trust will be
treated as a REMIC for federal  income tax  purposes.  A Trust for which a REMIC
election is made will be referred to herein as a "REMIC  Trust." The  Securities
of each class will be  designated  as  "regular  interests"  in the REMIC  Trust
except that a separate  class will be designated  as the "residual  interest" in
the REMIC Trust.  The Prospectus  Supplement for each series of Securities  will
state  whether  Securities of each class will  constitute a regular  interest (a
REMIC Regular Security) or a residual interest (a REMIC Residual Security). Such
opinion  shall be  attached on Form 8-K to be filed with the  Commission  within
fifteen  days after the initial  issuance of such  Securities  or filed with the
Commission as a post-effective amendment to the Prospectus.


         A REMIC  Trust will not be subject  to federal  income tax except  with
respect to income from  prohibited  transactions  and in certain other instances
described below. See "--Taxes on a REMIC Trust." Generally, the total

                                       57
<PAGE>


income  from the Home  Equity  Loans in a REMIC  Trust  will be  taxable  to the
beneficial owners of the Securities of that series, as described below.


         Regulations issued by the Treasury Department on December 23, 1992 (the
"REMIC  Regulations")  provide some guidance  regarding  the federal  income tax
consequences  associated  with the purchase,  ownership and disposition of REMIC
Securities.  While  certain  material  provisions of the REMIC  Regulations  are
discussed below,  investors should consult their own tax advisors  regarding the
possible application of the REMIC Regulations in their specific circumstances.


Special Tax Attributes

         REMIC Regular Securities and REMIC Residual Securities will be "regular
or   residual   interests   in  a  REMIC"   within   the   meaning   of  section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)  of the Code and "real estate  assets"  within the meaning of
section  856(c)(5)(A)  of the Code.  If at any time during a calendar  year less
than 95% of the assets of a REMIC Trust consist of "qualified mortgages" (within
the  meaning of section  860G(a)(3)  of the Code) then the  portion of the REMIC
Regular  Securities and REMIC  Residual  Securities  that are qualifying  assets
under those sections  during such calendar year may be limited to the portion of
the assets of such REMIC Trust that are qualified mortgages.  Similarly,  income
on the REMIC Regular Securities and REMIC Residual Securities will be treated as
"interest  on  obligations  secured by mortgages  on real  property"  within the
meaning of section  856(c)(3)(B) of the Code,  subject to the same limitation as
set forth in the preceding sentence. For purposes of applying this limitation, a
REMIC Trust should be treated as owning the assets  represented by the qualified
mortgages.  The assets of the Trust Estate will include, in addition to the Home
Equity Loans, payments on the Home Equity Loans held pending distribution on the
REMIC Regular  Securities  and REMIC Residual  Securities  and any  reinvestment
income thereon. REMIC Regular Securities and REMIC Residual Securities held by a
financial  institution to which section 585, 586 or 593 of the Code applies will
be treated as evidences of indebtedness for purposes of section 582(c)(1) of the
Code. REMIC Regular Securities will also be qualified  mortgages with respect to
other REMICs.


Taxation of Beneficial Owners of REMIC Regular Securities

         Except as indicated  below in this federal income tax  discussion,  the
REMIC Regular Securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes as debt
instruments issued by the REMIC Trust on the date such Securities are first sold
to the public (the  "Settlement  Date") and not as  ownership  interests  in the
REMIC Trust or its assets.  beneficial  owners of REMIC Regular  Securities that
otherwise  report income under a cash method of  accounting  will be required to
report  income with  respect to such  Securities  under an accrual  method.  For
additional tax consequences  relating to REMIC Regular Securities purchased at a
discount or with premium, see "--Discount and Premium," below.

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of REMIC Residual Securities

         Daily  Portions.  Except as indicated  below,  a beneficial  owner of a
REMIC Residual  Security for a REMIC Trust  generally will be required to report
its daily portion of the taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC Trust for each
day  during a  calendar  quarter  that the  beneficial  owner  owned  such REMIC
Residual  Security.  For this purpose,  the daily portion shall be determined by
allocating  to each day in the  calendar  quarter  its  ratable  portion  of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC Trust for such quarter and by allocating
the amount so allocated  among the Residual  beneficial  owners (on such day) in
accordance with their  percentage  interests on such day. Any amount included in
the gross income or allowed as a loss of any Residual beneficial owner by virtue
of this paragraph will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

         The requirement that each beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual Security
report its daily  portion of the  taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC Trust
will  continue  until there are no  Securities  of any class  outstanding,  even
though the  beneficial  owner of the REMIC  Residual  Security may have received
full  payment  of the  stated  interest  and  principal  on its  REMIC  Residual
Security.

         The  Trustee  will  provide  to  beneficial  owners  of REMIC  Residual
Securities of each series of Securities (i) such  information as is necessary to
enable  them to prepare  their  federal  income tax returns and (ii) any reports
regarding the Securities of such series that may be required under the Code.

         Taxable Income or Net Loss of a REMIC Trust.  The taxable income or net
loss of a REMIC Trust will be the income from the  qualified  mortgages it holds
and any reinvestment earnings less deductions allowed to the

                                       58
<PAGE>

REMIC Trust.  Such taxable income or net loss for a given calendar  quarter will
be determined  in the same manner as for an individual  having the calendar year
as the taxable  year and using the accrual  method of  accounting,  with certain
modifications.  The first  modification  is that a deduction will be allowed for
accruals of interest (including any original issue discount,  but without regard
to the  investment  interest  limitation  in section  163(d) of the Code) on the
REMIC Regular  Securities (but not the REMIC Residual  Securities),  even though
REMIC  Regular  Securities  are for non-tax  purposes  evidences  of  beneficial
ownership rather than indebtedness of a REMIC Trust. Second,  market discount or
premium equal to the difference  between the total stated principal  balances of
the qualified  mortgages and the basis to the REMIC Trust therein generally will
be included in income (in the case of  discount) or  deductible  (in the case of
premium) by the REMIC Trust as it accrues under a constant yield method,  taking
into account the "Prepayment  Assumption" (as defined in the Related  Prospectus
Supplement,  see "--Discount and Premium--Original  Issue Discount," below). The
basis to a REMIC Trust in the qualified  mortgages is the aggregate of the issue
prices of all the REMIC Regular Securities and REMIC Residual  Securities in the
REMIC Trust on the Settlement Date. If, however, a substantial amount of a class
of REMIC Regular  Securities or REMIC  Residual  Securities has not been sold to
the public,  then the fair market value of all the REMIC  Regular  Securities or
REMIC  Residual  Securities  in that  class  as of the  date  of the  Prospectus
Supplement should be substituted for the issue price.

         Third,  no item of  income,  gain,  loss or  deduction  allocable  to a
prohibited transaction (see "--Taxes on a REMIC Trust--Prohibited  Transactions"
below)  will be taken into  account.  Fourth,  a REMIC Trust  generally  may not
deduct any item that would not be allowed in calculating the taxable income of a
partnership by virtue of section 703(a)(2) of the Code. Finally,  the limitation
on miscellaneous itemized deductions imposed on individuals by section 67 of the
Code will not be applied at the REMIC Trust level to any  servicing and guaranty
fees.  (See,  however,   "--Pass-Through  of  Servicing  and  Guaranty  Fees  to
Individuals" below.) In addition, under the REMIC Regulations, any expenses that
are incurred in connection  with the formation of a REMIC Trust and the issuance
of the REMIC Regular Securities and REMIC Residual Securities are not treated as
expenses of the REMIC Trust for which a deduction is allowed.  If the deductions
allowed to a REMIC Trust  exceed its gross income for a calendar  quarter,  such
excess will be a net loss for the REMIC  Trust for that  calendar  quarter.  The
REMIC  Regulations  also provide that any gain or loss to a REMIC Trust from the
disposition  of  any  asset,   including  a  qualified  mortgage  or  "permitted
investment"  (as defined in section  860G(a)(5)  of the Code) will be treated as
ordinary gain or loss.


         A  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  Residual  Security  may be required to
recognize  taxable  income  without  being  entitled to receive a  corresponding
amount of cash. This could occur,  for example,  if the qualified  mortgages are
considered to be purchased by the REMIC Trust at a discount,  some or all of the
REMIC Regular Securities are issued at a discount,  and the discount included as
a result of a prepayment  on a Home Equity Loan that is used to pay principal on
the REMIC Regular  Securities  exceeds the REMIC Trust's deduction for unaccrued
original  issue  discount  relating to such REMIC  Regular  Securities.  Taxable
income may also be greater in earlier years because interest expense deductions,
expressed  as a  percentage  of the  outstanding  principal  amount of the REMIC
Regular  Securities,  may  increase  over time as the  earlier  classes of REMIC
Regular  Securities are paid,  whereas interest income with respect to any given
Home Equity Loan expressed as a percentage of the outstanding  principal  amount
of that Home Equity Loan, will remain constant over time.


         Basis Rules and  Distributions.  A beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual
Security has an initial basis in its Security  equal to the amount paid for such
REMIC  Residual  Security.  Such basis is increased  by amounts  included in the
income of the  beneficial  owner and decreased by  distributions  and by any net
loss  taken  into  account  with  respect to such  REMIC  Residual  Security.  A
distribution on a REMIC Residual  Security to a beneficial owner is not included
in gross income to the extent it does not exceed such  beneficial  owner's basis
in the REMIC Residual Security  (adjusted as described above) and, to the extent
it exceeds the adjusted basis of the REMIC Residual  Security,  shall be treated
as gain from the sale of the REMIC Residual Security.

         A beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual  Security is not allowed to take
into account any net loss for any  calendar  quarter to the extent such net loss
exceeds such beneficial owner's adjusted basis in its REMIC Residual Security as
of the close of such calendar  quarter  (determined  without  regard to such net
loss).  Any loss  disallowed by reason of this limitation may be carried forward
indefinitely to future calendar  quarters and,  subject to the same  limitation,
may be used only to offset income from the REMIC Residual Security.

         Excess  Inclusions.  Any  excess  inclusions  with  respect  to a REMIC
Residual  Security are subject to certain  special tax rules.  With respect to a
beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual Security, the excess inclusion for any

                                       59
<PAGE>

calendar  quarter is defined  as the  excess (if any) of the daily  portions  of
taxable  income  over the sum of the "daily  accruals"  for each day during such
quarter that such REMIC Residual Security was held by such beneficial owner. The
daily  accruals  are  determined  by  allocating  to each day  during a calendar
quarter its ratable  portion of the product of the "adjusted issue price" of the
REMIC Residual Security at the beginning of the calendar quarter and 120% of the
"federal  long-term rate" in effect on the Settlement  Date,  based on quarterly
compounding,  and  properly  adjusted for the length of such  quarter.  For this
purpose,  the  adjusted  issue  price  of a REMIC  Residual  Security  as of the
beginning  of any  calendar  quarter  is equal to the  issue  price of the REMIC
Residual  Security,  increased  by the  amount of daily  accruals  for all prior
quarters  and  decreased  by any  distributions  made with respect to such REMIC
Residual  Security  before the beginning of such  quarter.  The issue price of a
REMIC Residual  Security is the initial offering price to the public  (excluding
bond houses and  brokers) at which a  substantial  number of the REMIC  Residual
Securities was sold. The federal  long-term rate is a blend of current yields on
Treasury  securities  having a maturity  of more than nine years,  computed  and
published monthly by the IRS.

         In general,  beneficial owners of REMIC Residual Securities with excess
inclusion income cannot offset such income by losses from other activities.  For
beneficial  owners that are subject to tax only on  unrelated  business  taxable
income (as  defined in section  511 of the Code),  an excess  inclusion  of such
beneficial owner is treated as unrelated  business taxable income.  With respect
to variable  contracts  (within the meaning of section 817 of the Code),  a life
insurance  company  cannot  adjust  its  reserve  to the  extent  of any  excess
inclusion,  except as provided in regulations.  The REMIC  Regulations  indicate
that if a  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  Residual  Security  is a  member  of an
affiliated group filing a consolidated  income tax return, the taxable income of
the  affiliated  group  cannot  be less  than the sum of the  excess  inclusions
attributable  to all  residual  interests  in  REMICs  held  by  members  of the
affiliated group. For a discussion of the effect of excess inclusions on certain
foreign investors that own REMIC Residual Securities,  see "--Foreign Investors"
below.

         The Treasury  Department  also has the  authority to issue  regulations
that would treat all taxable income of a REMIC Trust as excess inclusions if the
REMIC Residual Security does not have "significant value." Although the Treasury
Department  did not exercise  this  authority in the REMIC  Regulations,  future
regulations may contain such a rule. If such a rule were adopted,  it is unclear
how significant value would be determined for these purposes. If no such rule is
applicable, excess inclusions should be calculated as discussed above.

         In the case of any REMIC  Residual  Securities  that are held by a real
estate  investment  trust, the aggregate excess  inclusions with respect to such
REMIC  Residual  Securities  reduced  (but not  below  zero) by the real  estate
investment trust taxable income (within the meaning of section  857(b)(2) of the
Code,  excluding any net capital gain) will be allocated among the  shareholders
of such trust in proportion to the dividends  received by such shareholders from
such trust,  and any amount so allocated will be treated as an excess  inclusion
with  respect  to a  REMIC  Residual  Security  as  if  held  directly  by  such
shareholder.  Similar  rules  will  apply  in the case of  regulated  investment
companies,  common  trust  funds  and  certain  cooperatives  that  hold a REMIC
Residual Security.

         Pass-Through  of  Servicing  and  Guaranty  Fees  to   Individuals.   A
beneficial  owner of a REMIC  Residual  Security  who is an  individual  will be
required to include in income a share of any  servicing  and  guaranty  fees.  A
deduction  for such fees will be  allowed to such  beneficial  owner only to the
extent  that such fees,  along with  certain of such  beneficial  owner's  other
miscellaneous  itemized deductions exceed 2% of such beneficial owner's adjusted
gross income.  In addition,  a beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual Security may
not be able to deduct any  portion  of such fees in  computing  such  beneficial
owner's  alternative  minimum tax liability.  A beneficial owner's share of such
fees will  generally be determined by (i) allocating the amount of such expenses
for  each  calendar  quarter  on a pro rata  basis  to each day in the  calendar
quarter,  and (ii)  allocating the daily amount among the  beneficial  owners in
proportion to their respective holdings on such day.


Taxes on a REMIC Trust

         Prohibited  Transactions.  The Code  imposes a tax on a REMIC  equal to
100% of the net income derived from  "prohibited  transactions."  In general,  a
prohibited  transaction means the disposition of a qualified mortgage other than
pursuant to certain specified exceptions,  the receipt of investment income from
a source other than a Home Equity Loan or certain other  permitted  investments,
the  receipt  of  compensation  for  services,  or the  disposition  of an asset
purchased with the payments on the qualified mortgages for temporary  investment
pending distribution on the regular and residual interests.


                                       60
<PAGE>

         Contributions  to a REMIC after the Startup Day. The Code imposes a tax
on a REMIC equal to 100% of the value of any property  contributed  to the REMIC
after the "startup day" (generally the same as the Settlement Date).  Exceptions
are provided for cash contributions to a REMIC (i) during the three month period
beginning  on the  startup  day,  (ii)  made to a  qualified  reserve  fund by a
beneficial  owner of a residual  interest,  (iii) in the nature of a  guarantee,
(iv) made to facilitate a qualified  liquidation  or clean-up  call,  and (v) as
otherwise permitted by Treasury regulations.

         Net Income from Foreclosure Property. The Code imposes a tax on a REMIC
equal to the highest  corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure  property."
The terms  "foreclosure  property" (which includes  property acquired by deed in
lieu of foreclosure) and "net income from  foreclosure  property" are defined by
reference to the rules applicable to real estate investment  trusts.  Generally,
foreclosure  property would be treated as such for a period of three years, with
a possible extension.  Net income from foreclosure property generally means gain
from the sale of  foreclosure  property  that is  inventory  property  and gross
income  from  foreclosure   property  other  than  qualifying  rents  and  other
qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.

Sales of REMIC Securities

         General.  Except as  provided  below,  if a Regular  or REMIC  Residual
Security is sold, the seller will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference
between the amount  realized in the sale and its adjusted basis in the Security.
The adjusted basis of a REMIC Regular Security  generally will equal the cost of
such Security to the seller,  increased by any original issue discount or market
discount included in the seller's gross income with respect to such Security and
reduced by distributions on such Security  previously  received by the seller of
amounts  included in the stated  redemption price at maturity and by any premium
that has reduced the seller's interest income with respect to such Security. See
"--Discount  and Premium." The adjusted  basis of a REMIC  Residual  Security is
determined as described  above under  "--Taxation of Beneficial  Owners of REMIC
Residual  Securities--Basis  Rules and Distributions." Except as provided in the
following  paragraph or under section  582(c) of the Code, any such gain or loss
will be  capital  gain or loss,  provided  such  Security  is held as a "capital
asset"  (generally,  property held for investment) within the meaning of section
1221 of the Code.

         Gain from the sale of a REMIC Regular  Security that might otherwise be
capital  gain will be treated as  ordinary  income to the extent  that such gain
does not  exceed the  excess,  if any,  of (i) the  amount  that would have been
includible in the income of the beneficial owner of a REMIC Regular Security had
income  accrued  at a rate  equal  to  110%  of the  "applicable  federal  rate"
(generally,  an average of current yields on Treasury securities) as of the date
of purchase over (ii) the amount actually  includible in such beneficial owner's
income.  In addition,  gain recognized on such a sale by a beneficial owner of a
REMIC Regular  Security who purchased such a Security at a market discount would
also be taxable as  ordinary  income in an amount not  exceeding  the portion of
such  discount  that  accrued  during the period such  Security was held by such
beneficial owner,  reduced by any market discount includible in income under the
rules described below under "--Discount and Premium."

         If a  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  Residual  Security  sells its REMIC
Residual  Security at a loss,  the loss will not be  recognized  if,  within six
months before or after the sale of the REMIC Residual Security,  such beneficial
owner  purchases  another  residual  interest in any REMIC or any  interest in a
taxable  mortgage pool (as defined in section 7701(i) of the Code) comparable to
a residual  interest in a REMIC.  Such disallowed loss would be allowed upon the
sale of the  other  residual  interest  (or  comparable  interest)  if the  rule
referred to in the preceding  sentence  does not apply to that sale.  While this
rule may be modified by Treasury regulations,  no such regulations have yet been
published.

         Transfers of REMIC  Residual  Securities.  Section  860E(e) of the Code
imposes a  substantial  tax,  payable by the  transferor  (or,  if a transfer is
through a broker, nominee, or other middleman as the transferee's agent, payable
by that agent) upon any transfer of a REMIC Residual  Security to a disqualified
organization  and upon a pass-through  entity  (including  regulated  investment
companies,  real estate  investment  trusts,  common trust funds,  partnerships,
trusts, estates, certain cooperatives,  and nominees) that owns a REMIC Residual
Security  if such  pass-through  entity  has a  disqualified  organization  as a
record-holder.  For purposes of the preceding sentence,  a transfer includes any
transfer of record or beneficial  ownership,  whether pursuant to a purchase,  a
default under a secured lending agreement or otherwise.

                                       61
<PAGE>

         The term  "disqualified  organization"  includes the United States, any
state  or  political   subdivision   thereof,   any  foreign   government,   any
international  organization,  or any agency or  instrumentality of the foregoing
(other than certain taxable  instrumentalities),  any  cooperative  organization
furnishing  electric energy or providing  telephone  service to persons in rural
areas, or any organization  (other than a farmers'  cooperative)  that is exempt
from  federal  income  tax,  unless such  organization  is subject to the tax on
unrelated  business  income.  Moreover,  an entity  will not  qualify as a REMIC
unless there are  reasonable  arrangements  designed to ensure that (i) residual
interests  in such entity are not held by  disqualified  organizations  and (ii)
information  necessary for the  application of the tax described  herein will be
made available.  Restrictions  on the transfer of a REMIC Residual  Security and
certain  other  provisions  that  are  intended  to meet  this  requirement  are
described in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  and will be discussed  more
fully in the related Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering of any REMIC
Residual Security. In addition, a pass-through entity (including a nominee) that
holds  a REMIC  Residual  Security  may be  subject  to  additional  taxes  if a
disqualified  organization is a record-holder  therein.  A transferor of a REMIC
Residual Security (or an agent of a transferee of a REMIC Residual Security,  as
the case may be) will be relieved of such tax  liability  if (i) the  transferee
furnishes to the  transferor (or the  transferee's  agent) an affidavit that the
transferee is not a disqualified  organization,  and (ii) the transferor (or the
transferee's  agent) does not have actual  knowledge that the affidavit is false
at the  time of the  transfer.  Similarly,  no such  tax  will be  imposed  on a
pass-through  entity for a period with respect to an interest therein owned by a
disqualified organization if (i) the record-holder of such interest furnishes to
the pass-through entity an affidavit that it is not a disqualified organization,
and (ii) during such period,  the  pass-through  entity has no actual  knowledge
that the affidavit is false.

         The Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 adds  provisions to the Code that will
apply to an "electing large partnership." If an electing large partnership holds
a Residual  Certificate,  all interests in the electing  large  partnership  are
treated as held by  disqualified  organizations  for purposes of the tax imposed
upon a pass-through  entity by section 860E(e) of the Code. An exception to this
tax,  otherwise  available to a  pass-through  entity that is furnished  certain
affidavits  by record  holders of interests in the entity and that does not know
such affidavits are false, is not available to an electing large partnership.

         Under the REMIC  Regulations,  a transfer  of a  "noneconomic  residual
interest" to a U.S.  Person (as defined below in  "--Foreign  Investors--Grantor
Trust  Securities and REMIC Regular  Securities")  will be  disregarded  for all
federal tax purposes unless no significant  purpose of the transfer is to impede
the assessment or collection of tax. A REMIC Residual  Security would be treated
as  constituting  a noneconomic  residual  interest  unless,  at the time of the
transfer,  (i) the present  value of the expected  future  distributions  on the
REMIC Residual  Security is no less than the product of the present value of the
"anticipated  excess  inclusions"  with respect to such Security and the highest
corporate  rate of tax for the year in which the transfer  occurs,  and (ii) the
transferor  reasonably  expects that the transferee  will receive  distributions
from the applicable REMIC Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy the liability
for  income  tax on any  "excess  inclusions"  at or after  the time  when  such
liability accrues.  Anticipated excess inclusions are the excess inclusions that
are  anticipated to be allocated to each calendar  quarter (or portion  thereof)
following the transfer of a REMIC Residual  Security,  determined as of the date
such Security is  transferred  and based on events that have occurred as of that
date  and on  the  Prepayment  Assumption.  See  "--Discount  and  Premium"  and
"--Taxation   of  Beneficial   Owners  of  REMIC   Residual   Securities--Excess
Inclusions."

         The REMIC Regulations  provide that a significant purpose to impede the
assessment  or  collection  of tax  exists  if, at the time of the  transfer,  a
transferor of a REMIC Residual Security has "improper  knowledge" (i.e.,  either
knew, or should have known,  that the transferee would be unwilling or unable to
pay  taxes  due on its  share of the  taxable  income  of the  REMIC  Trust).  A
transferor  is presumed not to have  improper  knowledge  if (i) the  transferor
conducts, at the time of a transfer, a reasonable investigation of the financial
condition  of  the  transferee  and,  as a  result  of  the  investigation,  the
transferor  finds that the  transferee has  historically  paid its debts as they
come due and finds no significant  evidence to indicate that the transferee will
not  continue  to pay its  debts as they  come due in the  future;  and (ii) the
transferee  makes  certain  representations  to the  transferor in the affidavit
relating to disqualified  organizations discussed above.  Transferors of a REMIC
Residual  Security  should  consult  with  their own tax  advisors  for  further
information regarding such transfers.

         Reporting  and  Other  Administrative  Matters.  For  purposes  of  the
administrative  provisions  of the Code,  each REMIC  Trust will be treated as a
partnership  and the  beneficial  owners of REMIC  Residual  Securities  will be
treated as partners.  The Trustee will prepare, sign and file federal income tax
returns  for each REMIC  Trust,  which  returns are subject to audit by the IRS.
Moreover, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, the


                                       62
<PAGE>

Trustee  will  furnish to each  beneficial  owner that  received a  distribution
during  such  year  a  statement   setting   forth  the  portions  of  any  such
distributions that constitute interest  distributions,  original issue discount,
and such other  information  as is required by Treasury  regulations  and,  with
respect to  beneficial  owners of REMIC  Residual  Securities  in a REMIC Trust,
information  necessary to compute the daily  portions of the taxable  income (or
net loss) of such REMIC  Trust for each day during such year.  The Trustee  will
also act as the tax matters partner for each REMIC Trust, either in its capacity
as a beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual  Security or in a fiduciary  capacity.
Each  beneficial  owner of a REMIC Residual  Security,  by the acceptance of its
REMIC  Residual  Security,  agrees that the Trustee will act as its fiduciary in
the  performance  of any duties  required  of it in the event that it is the tax
matters partner.  

         Each beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual Security is required to treat
items on its return  consistently  with the treatment on the return of the REMIC
Trust,  unless the  beneficial  owner either files a statement  identifying  the
inconsistency  or  establishes  that the  inconsistency  resulted from incorrect
information  received  from the REMIC  Trust.  The IRS may  assert a  deficiency
resulting  from a failure to comply  with the  consistency  requirement  without
instituting an administrative proceeding at the REMIC Trust level.

Termination


         In general,  no special  tax  consequences  will apply to a  beneficial
owner of a REMIC  Regular  Security  upon the  termination  of a REMIC  Trust by
virtue  of the  final  payment  or  liquidation  of the last  Home  Equity  Loan
remaining  in the  Trust  Estate.  If a  beneficial  owner  of a REMIC  Residual
Security's  adjusted  basis in its  REMIC  Residual  Security  at the time  such
termination  occurs exceeds the amount of cash  distributed  to such  beneficial
owner in liquidation  of its interest,  although the matter is not entirely free
from doubt,  it would  appear that the  beneficial  owner of the REMIC  Residual
Security is entitled to a loss equal to the amount of such excess.


Debt Securities
General

          With  respect  to  each  series  of  Debt  Securities,   Dewey
Ballantine LLP, special tax counsel to the Company,  will deliver its opinion to
the  Company  that the  Securities  will be  classified  as debt  secured by the
related Home Equity Loans. Consequently, the Debt Securities will not be treated
as ownership interests in the Home Equity Loans or the Trust.  Beneficial owners
will be required to report income  received with respect to the Debt  Securities
in  accordance  with their  normal  method of  accounting.  For  additional  tax
consequences  relating  to  Debt  Securities  purchased  at a  discount  or with
premium, see "--Discount and Premium," below.

Special Tax Attributes

         As  described  above,  REMIC  Securities  will possess  certain special
tax attributes by virtue of the REMIC provisions of the Code. In  general,  Debt
Securities will not possess such special tax attributes.  Investors to whom such
attributes  are  important  should  consult  their  own tax  advisors  regarding
investment in Debt Securities.


Sale or Exchange

         If a  beneficial  owner  of a Debt  Security  sells or  exchanges  such
Security,  the  beneficial  owner  will  recognize  gain  or loss  equal  to the
difference,  if any,  between the amount  received  and the  beneficial  owner's
adjusted  basis in the Security.  The adjusted  basis in the Security  generally
will equal its initial cost,  increased by any original issue discount or market
discount  previously  included in the seller's  gross income with respect to the
Security and reduced by the payments previously received on the Security,  other
than payments of qualified stated interest, and by any amortized premium.

         In general  (except as described  in  "--Discount  and  Premium--Market
Discount," below), except for certain financial  institutions subject to section
582(c) of the Code,  any gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a Debt Security
recognized  by an investor who holds the Security as a capital asset (within the
meaning of section  1221 of the Code),  will be capital gain or loss and will be
long-term or short-term depending on whether the Security has been held for more
than one year.

Partnership Interests

                                       63
<PAGE>





         With respect to each series of Partnership Interests,  Dewey Ballantine
LLP, special tax counsel to the Company, will deliver its opinion to the Company
that the trust will be treated as a partnership  and not an association  taxable
as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Such opinion shall be attached
on Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Commission  within  fifteen  days  after  the
initial  issuance  of  such  Securities  or  filed  with  the  Commission  as  a
post-effective amendment to the Prospectus.  Accordingly,  each beneficial owner
of a Partnership  Interest will generally be treated as the owner of an interest
in the Home Equity Loans.

Special Tax Attributes

         As described  above,  REMIC Securities  will possess  certain special
tax  attributes  by  virtue  of  the  REMIC provisions of the Code. In general,
Partnership  Interests  will not possess such special tax attributes. Investors
to whom such attributes are important should consult their own tax advisors
regarding investment in Partnership Interests.



Taxation of Beneficial Owners of Partnership Interests

         If the  Trust is  treated  as a  partnership  for  Federal  Income  Tax
Purposes,  the Trust will not be subject to federal  income tax.  Instead,  each
beneficial  owner of a Partnership  Interest will be required to separately take
into account an allocable share of income,  gains, losses,  deductions,  credits
and other tax items of the  Trust.  These  partnership  allocations  are made in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here, the Trust Agreement and related documents).


         The Trust's assets will be the assets of the  partnership.  The Trust's
income will  consist  primarily of interest  and finance  charges  earned on the
underlying Home Equity Loans. The Trust's  deductions will consist  primarily of
interest  accruing  with  respect  to any  indebtedness  issued  by  the  Trust,
servicing  and  other  fees,  and  losses  or  deductions   upon  collection  or
disposition of the Trust's assets.


         In  certain  instances,  the Trust  could  have an  obligation  to make
payments of  withholding  tax on behalf of a beneficial  owner of a  Partnership
Interest. (See "Backup Withholding" and "Foreign Investors" below).

         Substantially all of the taxable income allocated to a beneficial owner
of a Partnership Interest that is a pension,  profit sharing or employee benefit
plan or other tax-exempt  entity  (including an individual  retirement  account)
will constitute  "unrelated business taxable income" generally taxable to such a
holder under the Code.

         Under  section 708 of the Code,  the Trust will be deemed to  terminate
for  federal  income tax  purposes  if 50% or more of the  capital  and  profits
interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a 12-month period. Under the
final regulations issued on May 9, 1997 if such a termination  occurs, the Trust
is deemed to  contribute  all of its assets and  liabilities  to a newly  formed
partnership in exchange for a partnership interest.  Immediately thereafter, the
terminated  partnership  distributes  interests  in the new  partnership  to the
purchasing  partner and remaining  partners in proportion to their  interests in
liquidation of the terminated partnership.

Sale or Exchange of Partnership Interests

         Generally,  capital  gain  or  loss  will  be  recognized  on a sale or
exchange of Partnership  Interests in an amount equal to the difference  between
the amount  realized  and the seller's  tax basis in the  Partnership  Interests
sold. A beneficial owner of a Partnership  Interest's tax basis in a Partnership
Interest  will  generally  equal the  beneficial  owner's cost  increased by the
beneficial owner's share of Trust income (includible in income) and decreased by
any  distributions  received  with  respect  to such  Partnership  Interest.  In
addition, both the tax basis in the Partnership Interest and the amount realized
on a sale of a  Partnership  Interest  would take into  account  the  beneficial
owner's share of any  indebtedness  of the Trust. A beneficial  owner  acquiring
Partnership  Interests at different  prices may be required to maintain a single
aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such  Partnership  Interest,  and upon sale or
other  disposition of some of the Partnership  Interests,  allocate a portion of
such  aggregate  tax  basis  to the  Partnership  Interests  sold  (rather  than
maintaining  a separate tax basis in each  Partnership  Interest for purposes of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Partnership Interest).

         Any  gain on the sale of a  Partnership  Interest  attributable  to the
beneficial  owner's share of unrecognized  accrued market discount on the assets
of the Trust would generally be treated as ordinary income to


                                       64
<PAGE>

the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax  reporting  requirements.  If a
beneficial owner of a Partnership Interest is required to recognize an aggregate
amount of income  over the life of the  Partnership  Interest  that  exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Partnership  Interest. If
a  beneficial  owner sells its  Partnership  Interest  at a profit or loss,  the
transferee will have a higher or lower basis in the  Partnership  Interests than
the transferor  had. The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to
reflect  that  higher or lower basis  unless the Trust  files an election  under
section 754 of the Code.

Partnership Reporting Matters

         The Owner Trustee is required to (i) keep  complete and accurate  books
of the Trust,  (ii) file a partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with
the IRS for each  taxable  year of the Trust and (iii)  report  each  beneficial
owner of a Partnership  Interest's  allocable share of items of Trust income and
expense to beneficial owners and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust will provide
the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the
information  statement  described  below and such  nominees  will be required to
forward such information to the beneficial owners of the Partnership  Interests.
Generally,  beneficial  owners of a Partnership  Interests must file tax returns
that are consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject
to penalties unless the beneficial owner of a Partnership  Interest notifies the
IRS of all such inconsistencies.

         Under  section  6031 of the Code,  any person  that  holds  Partnership
Interests as a nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish
the Trust with a statement  containing certain  information on the nominee,  the
beneficial  owners  and the  Partnership  Interests  so held.  Such  information
includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee
and (ii) as to each beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address and  identification
number of such person,  (y) whether  such person is a United  States  person,  a
tax-exempt entity or a foreign government,  and international  organization,  or
any wholly owned agency or instrumentality  of either of the foregoing,  and (z)
certain  information on Partnership  Interests that were held, bought or sold on
behalf of such person  throughout  the year. In addition,  brokers and financial
institutions  that hold Partnership  Interests through a nominee are required to
furnish  directly to the Trust  information as to themselves and their ownership
of Partnership  Interests. A clearing agency registered under section 17A of the
Exchange  Act is not required to furnish any such  information  statement to the
Trust.  Nominees,  brokers and financial  institutions  that fail to provide the
Trust with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

         The Code provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if
the partnership were a separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of
limitations for  partnership  items does not expire before three years after the
date  on  which  the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust by the  appropriate
taxing  authorities  could  result  in an  adjustment  of  the  returns  of  the
beneficial owner of a Partnership Interests, and, under certain circumstances, a
beneficial  owner of a  Partnership  Interest may be precluded  from  separately
litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also  result in an audit of the  beneficial  owner of a  Partnership  Interest's
returns and  adjustments  of items note  related to the income and losses of the
Trust.

FASIT Securities


         If provided in a related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an election  will be
made to treat the Trust as a FASIT within the meaning of Code  Section  860L(a).
Qualification  as a FASIT requires ongoing  compliance with certain  conditions.
With respect to each series of Securities  for which an election is made,  Dewey
Ballantine LLP, special tax counsel to the Company,  will deliver its opinion to
the Company that, assuming compliance with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,
the trust will be treated as a FASIT for federal  income tax  purposes.  A Trust
for  which a FASIT  election  is made  will be  referred  to  herein as a "FASIT
Trust." The  Securities of each class will be designated as "regular  interests"
or  "high-yield  regular  interests" in the FASIT Trust except that one separate
class will be designated  as the  "ownership  interest" in the FASIT Trust.  The
Prospectus   Supplement  for  each  series  of  Securities  will  state  whether
Securities  of each  class  will  constitute  either  a  regular  interest  or a
high-yield  regular interest (a FASIT Regular Security) or an ownership interest
(a FASIT Ownership  Security).  Such opinion shall be attached on Form 8-K to be
filed with the Commission within fifteen days after the initial issuance of such
Securities  or filed with the  Commission as a  post-effective  amendment to the
Prospectus.


Special Tax Attributes


                                       65
<PAGE>


         FASIT Securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute
"real  estate  assets"  within the  meaning of Code  Sections  856(c)(5)(A)  and
856(c)(6)  and  interest  on the FASIT  Regular  Securities  will be  considered
"interest on  obligations  secured by mortgages on real property or on interests
in real property"  within the meaning of Code Section  856(c)(3)(B)  in the same
proportion that, for both purposes, the assets of the FASIT Trust and the income
thereon  would  be so  treated.  FASIT  Regular  Securities  held by a  domestic
building  and loan  association  will be treated as  "regular  interest[s]  in a
FASIT" under Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(xi),  but only in the proportion  that
the FASIT Trust holds "loans . . . secured by an interest in real property which
is  . . .  residential  real  property"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v).  If at all times 95% or more of the assets of the FASIT Trust
or the income thereon  qualify for the foregoing  treatments,  the FASIT Regular
Securities  will qualify for the  corresponding  status in their  entirety.  For
purposes of Code Section  856(c)(5)(A),  payments of principal and interest on a
Home Equity Loan that are reinvested  pending  distribution  to holders of FASIT
Regular  Securities should qualify for such treatment.  FASIT Regular Securities
held  by  a  regulated  investment  company  will  not  constitute   "government
securities"  within the meaning of Code Section  851(b)(4)(A)(i).  FASIT Regular
Securities held by certain  financial  institutions will constitute an "evidence
of indebtedness" within the meaning of Code Section 582(c)(1).


Taxation of Beneficial Owners of FASIT Regular Securities

         A FASIT  Trust will not be subject  to federal  income tax except  with
respect to income from prohibited transactions and in certain other instances as
described  below.  The FASIT Regular  Securities  generally  will be treated for
federal income tax purposes as  newly-originated  debt instruments.  In general,
interest, original issue discount ("OID") and market discount on a FASIT Regular
Security  will be  treated  as  ordinary  income to the  beneficial  owner,  and
principal  payments  (other than  principal  payments that do not exceed accrued
market  discount) on an FASIT  Regular  Security  will be treated as a return of
capital  to the  extent  of the  beneficial  owner's  basis  allocable  thereto.
Beneficial  owners must use the accrual  method of  accounting  with  respect to
FASIT Regular Securities,  regardless of the method of accounting otherwise used
by such beneficial owners. See discussion of "Discount and Premium" below.

         In order for the  FASIT  Trust to  qualify  as a FASIT,  there  must be
ongoing  compliance with the  requirements set forth in the Code. The FASIT must
fulfill an asset test, which requires that  substantially  all the assets of the
FASIT,  as of the close of the third calendar month beginning after the "Startup
Day" (which for purposes of this discussion is the date of the initial  issuance
of the FASIT  Securities) and at all times  thereafter,  must consist of cash or
cash equivalents,  certain debt instruments  (other than debt instruments issued
by the owner of the FASIT or a related  party)  and  hedges  (and  contracts  to
acquire the same),  foreclosure  property and regular interests in another FASIT
or in a REMIC. Based on identical  statutory  language  applicable to REMICs, it
appears that the  "substantially  all" requirement should be met if at all times
the aggregate adjusted basis of the nonqualified assets is less than one percent
of the aggregate  adjusted basis of all the FASIT's assets. The FASIT provisions
of the Code  (sections  860H  through  860L) also  require  the FASIT  ownership
interest and certain "high-yield regular interests" (described below) to be held
only by certain fully taxable domestic corporations.

         Permitted debt  instruments  must bear interest,  if any, at a fixed or
qualified  variable  rate.  Permitted  hedges  include  interest rate or foreign
currency notional principal contracts, letters of credit, insurance,  guarantees
of payment default and similar  instruments to be provided in  regulations,  and
which are  reasonably  required to guarantee or hedge  against the FASIT's risks
associated with being the obligor on interests issued by the FASIT.  Foreclosure
property is real property  acquired by the FASIT in connection  with the default
or imminent  default of a qualified  mortgage,  provided  the  Depositor  had no
knowledge  or reason to know as of the date such asset was acquired by the FASIT
that such a default had occurred or would occur.

         In addition to the foregoing  requirements,  the various interests in a
FASIT also must meet certain requirements.  All of the interests in a FASIT must
be either of the following:  (a) one or more classes of regular interests or (b)
a single class of  ownership  interest.  A regular  interest is an interest in a
FASIT that is issued on or after the Startup Day with fixed terms, is designated
as a regular interest, and (i) unconditionally  entitles the holder to receive a
specified  principal  amount  (or other  similar  amount),  (ii)  provides  that
interest  payments (or other  similar  amounts),  if any, at or before  maturity
either are payable based on a fixed rate or a qualified variable rate, (iii) has
a stated  maturity  of not  longer  than 30 years,  (iv) has an issue  price not
greater  than  125% of its  stated  principal  amount,  and  (v) has a yield  to
maturity not greater than 5 percentage points higher than the related applicable
Federal rate (as defined in Code section 1274(d)).  In order to meet the 30 year
maturity requirement, the




                                       66
<PAGE>

FASIT  Regular   Securities  will  be  retired  and  replaced,   to  the  extent
then-outstanding, with new regular interests on the 30th anniversary of the date
of  issuance  of the  FASIT  Regular  Securities.  A  regular  interest  that is
described in the preceding  sentence except that if fails to meet one or more of
requirements  (i),  (ii)  (iv)  or (v) is a  "high-yield  regular  interest."  A
high-yield  regular  interest  that  fails  requirement  (ii) must  consist of a
specified,  nonvarying portion of the interest payments on the permitted assets,
by reference to the REMIC rules. An ownership interest is an interest in a FASIT
other than a regular  interest  that is issued on the Startup Day, is designated
an  ownership  interest  and  is  held  by  a  single,  fully-taxable,  domestic
corporation. An interest in a FASIT may be treated as a regular interest even if
payments of principal with respect to such interest are subordinated to payments
on other  regular  interests  or the  ownership  interest in the FASIT,  and are
dependent on the absence of defaults or  delinquencies on permitted assets lower
than reasonably  expected returns on permitted  assets,  unanticipated  expenses
incurred by the FASIT or prepayment interest shortfalls.


         If an  entity  fails  to  comply  with  one  or  more  of  the  ongoing
requirements of the Code for status as a FASIT during any taxable year, the Code
provides that the entity or applicable  potion  thereof will not be treated as a
FASIT thereafter.  In this event, any entity that holds home equity loans and is
the obligor with respect to debt obligations  with two or more maturities,  such
as the Trust  Fund,  may be  treated  as a  separate  association  taxable  as a
corporation, and the FASIT Regular Securities may be treated as equity interests
therein.  The legislative  history to the FASIT Provisions  indicates,  however,
that an entity can continue to be a FASIT if loss of its status was inadvertent,
it takes prompt steps to requalify and other  requirements  that may be provided
in Treasury  regulations  are met. Loss of FASIT status results in retirement of
all regular interests and their reissuance.  If the resulting  instruments would
be treated as equity under general tax  principles,  cancellation of debt income
may result.


Taxes on a FASIT Trust

         Income  from  certain   transactions  by  a  FASIT,  called  prohibited
transactions,  are taxable to the holder of the ownership interest in a FASIT at
a 100% rate. Prohibited  transactions generally include (i) the disposition of a
permitted asset other than for (a) foreclosure,  default, or imminent default of
a qualified mortgage, (b) bankruptcy or insolvency of the FASIT, (c) a qualified
(complete)  liquidation,  (d) substitution for another permitted debt instrument
or distribution  of the debt instrument to the holder of the ownership  interest
to reduce  overcollateralization,  but only if a principal  purpose of acquiring
the debt instrument which is disposed of was not the recognition of gain (or the
reduction  of a loss) on the  withdrawn  asset as a result of an increase in the
market  value  of the  asset  after  its  acquisition  by the  FASIT  or (e) the
retirement  of a Class of FASIT  regular  interests;  (ii) the receipt of income
from  nonpermitted  assets;  (iii) the receipt of compensation for services;  or
(iv) the receipt of any income derived from a loan  originated by the FASIT.  It
is unclear the extent to which tax on such transactions  could be collected from
the FASIT Trust  directly  under the  applicable  statutes  rather than from the
holder of the FASIT Residual Security.

         DUE  TO  THE  COMPLEXITY  OF  THESE  RULES,  THE  ABSENCE  OF  TREASURY
REGULATIONS AND THE CURRENT UNCERTAINTY AS TO THE MANNER TO THEIR APPLICATION TO
THE TRUST AND TO HOLDERS OF FASIT SECURITIES,  IT IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT THAT
POTENTIAL  INVESTORS CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS  REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT
OF THEIR ACQUISITION OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE FASIT REGULAR SECURITIES.

Discount and Premium

         A Security purchased for an amount other than its outstanding principal
amount will be subject to the rules governing  original issue  discount,  market
discount or premium. In addition, all Grantor Trust Strip Securities and certain
Grantor Trust Fractional  Interest Securities will be treated as having original
issue  discount by virtue of the coupon  stripping  rules in section 1286 of the
Code. In very general terms, (i) original issue discount is treated as a form of
interest  and must be  included  in a  beneficial  owner's  income as it accrues
(regardless of the  beneficial  owner's  regular  method of accounting)  using a
constant yield method;  (ii) market  discount is treated as ordinary  income and
must be included in a beneficial  owner's income as principal  payments are made
on the Security (or upon a sale of a Security);  and (iii) if a beneficial owner
so elects,  premium may be  amortized  over the life of the  Security and offset
against  inclusions of interest income.  These tax consequences are discussed in
greater detail below.

                                       67
<PAGE>

Original Issue Discount

         In general,  a Security  will be  considered to be issued with original
issue discount equal to the excess,  if any, of its "stated  redemption price at
maturity"  over its "issue  price." The issue price of a Security is the initial
offering  price to the public  (excluding  bond  houses and  brokers) at which a
substantial number of the Securities was sold. The issue price also includes any
accrued  interest  attributable to the period between the beginning of the first
Remittance  Period  and the  Settlement  Date.  The stated  redemption  price at
maturity  of a  Security  that  has a  notional  principal  amount  or  receives
principal  only or that is or may be an Accrual  Security is equal to the sum of
all distributions to be made under such Security. The stated redemption price at
maturity of any other Security is its stated  principal  amount,  plus an amount
equal to the excess (if any) of the interest  payable on the first  Payment Date
over the interest  that accrues for the period from the  Settlement  Date to the
first Payment Date.


         Notwithstanding the general definition, original issue discount will be
treated as zero if such  discount  is less than  0.25% of the stated  redemption
price at maturity  multiplied by its weighted average life. The weighted average
life of a Security is  apparently  computed for this purpose as the sum, for all
distributions included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the amounts
determined by multiplying  (i) the number of complete  years  (rounding down for
partial  years)  from the  Settlement  Date  until  the date on which  each such
distribution  is expected to be made under the  assumption  that the Home Equity
Loans prepay at the rate  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the
"Prepayment  Assumption")  by (ii) a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the
amount  of such  distribution  and the  denominator  of which is the  Security's
stated  redemption  price at maturity.  If original issue discount is treated as
zero under this rule,  the actual  amount of  original  issue  discount  must be
allocated to the  principal  distributions  on the Security  and, when each such
distribution  is  received,  gain  equal  to  the  discount  allocated  to  such
distribution will be recognized.


         Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code contains special original issue discount
rules directly applicable to REMIC Securities and Debt Securities.  The Taxpayer
Relief Act of 1997  extends  application  of Section  1272(a)(6)  to the Grantor
Trust Securities for tax years beginning after August 5, 1997. Under these rules
(described  in  greater  detail  below),  (i) the  amount and rate of accrual of
original  issue  discount on each series of Securities  will be based on (x) the
Prepayment Assumption,  and (y) in the case of a Security calling for a variable
rate of  interest,  an  assumption  that the value of the index  upon which such
variable rate is based remains equal to the value of that rate on the Settlement
Date, and (ii)  adjustments  will be made in the amount of discount  accruing in
each  taxable  year in  which  the  actual  prepayment  rate  differs  from  the
Prepayment Assumption.


         Section  1272(a)(6)(B)(iii)  of the Code requires  that the  prepayment
assumption used to calculate original issue discount be determined in the manner
prescribed  in Treasury  regulations.  To date,  no such  regulations  have been
promulgated.  The legislative  history of this Code provision indicates that the
assumed  prepayment  rate must be the rate used by the  parties in  pricing  the
particular transaction. The Depositor anticipates that the Prepayment Assumption
for each  series  of  Securities  will be  consistent  with this  standard.  The
Depositor  makes no  representation,  however,  that the Home Equity Loans for a
given series will prepay at the rate reflected in the Prepayment  Assumption for
that series or at any other rate. Each investor must make its own decision as to
the appropriate  prepayment  assumption to be used in deciding whether or not to
purchase any of the Securities.

         Each  beneficial  owner  must  include  in gross  income the sum of the
"daily  portions" of original issue discount on its Security for each day during
its taxable year on which it held such Security.  For this purpose,  in the case
of an original  beneficial  owner, the daily portions of original issue discount
will be determined as follows.  A calculation  will first be made of the portion
of the original issue  discount that accrued  during each "accrual  period." The
Trustee  will  supply,  at the time and in the manner  required  by the IRS,  to
beneficial  owners,  brokers  and  middlemen  information  with  respect  to the
original  issue  discount  accruing on the  Securities.  The Trustee will report
original  issue  discount  based on accrual  periods of no longer  than one year
either  (i)  beginning  on a  payment  date (or,  in the case of the first  such
period,  the Settlement Date) and ending on the day before the next payment date
or (ii)  beginning  on the next day  following a payment  date and ending on the
next payment date.


         Under  section  1272(a)(6) of the Code,  the portion of original  issue
discount  treated as accruing for any accrual  period will equal the excess,  if
any, of (i) the sum of (A) the present values of all the distributions remaining
to be made on the Security,  if any, as of the end of the accrual period and (B)
the  distribution  made on such  Security  during the accrual  period of amounts
included in the stated  redemption  price at  maturity,  over (ii) the  adjusted
issue price of such Security at the beginning of the accrual period. The present
value of the remaining distributions


                                       68
<PAGE>

referred to in the preceding  sentence will be calculated based on (i) the yield
to maturity of the Security, calculated as of the Settlement Date, giving effect
to the Prepayment  Assumption,  (ii) events (including actual  prepayments) that
have  occurred  prior to the end of the  accrual  period,  (iii) the  Prepayment
Assumption,  and (iv) in the case of a Security  calling for a variable  rate of
interest,  an  assumption  that the value of the index upon which such  variable
rate is based  remains  the same as its  value on the  Settlement  Date over the
entire life of such Security. The adjusted issue price of a Security at any time
will equal the issue price of such Security,  increased by the aggregate  amount
of previously accrued original issue discount with respect to such Security, and
reduced by the amount of any distributions made on such Security as of that time
of amounts  included in the stated  redemption  price at maturity.  The original
issue discount accruing during any accrual period will then be allocated ratably
to each day during the period to determine the daily  portion of original  issue
discount.

         In the  case of  Grantor  Trust  Strip  Securities  and  certain  REMIC
Securities,  the calculation  described in the preceding paragraph may produce a
negative amount of original issue discount for one or more accrual  periods.  No
definitive  guidance has been issued  regarding  the  treatment of such negative
amounts.  The  legislative  history to section  1272(a)(6)  indicates  that such
negative amounts may be used to offset subsequent  positive accruals but may not
offset prior  accruals  and may not be allowed as a deduction  item in a taxable
year in which negative accruals exceed positive  accruals.  Beneficial owners of
such Securities  should consult their own tax advisors  concerning the treatment
of such negative accruals.

         A subsequent  purchaser of a Security that purchases such Security at a
cost less than its remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity also will be
required  to  include  in gross  income  for  each  day on  which it holds  such
Security,  the daily  portion of original  issue  discount  with respect to such
Security (but reduced,  if the cost of such Security to such  purchaser  exceeds
its adjusted  issue  price,  by an amount equal to the product of (i) such daily
portion and (ii) a constant fraction,  the numerator of which is such excess and
the  denominator  of which is the sum of the daily  portions of  original  issue
discount on such Security for all days on or after the day of purchase).

Market Discount

         A beneficial owner that purchases a Security at a market discount, that
is, at a  purchase  price less than the  remaining  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of such Security  (or, in the case of a Security  with  original  issue
discount, its adjusted issue price), will be required to allocate each principal
distribution  first to accrued  market  discount on the Security,  and recognize
ordinary  income to the extent such  distribution  does not exceed the aggregate
amount of accrued market  discount on such Security not  previously  included in
income.  With respect to Securities that have unaccrued original issue discount,
such market  discount  must be  included  in income in addition to any  original
issue  discount.  A beneficial  owner that incurs or continues  indebtedness  to
acquire  a  Security  at a market  discount  may also be  required  to defer the
deduction  of all or a portion of the  interest on such  indebtedness  until the
corresponding amount of market discount is included in income. In general terms,
market  discount  on a Security  may be treated as  accruing  either (i) under a
constant  yield method or (ii) in proportion  to remaining  accruals of original
issue discount, if any, or if none, in proportion to remaining  distributions of
interest  on the  Security,  in any case  taking  into  account  the  Prepayment
Assumption.  The  Trustee  will  make  available,  as  required  by the IRS,  to
beneficial owners of Securities  information necessary to compute the accrual of
market discount.

         Notwithstanding  the above rules, market discount on a Security will be
considered  to be zero if such  discount  is less  than  0.25% of the  remaining
stated redemption price at maturity of such Security  multiplied by its weighted
average  remaining life.  Weighted  average  remaining life presumably  would be
calculated in a manner  similar to weighted  average  life,  taking into account
payments  (including  prepayments)  prior  to the  date  of  acquisition  of the
Security  by the  subsequent  purchaser.  If market  discount  on a Security  is
treated as zero under this rule,  the actual  amount of market  discount must be
allocated to the  remaining  principal  distributions  on the Security and, when
each such distribution is received, gain equal to the discount allocated to such
distribution will be recognized.

Securities Purchased at a Premium

         A  purchaser  of a Security  that  purchases  such  Security  at a cost
greater  than  its  remaining  stated  redemption  price  at  maturity  will  be
considered to have purchased such Security (a "Premium  Security") at a premium.
Such a  purchaser  need not  include  in income  any  remaining  original  issue
discount  and may elect,  under  section  171(c)(2)  of the Code,  to treat such
premium as  "amortizable  bond  premium."  If a  beneficial  owner makes such an
election,  the amount of any  interest  payment  that must be  included  in such
beneficial owner's income for


                                       69
<PAGE>

each  period  ending on a Payment  Date will be  reduced  by the  portion of the
premium  allocable  to such  period  based on the  Premium  Security's  yield to
maturity.  Such  premium  amortization  should  be  made  using  constant  yield
principles.  If such election is made by the beneficial owner, the election will
also  apply to all bonds the  interest  on which is not  excludible  from  gross
income ("fully taxable bonds") held by the beneficial  owner at the beginning of
the first  taxable  year to which the  election  applies  and to all such  fully
taxable bonds thereafter  acquired by it, and is irrevocable without the consent
of the IRS. If such an election is not made,  (i) such a  beneficial  owner must
include the full amount of each  interest  payment in income as it accrues,  and
(ii) the premium must be allocated to the principal distributions on the Premium
Security  and,  when each such  distribution  is  received,  a loss equal to the
premium allocated to such distribution will be recognized.  Any tax benefit from
the premium not  previously  recognized  will be taken into account in computing
gain or loss upon the sale or disposition of the Premium Security.

         Some Securities may provide for only nominal distributions of principal
in comparison to the distributions of interest thereon.  It is possible that the
IRS or the Treasury Department may issue guidance excluding such Securities from
the rules  generally  applicable  to debt  instruments  issued at a premium.  In
particular,  it is  possible  that such a  Security  will be  treated  as having
original issue discount equal to the excess of the total payments to be received
thereon  over its issue price.  In such event,  section  1272(a)(6)  of the Code
would govern the accrual of such original issue discount, but a beneficial owner
would  recognize  substantially  the same income in any given period as would be
recognized if an election were made under section  171(c)(2) of the Code. Unless
and  until  the  Treasury  Department  or the IRS  publishes  specific  guidance
relating to the tax treatment of such Securities, the Trustee intends to furnish
tax  information to beneficial  owners of such Securities in accordance with the
rules described in the preceding paragraph.

Special Election

         For any Security acquired on or after April 4, 1994, a beneficial owner
may elect to include in gross income all "interest" that accrues on the Security
by using a  constant  yield  method.  For  purposes  of the  election,  the term
"interest"  includes  stated  interest,  acquisition  discount,  original  issue
discount, de minimis original issue discount, market discount, de minimis market
discount and unstated  interest as adjusted by any  amortizable  bond premium or
acquisition  premium.  A  beneficial  owner  should  consult its own tax advisor
regarding  the time and manner of making and the scope of the  election  and the
implementation of the constant yield method.

Backup Withholding

         Distributions  of interest and principal,  as well as  distributions of
proceeds from the sale of Securities,  may be subject to the "backup withholding
tax"  under  section  3406 of the  Code at a rate of 31% if  recipients  of such
distributions fail to furnish to the payor certain information,  including their
taxpayer  identification  numbers,  or otherwise  fail to establish an exemption
from such tax.  Any amounts  deducted  and  withheld  from a  distribution  to a
recipient would be allowed as a credit against such  recipient's  federal income
tax. Furthermore,  certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of
distributions  that is required to supply information but that does not do so in
the proper manner.

         The Internal  Revenue Service  recently issued final  regulations  (the
"Withholding  Regulations"),  which  change  certain  of the rules  relating  to
certain presumptions  currently available relating to information  reporting and
backup  withholding.  The  Withholding  Regulations  would  provide  alternative
methods of satisfying the beneficial ownership  certification  requirement.  The
Withholding   Regulations  are  effective   January  1,  1999,   although  valid
withholding  certificates  that are held on December 31, 1998 remain valid until
the  earlier  of  December  31,  1999  or the  due  date  of  expiration  of the
certificate under the rules as currently in effect.

Foreign Investors

         The Withholding  Regulations  would require,  in the case of Securities
held by a foreign  partnership,  that (x) the  certification  described above be
provided by the  partners  rather than by the  foreign  partnership  and (y) the
partnership  provide  certain  information,  including a United States  taxpayer
identification  number.  See "--Backup  Withholding"  above. A look-through rule
would apply in the case of tiered partnerships.  Non-U.S. Persons should consult
their own tax advisors  regarding  the  application  to them of the  Withholding
Regulations.

                                       70
<PAGE>

Grantor Trust Securities and REMIC Regular Securities

         Distributions  made on a Grantor  Trust  Security,  Debt  Security or a
REMIC  Regular  Security to, or on behalf of, a  beneficial  owner that is not a
U.S.  Person  generally will be exempt from U.S.  federal income and withholding
taxes. The term "U.S.  Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation,  partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof, an estate that
is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income, or
a trust if a court  within the United  States can exercise  primary  supervision
over its  administration  and at  least  one  United  States  fiduciary  has the
authority to control all substantial  decisions of the trust.  This exemption is
applicable  provided  (a) the  beneficial  owner is not subject to U.S. tax as a
result  of a  connection  to the  United  States  other  than  ownership  of the
Security,  (b) the beneficial owner signs a statement under penalties of perjury
that certifies that such beneficial owner is not a U.S. Person, and provides the
name and address of such beneficial  owner,  and (c) the last U.S. Person in the
chain of payment to the  beneficial  owner  receives  such  statement  from such
beneficial owner or a financial  institution  holding on its behalf and does not
have actual knowledge that such statement is false.  Beneficial owners should be
aware that the IRS might take the position that this exemption does not apply to
a beneficial  owner that also owns 10% or more of the REMIC Residual  Securities
of any REMIC  trust,  or to a  beneficial  owner that is a  "controlled  foreign
corporation" described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.


REMIC Residual Securities and FASIT Ownership Securities

         Amounts  distributed to a beneficial owner of a REMIC Residual Security
that is a not a U.S.  Person  generally will be treated as interest for purposes
of applying the 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax on income that is not
effectively  connected  with  a  U.S.  trade  or  business.  Temporary  Treasury
Regulations  clarify that amounts not  constituting  excess  inclusions that are
distributed  on a REMIC  Residual  Security or a FASIT  Ownership  Security to a
beneficial  owner that is not a U.S.  Person  generally will be exempt from U.S.
federal income and withholding tax, subject to the same conditions applicable to
distributions  on Grantor Trust  Securities,  Debt  Securities and REMIC Regular
Securities,  as  described  above,  but only to the extent that the  obligations
directly  underlying  the REMIC or FASIT  Trust that  issued the REMIC  Residual
Security  or FASIT  Ownership  Security  (e.g.,  Home  Equity  Loans or  regular
interests in another REMIC or FASIT) were issued after July 18, 1984. In no case
will any portion of REMIC or FASIT income that  constitutes an excess  inclusion
be entitled to any exemption from the  withholding  tax or a reduced treaty rate
for withholding. See "--REMIC Securities--Taxation of Beneficial Owners of REMIC
Residual Securities--Excess Inclusions" herein.


Partnership Interests

         Depending upon the particular terms of the Trust Agreement and Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  a Trust may be  considered  to be  engaged  in a trade or
business in the United  States for  purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with
respect to non-U.S. persons. If the Trust is considered to be engaged in a trade
or business in the United States for such purposes and the Trust is treated as a
partnership, the income of the Trust distributable to a non-U.S. person would be
subject to federal  withholding tax. Also, in such cases, a non-U.S.  beneficial
owner of a  Partnership  Interest  that is a  corporation  may be subject to the
branch  profits  tax.  If the Trust is  notified  that a  beneficial  owner of a
Partnership  Interest is a foreign person,  the Trust may withhold as if it were
engaged  in a trade or  business  in the United  States in order to protect  the
Trust from possible  adverse  consequences  of a failure to withhold.  A foreign
holder  generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund with
respect to withheld  taxes,  taking the position  that no taxes were due because
the Trust was not in a U.S. trade or business.

FASIT Regular Securities

         Certain  "high-yield"  FASIT Regular  Securities  may not be sold to or
beneficially owned by Non-U.S. Persons. Any such purported transfer will be null
and  void  and,  upon the  Trustee's  discovery  of any  purported  transfer  in
violation of this requirement, the last preceding owner of such high-yield FASIT
Regular  Securities  will be  restored to  ownership  thereof as  completely  as
possible. Such last preceding owner will, in any event, be taxable on all income
with respect to such high-yield FASIT Regular  Securities for federal income tax
purposes.  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that, as a condition
to transfer of a high-yield FASIT Regular Security, the proposed transferee must
furnish an  affidavit  as to its  status as a U.S.  Person  and  otherwise  as a
permitted transferee.


                                       71
<PAGE>

                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         In  addition  to the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Material Federal Income Tax Consequences,"  potential investors should consider
the state and local income tax consequences of the acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the  Securities.  State  and  local  income  tax law may  differ
substantially  from the corresponding  federal law, and this discussion does not
purport to describe  any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality.
Therefore,  potential  investors  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  with
respect to the various state and local tax  consequences of an investment in the
Securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

         Section 406 of ERISA and Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,
profit sharing or other employee benefit plan (a "Plan") and certain  individual
retirement  arrangements from engaging in certain  transactions  involving "plan
assets" with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified
persons"  under  the Code  with  respect  to the  Plan,  unless a  statutory  or
administrative  exemption  applies to the  transaction.  ERISA and the Code also
prohibit  generally certain actions  involving  conflicts of interest by persons
who are  fiduciaries  of such  Plans  or  arrangements.  A  violation  of  these
"prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate  excise tax and other  liabilities
under ERISA and the Code for such persons. In addition, investments by Plans are
subject to ERISA's general fiduciary requirements,  including the requirement of
investment  prudence  and  diversification  and the  requirement  that a  Plan's
investments  be made in  accordance  with  the  documents  governing  the  Plan.
Employee benefit plans that are governmental  plans (as defined in Section 3(32)
of ERISA) and certain  church  plans (as defined in Section  3(33) of ERISA) are
not  subject  to ERISA  requirements.  Accordingly,  assets of such plans may be
invested in  Securities  without  regard to the ERISA  considerations  discussed
below,  subject to the provisions of other applicable  federal,  state and local
law. Any such plan which is qualified  and exempt from  taxation  under  Section
401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, however, is subject to the prohibited transaction
rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.

         Certain transactions  involving the Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited  transactions  under  ERISA  and  the  Code  with  respect  to a Plan
(including an individual retirement  arrangement) that purchased Securities,  if
the assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of the Plan. Under a regulation
(the "Plan Assets  Regulation")  issued by the United States Department of Labor
(the  "DOL"),  the assets of the Trust would be treated as plan assets of a Plan
for the  purposes  of ERISA  and the Code  only if the Plan  acquired  an equity
interest in the Trust and none of the  exceptions  contained  in the Plan Assets
Regulation  were  applicable.  An "equity  interest"  is defined  under the Plan
Assets  Regulation as an interest  other than an instrument  which is treated as
indebtedness  under  applicable  local law and which has no  substantial  equity
features. In addition, in John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust
and Savings Bank, 510 U.S. 86 (1993), the United States Supreme Court ruled that
assets held in an insurance  company's general account may be deemed to be "plan
assets"  for ERISA  purposes  under  certain  circumstances.  Therefore,  in the
absence of an exemption,  the purchase,  sale or holding of a Security by a Plan
(including certain individual retirement arrangements) subject to Section 406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code might result in  prohibited  transactions  and
the imposition of excise taxes and civil penalties.

CERTIFICATES

         The  DOL has  issued  to  various  underwriters  individual  prohibited
transaction  exemptions (the "Underwriter  Exemptions"),  which generally exempt
from the application of the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406(a),
Section 406(b)(1),  Section 406(b)(2) and Section 407(a) of ERISA and the excise
taxes  imposed  pursuant  to  Sections  4975(a)  and  (b) of the  Code,  certain
transactions  with  respect  to  the  initial  purchase,  the  holding  and  the
subsequent  resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through  trusts that consist
of secured  receivables,  secured loans and other secured  obligations that meet
the conditions and requirements of the Underwriter  Exemptions.  The Underwriter
Exemptions will only be available for Securities that are Certificates.

         Among the conditions that must be satisfied in order for the
Underwriter Exemptions to apply to offered certificates are the following:

                                       72
<PAGE>

         (1)      the  acquisition  of the  certificates  by a Plan is on  terms
                  (including the price for the  certificates)  that are at least
                  as favorable  to the Plan as they would be in an  arm's-length
                  transaction with an unrelated party;

         (2)      the  rights  and  interests   evidenced  by  the  certificates
                  acquired  by the Plan are not  subordinated  to the rights and
                  interests evidenced by other certificates of the trust;

         (3)      the  certificates  acquired by the Plan have received a rating
                  at the  time of  such  acquisition  that  is one of the  three
                  highest  generic  rating  categories  from  Standard & Poor's,
                  Moody's, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("D&P") or Fitch;

         (4)      the Trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
                  Restricted Group (as defined below);

         (5)      the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
                  underwriters  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the
                  certificates  represents not more than reasonable compensation
                  for  underwriting  the  certificates;  the sum of all payments
                  made  to and  retained  by the  originators  and  the  sponsor
                  pursuant to the  assignment  of the loans to the trust  estate
                  represents  not more than the fair market value of such loans;
                  the sum of all  payments  made to and retained by any servicer
                  represents  not more  than  reasonable  compensation  for such
                  person's  services  under the pooling and servicing  agreement
                  and  reimbursement  of such  person's  reasonable  expenses in
                  connection therewith;

         (6)      the  Plan  investing  in the  certificates  is an  "accredited
                  investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the
                  Commission under the Securities Act of 1933; and

         (7)      in the  event  that  all of the  obligations  used to fund the
                  trust have not been  transferred  to the trust on the  closing
                  date,  additional  obligations  of the types  specified in the
                  prospectus  supplement and/or pooling and servicing  agreement
                  having  an  aggregate  value  equal to no more than 25% of the
                  total principal  amount of the  certificates  being offered by
                  the trust may be  transferred  to the trust,  in exchange  for
                  amounts   credited  to  the  account  funding  the  additional
                  obligations, within a funding period of no longer than 90 days
                  or 3 months following the closing date.

         The trust estate must also meet the following requirements:


         (i)      the corpus of the trust estate must  consist  solely of assets
                  of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

         (ii)     certificates  in such  other  investment  pools must have been
                  rated  in  one of  the  three  highest  rating  categories  of
                  Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Fitch or D&P for at least one year
                  prior to the Plan's acquisition of certificates; and

         (iii)    certificates  evidencing  interests  in such other  investment
                  pools must have been  purchased by investors  other than Plans
                  for at least  one  year  prior to the  Plan's  acquisition  of
                  certificates.

         Moreover,  the  Underwriter  Exemptions  provide  relief  from  certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest  prohibited  transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the trust;
provided that,  among other  requirements,  (i) in the case of an acquisition in
connection with the initial issuance of certificates,  at least fifty percent of
each class of  certificates  in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons
independent of the Restricted  Group and at least fifty percent of the aggregate
interest  in the trust is  acquired  by persons  independent  of the  Restricted
Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five
percent or less of the fair market  value of the  obligations  contained  in the
trust;  (iii) the Plan's investment in certificates of any class does not exceed
twenty-five  percent of all of the certificates of that class outstanding at the
time of the acquisition; and (iv)



                                       73
<PAGE>


immediately  after the  acquisition,  no more than  twenty-five  percent  of the
assets of the Plan with respect to which such person is a fiduciary are invested
in certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or serviced by the same entity. The Underwriter  Exemptions do not apply to
Plans  sponsored by the Depositor,  the  Underwriters,  the Trustee,  the Master
Servicer,  any other  servicer,  any obligor  with  respect to Home Equity Loans
included  in the  Trust  Estate  constituting  more  than  five  percent  of the
aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets in the Trust Estate, or
any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").


         In  addition  to  the  Underwriter  Exemptions,   the  DOL  has  issued
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 83-1 which provides an exemption
for certain  transactions  involving the sale or exchange of certain residential
mortgage  pool  pass-through  certificates  by  Plans  and for  transactions  in
connection with the servicing and operation of the mortgage pool.

NOTES

         The Underwriter  Exemptions will not be available for Securities  which
are Notes. However, if the Notes are treated as indebtedness without substantial
equity features, the Trust's assets would not be deemed assets of a Plan. If the
Notes are treated as having substantial equity features,  the purchase,  holding
and resale of the Notes could result in a transaction  that is prohibited  under
ERISA or the Code. The  acquisition or holding of the Notes by or on behalf of a
Plan  could  nevertheless  give  rise  to  a  prohibited  transaction,  if  such
acquisition  and  holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Plan were deemed to be a
prohibited  loan to a party in  interest  with  respect  to such  Plan.  Certain
exemptions  from such  prohibited  transaction  rules could be applicable to the
purchase and holding of Notes by a Plan, depending on the type and circumstances
of the plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire such Notes.  Included among
these exemptions are: PTCE 84-14,  regarding  certain  transactions  effected by
"qualified   professional   asset  managers";   PTCE  90-1,   regarding  certain
transactions  entered into by insurance company pooled separate  accounts;  PTCE
91-38, regarding certain transactions entered into by bank collective investment
funds;  PTCE 95-60,  regarding  certain  transactions  entered into by insurance
company  general  accounts;  and  PTCE  96-23,  regarding  certain  transactions
effected by "in-house asset  managers".  Each purchaser and each transferee of a
Note that is treated as debt for purposes of the Plan Assets  Regulation  may be
required to  represent  and warrant  that its  purchase and holding of such Note
will be covered by one of the exemptions  listed above or by another  Department
of Labor Class Exemption.

CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL

         The Prospectus  Supplement  for each series of Securities  will provide
further  information  which Plans should consider before  purchasing the offered
Securities.  A Plan  fiduciary  considering  the purchase of  Securities  should
consult its tax and/or legal advisors  regarding whether the assets of the Trust
would be considered plan assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the
prohibited  transaction  rules  and  other  ERISA  issues  and  their  potential
consequences.  Moreover,  each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the
general  fiduciary  standards of  investment  prudence and  diversification,  an
investment in the  Securities is appropriate  for the Plan,  taking into account
the  overall  investment  policy of the Plan and the  composition  of the Plan's
investment  portfolio.  The  sale of  Securities  to a Plan is in no  respect  a
representation by the Sponsor or the Underwriters that this investment meets all
relevant  requirements  with respect to  investments  by Plans  generally or any
particular  Plan or that this  investment is appropriate  for Plans generally or
any particular Plan.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  whether or not the
Securities will constitute  "mortgage-related  securities" within the meaning of
SMMEA.  Accordingly,  investors whose  investment  authority is subject to legal
restrictions should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether and to
what extent the Securities constitute legal investments for them.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Depositor  may offer each Series of Securities  through First Union
Capital  Markets  Corp.  ("First  Union") or one or more other firms that may be
designated at the time of each offering of such Securities. The participation of
First Union in any  offering  will  comply with  Schedule E to the bylaws of the
National Association


                                       74
<PAGE>

         of Securities Dealers,  Inc. The Prospectus Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities  will set forth the specific  terms of the offering of such
Series of  Securities  and of each Class  within such  Series,  the names of the
underwriters,  the  purchase  price  of  the  Securities,  the  proceeds  to the
Depositor from such sale, any securities exchange on which the Securities may be
listed,  and, if applicable,  the initial public offering prices,  the discounts
and commissions to the underwriters and any discounts and concessions allowed or
reallowed to certain  dealers.  The place and time of delivery of each Series of
Securities will also be set forth in the Prospectus  Supplement relating to such
Series. First Union is an affiliate of the Depositor.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters in connection  with the Securities will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York, New York or such other
counsel identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The Depositor has  determined  that its  financial  statements  are not
material to the offering made hereby.

         A new Trust will be formed to own the Primary  Assets and to issue each
Series of Securities.  Each such Trust will have no assets or obligations  prior
to the issuance of the Securities  and will not engage in any  activities  other
than those described herein.  Accordingly,  no financial statements with respect
to such Trusts will be included in this Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.

         A  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  related  Form  8-K  (which  will be
incorporated by reference to the Registration  Statement) may contain  financial
statements of the related Credit Enhancer, if any.

                                       75

<PAGE>


                                GLOSSARY OF TERMS

         The following are abbreviated  definitions of certain capitalized terms
used in this  Prospectus.  The  definitions  may vary from those in the  related
Agreement for a Series and the related Agreement for a Series generally provides
a more complete definition of certain of the terms.  Reference should be made to
the related Agreement for a Series for a more compete definition of such terms.

         "Accrual  Termination  Date" means, with respect to a Class of Compound
Interest  Securities,  the Distribution Date specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.


         "Advance"  means cash advanced by the Servicer in respect of delinquent
payments of  principal  of and  interest on a Home Equity Loan and for any other
purposes in servicing such Home Equity Loan.


         "Agreement"  means,  with  respect  to a Series  of  Certificates,  the
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  or Trust  Agreement,  and,  with respect to a
Series of Notes,  the  Indenture  and the  Servicing  Agreement,  as the context
requires.


         "Appraised  Value"  means,  with  respect to  property  securing a Home
Equity  Loan,  the lesser of the  appraised  value  determined  in an  appraisal
obtained at  origination of the Home Equity Loan or sales price of such property
at such time.


         "Asset  Group"  means,  with  respect to the  Primary  Assets and other
assets comprising the Trust Fund of a Series, a group of such Primary Assets and
other assets  having the  characteristics  described  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

         "Assumed  Reinvestment  Rate" means, with respect to a Series,  the per
annum  rate or  rates  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  for a
particular period or periods as the "Assumed  Reinvestment  Rate" for funds held
in any fund or account for the Series.

         "Available  Distribution  Amount" means the amount in the  Distribution
Account (including amounts deposited therein from any reserve fund or other fund
or account) eligible for distribution to Holders on a Distribution Date.

         "Bankruptcy  Code" means the federal  bankruptcy code, 11 United States
Code 101 et seq., and related rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Business Day" means a day that, in the City of New York or in the city
or cities in which the  corporate  trust office of the Trustee are  located,  is
neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking  institutions  are authorized
or obligated by law, regulations or executive order to be closed.

         "Certificate" means the Asset-Backed Certificates.

         "Class" means a Class of Securities of a Series.

         "Closing Date" means,  with respect to a Series,  the date specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement as the date on which Securities of such Series
are first issued.

         "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  and
regulations  (including  proposed  regulations) or other  pronouncements  of the
Internal Revenue Service promulgated thereunder.

         "Collection  Account"  means,  with  respect to a Series,  the  account
established  in the name of the  Servicer  for the  deposit by the  Servicer  of
payments received from the Primary Assets.

                                       76
<PAGE>


         "Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio"  means,  with respect to a Home Equity
Loan,  the ratio  determined as set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
taking  into  account the  amounts of any  related  senior  loans on the related
Mortgaged Property.


         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Compound  Interest  Security"  means any Security of a Series on which
all or a portion  of the  interest  accrued  thereon  is added to the  principal
balance  of such  Security  on  each  Distribution  Date,  through  the  Accrual
Termination  Date,  and with respect to which no interest shall be payable until
such Accrual Termination Date, after which interest payments will be made on the
Compound Value thereof.

         "Compound  Value" means,  with respect to a Class of Compound  Interest
Securities,  the original  principal balance of such Class, plus all accrued and
unpaid interest,  if any,  previously added to the principal balance thereof and
reduced by any payments of principal  previously  made on such Class of Compound
Interest Securities.

         "Condominium"  means a form of ownership of real property  wherein each
owner is  entitled  to the  exclusive  ownership  and  possession  of his or her
individual Condominium Unit and also owns a proportionate  undivided interest in
all parts of the  Condominium  Building  (other than the individual  Condominium
Units)  and  all  areas  or  facilities,  if  any,  for  the  common  use of the
Condominium Units.

         "Condominium  Association" means the person(s)  appointed or elected by
the Condominium Unit owners to govern the affairs of the Condominium.

         "Condominium  Building" means a multi-unit building or buildings,  or a
group of buildings  whether or not  attached to each other,  located on property
subject to Condominium ownership.


         "Condominium  Loan" means a Home Equity Loan secured by a Mortgage on a
Condominium  Unit  (together  with  its  appurtenant   interest  in  the  common
elements).


         "Condominium Unit" means an individual housing unit in a Condominium
Building.

         "Cooperative"  means a corporation  owned by  tenant-stockholders  who,
through  the  ownership  of  stock,  shares  or  membership  securities  in  the
corporation,  receive  proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements which confer
exclusive  rights to occupy specific units and which is described in Section 216
of the Code.

         "Cooperative  Dwelling" means an individual  housing unit in a building
owned by a Cooperative.

         "Cooperative  Loan"  means  a  housing  loan  made  with  respect  to a
Cooperative   Dwelling   and   secured  by  an   assignment   by  the   borrower
(tenant-stockholder)  or security  interest in shares  issued by the  applicable
Cooperative.

         "Credit Enhancement" means the credit enhancement for a Series, if any,
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "Cut-off  Date"  means  the  date  designated  as such  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement for a Series.

         "Debt  Securities"  means Securities  characterized as indebtedness for
federal income tax purposes, and Regular Interest Securities.


         "Deferred  Interest"  means the excess of the  interest  accrued on the
outstanding  principal  balance of a Home Equity Loan during a specified  period
over the  amount of  interest  required  to be paid by an  obligor  on such Home
Equity Loan on the related Due Date.

         "Deposit   Agreement"  means  a  guaranteed   investment   contract  or
reinvestment  agreement  providing for the investment of funds held in a fund or
account,  guaranteeing  a minimum or a fixed rate of return on the investment of
moneys deposited therein.



                                       77
<PAGE>

         "Depositor" means Home Equity Securitization Corp.

         "Disqualified  Organization"  means  the  United  States,  any State or
political  subdivision thereof, any possession of the United States, any foreign
government, any international organization,  or any agency or instrumentality of
any of the  foregoing,  a rural electric or telephone  cooperative  described in
section  1381(a)(2)(C) of the Code, or any entity exempt from the tax imposed by
sections  1-1399  of the  Code,  if such  entity  is not  subject  to tax on its
unrelated business income.

         "Distribution  Account"  means,  with respect to a Series,  the account
established in the name of the Trustee for the deposit of  remittances  received
from the Servicer with respect to the Primary Assets.

         "Distribution  Date"  means,  with  respect  to a  Series  or  Class of
Securities,  each date specified as a distribution date for such Series or Class
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "Due Date" means each date,  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  for a Series,  on which any payment of  principal or interest is due
and payable by the obligor on any Primary Asset pursuant to the terms thereof.

         "Eligible  Investments"  means  any one or more of the  obligations  or
securities described as such in the related Agreement.

         "Credit  Enhancer"  means the provider of the Credit  Enhancement for a
Series specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.


         "Escrow  Account" means an account,  established  and maintained by the
Servicer for a Home Equity Loan,  into which payments by borrowers to pay taxes,
assessments,  mortgage and hazard insurance  premiums and other comparable items
required to be paid to the mortgagee are deposited.


         "FHLMC" means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

         "Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date" means, with respect to a Class of
Notes of a Series,  the date no later than which principal thereof will be fully
paid and with  respect to a Class of  Certificates  of a Series,  the date after
which no Certificates of such Class will remain outstanding,  in each case based
on the assumptions set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "FNMA" means the Federal National Mortgage Association.

         "Holder"  means  the  person  or entity  in whose  name a  Security  is
registered.


         "Home  Improvements"  means the home  improvements  financed  by a Home
Equity Loan.


         "HUD"  means  the  United  States   Department  of  Housing  and  Urban
Development.

         "Indenture"  means the indenture  relating to a Series of Notes between
the Trust Fund and the Trustee.


         "Insurance Policies" means certain mortgage insurance, hazard insurance
and other  insurance  policies  required to be  maintained  with respect to Home
Equity Loans.

         "Insurance  Proceeds" means amount paid by the insurer under any of the
Insurance Policies covering any Home Equity Loan or Mortgaged Property.


         "Interest Only Securities" means a Class of Securities  entitled solely
or primarily to distributions of interest and which is identified as such in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

                                       78
<PAGE>

         "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.


         "Lifetime  Rate Cap" means the lifetime  limit if any, on the Loan Rate
during the life of each adjustable rate Home Equity Loan.

         "Liquidation  Proceeds"  means  amounts  received  by the  Servicer  in
connection  with the  liquidation  of a Home  Equity  Loan,  net of  liquidation
expenses.

         "Loan Rate" means the interest rate borne by a Home Equity Loan.

         "Loan-to-Value  Ratio" means,  with respect to a Home Equity Loan,  the
ratio determined as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.


         "Minimum Rate" means the lifetime  minimum Loan Rate during the life of
each adjustable rate Loan.

         "Minimum Principal Payment Agreement" means a minimum principal payment
agreement with an entity meeting the criteria of the Rating Agencies.


         "Modification" means a change in any term of a  Home Equity Loan.


         "Mortgage" means the mortgage,  deed of trust or other similar security
instrument securing a Mortgage Note.


         "Mortgaged Property" means residential properties securing a  Home
Equity Loan.

         "Home Equity Loan" means a loan secured by a Mortgaged Property.

         "Mortgage  Note" means the note or other evidence of  indebtedness of a
Mortgagor under the Home Equity Loan.


         "Mortgagor" means the obligor on a Mortgage Note.

         "1986 Act" means the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

         "Notes" means the Asset-Backed Notes.

         "Notional Amount" means the amount set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement for a Class of Interest Only Securities.

         "PAC"  ("Planned  Amortization  Class  Securities")  means a  Class  of
Securities  of a Series on which  payments of principal  are made in  accordance
with a schedule specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, based on certain
assumptions stated therein.

         "Participating   Securities"  means  Securities   entitled  to  receive
payments of principal  and interest and an  additional  return on  investment as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "Pass-Through  Security"  means a security  representing  an  undivided
beneficial  interest  in a pool of  assets,  including  the  right to  receive a
portion of all principal and interest payments relating to those assets.

         "Pay Through  Security" means Regular  Interest  Securities and certain
Debt  Securities  that are  subject to  acceleration  due to  prepayment  on the
underlying Primary Assets.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association,  joint stock company,  trust  (including any beneficiary  thereof),
unincorporated   organization,   or   government  or  any  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof.


                                       79
<PAGE>



         "Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement"  means the pooling  and  servicing
agreement relating to a Series of Certificates among the Depositor, the Servicer
(if such Series relates to Home Equity Loans) and the Trustee.

         "Primary Assets" means the Private  Securities,  the Home Equity Loans,
as the case may be,  which are  included  in the Trust Fund for such  Series.  A
Primary Asset refers to a specific  Private Security or Home Equity Loan, as the
case may be.


         "Principal  Balance" means, with respect to a Primary Asset and as of a
Due Date, the original principal amount of the Primary Asset, plus the amount of
any Deferred Interest added to such principal  amount,  reduced by all payments,
both  scheduled or  otherwise,  received on such Primary Asset prior to such Due
Date and applied to principal in accordance with the terms of the Primary Asset.

         "Principal Only Securities" means a Class of Securities entitled solely
or  primarily  to  distributions  of  principal  and  identified  as such in the
Prospectus Supplement.

         "Private  Security" means a participation  or pass-through  certificate
representing   a  fractional,   undivided   interest  in  Underlying   Loans  or
collateralized obligations secured by Underlying Loans.

         "PS Agreement" means the pooling and servicing agreement, indenture,
trust agreement or similar agreement pursuant to which a Private Security is
issued.

         "PS Servicer" means the servicer of the Underlying Loans.

         "PS Sponsor" means, with respect to Private Securities, the sponsor or
depositor under a PS Agreement.

         "PS Trustee" means the trustee designated under a PS Agreement.

         "Qualified  Insurer"  means a mortgage  guarantee or insurance  company
duly  qualified  as such  under the laws of the  states  in which the  Mortgaged
Properties  are located duly  authorized and licensed in such states to transact
the applicable insurance business and to write the insurance provided.

         "Rating  Agency" means the  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organization (or  organizations)  which was (or were) requested by the Depositor
to rate the Securities upon the original issuance thereof.

         "Regular Interest" means a regular interest in a REMIC.

         "REMIC" means a real estate mortgage investment conduit.

         "REMIC  Administrator"  means  the  Person,  if any,  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement for a Series for which a REMIC election is made,
to serve as administrator of the Series.

         "REMIC  Provisions"  means the provisions of the federal income tax law
relating to real estate mortgage investment  conduits,  which appear at sections
860A  through  860G of  Subchapter  M of  Chapter  1 of the  Code,  and  related
provisions,  and regulations,  including proposed  regulations and rulings,  and
administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder, as the foregoing may be in
effect from time to time.


         "REO  Property"  means real  property  which  secured a defaulted  Home
Equity Loan,  beneficial  ownership of which has been acquired upon foreclosure,
deed in lieu of foreclosure, repossession or otherwise.


         "Reserve  Fund"  means,  with  respect to a Series,  any  Reserve  Fund
established pursuant to the related Agreement.

         "Residual Interest" means a residual interest in a REMIC.


                                       80
<PAGE>


         "Retained  Interest" means, with respect to a Primary Asset, the amount
or  percentage  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  which is not
included in the Trust Fund for the related Series.

         "Scheduled  Payments"  means the  scheduled  payments of principal  and
interest to be made by the borrower on a Primary Asset.

         "Securities" means the Notes or the Certificates.

         "Originator" means the originator or acquiror of the Primary Assets to
the Depositor identified in the related Prospectus Supplement for a Series.

         "Senior Securityholder" means a holder of a Senior Security.

         "Senior  Securities"  means a  Class  of  Securities  as to  which  the
holders' rights to receive distributions of principal and interest are senior to
the rights of holders of Subordinate Securities,  to the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         "Series"  means a separate  series of Securities  sold pursuant to this
Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement.


         "Servicer"  means,  with  respect to a Series  relating  to Home Equity
Loans,  the Person if any,  designated in the related  Prospectus  Supplement to
service Home Equity Loans for that Series,  or the successors or assigns of such
Person.

         "Single Family  Property"  means  property  securing a Home Equity Loan
consisting  of one-to  four-family  attached  or detached  residential  housing,
including Cooperative Dwellings.


         "Stripped  Securities"  means  Pass-Through   Securities   representing
interests  in  Primary  Assets  with  respect  to which all or a portion  of the
principal  payments  have been  separated  from all or a portion of the interest
payments.

         "Subordinate Securityholder" means a Holder of a Subordinate Security.

         "Subordinated  Securities"  means a Class of Securities as to which the
rights of holders to receive  distributions  of  principal,  interest or both is
subordinated to the rights of holders of Senior Securities, and may be allocated
losses  and  shortfalls  prior to the  allocation  thereof  to other  Classes of
Securities,  to the extent and under the circumstances  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         "Trustee" means the trustee under the applicable Agreement and its
successors.

         "Trust Fund" means, with respect to any Series of Securities, the trust
holding all money,  instruments,  securities and other  property,  including all
proceeds thereof, which are, with respect to a Series of Certificates,  held for
the  benefit of the  Holders by the  Trustee  under the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement or Trust  Agreement or, with respect to a Series of Notes,  pledged to
the Trustee under the Indenture as a security for such Notes, including, without
limitation,  the Primary Assets (except any Retained Interests),  all amounts in
the Distribution  Account Collection Account or Reserve Funds,  distributions on
the Primary Assets (net of servicing fees),  and  reinvestment  earnings on such
net distributions and any Credit Enhancement and all other property and interest
held by or pledged to the Trustee  pursuant to the  related  Agreement  for such
Series.

         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code.


         "Underlying  Loans" means loans of the type  eligible to be Home Equity
Loans underlying or securing Private Securities.



                                       81
<PAGE>

         "Variable Interest Security" means a Security on which interest accrues
at a rate that is adjusted,  based upon a predetermined index, at fixed periodic
intervals, all as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         "Zero Coupon Security" means a Security entitled to receive payments of
principal only.






                                       82
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 Page                                                          Page
                                                 ----                                                          ----




SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS ............................................................................................5
RISK FACTORS
ASSET BACKED NOTES AND ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, ISSUABLE IN SERIES..............................................1
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.............................................................................................3
REPORTS TO HOLDERS................................................................................................3
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.............................................................................................3
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE...................................................................4
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS.............................................................................................5
RISK FACTORS.....................................................................................................17
   AN INVESTMENT IN ANY SECURITY MAY BE AN ILLIQUID INVESTMENT, WHICH MAY RESULT IN THE HOLDER HOLDING SUCH
   INVESTMENT TO MATURITY........................................................................................17
   THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST FUND, AS WELL AS ANY APPLICABLE CREDIT ENHANCEMENT, WILL BE LIMITED AND, IF SUCH
   ASSETS AND/OR CREDIT ENHANCEMENT BECOME INSUFFICIENT TO SERVICE THE RELATED SECURITIES, LOSSES MAY RESULT.....17
   CREDIT ENHANCEMENT WILL BE LIMITED IN AMOUNT AND SCOPE OF COVERAGE AND MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO COVER LOSSES..17
   THE TIMING OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE SECURITIES.................18
   PREPAYMENTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE SECURITIES......................................18
   AS A RESULT OF OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OR REPURCHASE OR AUCTION SALE, HOLDERS COULD BE FULLY PAID SIGNIFICANTLY
   EARLIER THAN WOULD OTHERWISE BE THE CASE......................................................................19
    HOME EQUITY LOANS WITH BALLOON AND NON-TRADITIONAL PAYMENT METHODS MAY CREATE GREATER DEFAULT RISK...........19
   JUNIOR LIENS MAY EXPERIENCE HIGHER RATES OF DELINQUENCIES AND LOSSES..........................................19
   PROPERTY VALUES MAY DECLINE, LEADING TO HIGHER LOSSES.........................................................19
   GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES MAY RESULT IN HIGHER LOSSES, IF PARTICULAR REGIONS EXPERIENCE
   DOWNTURNS.....................................................................................................20
   PRE-FUNDING MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT INVESTMENT...................................................................20
   ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ON THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY MAY GIVE RISE TO LIABILITY.................................20
   STATE AND FEDERAL CREDIT PROTECTION LAWS MAY LIMIT COLLECTION OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE  HOME EQUITY
   LOANS.........................................................................................................21
   RATINGS ARE NOT RECOMMENDATIONS.  A REDUCTION IN THE RATING OF ANY CREDIT ENHANCER WOULD LIKELY ADVERSELY
   IMPACT THE RATING OF THE SECURITIES...........................................................................21
   A REDUCTION IN THE RATING OF ANY CREDIT ENHANCER WOULD LIKELY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE RATING OF THE SECURITIES...21
   ERISA MAY RESTRICT THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES...................................21
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES....................................................................................21
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................21
   PAYMENTS OF INTEREST..........................................................................................22
   PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL.........................................................................................23
   FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE.............................................................................23
   SPECIAL REDEMPTION............................................................................................23
   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION, PURCHASE OR TERMINATION..................................................................23
   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES.......................................................................24
THE TRUST FUNDS..................................................................................................25
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................25
   THE  HOME EQUITY LOANS........................................................................................25
   PRIVATE SECURITIES............................................................................................29
   COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS..........................................................................30
   PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS..........................................................................................30
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT...............................................................................................31
   SUBORDINATE SECURITIES........................................................................................31
   INSURANCE.....................................................................................................31
   RESERVE FUNDS.................................................................................................32
   MINIMUM PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AGREEMENT...........................................................................33
   DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.............................................................................................33
SERVICING OF  HOME EQUITY LOANS..................................................................................33
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................33
   
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

COLLECTION PROCEDURES; ESCROW ACCOUNTS...........................................................................33
   DEPOSITS TO AND WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT.......................................................34
   ADVANCES AND LIMITATIONS THEREON..............................................................................35
   MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES..............................................36
   REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED  HOME EQUITY LOANS.................................................................37
   ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES............................................................................37
   SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES................................................................37
   EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE.....................................................................................38
   CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER........................................................................38
THE AGREEMENTS...................................................................................................39
   ASSIGNMENT OF PRIMARY ASSETS..................................................................................39
   REPORTS TO HOLDERS............................................................................................41
   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT...............................................................42
   THE TRUSTEE...................................................................................................44
   DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE.........................................................................................44
   RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE........................................................................................45
   AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT........................................................................................45
   VOTING RIGHTS.................................................................................................45
   LIST OF HOLDERS...............................................................................................45
   FORM OF SECURITIES............................................................................................46
   REMIC ADMINISTRATOR...........................................................................................47
   TERMINATION...................................................................................................47
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF  HOME EQUITY LOANS......................................................................48
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................49
   ENFORCEMENT OF THE NOTE.......................................................................................49
    SECURITY INTERESTS...........................................................................................50
   SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940...............................................................54
THE DEPOSITOR....................................................................................................55
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................55
USE OF PROCEEDS..................................................................................................55
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.........................................................................55
   GENERAL.......................................................................................................55
   GRANTOR TRUST SECURITIES......................................................................................56
   REMIC SECURITIES..............................................................................................57
   DEBT SECURITIES...............................................................................................63
   DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM..........................................................................................67
   BACKUP WITHHOLDING............................................................................................70
   FOREIGN INVESTORS.............................................................................................70
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS.........................................................................................72
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.............................................................................................72
LEGAL INVESTMENT.................................................................................................74
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.............................................................................................74
LEGAL MATTERS....................................................................................................75
FINANCIAL INFORMATION............................................................................................75
GLOSSARY OF TERMS................................................................................................76
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>


                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth on the page indicated below:

Actuarial  Home Equity Loan......................................................................................27

Agreement.........................................................................................................5
ARM Loans........................................................................................................18
Available Interest Amount........................................................................................23
Balloon Loan......................................................................................................9
bankruptcy bond..................................................................................................32
Book-Entry Securities............................................................................................46
Business Day.....................................................................................................12
Capitalized Interest Account.....................................................................................12
Cede.............................................................................................................46
CERCLA...........................................................................................................20
Certificate Schedule.............................................................................................40
Certificates...................................................................................................1, 5
Class.............................................................................................................2
Code.............................................................................................................56
Collection Account...............................................................................................10
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio......................................................................................9
Commission........................................................................................................3
Condominium Units................................................................................................26
Cooperative Dwellings............................................................................................26
Credit Enhancement...............................................................................................12
Credit Enhancer..................................................................................................11
Current Interest Rates............................................................................................9
Custodian........................................................................................................40
Cut-Off Date......................................................................................................8
D&P..............................................................................................................73
Debt Securities..............................................................................................14, 56
Deleted Primary Asset............................................................................................41
Deposit Agreement................................................................................................13
Depositor.........................................................................................................1
Depositor Securities.............................................................................................55
Distribution Account.............................................................................................11
Distribution Date.................................................................................................2
DOL..............................................................................................................73
Eligible Investments.........................................................................................12, 30
ERISA............................................................................................................15
Escrow Accounts..................................................................................................34
Event of Default.................................................................................................39
Exchange Act......................................................................................................4
FASIT........................................................................................................14, 56
FASIT High-Yield Securities......................................................................................14
FASIT Ownership Security.........................................................................................14
FASIT Regular Securities.........................................................................................14
FASIT Securities.................................................................................................56
FDIC.............................................................................................................34
FHA..............................................................................................................26
FHLMC............................................................................................................53
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.................................................................................6
First Union......................................................................................................75
fully taxable bonds..............................................................................................70
</TABLE>
 
                                      i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>

Garn-St. Germain Act.............................................................................................53
Grantor Trust....................................................................................................56
Grantor Trust Securities.........................................................................................14
Holders...........................................................................................................3
Indenture........................................................................................................22
Indirect Participant.............................................................................................46
IRS..............................................................................................................58
Issuer............................................................................................................5
Lifetime Rate Caps................................................................................................9
Liquidation Proceeds.............................................................................................34
Loan Rate.........................................................................................................9
Loan Schedule....................................................................................................40
Loan-to-Value Ratio...............................................................................................9
Minimum Principal Payment Agreement..............................................................................13
Modification.....................................................................................................37
 Home Equity Loans.........................................................................................1, 8, 26
Mortgaged Property...............................................................................................35
Notes..........................................................................................................1, 5
Notional Amount...................................................................................................6
Originator........................................................................................................1
OTS..............................................................................................................53
Owner Trust.......................................................................................................5
Owner Trustee.....................................................................................................6
PAC...............................................................................................................5
Participants.....................................................................................................46
Partnership......................................................................................................56
Partnership Interests........................................................................................14, 56
Physical Certificates............................................................................................46
Plan.............................................................................................................73
Plan Assets Regulation...........................................................................................73
Pool..............................................................................................................1
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..................................................................................22
Pre-Funded Amount................................................................................................11
Pre-Funding Account..............................................................................................11
Pre-Funding Period...............................................................................................11
Premium Security.................................................................................................70
Prepayment Assumption............................................................................................69
Primary Assets....................................................................................................1
Prospectus Supplements............................................................................................1
PS Agreement.....................................................................................................29
PS Servicer......................................................................................................10
PS Sponsor.......................................................................................................10
PS Trustee.......................................................................................................10
PTCE.............................................................................................................74
Qualifying Substitute Primary Asset..............................................................................41
Rating Agency....................................................................................................12
REMIC........................................................................................................14, 56
REMIC Regular Securities.........................................................................................14
REMIC Regulations................................................................................................58
REMIC Residual Securities........................................................................................14
REMIC Securities.................................................................................................56
Reserve Fund.....................................................................................................13
Restricted Group.................................................................................................74
Retained Interests...............................................................................................40
Rule of 78s  Home Equity Loan....................................................................................27
Securities........................................................................................................1

                                       ii
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>


Security Registrar...............................................................................................46
Series............................................................................................................1
Servicer..........................................................................................................1
Servicing Agreement..............................................................................................25
Servicing Fee....................................................................................................14
Settlement Date..................................................................................................59
Simple Interest  Home Equity Loan................................................................................27
Single Family Mortgaged Properties...............................................................................26
SMMEA............................................................................................................15
Special Redemption Date..........................................................................................23
Title I Program..................................................................................................28
Title V..........................................................................................................54
Trust Agreement...................................................................................................5
Trust Fund........................................................................................................1
Trustee........................................................................................................5, 6
UCC..............................................................................................................46
Underlying Loans..................................................................................................9
Underwriter Exemptions...........................................................................................73


</TABLE>

                                      iii


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission